Modern Mandarin Chinese: The Routledge Course, Textbook Level 1 [2 ed.] 1138101109, 9781138101104

Table of contents :
Contents
Cast of characters
TOPIC 1: IDENTIFYING YOURSELF, YOUR FAMILY, AND OTHERS
1. Hello
2. What country are you from?
3. What is your name?
4. This is my family
5. How many people are in your family?
TOPIC 2: SHOPPING FOR EVERYDAY ITEMS
6. Shopping
7. How much is it altogether?
TOPIC 3: TALKING ABOUT EVERYDAY ACTIVITIES
8. Happy birthday!
9. What are you doing right now?
10. What did you think of yesterday’s test?
TOPIC 4: TALKING ABOUT LOCATION AND DIRECTIONS
11. Come to my house for dinner
12. How do I get to your house from my dorm?
13. My home is easy to fi nd
14. My house is next to a bank
TOPIC 5: ENTERTAINING GUESTS AND TALKING ABOUT FUTURE PLANS
15. Entertaining guests
16. Summer plans
Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin )
Vocabulary: Mandarin (Pinyin) to English
Chinese characters alphabetically arranged by Pinyin
Chinese characters by lesson

Citation preview

Modern Mandarin Chinese Modern Mandarin Chinese is a two-year undergraduate course for students with no prior background in Chinese study. Designed to build a strong foundation in both the spoken and written language, it develops all the basic skills such as pronunciation, character writing, word use, and structures, while placing a strong emphasis on the development of communicative skills. Each level of the course consists of a textbook and workbook in simplified Chinese. A free companion website provides all the audio for the course with a broad range of interactive exercises and additional resources for students’ self-study, along with a comprehensive instructor’s guide with teaching tips, assessment and homework material, and a full answer key. Key changes to this new edition: Q An increased number of vocabulary and characters introduced. 255 characters are introduced in this second edition for active production. Dialogues and example sentences are also presented in full-character format for passive recognition, and to provide additional challenge for more advanced students. Q Additional exercises in the workbooks and online to support the expanded number of words and characters incorporated into the textbooks. Q New cross-references between the textbooks, workbooks, and companion website facilitate using all the resources in an integrated manner. Q Greatly enhanced and re-designed website. Retaining its focus on communicative skills and the long-term retention of characters, the text is now presented in simplified characters and pinyin from the outset with a gradual and phased removal of pinyin as specific characters are introduced and learned. This unique approach allows students to benefit from the support of pinyin in the initial stages as they begin speaking while ensuring they are guided and supported towards reading only in characters. Claudia Ross is Professor of Chinese at the College of the Holy Cross, Massachusetts, USA. Her publications include Modern Mandarin Chinese Grammar: A Practical Guide, co-authored with Jing-heng Sheng Ma; Modern Mandarin Chinese Grammar Workbook, co-authored with Jing-heng Sheng Ma and Baozhang He (2006, 2014); Outline of Chinese Grammar (2004); and Traditional Chinese Tales: A Course in Intermediate Chinese (2001). Baozhang He is Associate Professor of Chinese at the College of the Holy Cross, Massachusetts, USA. His publications include Difficult Grammar Knots Unravelled (2015), co-authored with Nansong Huang and Wenzi Hu; Modern Mandarin Chinese Grammar Workbook (2006, 2014), co-authored with Claudia Ross, Jing-heng Sheng Ma, and Pei-Chia Chen; and Elementary Chinese (2006), co-authored with Pei-Chia Chen. Pei-Chia Chen is Lecturer and Academic Coordinator of the Chinese program at UC San Diego, USA. Her publications include Elementary Chinese (2006), co-authored with Baozhang He; and Modern Mandarin Chinese Grammar Workbook, co-authored with Claudia Ross, Jing-heng Sheng Ma, and Baozhang He (2014). Meng Yeh is Teaching Professor in the Center for Languages and Intercultural Communication at Rice University, USA. Her publications include Chaoyue: Advancing in Chinese (2010) and Communicating in Chinese: An Interactive Approach to Beginning Chinese, Student Lab Workbook (1999).

Praise for the first edition “I am deeply impressed by the pedagogical considerations that Prof. Ross and her team put into the project. The approaches to teaching Mandarin Chinese in this series reflected the authors’ rich knowledge of Chinese grammar and their vast experience in teaching the language. The materials developed are pedagogically well conceived and equally well supported by theories of language learning/teaching. A truly innovative and delightful addition to the Chinese teaching field.” Cecilia Chang, Associate Professor of Chinese and Chair of the Asian Studies Department at Williams College, USA “This text offers a refreshing approach to learning Chinese that is lacking in the vast majority of learning materials. Each dialogue is contextualized so learners better understand how the language is used in a variety of communicative situations. Students learn not only what to say, but how to use the right language in a given context based on their role, and when and where the situation occurs. Sentence pyramid exercises provide a stepped approach that allows students to actually rehearse and perform the dialogues. “The material is presented in manageable units with clear and concise explanations that are understandable to students not familiar with linguistics jargon. Valuable information on the social and cultural implications of the language is also provided. “This is one of the few textbooks on the market that delays the introduction of Chinese characters. This insightful approach allows learners to gain a foundation in the spoken language before being inundated with characters to which they have little context in which to place them. Furthermore, these materials use an innovative diglot approach to introduce Chinese characters where newly learned characters are incorporated into pinyin texts. This effectively eases students into reading without overburdening them. By the end of the text, dialogues and other materials are presented almost entirely in Chinese characters. This approach provides excellent spiraling and reinforcement of characters learned.” Matthew Christensen, Brigham Young University, USA “One of the very few accessible and clearly structured textbooks for the complete beginner in Mandarin, which is absolutely designed with the non-native Chinese speaker in mind. The gradual introduction of the script, together with the clear but not overly simplistic grammatical explanations, will prove particularly useful for beginners.” Frances Weightman, University of Leeds, UK “An excellent introductory course from a dedicated team. This course serves as a practical guide with the language knowledge and cultural tips you need for daily communication with the Chinese people.” Wei Jin, School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, UK

Modern Mandarin Chinese The Routledge Course Textbook Level 1 Second edition Claudia Ross, Baozhang He, Pei-Chia Chen, and Meng Yeh

Second edition published 2019 by Routledge 2 Park Square, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon, OX14 4RN and by Routledge 711 Third Avenue, New York, NY 10017 Routledge is an imprint of the Taylor & Francis Group, an informa business © 2019 Claudia Ross, Baozhang He, Pei-Chia Chen, and Meng Yeh The right of Claudia Ross, Baozhang He, Pei-Chia Chen, and Meng Yeh to be identified as authors of this work has been asserted by them in accordance with sections 77 and 78 of the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988. All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reprinted or reproduced or utilised in any form or by any electronic, mechanical, or other means, now known or hereafter invented, including photocopying and recording, or in any information storage or retrieval system, without permission in writing from the publishers. Trademark notice: Product or corporate names may be trademarks or registered trademarks, and are used only for identification and explanation without intent to infringe. First edition published by Routledge 2010 British Library Cataloguing-in-Publication Data A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data Names: Ross, Claudia, author. | He, Baozhang, 1955– author. | Chen, Pei-Chia, author. | Ye, Meng, 1950– author. Title: Modern Mandarin Chinese : the Routledge course Textbook level 1 / Claudia Ross, Baozhang He, Pei-Chia Chen and Meng Yeh. Other titles: Routledge course in modern Mandarin Chinese Description: Second edition. | New York : Routledge, [2018] | Originally published as The Routledge course in modern Mandarin Chinese. Textbook level 1 : Simplified characters, "2010 | Includes index. Identifiers: LCCN 2017040354| ISBN 9781138101104 (pbk. : alk. paper) | ISBN 9781315657226 (ebook) Subjects: LCSH: Chinese language—Textbooks of foreign textbooks—English. Classification: LCC PL1129.E5 R675 2018 | DDC 495.17/951—dc23 LC record available at https://lccn.loc.gov/2017040354 ISBN: 978-1-138-10110-4 (pbk) ISBN: 978-1-315-65722-6 (ebk) Typeset in Scala by Apex CoVantage, LLC Visit the companion website: www.routledge.com/cw/ross

Contents

Cast of characters

TOPIC 1: IDENTIFYING YOURSELF, YOUR FAMILY, AND OTHERS 1. Hello

vii

1 3

2. What country are you from?

16

3. What is your name?

28

4. This is my family

45

5. How many people are in your family?

63

TOPIC 2: SHOPPING FOR EVERYDAY ITEMS 6. Shopping 7. How much is it altogether?

83 85 112

vi

Contents

TOPIC 3: TALKING ABOUT EVERYDAY ACTIVITIES

141

8. Happy birthday!

143

9. What are you doing right now?

180

10. What did you think of yesterday’s test?

206

TOPIC 4: TALKING ABOUT LOCATION AND DIRECTIONS

233

11. Come to my house for dinner

235

12. How do I get to your house from my dorm?

259

13. My home is easy to find

285

14. My house is next to a bank

303

TOPIC 5: ENTERTAINING GUESTS AND TALKING ABOUT FUTURE PLANS

323

15. Entertaining guests

325

16. Summer plans

349

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin) Vocabulary: Mandarin (Pinyin) to English Chinese characters alphabetically arranged by Pinyin Chinese characters by lesson

369 403 434 454

Cast of characters

䍦⫔㸋 (Zha¯ng Dàwéi)

㾜⺛㣠᷉Xiè Guóqiáng᷊

㶖㕔㋬᷉Wáng Màikè᷊

viii

Cast of characters

ⷀ㗡㏗᷉Ga¯o Meˇilì᷊

⧣㘘᷉Chén Míng᷊

㕎㾂㸥᷉Maˇ Xiaˇowén᷊

1

Topic Identifying yourself, your family, and others

Lesson Nıˇ ha ˇo 㛄⼤ Hello

1

Communication goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Q Q Q

Greet others in a culturally appropriate way in formal situations. Address others by their full name, given name, or title. Give basic information about yourself. Ask about the identities of others.

Pronunciation goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Pronounce and identify the four Mandarin tones, including the tone in the word bù when it occurs before another syllable in the fourth (falling) tone. Q Place tone marks correctly when you write syllables in pinyin. Q Pronounce and identify the initial consonants b, p, m, f, d, t, n, l and the finals a, ai, ao, ang, en, eng, i, iao, ie, ian, üe, u, and uo.

4

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Pronunciation guides and practice are located on the Companion Website.

Literacy goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Identify the shape of Chinese characters.

Key structures Q Q Q Q Q

shì (㬨) the verb be pronouns: wo ˇ (㸳) I/me, nıˇ (㛄) you, ta¯ (㰜/㰞) he, she, it yes-no questions with ma (㕑) ye ˇ (䄓) also he ˇn ha ˇo (⼽⼤) very good and other adjectival verbs

Dialogue The situation: The “new student reception” in a study-abroad program in China. The students have come from countries around the world to continue their Chinese language study and to learn more about Chinese culture. The setting is relatively formal, and most of the students are meeting each other for the first time.

Lesson 1

Nıˇ haˇo 㛄⼤

Hello

5

Part A Zha¯ng Dàwéi: Nıˇ haˇo.

䍦⫔㸋ᷛ㛄⼤᱄

Ga¯o Meˇilì:

ⷀ㗡㏗ᷛ㛄⼤᱄

Nıˇ haˇo.

Zha¯ng Dàwéi: Woˇ shì xuésheng. Nıˇ shì xuésheng ma?

䍦⫔㸋ᷛ㸳㬨䁈㪛᱄㛄㬨䁈㪛㕑ᷠ

 ¯o Meˇilì: Ga

ⷀ㗡㏗ᷛ㬨᱄㸳䄓㬨䁈㪛᱄

Shì. Woˇ yeˇ shì xuésheng.

Part

A Vocabulary Simplified

Traditional

Dàwéi

Dawei (David)

given name

⫔㸋

⫔ᩊ

Ga¯o

(family name)

family name

ⷀ

ⷀ

ha ˇo ma

good

adjectival verb

⼤

⼤

(yes-no question particle)

final particle

㕑

ࡂ

Meˇilì nıˇ

Meili (Mary)

given name

㗡㏗

㗡徱

you

pronoun

㛄

㛄

nıˇ ha ˇo

hello (formal greeting)

greeting

㛄⼤

㛄⼤

shì

be

stative verb

㬨

㬨

wo ˇ xuésheng

I, me

pronoun

㸳

㸳

student

noun

䁈㪛

స㪛

also

adverb

䄓

䄓

(family name)

family name

䍦

ຩ

yeˇ Zha¯ng

Use and Structure 1.1–1.8, 1.13

6

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Part B Zha¯ng Dàwéi:

Ta¯ shì xuésheng ma?

䍦⫔㸋ᷛ㰜㬨䁈㪛㕑ᷠ

 ¯o Meˇilì: Ga

Bù shì. Ta¯ bù shì xuésheng.

ⷀ㗡㏗ᷛ⤜㬨᱄㰜⤜㬨䁈㪛᱄ 㰜㬨㎰㬇᱄㰜㬨㏏㎰㬇᱄

Ta¯ shì laˇoshı¯. Ta¯ shì Lıˇ laˇoshı¯.

Part

B Vocabulary Simplified

Traditional

negation

⤜

⤜

la ˇoshı¯ teacher, professor

noun

㎰㬇

㎰฀

Lıˇ

(family name)

family name

㏏

㏏

ta¯

he/him, she/her

pronoun

㰜᷍㰞

㰜᷍㰞

bù

no, not

Use and Structure 1.9–1.10

Part C Ga¯o Meˇilì: Laˇoshı¯ haˇo.

ⷀ㗡㏗ᷛ㎰㬇⼤᱄

Lıˇ laˇoshı¯:

Ga¯o Meˇilì, nıˇ haˇo ma?

㏏㎰㬇ᷛⷀ㗡㏗᷍㛄⼤㕑ᷠ

Ga¯o Meˇilì:

Woˇ heˇn haˇo, xièxie.

ⷀ㗡㏗ᷛ㸳⼽⼤᷍㾜㾜᱄

Lıˇ laˇoshı¯:

Zài jiàn.

㏏㎰㬇ᷛ䊺ボ᱄

Lesson 1

Part

⼽ thank you conversational 㾜㾜

very

Hello

C Vocabulary Simplified

he ˇn xièxie

Nıˇ haˇo 㛄⼤

intensifier

Traditional

⼽ 䏙䏙

expression conversational 䊺ボ expression

zài jiàn goodbye

䊺䃫

Use and Structure 1.11–1.13

Interactive speaking activities for the classroom for this and all following lessons can be found in the Instructor’s section of the companion website.

Use and structure 1.1.

Family names and addressing friends

Mary (Me ˇilì 㗡㏗) and David (Dàwéi ⫔㸋), are students in a language program in China. While they are in China they will use Chinese names, and we will use those names when we refer to them in this book. Me ˇilì and Dàwéi are given names. In English, we would call them first names, but in Chinese, the part of the name that comes first in a complete name is the family name. Dàwéi’s family name is Zha¯ng (䍦), and his complete name is Zha¯ng Dàwéi (䍦⫔㸋). Me ˇilì’s family name is Ga¯o (ⷀ), and her complete name is Ga¯o Me ˇilì (ⷀ㗡㏗). family name + given name Zha¯ng (䍦) Dàwéi (⫔㸋) Ga¯o (ⷀ) Me ˇilì (㗡㏗) It is common to address other people you know by their complete name: family name + given name. You can also address your friends and classmates by their given name alone. Since they are going to be classmates, Dawei and Meili can address each other using their given names. Their teachers can also address them by family name + given name or by given name alone. In Chinese culture, no one addresses others with the family name alone, and Gao Meili and Zhang Dawei will never call each other Ga¯o and Zha¯ng. We will learn more about names in Lesson 3.

7

Modern Mandarin Chinese

8

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

1.2.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 1.1, 1.2; Focus on Communication 1.1; Sentence Pyramids. Website: Listening for Information 1.1; Structure Drills 1.2–1.5; Focus on Structure 1.3.

The greeting nıˇ haˇo (㛄⼤)

Nıˇ ha ˇo (㛄⼤) is a greeting. We translate nıˇ ha ˇo with the English expression hello, but it is more formal and more restricted in use than the greeting hello is in English. Nıˇ ha ˇo can be used when meeting people for the first time in formal situations, and it is often used in business contexts, especially when answering the telephone. Students often greet their teacher by saying la ˇoshı¯ ha ˇo (㎰㬇⼤) hello teacher, and teachers can greet a class of students by saying xuésheng ha ˇo (䁈㪛⼤) hello students.

1.3.

Pronouns

Mandarin pronouns have a single form that does not change whether the pronoun is used as subject or object. Wo ˇ (㸳) means I or me. Nıˇ (㛄) means you (subject) or you (object). Ta¯ means he or him, she or her, or it. In writing, the character 㰜 is used when referring to males, and the character 㰞 is used when referring to females. The character 㰝 is used when referring to inanimate objects. First Person Second Person Third Person

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

1.4.

Subject Object wo I wo ˇ ˇ me nıˇ you nıˇ you ta¯ he/she/it ta¯ him/her/it

Workbook: Focus on Structure 1.1, 1.4. Website: Listening for Information 1.1; Structure Drills 1.1–1.5; Focus on Structure 1.3.

shì (㬨) be

Shì (㬨) is the verb be in Mandarin. It links a subject with a noun or noun phrase. Subject Wo ˇ

㸳

Verb shì

㬨

Noun/Noun Phrase xuésheng.

䁈㪛

I am (a) student. Mandarin verbs have only one, unchanging form. Verbs do not change to mark tense or to agree with the subject. Thus, the same verb shì is used to indicate (I) am, (you) are, (he, she, it) is, were, and was.

Lesson 1

Nıˇ haˇo 㛄⼤

Hello

Wo ˇ shì xuésheng. (㸳㬨䁈㪛᱄) I am a student. Nıˇ shì xuésheng. (㛄㬨䁈㪛᱄) You are a student. Ta¯ shì la ˇoshı¯. (㰜/㰞㬨㎰㬇᱄) He/she is a teacher.

K

W

Practice

RKBO

O

O

1.5.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 1.1, 1.2, 1.4. Website: Listening for Information 1.1, 1.2; Structure Drills 1.1–1.5; Focus on Structure 1.1–1.3; Communication through Reading and Writing 1.1.

Word order and phrase order in the Mandarin sentence

The normal order of information in the Mandarin sentence is: Subject Ta¯

㰜㰞

Verb shì

㬨

Object xuésheng

䁈㪛᱄

he/she be student He/she is a student.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

1.6.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 1.3. Website: Structure Drills 1.2, 1.3, 1.5; Focus on Structure 1.2.

Asking yes-no questions with ma (㕑)

Yes-no questions are questions that can be answered yes or no. Mandarin has a number of ways to form yes-no questions. The simplest way is to add the final particle ma (㕑) to the end of a statement. You can think of ma as adding the meaning “yes or no?” to the sentence. The word order in statements and in yes-no questions with ma is the same: Ta¯

㰜㰞

shì

㬨

xuésheng.

䁈㪛᱄

he/she be student He/she is a student. Ta¯ shì xuésheng

㰜㰞

㬨

䁈㪛

he/she be student Is he/she a student?

ma?

㕑ᷠ yes or no

9

Modern Mandarin Chinese

10

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

1.7.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 1.1; Focus on Communication 1.1. Website: Structure Drills 1.1; Focus on Structure 1.1.

Answering yes

There is no word for yes in Mandarin. When answering yes to a yes-no question, repeat the verb that is used in the question. The verb is underlined in the following example. Q: Nıˇ sh`l xuésheng ma? (㛄㬨䁈㪛㕑?) Are you a student? A: Wo I am a student. ˇ sh`l xuésheng. (㸳㬨䁈㪛᱄) To give the short answer yes, just repeat the verb: Q: Nıˇ sh`l xuésheng ma? (㛄㬨䁈㪛㕑ᷠ) Are you a student? A: Sh`l . (㬨᱄) Yes. You can also repeat the verb and then add the full affirmative reply: Are you a student? Q: Nıˇ sh`l xuésheng ma? (㛄㬨䁈㪛㕑ᷠ) A: Sh`l . Wo ˇ sh`l xuésheng. (㬨᱄㸳㬨䁈㪛᱄) Yes, I am a student. K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

1.8.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 1.2. Website: Structure Drills 1.4; Focus on Structure 1.1.

yeˇ (䄓) also

Ye ˇ (䄓) also is an adverb. It always occurs before a verb or verb phrase and never before a noun or at the end of the sentence. Ye ˇ occurs before negation. For more on negation, see Use and Structure 1.9. (S) + ye ˇ (䄓) + V (VP) Wo ˇ ye ˇ shì xuésheng.

㸳䄓㬨䁈㪛᱄

I am also a student. K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

1.9.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 1.3. Website: Structure Drills 1.5; Focus on Structure 1.2, 1.3.

Answering no and saying no

Mandarin has two words for no. In this lesson we learn one of them: bù (⤜). Bù negates most verbs. It occurs right before the verb or verb phrase. Ta¯ bù shì xuésheng. (㰞⤜㬨䁈㪛᱄)

She is not a student.

Lesson 1 Nıˇ haˇo 㛄⼤

Hello

If the sentence contains ye ˇ (䄓) also, ye ˇ occurs before bù: Ta¯ ye ˇ bù shì xuésheng. (㰞䄓⤜㬨䁈㪛᱄)

She is also not a student.

To give a short answer no, just say bù + the verb: Q: Ta¯ shì xuésheng ma? (㰞㬨䁈㪛㕑ᷠ) A: Bù shì. (⤜㬨᱄)

Is she a student? No.

You can also say bù + the verb followed by the full reply: Is she a student? Q: Ta¯ shì xuésheng ma? (㰞㬨䁈㪛㕑ᷠ) A: Bù shì. Ta¯ bù shì xuésheng. (⤜㬨᱄㰞⤜㬨䁈㪛᱄) No. She is not a student. We will learn the other commonly used word for no in Lesson 4. K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

1.10.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 1.2. Website: Structure Drills 1.4; Focus on Structure 1.1.

Names and titles: Lıˇ laˇoshı¯ (㏏㎰㬇)

In Chinese culture, it is common to use a person’s title when addressing them or referring to them. A person’s title can be used alone, or it can be preceded by the family name. Meili addresses her teacher as la ˇoshı¯ (㎰㬇) teacher, but earlier in the conversation she refers to the teacher as Lıˇ la oshı ¯ ( ㏏㎰㬇 ) Teacher Li. ˇ Family Name + Title Lıˇ la ˇoshı¯

㏏

㎰㬇

In English, titles are stated before a person’s family name, and so we translate Lıˇ la ˇoshı¯ as Teacher Li even though that doesn’t match the Chinese word order. Say Lıˇ la ˇoshı¯, not 8la ˇoshı¯ Lıˇ.

1.11.

Adjectival verbs: haˇo (⼤) good

Ha ˇo (⼤) good is translated into English as an adjective. Like English adjectives it can describe nouns: ha ˇo rén (⼤㦬) good person; but in Mandarin ha ˇo can also function as the main verb in a sentence: Wo ˇ he ˇn ha ˇo (㸳⼽⼤) I am fine. Notice that while the English translation of this sentence includes the verb be, ha ˇo and verbs like it do not occur with the verb shì (㬨) be. Say this: Wo ˇ he ˇn ha ˇo.

㸳⼽⼤

Do not say this: 8 Wo ˇ shì he ˇn ha ˇo. 8 㸳㬨⼽⼤᱄

I am fine. Because ha ˇo translates into English as an adjective but functions like a verb, we call it an adjectival verb (AdjV).

11

Modern Mandarin Chinese

12

To negate adjectival verbs, say bù (⤜) + adjectival verb. Ta¯ bù ha ˇo. (㰜⤜⼤᱄)

He is not well.

Most English adjectives are adjectival verbs in Mandarin. However, Mandarin has some words that function only as adjectives and never as adjectival verbs. We will learn more about them in Lesson 4 and will practice how they are used.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

1.12.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 1.3.

Intensifier + adjectival verb: heˇn haˇo (⼽⼤) very good

He ˇn (⼽) very indicates the intensity of an adjectival verb. Therefore, we call it an intensifier. Words like too, somewhat, extremely, etc. are also intensifiers, and we will learn their Mandarin equivalents in later lessons. Mandarin intensifiers occur right before the adjectival verb: he ˇn ha ˇo (⼽⼤)

very good

When negating intensifier + adjectival verb, place bù (⤜) before the intensifier: bù he ˇn ha ˇo (⤜⼽⼤)

not very good

In Mandarin, adjectival verbs are typically preceded by either an intensifier or negation. When intensity is not emphasized, the intensifier he ˇn is used. In other words, he ˇn sometimes is used to contribute the meaning very, and sometimes it is used in a sentence in order to satisfy the requirement that the adjectival verb has to be preceded by something. You can always translate he ˇn as very.

1.13.

Greeting vs. question: Nıˇ haˇo (㛄⼤) and Nıˇ haˇo ma? (㛄⼤㕑ᷠ)

Nıˇ ha ˇo (㛄⼤) hello is a greeting (Use and Structure 1.2). You can respond to the greeting Nıˇ ha o by saying Nıˇ ha ˇ ˇo. In contrast, Nıˇ ha ˇo ma? (㛄⼤㕑?) is a yes-no question, and it requires an answer. If you are all right, you respond to this question by saying Wo ˇ he ˇn ha ˇo (㸳⼽⼤) I’m fine (I’m okay). Wo ˇ bù ha ˇo (㸳⤜⼤) means I am not okay. (See also Use and Structure 1.11.)

Pronunciation and pinyin Listening practice for tones and syllables are in the Pronunciation Practice section of the Companion Website.

Lesson 1 Nıˇ haˇo 㛄⼤

Hello

Chinese characters Chinese is written using characters. Each character represents a meaning and is pronounced in a specific way. You must learn several thousand characters before you can read newspapers and other material written for Chinese-educated native speakers, and that task will probably take you several years. But the more you know about the structure of characters, the easier it will be to learn and remember them. For the first five lessons of this textbook, you will not practice reading or writing characters, but you will begin to learn about their structure. Instruction on writing characters begins in Lesson 6.

Exercises and activities focusing on Chinese characters for this and all following lessons are on the Companion Website.

In this lesson, we focus on the shape of characters. Characters are composed of component parts arranged in a limited number of configurations, typically identified as follows:

In the following table, the characters included in Lesson 1 are identified by their shape.

⤜

㎰

㛄

䍦

⫔

㬇

⼤

㾜

㸋

㏏

㬨

䁈

ⷀ

㕑

㰜

㪛

⼤

㗡

㰞

䄓

⼽

㏗

㸳

䊺

13

14

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Qa

Language FAQs (Frequently Asked Questions)

Where are the and a? Mandarin does not have words that are exactly equivalent to a and the in English. Do not look for translations of a and the in Mandarin.

Notes on Chinese culture Greeting strangers In Chinese culture, it is not common to greet people you do not know, unless you expect to interact with them in the future. People greet strangers in a business context or in receptions such as the one in the dialogue in this lesson since the initial contact will probably lead to future interactions. It is very uncommon to greet a stranger you pass on the street or who you ride with in an elevator or on some form of public transportation.

Using names to address others Names are not as freely given out or used to address others as they are in the West, and as you can see, Zhang Dawei and Gao Meili do not begin their conversation by asking each other for their names. People exchange names when they are members of a group; for example, students in the same class, or workers in the same office. It is relatively common in China for someone to bring a friend to a social gathering as a guest and never introduce the friend by name if he or she is not a member of the group.

Lesson 1

Lesson 1 Dialogue in English Part A Zhang Dawei: Gao Meili: Zhang Dawei: Gao Meili:

Hello. Hello. I am a student. Are you a student? Yes. I am also a student.

Part B Zhang Dawei: Is he a student? Gao Meili: No. He is not a student. He is a teacher. He is Teacher Li.

Part C



Gao Meili: Teacher Li: Gao Meili: Teacher Li:

Hello teacher. Gao Meili, how are you? I am fine, thanks. Goodbye.

Nıˇ haˇo 㛄⼤

Hello

15

2

Lesson Nıˇ shì na ˇguó rén? 㛄㬨㚥⺛㦬ᷠ What country are you from?

Communication goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q State your nationality and ask others about their nationalities. Q Confirm that information is correct. Q Ask a question politely.

Pronunciation goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Correctly pronounce syllables that originate in the third tone. Q Identify and pronounce syllables that occur in neutral tone. Q Pronounce and identify the finals e, ei, en, ong, ing, ui/eui, and uen/un.

Pronunciation guides and practice are located on the Companion Website.

Lesson 2

Nıˇ shì naˇguó rén? 㛄㬨㚥⺛㦬ᷠ What country are you from?

Literacy goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Accurately read words written in pinyin whose spelling varies depending upon the initial consonant. Q Accurately read pinyin syllables involving changes in the third tone.

Key structures

Q plural pronouns: wo ˇmen (㸳㗨) we, us, nıˇmen (㛄㗨) you (plural), ta¯men (㰜㗨/㰞㗨) they, them Q follow-up questions with ne (㚹) Q na ˇguó (㚥⺛) which country Q do¯u (Ⱍ) all, both Q da¯ngrán (⭒㦜) of course

Dialogue The situation: The new student reception continues. Zhang Dawei begins a conversation with two people who he has not yet met, Chen Ming and Wang Maike. The three of them then talk with Gao Meili, the student who Zhang Dawei just met, and ask about other people in the room.

17

18

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Part A Zha¯ng Dàwéi: Qıˇng wèn, nıˇmen shì Meˇiguó rén ma?

䍦⫔㸋ᷛ㤌㸫᷍㛄㗨㬨㗡⺛㦬㕑"

Chén Míng:

⧣㘘ᷛ 㬨᱄㸳㗨㬨㗡⺛㦬᷍㛄㚹ᷠ

Shì. Woˇmen shì Meˇiguó rén, nıˇ ne?

䍦⫔㸋ᷛ㸳䄓㬨㗡⺛㦬᱄

Zha¯ng Dàwéi: Woˇ yeˇ shì Meˇiguó rén.

㸳㗨Ⱍ㬨㗡⺛㦬᱄

Woˇmen do¯ u shì Meˇiguó rén.

Wáng Màikè: (to Ga¯o Meˇilì) Nıˇ ne?

㶖㕔㋬ᷛ ᷉to ⷀ㗡㏗᷊㛄㚹ᷠ

Ga¯o Meˇilì:

ⷀ㗡㏗ᷛ㸳㬨ⳉ⺛㦬᱄

Woˇ shì Faˇguó rén.

Part A Vocabulary Simplified

Traditional

Chén

(family name)

family name

⧣

勱

do¯u

all, both

adverb

Ⱍ

Ⱍ

Fa ˇguó

France

place name

ⳉ⺛

ⳉङ

Fa ˇguó rén French person

noun phrase

ⳉ⺛㦬

ⳉङ㦬

guó

country

noun

⺛

ङ

Màikè

given name (Michael)

given name

㕔㋬

徽㋬

Me ˇiguó

United States (USA)

place name

㗡⺛

㗡ङ

Me ˇiguó rén American

noun phrase

㗡⺛㦬

㗡ङ㦬

Míng

(given name); bright

given name;

㘘

㘘

ne

(forms follow-up questions)

final particle

㚹

㚹

nıˇmen

you (plural)

pronoun

㛄㗨

㛄Ӥ

adjectival verb

Lesson 2

Nıˇ shì naˇguó rén? 㛄㬨㚥⺛㦬ᷠ What country are you from?

㤌㸫

䌩߷

noun

㦬

㦬

(family name)

family name

㶖

㶖

wèn

ask (a question)

verb

㸫

߷

wo ˇmen

we, us

pronoun

㸳㗨

㸳Ӥ

may I ask, excuse me

conversational

rén

person

Wáng

qıˇng wèn

expression

Use and Structure 2.1–2.3, 2.6

Part B Chén Míng:

⧣㘘ᷛ 㰜㬨㚥⺛㦬ᷠ

Ta¯ shì naˇguó rén?

Wáng Màikè: Ta¯ shì Yı¯ngguó rén.

㶖㕔㋬ᷛ㰜㬨䇃⺛㦬᱄

Chén Míng

⧣㘘ᷛ 㰜㗨䄓㬨䇃⺛㦬᷍ⰵ㕑ᷠ

Ta¯men yeˇ shì Yı¯ngguó rén, duì ma?

Wáng Màikè: Bù duì. Ta¯men do¯u shì Déguó rén.

㶖㕔㋬ᷛ⤜ⰵ᱄㰜㗨Ⱍ㬨⭣⺛㦬᱄

Chén Míng:

⧣㘘ᷛ ㎰㬇㬨䐱⺛㦬㕑ᷠ

Laˇoshı¯ shì Zho¯ngguó rén ma?

Wáng Màikè: Laˇoshı¯ da¯ngrán shì Zho¯ngguó rén!

㶖㕔㋬ᷛ㎰㬇⭒㦜㬨䐱⺛㦬᷂

Part B Vocabulary Simplified

Traditional

da¯ngrán

of course

adverb

⭒㦜

◵㦜

Déguó

Germany

place name

⭣⺛

⭣ङ

Déguó rén

German person

noun phrase

⭣⺛㦬

⭣ङ㦬

19

20

Modern Mandarin Chinese

duì

correct

adjectival verb

ⰵ

ಇ

na ˇguó, ne ˇiguó

which country

question word

㚥⺛

㚥ङ

ta¯men

they, them

pronoun

㰜㗨

㰜Ӥ

Yı¯ngguó

Great Britain

place name

䇃⺛

䇃ङ

Yı¯ngguó rén

British person

noun

䇃⺛㦬

䇃ङ㦬

Zho¯ngguó

China

place name

䐱⺛

䐱ङ

noun phrase

䐱⺛㦬

䐱ङ㦬

phrase

Zho¯ngguó rén Chinese person

Use and Structure 2.4, 2.5, 2.7, 2.8

Country names and nationalities Country

Nationality

Déguó

Germany

Déguó rén

German, German person

Fa ˇguó

France

Fa ˇguó rén

French, French person

Me ˇiguó

United Me ˇiguó rén States (USA)

American, American person

Yı¯ngguó

Great Britain Yı¯ngguó rén

British, British person

Zho¯ngguó

China

Chinese, Chinese person

Zho¯ngguó rén

Notice how the name of the nationality includes the name of the country.

Lesson 2

Nıˇ shì naˇguó rén? 㛄㬨㚥⺛㦬ᷠ What country are you from?

Supplementary vocabulary: Countries of the world Afghanistan

¯ fùhàn A

Luxembourg

Lúse¯nba ˇo

Argentina

¯ ge¯ntíng A

Malaysia

Ma ˇláixı¯ya ˇ

Armenia

Yàme ˇiníyà

Mexico

Mòxı¯ge¯

Australia

Àodàlìyà

Mongolia

Ménggu ˇ

Austria

Àodìlì

Netherlands

Hélán

Brazil

Ba¯xı¯

New Zealand

Xı¯nxı¯lán

Canada

Jia¯nádà

Nicaragua

Níjia¯la¯gua¯

Chile

Zhìlì

Nigeria

Nírìlìyà

Denmark

Da¯nmài

Norway

Nuówe¯i

Ecuador

Ègua¯duo¯’e ˇr

Pakistan

Ba¯jı¯sı¯ta ˇn

Egypt

¯ ijí A

Paraguay

Ba¯la¯guı¯

El Salvador

Sà’e ˇrwa ˇduo¯

Peru

France

Fa ˇguó

Philippines

Bìlu ˇ `bı¯n Fe¯ilü

Germany

Déguó

Poland

Bo¯lán

Great Britain

Yı¯ngguó

Portugal

Pútáoyá

Greece

Xı¯là

Romania

Luóma ˇníyà

Hong Kong

Xia¯ngga ˇng

Russia

Éluósı¯

Hungary

Xio¯ngyálì

Saudi Arabia

¯ la¯bó Sha¯tè A

Iceland

Bı¯ngda ˇo

Singapore

Xı¯njia¯po¯

India

Yìndù

Spain

Xı¯ba¯nyá

Indonesia

Yìnní

Sri Lanka

Sı¯lıˇlánka ˇ

Iran

Yı¯la ˇng

Sweden

Ruìdia ˇn

Iraq

Yı¯la¯kè

Switzerland

Ruìshì

Ireland

Ài’e ˇrlán

Syria

Xùlìyà

Israel

Yıˇsèliè

Taiwan

Táiwa¯n

21

Modern Mandarin Chinese

22

Italy

Yìdàlì

Thailand

Tàiguó

Japan

Rìbe ˇn

Turkey

Tu ˇ’e ˇrqí

Kenya

Ke ˇnníyà

Uganda

Wu¯ ga¯ndá

Korea (North Korea)

Cháoxia ˇn

Ukraine

Wu¯ kèlán

Korea (South Korea)

Hánguó

United Kingdom

Yı¯ngguó

Kuwait

Ke¯we¯itè

United States

Me ˇiguó

Libya

Lìbıˇyà

Venezuela

We ˇinèiruìla¯

Lithuania

Lìtáowa ˇn

Vietnam

Yuènán

Use and structure 2.1.

Qıˇng wèn (㤌㸫) May I ask?

Wèn (㸫) is a verb and means ask (a question). Qıˇng wèn (㤌㸫) is a polite way to introduce a question, and it is always followed by a question. It can be translated with the English expressions please may I ask, may I ask, or excuse me. Qıˇng wèn, nıˇmen shì Me ˇiguó rén ma?

㤌㸫᷍㛄㗨㬨㗡⺛㦬㕑ᷠ

May I ask, are you Americans?

Practice

K

W

RKBO

O

O

2.2.

Workbook: Focus on Communication 2.1; Sentence Pyramids. Website: Structure Drills 2.1, 2.4; Focus on Structure 2.2; Communication through Reading and Writing 2.2.

The plural form of pronouns

The plural form of Mandarin pronouns is the singular form + men (㗨). The same form of the pronoun is used whether the pronoun is the subject or the object in the sentence.

Lesson 2

Nıˇ shì naˇguó rén? 㛄㬨㚥⺛㦬ᷠ What country are you from?

Singular wo ˇ (㸳)

I, me

wo ˇmen (㸳㗨)

we, us

nıˇ (㛄)

you

nıˇmen (㛄㗨)

you (plural)

ta¯ (㰜᷐㰞᷐㰝)

he/she/it, him/her

ta¯men (㰜㗨)

they, them

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Plural

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 2.1. Website: Structure Drills 2.1, Focus on Structure 2.1.

Follow-up questions with ne (㚹)

 2.3.

Ne (㚹) is a final particle that is used to ask short, follow-up questions on the current topic of conversation. This kind of question is sometimes called a tag question. Ne generally occurs right after a noun or noun phrase: Wo ˇmen shì Me ˇiguó rén, nıˇ ne?

㸳㗨㬨㗡⺛㦬᷍㛄㚹ᷠ

We are Americans. And you? (or) What about you? Wo ˇ shì xuésheng, nıˇ ne?

㸳㬨䁈㪛᷍㛄㚹ᷠ

I am a student. (And) you? (or) What about you? Ta¯men shì Yı¯ngguó rén. Ga¯o Me ˇilì ne?

㰜㗨㬨䇃⺛㦬᱄ⷀ㗡㏗㚹ᷠ

They are British. What about Gao Meili?

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

2.4.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 2.2. Website: Structure Drills 2.2, 2.3; Communication through Reading and Writing 2.3.

naˇguó (㚥⺛) which country and naˇ (㚥) which

In this lesson we learn how to use the expression na ˇguó (㚥⺛) (and its alternative pronunciation ne ˇiguó) which country? to ask about nationalities. Ta¯ shì na ˇguó rén? (㰜㬨㚥⺛㦬ᷠ) What country is he from? (literally: He is a which country person?) To answer a question with the expression na ˇguó, replace na ˇguó with the name of the country. Nıˇ shì na ˇguó rén? (㛄㬨㚥⺛㦬ᷠ) Where are you from? (literally: You are a which-country person?)

23

Modern Mandarin Chinese

24

Wo ˇ shì Fa ˇguó rén. (㸳㬨ⳉ⺛㦬᱄) I am a French person. Ta¯ shì ne ) ˇiguó rén? (㰜㬨㚥⺛㦬ᷠ Where is he from? Ta¯ shì Yı¯ngguó rén. (㰜㬨䇃⺛㦬᱄ ) He is British. The word na ˇguó is made up of two syllables, na ˇ (㚥) and guó (⺛). These syllables each have a meaning but are never used as independent words. Na ˇ is a content question word and means which? Guó means country, but the independent word for country is guójia¯ (⺛コ). We will learn how to use na ˇ to say things like which book and which two students in Lesson 7 (Use and Structure 7.1). In this lesson we will practice using it in the expression na ˇguó to ask which country? and na guó rén ( 㚥⺛㦬 ) to ask what country someone is from. ˇ

Practice

K

W

RKBO

O

O

2.5.

Workbook: Focus on Communication 2.1, 2.2, 2.3. Website: Listening for Information 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4; Structure Drills – all; Focus on Structure 2.1; Communication through Reading and Writing 2.2.

Asking for confirmation: duì ma? (ⰵ㕑ᷠ) correct? right?

To ask for confirmation of a statement, follow the statement with the tag question duì ma? (ⰵ㕑ᷠ) correct? right? Ta¯men ye ) ˇ shì Yı¯ngguó rén, duì ma? (㰜㗨䄓㬨䇃⺛㦬᷍ⰵ㕑ᷠ They are also British, right? You can reply to a duì ma? tag question with a short answer or a long answer: The short answer yes: The short answer no: The long answer yes:

Duì. (ⰵ᱄) Correct. Bù duì. (⤜ⰵ᱄ ) Not correct.

) Duì. Ta¯men ye ˇ shì Yı¯ngguó rén. (ⰵ᱄㰜㗨䄓㬨䇃⺛㦬᱄ Yes. (Correct.) They are also British. The long answer no: Bù duì. Ta¯men bù shì Yı¯ngguó rén. (⤜ⰵ᱄㰜㗨⤜㬨䇃⺛㦬᱄ ) No. They are not British.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 2.4; Focus on Communication 2.2. Website: Listening for Information 2.1; Structure Drills 2.5; Focus on Structure 2.2.

Lesson 2

2.6.

Nıˇ shì naˇguó rén? 㛄㬨㚥⺛㦬ᷠ What country are you from?

do¯u (Ⱍ) all, both

Ta¯men do¯u shì Déguó rén.(㰜㗨Ⱍ㬨⭣⺛㦬᱄ ) T  hey are both/all Germans. Do¯u (Ⱍ) refers to more than one and is used to translate the English words both and all. Do¯u is an adverb, and like all adverbs in Mandarin, it always occurs before a verb or verb phrase. It never occurs before a noun or noun phrase. (S) do¯u (Ⱍ) + V/VP Wo ) ˇmen do¯u shì Me ˇiguó rén. (㸳㗨Ⱍ㬨㗡⺛㦬᱄ We are all Americans. ) Ta¯men do¯u shì Déguó rén. (㰜㗨Ⱍ㬨⭣⺛㦬᱄ They are all Germans. Do¯u can occur before or after bù (⤜) no, not. The overall meaning of a sentence changes depending upon the order of do¯u (Ⱍ) and bù (⤜). do¯u (Ⱍ) + bù (⤜) (+ V) none (all are not) Ta¯men do¯u bù shì Déguó rén. (㰜㗨Ⱍ⤜㬨⭣⺛㦬᱄ ) None of them is German. (They are all not German.) Ta¯men do¯u bù he ) ˇn ga¯o. (㰜㗨Ⱍ⤜⼽ⷀ᱄ They are all not very tall. bù (⤜) + do¯u (Ⱍ) (+ V) not all (some are and some are not) Ta¯men bù do¯u shì Déguó rén. (㰜㗨⤜Ⱍ㬨⭣⺛㦬᱄ ) Not all of them are German. (Some are German and some are not German.) Ta¯men bù do¯u he ) ˇn ha ˇo. (㰜㗨⤜Ⱍ⼽⼤᱄ They are not all good.

Practice

K

W

RKBO

O

O

2.7.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 2.3; Focus on Communication 2.2. Website: Structure Drills 2.6, 2.8; Focus on Structure 2.2, 2.3; Communication through Reading and Writing 2.3.

da¯ngrán (⭒㦜) of course

Da¯ngrán (⭒㦜) of course is an adverb. It always occurs before a verb or verb phrase, and never before a noun or at the end of the sentence. (S) da¯ngrán (⭒㦜) + V (VP) Da¯ngrán shì. (⭒㦜㬨᱄ ) Of course (he) is.

25

Modern Mandarin Chinese

26

La ) ˇoshı¯ da¯ngrán shì Zho¯ngguó rén. (㎰㬇⭒㦜㬨䐱⺛㦬᱄ Of course the teacher is Chinese. Lıˇ la ) ˇoshı¯ da¯ngrán he ˇn ha ˇo. (㏏㎰㬇⭒㦜⼽⼤᱄ Of course Teacher Li is very good. Da¯ngrán occurs before bù (⤜) no, not and before the adverbs do¯u (Ⱍ) both, all and ye ˇ (䄓) also. ) Wo ˇ da¯ngrán bù shì la ˇoshı¯. (㸳⭒㦜⤜㬨㎰㬇᱄ Of course I am not a teacher. Wo ) ˇmen da¯ngrán do¯u shì xuésheng. (㸳㗨⭒㦜Ⱍ㬨䁈㪛᱄ We are all students of course. Ta¯ da¯ngrán ye ) ˇ shì Zho¯ngguó rén. (㰞⭒㦜䄓㬨䐱⺛㦬᱄ Of course she is also Chinese.

Practice

K

W

RKBO

O

O

2.8.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 2.4; Focus on Communication 2.1. Website: Structure Drills 2.7, 2.8; Focus on Structure 2.2, 2.3; Communication through Reading and Writing 2.2.

Omitting the subject and the object

In Mandarin, it is common to leave out the subject of a sentence if it is the same as the subject of the previous sentence. It is also common to leave out the object of a sentence if it is the same as the object of the previous sentence. Compare this question and answer from the dialogue. In the answer, the omitted subject and object are added in parentheses. Q:

La ˇoshı¯ shì Zho¯ngguó rén ma?

㎰㬇㬨䐱⺛㦬㕑

Is the teacher Chinese?

A:

(La ˇoshı¯) da¯ngrán shì (Zho¯ngguó rén).

᷉㎰㬇᷊⭒㦜㬨᷉䐱⺛㦬᷊᱄

Of course (the teacher) is (Chinese).

Lesson 2

Nıˇ shì naˇguó rén? 㛄㬨㚥⺛㦬ᷠ What country are you from?

Lesson 2 Dialogue in English Part A Zhang Dawei: Chen Ming: Zhang Dawei: Wang Maike: Gao Meili:

May I ask, are you Americans? Yes. We are Americans. What about you? I am also American. We are all Americans. (to Meili) What about you? I am French.

Part B



Chen Ming: Wang Maike: Chen Ming: Wang Maike: Chen Ming: Wang Maike:

What country is he from? He is British. They are also British, right? No. They are all German. Is the teacher Chinese? Of course the teacher is Chinese.

27

3

Lesson Nıˇ jiào shénme míngzi? 㛄ㅱ㬓㗕㘜䓷ᷠ What is your name?

Communication goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q State your name and ask other people for their names. Q State the languages you can speak and ask others what languages they can speak. Q Say whether something is true or false, and ask whether something is true. Q Apologize for actions that inconvenience or disappoint others.

Pronunciation goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Distinguish the pronunciation of syllables beginning with zh, ch, sh, j, q, x, g, and k.

Literacy goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Recognize the component parts of some basic Chinese characters.

Lesson 3

Nıˇ jiào shénme míngzi? 㛄ㅱ㬓㗕㘜䓷ᷠ What is your name?

Key structures Q Q Q Q Q Q

shénme (㬓㗕) what yes-no questions with verb-not-verb huì (。) able to, can hé (⼮) and zhıˇ (䐜) only verbs and verb + object phrases: shuo¯(㯖) and shuo¯ huà (㯖⿑)

Dialogue The situation: At the new student reception, Gao Meili and Zhang Dawei find out more about each other.

Part A Zha¯ng Dàwéi: Nıˇ jiào shénme míngzi?

䍦⫔㸋ᷛ 㛄ㅱ㬓㗕㘜䓷ᷠ

Ga¯o Meˇilì:

ⷀ㗡㏗ᷛ 㸳㾶ⷀ᷍ㅱⷀ㗡㏗᱄

Wo ˇ xìng Gaa¯o, jiào Ga¯o Meˇilì. Nıˇ jiào shénme?

Zha¯ng Dàwèi:

Wo ˇ xìng Zha¯ng, jiào Dàwéi.

㛄ㅱ㬓㗕ᷠ 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ 㸳㾶䍦᷍ㅱ⫔㸋᱄

29

30

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Zha¯ng Dàwéi, nıˇhaˇo.

Ga¯o Meˇilì:

ⷀ㗡㏗ᷛ 䍦⫔㸋᷍㛄⼤᱄ 㛄㬨⤜㬨䐱⺛㦬ᷠ

Nıˇ shì bù shì Zho¯ngguó rén? Zha¯ng Dàwéi:

Bù shì. Woˇ shì Meˇiguó rén.

䍦⫔㸋ᷛ ⤜㬨᱄㸳㬨㗡⺛㦬᱄

Part A Vocabulary Simplified

Traditional

jiào

be called, call

verb

ㅱ

ㅱ

míngzi

name

noun

㘜䓷

㘜䓷

shénme

what

content question

㬓㗕

㬓崂

㾶

㾶

word

xìng

be family-named, be surnamed; family name, surname

verb noun

Use and Structure 3.1–3.3

Part B Zha¯ng Dàwéi:

Ga¯o Meˇilì, nıˇ shì naˇguó rén?

䍦⫔㸋ᷛ ⷀ㗡㏗᷍㛄㬨㚥⺛㦬ᷠ

 ¯o Meˇilì: Ga

Wo ˇ shì Faˇguó rén.

ⷀ㗡㏗ᷛ 㸳㬨ⳉ⺛㦬᱄

Zha¯ng Dàwéi:

Nıˇ huì shuo¯ naˇguó huà?

䍦⫔㸋ᷛ 㛄。㯖㚥⺛⿑ᷠ

Ga¯o Meˇilì:

Wo ˇ da¯ngrán huì shuo¯ Faˇguó huà.

ⷀ㗡㏗ᷛ 㸳⭒㦜。㯖ⳉ⺛⿑᱄

Woˇ yeˇ huì shuo¯ Zho¯ngguó huà,

㸳䄓。㯖䐱⺛⿑᱃

Déguó huà, Yı¯ngguó huà,

⭣⺛⿑᱃䇃⺛⿑᱃

Rìbeˇn huà hé Hánguó huà.

㦶⡟⿑⼮⼌⺛⿑᱄

 ¯ng Dàwéi: Zhe¯nde ma? Zha

䍦⫔㸋ᷛ 䎇⭥㕑ᷠ

Lesson 3

Ga¯o Meˇilì:

Nıˇ jiào shénme míngzi? 㛄ㅱ㬓㗕㘜䓷ᷠ What is your name?

Da¯ngrán bù shì zhe¯n de! Duìbuqıˇ,

ⷀ㗡㏗ᷛ ⭒㦜⤜㬨䎇⭥᷂ⰵ⤜㡑᷍

woˇ zhıˇ huì shuo¯ Faˇwén, Zho¯ngwén hé

㸳䐜。㯖ⳉ㸥᱃䐱㸥⼮

Yı¯ngwén, bù huì shuo¯ Déguó huà,

䇃㸥᷍⤜。㯖⭣⺛⿑᱃

Rìbeˇn huà hé Hánguó huà. Nıˇ ne?

㦶⡟⿑⼮⼌⺛⿑᱄㛄㚹ᷠ

 ¯ng Dàwéi: Woˇ zhıˇ huì shuo¯ Yı¯ngwén hé Zho¯ngwén. Zha

䍦⫔㸋ᷛ 㸳䐜。㯖䇃㸥⼮䐱㸥᱄

Part B Vocabulary Simplified Traditional Déguó huà

German language

noun phrase

⭣⺛⿑

⭣ङ䉳

duìbuqıˇ

excuse me

conversational

ⰵ⤜㡑

ಇ⤜㡑

expression

Fa ˇguó huà

French language

noun phrase

ⳉ⺛⿑

ⳉङ䉳

Fa ˇwén

French language

noun

ⳉ㸥

ⳉ㸥

Hánguó

South Korea

place name

⼌⺛

唏ङ

Hánguó huà Korean language

noun phrase

⼌⺛⿑

唏ङ䉳

hé

and

conjunction

⼮

⼮

huà

speech, language

noun

⿑

䉳

huì

able to, can

modal verb

。

᎟

Rìbe ˇn

Japan

place name

㦶⡟

㦶⡟

Rìbe ˇn huà

Japanese language

noun phrase

㦶⡟⿑

㦶⡟䉳

shuo¯

speak, talk, say

verb

㯖

䌇

shuo¯ huà

speak

verb + object

㯖⿑

䌇䉳

Yı¯ngguó huà English language

noun phrase

䇃⺛⿑

䇃ङ䉳

Yı¯ngwén

English language

noun

䇃㸥

䇃㸥

zhe¯nde ma?

really?

conversational

䎇⭥㕑

䎇⭥ࡂ

expression

31

32

Modern Mandarin Chinese

zhˇı

only

adverb

䐜

䐜

Zho¯ngguó huà

Chinese language

noun phrase

䐱⺛⿑

䐱ङ䉳

Zho¯ngwén

Chinese language

noun

䐱㸥

䐱㸥

Use and Structure 3.4–3.10

Common family names Bái

Huáng

Wáng

Cài

Jia¯o

Wèi

Chén

Jı¯n

Wú

Dèng

Ko ˇng

Xiè

Dı¯ng

Lıˇ

Xú

Dù

Lín

Yán

Ga¯o

Liú

Yáng

Gù

Lù

Yè

Guo¯

Ma ˇ

Zha¯ng

Hé

Máo

Zhào

Hè

Su¯n

Zho¯u

Hú

Ta¯ng

Zhu¯

Use and structure 3.1.

shénme (㬓㗕) what and using content question words

Shénme (㬓㗕) what is a content question word. In this lesson, we use the word shénme to ask the following questions. subject + verb + object Nıˇ xìng shénme?

㛄㾶㬓㗕ᷠ

What is your family name?

Lesson 3

Nıˇ jiào shénme míngzi? 㛄ㅱ㬓㗕㘜䓷ᷠ What is your name?

Nıˇ jiào shénme?

㛄ㅱ㬓㗕ᷠ

What are you called? Nıˇ jiào shénme míngzi?

㛄ㅱ㬓㗕㘜䓷ᷠ

What are you called? In English, content question words like who, what, where, why, and how occur at the beginning of the sentence. In Mandarin, the word order for statements and questions is the same, and content question words occur in the position where the answer goes. When answering a shénme question, replace shénme with the answer. When answering the question Nıˇ jiào shénme míngzi? (㛄ㅱ㬓㗕㘜䓷ᷠ) What is your name?, replace the entire phrase shénme míngzi (㬓㗕㘜䓷) with your name.

Question

Answer

subject + verb + object Nıˇ xìng shénme?

subject + verb + object Wo ˇ xìng Ga¯o.

㛄㾶㬓㗕ᷠ

㸳㾶ⷀ᱄

What is your family name?

My family name is Gao.

Nıˇ jiào shénme?

Wo ˇ jiào Ga¯o Me ˇilì.

㛄ㅱ㬓㗕ᷠ

㸳ㅱⷀ㗡㏗᱄

What are you called?

I am called Gao Meili.

Nıˇ jiào shénme míngzi?

Wo ˇ jiào Ga¯o Me ˇilì.

What are you called?

I am called Gao Meili.

㛄ㅱ㬓㗕㘜䓷ᷠ

㸳ㅱⷀ㗡㏗᱄

See Use and Structure 3.2 for more about Chinese names. Notice that shénme may refer to an entire sentence. The verb shuo¯ (㯖) in this sentence means say. Answer

Ta¯ shuo¯ shénme?

Ta¯ shuo¯ ta¯ shì Fa ˇguó rén.

㰞㯖㬓㗕ᷠ

㰞㯖㰞㬨ⳉ⺛㦬᱄

What did she say?

She said she is French.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Question

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 3.2, 3.3, 3.7. Website: Structure Drills 3.1; Communication through Reading and Writing 3.3.

33

34

Modern Mandarin Chinese

3.2.

Stating your name and asking others for their name

In Lesson 1 we learned that a Chinese name consists of a family name + given name, in that order. (Use and Structure 1.1) The family name is called the xìng (㾶). The given name is called the míngzi (㘜䓷). Remember that in Chinese, the family name always occurs before a given name or title: xìng (㾶) + míngzi (㘜䓷) Ga¯o Me ˇilì

xìng (㾶) + title Lıˇ la ˇoshı¯

ⷀ㗡㏗

㏏㎰㬇

Gao Meili

Teacher Li

Xìng is a verb meaning be family-named. It is followed by the family name alone; it is never followed by family name + given name. To state your family name, say: Wo ˇ xìng Zha¯ng. (㸳㾶䍦᱄) Literally: I am family-named Zhang. (My family name is Zhang.) Say this: Wo ˇ xìng Zha¯ng. (㸳㾶䍦᱄) I am family-named Zha¯ng. (My family name is Zha¯ng.)

Do not say this: 8Wo ˇ xìng Zha¯ng Dàwéi. (㸳㾶䍦⫔㸋᱄)

To ask for someone’s family name, ask: Nıˇ xìng shénme? (㛄㾶㬓㗕ᷠ) Literally: What are you family-named? (What is your family name?) Do not say: 8Nıˇ de xìng shì shénme? (㛄⭥㾶㬨㬓㗕ᷠ) or 8Shénme shì nıˇ de xìng? (㬓㗕㬨㛄⭥㾶ᷠ) (See Use and Structure 3.1 for more about questions with shénme.) Míngzi (㘜䓷) name is a noun. It can refer to the family name + given name, or to the given name alone. To state your name, say: Wo ˇ jiào Ga¯o Me ˇilì. (㸳ㅱⷀ㗡㏗᱄) I am called Gao Meili. or Wo ˇ jiào Me ˇilì. (㸳ㅱ㗡㏗᱄) I am called Meili.

Lesson 3

Nıˇ jiào shénme míngzi? 㛄ㅱ㬓㗕㘜䓷ᷠ What is your name?

To ask for someone’s name, say: Nıˇ jiào shénme míngzi? (㛄ㅱ㬓㗕㘜䓷ᷠ) or Nıˇ jiào shénme? (㛄ㅱ㬓㗕ᷠ) Literally: What are you called? (See also Use and Structure 3.1 for more about questions with shénme.) Jiào (ㅱ) must be followed by a name with more than one syllable. If your name has only one syllable, then when you answer the question Nıˇ jiào shénme míngzi? (㛄ㅱ㬓㗕㘜 䓷ᷠ) you must reply with your entire name, xìng + míngzi. When Zhang Dawei introduces himself, he can say Wo ˇ jiào Dàwéi (㸳ㅱ⫔㸋) or Wo ˇ jiào Zha¯ng Dàwéi (㸳ㅱ䍦⫔㸋). However, Chen Ming can only say Wo jiào Chén Míng ( 㸳ㅱ⧣ ˇ jiào Míng ( 㸳ㅱ㘘 ). 㘘). He cannot say 8Wo ˇ If you ask Gao Meili for her name, she can reply with her entire name, or with her given name alone. Nıˇ jiào shénme míngzi? (㛄ㅱ㬓㗕㘜䓷ᷠ) What is your name? A: Wo ˇ jiào Ga¯o Me ˇilì. (㸳ㅱⷀ㗡㏗᱄) I am called Gao Meili. or Wo ˇ jiào Me ˇilì. (㸳ㅱ㗡㏗᱄) I am called Meili. Q:

In English, we say that one’s name is Mary, or Joe, or Susan, etc. Notice that in Chinese, we use the verb jiào call, be called and say that one is called Mary, or Joe, or Susan, etc. Say this: Wo ˇ jiào Me ˇilì. (㸳ㅱ㗡㏗᱄) I am called Meili.

Practice

K

W

RKBO

O

O

3.3.

Do not say this: 8Wo ˇ shì Me ˇilì. (㸳㬨㗡㏗᱄) 8Wo ˇ shì jiào Me ˇilì. (㸳㬨ㅱ㗡㏗᱄)

Workbook: Focus on Structure 3.2, 3.3, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7; Focus on Communication 3.3. Website: Listening for Information 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.6, 3.7; Structure Drills 3.1; Focus on Structure 3.2; Communication through Reading and Writing 3.1, 3.2.

Verb-not-verb questions

In Lesson 1 (Use and Structure 1.6) you learned to form yes-no questions by adding the sentence final particle ma (㕑) to the end of a statement. Nıˇ shì Yı¯ngguó rén ma? (㛄㬨䇃⺛㦬㕑ᷠ) Are you British?

35

Modern Mandarin Chinese

36

This lesson presents the verb-not-verb form of yes-no questions. To form verb-not-verb questions, repeat the verb, first in affirmative form, and then in negated form. verb-not-verb Nıˇ shì bù shì Zho¯ngguó rén? (㛄㬨⤜㬨䐱⺛㦬ᷠ) Are you Chinese? If the verb phrase begins with a modal verb such as huì (。) can, the modal verb is the verb that is repeated. (See Use and Structure 3.5.) Nıˇ huì bù huì shuo¯ Fa ˇguó huà? (㛄。⤜。㯖ⳉ⺛⿑ᷠ) Can you speak French? (literally: You can or cannot speak French?) The meanings of ma yes-no questions and verb-not-verb yes-no questions are equivalent. Nıˇ shì bù shì Zho¯ngguó rén?

㛄㬨⤜㬨䐱⺛㦬ᷠ

Are you Chinese? Nıˇ huì bù huì shuo¯ Fa ˇguó huà?

㛄。⤜。㯖ⳉ⺛⿑ᷠ Can you speak French?

=

Nıˇ shì Zho¯ngguó rén ma?

=

Are you Chinese? Nıˇ huì shuo¯ Fa ˇguó huà ma?

㛄㬨䐱⺛㦬㕑ᷠ

㛄。㯖ⳉ⺛⿑㕑ᷠ

Can you speak French?

When a sentence includes an adverb such as ye ˇ (䄓) also (Use and Structure 1.8), do¯u (Ⱍ) both, all (Use and Structure 2.6), da¯ngrán (⭒㦜) of course (Use and Structure 2.7), or zhıˇ (䐜) only (Use and Structure 3.9), the ma form of yes-no questions is used, and the verb-notverb form is not used. Verb-not-verb yes-no questions are answered in the same way as ma yes-no questions. (See Use and Structure 1.7 and 1.9.)

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 3.1, 3.3, 3.7. Website: Listening for Information 3.7; Structure Drills 3.3, 3.4, 3.5.

3.4. Zho¯ngguó huà (䐱⺛⿑) and Zho¯ngwén (䐱㸥) Chinese language, huà (⿑) vs. wén (㸥) Huà (⿑) refers to speaking, and the names of languages can be formed by adding huà after the name of the country: Zho¯ngguó huà (䐱⺛⿑) Chinese, Fa ˇguó huà (ⳉ⺛⿑) French, Déguó huà (⭣⺛⿑) German, Rìbe n huà ( 㦶⡟⿑ ) Japanese , etc. Names of languages can ˇ usually also be formed by adding wén (㸥) after the first syllable of the name of the country: Zho¯ngwén (䐱㸥) Chinese, Fa ˇwén (ⳉ㸥) French, Déwén (⭣㸥) German, Rìwén (㦶㸥) Japanese, etc.

Lesson 3

Nıˇ jiào shénme míngzi? 㛄ㅱ㬓㗕㘜䓷ᷠ What is your name?

Huà refers to the spoken language alone. Wén refers to the spoken and written language. Therefore, you can say that you speak Zho¯ngguó huà or Zho¯ngwén, but you say that you read Zho¯ngwén. Huà is also used to refer to dialects of a language. Yı¯ngguó huà (䇃⺛⿑) refers to British English. The phrase Me ˇiguó huà (㗡⺛⿑) refers to American English. To avoid confusion about dialects of English, it is common to say that someone speaks Yı¯ngwén (䇃㸥) English. In mainland China, the wén words are more widely used than the huà words when referring to the spoken language.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

3.5.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.7; Focus on Communication 3.1, 3.3. Website: Listening for Information 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.8. 3.9; Structure Drills 3.6; Focus on Structure 3.1, 3.2; Communication through Reading and Writing 3.1, 3.3.

huì (。) able to, can

Huì (。) able to, can expresses learned or innate ability. It is used when you want to say that you can speak a certain language, or that you know how to write a word, or that you know how to use a computer, etc. Wo ˇ huì shuo¯ Déguo huà. (㸳。㯖⭣⺛⿑᱄) I can speak German. Huì is a modal verb. It is part of the verb phrase and can be followed by another verb. Ga¯o Me ˇilì huì shuo¯ Fa ˇguó huà. (ⷀ㗡㏗。㯖ⳉ⺛⿑᱄) Ga¯o Meili can speak French. When a sentence contains huì or another modal verb, the modal verb is the verb that is used in the short answer yes and no. To say yes, say Huì. To say no, say Bù huì (⤜。). Q: Nıˇ huì shuo¯ Rìbe ˇn huà ma? (㛄。㯖㦶⡟⿑㕑ᷠ) Can you speak Japanese? A: Huì. (。᱄) Yes. (I can.) Q: Nıˇ huì shuo¯ Déguohuà ma? (㛄。㯖⭣⺛⿑㕑ᷠ) Can you speak German? A: Bù huì. (⤜。᱄) No. (I can’t.) Adverbs occur before huì. Wo ˇ da¯ngrán huì shuo¯ Fa ˇguó huà. (㸳⭒㦜。㯖ⳉ⺛⿑᱄) Of course I can speak French. Wo ˇ zhıˇ huì shuo¯ Yı¯ngwén. (㸳䐜。㯖䇃㸥᱄) I can only speak English. Wo ˇmen do¯u huì shuo¯ Zho¯ngwén. (㸳㗨Ⱍ。㯖䐱㸥᱄) We can all speak Chinese.

37

Modern Mandarin Chinese

38

Ta¯ ye ˇ huì shuo¯ Rìbe ˇn huà. (㰞䄓。㯖㦶⡟⿑᱄) She can also speak Japanese. Practice

K

W

RKBO

O

O

3.6.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 3.1–3.7; Focus on Communication 3.3. Website: Listening for Information 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9; Structure Drills 3.2, 3.5, 3.6; Communication through Reading and Writing 3.1, 3.3.

hé (⼮) and

Hé (⼮) and joins two or more pronouns, nouns, or noun phrases. Nıˇmen hé ta¯men do¯u shì Fa ˇguó rén.

㛄㗨⼮㰜㗨Ⱍ㬨ⳉ⺛㦬᱄

You and they are all French. Wo ˇ ye ˇ huì shuo¯ Déguó huà, Rìbe ˇn huà hé Yı¯ngguó huà.

㸳䄓。㯖⭣⺛⿑᱃㦶⡟⿑⼮䇃⺛⿑᱄

I can also speak German, Japanese, and British English. Zha¯ng Dàwéi hé Ga¯o Me ˇilì do¯u huì shuo¯ Zho¯ngguó huà.

䍦⫔㸋⼮ⷀ㗡㏗Ⱍ。㯖䐱⺛⿑᱄

Zhang Dawei and Gao Meili can both speak Chinese. Hé never occurs before a verb, and unlike its English translation and, it never joins verbs, verb phrases, or sentences. Say this: Wo ˇ huì shuo¯ Rìbe ˇn huà hé Yı¯ngguó huà. (㸳。㯖㦶⡟⿑⼮䇃⺛⿑᱄) I can speak Japanese and English. Do not say: 8Wo ˇ huì shuo¯ Rìbe ˇn huà hé huì shuo¯ Yı¯ngguó huà. (㸳。㯖㦶⡟⿑⼮。㯖䇃⺛⿑᱄) Practice

K

W

RKBO

O

O

3.7.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 3.2, 3.4, 3.6, 3.7; Focus on Communication 3.3. Website: Listening for Information 3.5, 3.6, 3.9; Structure Drills 3.2; Communication through Reading and Writing 3.3.

zhe¯nde (䎇⭥) really, zhe¯nde ma? (䎇⭥㕑ᷠ) really? and bù shì zhe¯nde (⤜㬨䎇⭥) not really

Zhe¯nde (䎇⭥) means really. It can be used by itself as a reply to a question about whether information is true. Zhe¯nde ma? (䎇⭥㕑ᷠ) means really? It conveys surprise on hearing new information and asks if the information is true. Bù shì zhe¯nde (⤜㬨䎇⭥) means it’s not true. It is used as a reply to a question about whether some information is true.

Lesson 3

Nıˇ jiào shénme míngzi? 㛄ㅱ㬓㗕㘜䓷ᷠ What is your name?

All three phrases can be used as stand-alone remarks. In later lessons we will see how they can also be used as part of a larger sentence. Ga¯o Me ˇilì: ⷀ㗡㏗: Gao Meili: Zha¯ng Dàwéi: 䍦⫔㸋: Zhang Dawei: Ga¯o Me ˇilì: ⷀ㗡㏗: Gao Meili:

I can speak German, Japanese, and British English. Zhe¯nde ma?

䎇⭥㕑ᷠ

Really? Da¯ngrán bù shì zhe¯nde!

⭒㦜⤜㬨䎇⭥᷂

Of course it isn’t true!

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Wo ˇ huì shuo¯ Fa ˇguó huà, Déguó huà hé Yı¯ngguó huà.

㸳。㯖ⳉ⺛⿑᱃⭣⺛⿑⼮䇃⺛⿑᱄

Practice

3.8.

Workbook: Sentence Pyramids. Website: Listening for Information 3.9.

duìbuqıˇ (ⰵ⤜㡑) I’m sorry, excuse me

Say duìbuqıˇ (ⰵ⤜㡑) when your behavior disappoints another person, or when it inconveniences him or her in some way. Duìbuqıˇ is often followed by an explanation. Here are some situations where duìbuqıˇ is appropriate: Q

Someone asks you to do something but you lack the ability to do it.

Q

Someone asks you for information but you do not know the answer.

Q

Your roommate asks you to give her something but you do not have it, or you have it but cannot give it to her.

Q

Your friend invites you to do something with him and you are refusing the invitation.

Q

You bump into someone accidentally.

Duìbuqıˇ can sometimes be translated by the English expression excuse me, but it is not always equivalent to excuse me in its use. For example, it is not appropriate to say duìbuqıˇ when asking a question, even though in English you may preface a question by saying excuse me. In Mandarin, as we have seen in Lesson 2, when asking a question, say qıˇng wèn (㤌㸫): Qıˇng wèn, nıˇ jiào shénme míngzi? (㤌㸫᷍㛄ㅱ㬓㗕㘜䓷ᷠ) May I ask (excuse me), what is your name?

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 3.7. Website: Listening for Information 3.7, 3.9; Structure Drills 3.6; Communication through Reading and Writing 3.2.

39

Modern Mandarin Chinese

40

3.9.

zhıˇ (䐜) only

Zhıˇ (䐜) only is an adverb. It occurs before a verb or verb phrase and never before a noun. (S) zhıˇ (䐜) + V/VP Wo ˇ zhıˇ huì shuo¯ Yı¯ngwén. (㸳䐜。㯖䇃㸥᱄) I can only speak English. Zhıˇ occurs after do¯u (Ⱍ) all, both and ye ˇ (䄓) also. Wo ˇ ye ˇ zhıˇ huì shuo¯ Zho¯ngguó huà. (㸳䄓䐜。㯖䐱⺛⿑᱄) I can also only speak Chinese. Wo ˇmen do¯u zhıˇ huì shuo¯ Zho¯ngguó huà. (㸳㗨Ⱍ䐜。㯖䐱⺛⿑᱄) We can all only speak Chinese. Yes-no questions involving zhıˇ can only be formed with ma (㕑) and never with verbnot-verb. Ta¯ zhıˇ huì shuo¯ Yı¯ngwén ma? (㰞䐜。㯖䇃㸥㕑ᷠ) Can she only speak English? To answer yes to a zhıˇ question, say shì (㬨) or duì (ⰵ). Q: Ta¯ zhıˇ huì shuo¯ Yı¯ngwén ma? (㰞䐜。㯖䇃㸥㕑ᷠ) Can she only speak English? A: Duì. (ⰵ᱄) or Shì. (㬨᱄) Yes. To answer no to a zhıˇ question, say bù duì (⤜ⰵ) or bù shì (⤜㬨). Q: Ta¯ zhıˇ huì shuo¯ Yı¯ngwén ma? (㰞䐜。㯖䇃㸥㕑ᷠ) Can she only speak English? A: Bù duì. (⤜ⰵ᱄) or Bù shì. (⤜㬨᱄) No. K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

3.10.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 3.5. Website: Listening for Information 3.6, 3.7, 3.9; Structure Drills 3.6; Focus on Structure 3.1, 3.2, 3.8; Communication through Reading and Writing 3.3.

shuo¯ (㯖) and shuo huà (㯖⿑) speak

In Mandarin, verbs like shuo¯ (㯖) speak, which describe actions, are typically followed by an object noun. Shuo¯ Zho¯ngwén (㯖䐱㸥) or shuo¯ Zho¯ngguó huà (㯖䐱⺛⿑) means speak Chinese; shuo¯ Yı¯ngwén (㯖䇃㸥) means speak English. Shuo¯ typically occurs with an object. To say that someone is speaking, or to ask someone to speak, say shuo¯ huà (㯖⿑): La ˇoshı¯: Teacher:

Qıˇng nıˇ shuo¯ huà. (㎰㬇: 㤌㛄㯖⿑᱄) Please say something.

To say that someone is not speaking, say:

Lesson 3

Nıˇ jiào shénme míngzi? 㛄ㅱ㬓㗕㘜䓷ᷠ What is your name?

Ta¯ bù shuo¯ huà. (㰞⤜㯖⿑᱄) She is not speaking. To say that someone is unable to speak, say: Ta¯ bù huì shuo¯ huà. (㰞⤜。㯖⿑᱄) She cannot speak. To ask what someone has said, ask: Ta¯ shuo¯ shénme? (㰞㯖㬓㗕ᷠ) What did she say?

Practice

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Workbook: Focus on Structure 3.1–3.7; Focus on Communication 3.3. Website: Listening for Information 3.4–3.9; Structure Drills 3.6; Focus on Structure 3.1, 3.2; Communication through Reading and Writing 3.1, 3.3.

Chinese characters The component parts of characters There are thousands of characters, but they are made up of only about 600 component parts that occur in different configurations within a character. In Chinese, these component parts are call bùjiàn (⤠ミ). Here are 20 characters that have occurred in Lessons 1–3, followed by their component parts. As you can see, the same part may occur in many different characters. Some component parts can only occur in a specific location within a character. Others can occur in different locations. When you begin to learn to read and write characters, we will guide you to pay attention to their component parts. Some characters are composed of a single component part, but most are composed of two or three or more component parts arranged in a specific configuration within the character.

Characters and their component parts ⼽

䱽᷍媿

㗨

䗊᷍㗦

⼤

㝏᷍䓴

㸫

㗦᷍㋻

㛄

䗊᷍ⱜ

⿑

䜆᷍㪁

㰜

䗊᷍䄓

㯖

䜆᷍ⰳ

㰞

㝏᷍䄓

㾶

㝏᷍㪛

䄓

䄓

ㅱ

㋻᷍ ϭ

㚥

㋻᷍䊣᷍䝃

㘜

㻇᷍㋻

41

42

Modern Mandarin Chinese

㕑

㋻᷍㕎

㦬

㦬

㚹

㋻᷍㛂

⫔

㦬᷍䄜

⼮

⼭᷍㋻

㾜

䜆᷍㪎᷍ ⫈

Pronunciation and pinyin Listening practice for tones and syllables are in the Pronunciation Practice section of the Companion Website.

Qa

Language FAQs

Saying and In this lesson we learned the conjunction hé (⼮) and. Mandarin has a number of words that may be translated into English with the word and, but they are all much more restricted than the English word and in the types of words and phrases that they join. In English, and can join almost any two words that belong to the same category: nouns (dogs and cats), verbs (eat and sleep), adjectives (hot and cold), adverbs (quickly and quietly), etc. The word hé can only join nouns and noun phrases. Gao Meili can say that she can speak Japanese and British English (Rìbe ˇn huà hé Yı¯ngguó huà), but she cannot use hé to say that she can speak and read Japanese, since speak and read are verbs. In addition, Mandarin conjunctions such as hé are not used as frequently as and is in English. In English, when you have a list of nouns, verbs, adjectives, adverbs, etc., you must put and before the last item on the list. (For example: Today I bought milk, cheese, soup, coffee, and bread.) In Mandarin, it is acceptable, sometimes preferable, not to use a conjunction in a list of nouns.

Yı¯ngguó huà (䇃⺛⿑), Meˇiguó huà (㗡⺛⿑), and spoken dialects of languages Yı¯ngguó huà (䇃⺛⿑) refers to spoken British English and Me ˇiguó huà (㗡⺛⿑) refers to spoken American English. The word Yı¯ngwén (䇃㸥) refers to the English language in its spoken and written form without focusing on differences in pronunciation and vocabulary in the spoken dialects.

Lesson 3

Nıˇ jiào shénme míngzi? 㛄ㅱ㬓㗕㘜䓷ᷠ What is your name?

Chinese also has dialects, typically distinguished as Mandarin, Wu (including Shanghainese), Gan, Xiang, Min, Hakka, Yue (including Cantonese), Jin, Hui, and Pinghua. The Chinese dialects are as different from each other as the different languages in Europe.

Notes on Chinese culture What’s in a name? There are thousands of Chinese family names, but only about 100 family names that are widely occurring. In Chinese, the expression la ˇoba ˇixìng (㎰➺㾶), literally, the old 100 family names, is used to refer to “the common man.” If you do not have a Chinese family name, your Chinese teacher will probably give you one. Your name will be selected from among the most widely used Chinese family names. Unlike family names, given names can be composed creatively, and given names are typically not selected from a fixed inventory of given names as they are in English-speaking countries. There is no set translation for foreign given names in Chinese. Traditionally, given names consist of two syllables composed with two characters. The syllables may be selected from poetry, or from a Chinese saying, or they may be selected to bring good fortune, or to evoke a season or some other image. The first syllable of a two-syllable given name may be a generation name shared by all children of the same gender in the same generation of a family. Generation names mark one’s place in the family. In contemporary China, given names often consist of a single syllable and are often selected for their sound and meaning. Young children are often given two-syllable baby names, such as Ba¯o-ba¯o and Líng-líng, which they use until they begin school. In Chinese culture, given names are not freely used, especially among strangers or casual acquaintances. People often address others by their full name (family name + given name) or by their title (doctor, teacher, chef, etc.). As noted in Lesson 1, Chinese people never address others by their family name alone. Zhang Dawei’s good friends may address him as Dàwéi, but they will never address him as Zha¯ng. Only very close friends address each other by their given names alone. Even married couples may address each other by their full names.

43

44

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Lesson 3 Dialogue in English Part A Zhang Dawei: Gao Meili: Zhang Dawei: Gao Meili: Zhang Dawei:

What is your name? My family name is Gao, I’m called Gao Meili. What is your name? My family name is Zhang, I’m called Dawei. Hi Zhang Dawei. Are you Chinese? No. I’m American.

Part B Zhang Dawei: Gao Meili: Zhang Dawei: Gao Meili:

Gao Meili, where are you from? I am French. What languages can you speak? Of course I can speak French. I can also speak Chinese, German, English, Japanese, and Korean. Zhang Dawei: Really? Gao Meili: Of course not! Sorry, I can only speak French, Chinese, and English. I can’t speak German, Japanese and Korean. What about you? Zhang Dawei: I can only speak English and Chinese.

4

Lesson Zhè shì wo ˇ de jia¯ rén

䎃㬨㸳⭥ コ㦬 This is my family

Communication goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Q Q Q

Greet others in the morning. Introduce people to each other and respond to introductions. List your family members. Ask about about other people’s families.

Pronunication goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Distinguish the initials zh, ch, sh, r and z, c, s.

Literacy goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Identify some high-frequency component parts of characters. Q Identify radicals that provide meaning cues in the Chinese characters that you have learned.

46

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Key structures Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q

shéi (㯎) who zhè (䎃) this and nà (㚨) that yo ˇu (䇱) have, had, has méi yo ˇu (㗜䇱) does not have expressing possession with de (⭥) stating assumptions with ba (➪) softening statements or questions with ya (䁞) more about adjectival verbs

Dialogue The situation: Chen Ming and Wang Maike are classmates of Zhang Dawei in a Chinese language program in China and they all live in the same dormitory. They are calling on Zhang Dawei one morning early in the semester.

Part A (Chen Ming and Wang Maike knock on Zhang Dawei’s door.) Zha¯ng Dàwéi:

Shéi ya?

Chén Míng:

Dàwéi, shì woˇ men, Chén Míng hé Wáng Màikè.

Zha¯ng Dàwéi:

Chén Míng, Màikè, zaˇo! Qıˇng jìn!

Chén Míng:

Zaˇo!

Zha¯ng Dàwéi: Hua¯nyíng, hua¯nyíng! Zhè shì woˇ de tóngw¯u, Xiè Guóqiáng. Ta¯ shì Beˇijı¯ng rén. Ta¯men shì woˇ de tóngxué, Chén Míng hé Wáng Màikè. Ta¯men do¯u shì Meˇiguó rén. Xiè Guóqiáng: Ta¯men xué shénme? Zha¯ng Dàwéi:

Ta¯men do¯u xué Zho¯ngwén.

Xiè Guóqiáng: Heˇn haˇo, woˇ men keˇyıˇ shuo¯ Zho¯ngwén. Heˇn ga¯oxìng rènshi nıˇmen. Wáng Màikè:

Nıˇ haˇo. Heˇn ga¯oxìng rènshi nıˇ.

䍦⫔㸋ᷛ㯎䁞ᷠ ⧣㘘ᷛ ⫔㸋᷍㬨㸳㗨᷍ ⧣㘘⼮㶖㕔㋬᱄ 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ⧣㘘᷍㕔㋬᷍䋈᷂㤌㆙᷂ ⧣㘘ᷛ 䋈᷂ 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ⿗䇎᷍⿗䇎᷂䎃㬨 㸳⭥㵍㸾᷍㾜⺛㣠᱄㰜㬨 ⡒㈊㦬᱄㰜㗨㬨㸳⭥ 㵍䁈᷍⧣㘘⼮㶖㕔㋬᱄ 㰜㗨Ⱍ㬨㗡⺛㦬᱄ 㾜⺛㣠ᷛ㰜㗨䁈㬓㗕ᷠ 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ㰜㗨Ⱍ䁈䐱㸥᱄ 㾜⺛㣠ᷛ⼽⼤᷍㸳㗨㋪䄵㯖䐱㸥᱄ ⼽ⷀ㾬㦰㬗㛄㗨᱄ 㶖㕔㋬ᷛ㛄⼤᱄⼽ⷀ㾬㦰㬗㛄᱄

Lesson 4

Zhè shì woˇ de jia¯rén 䎃㬨㸳⭥コ㦬 This is my family

Part A Vocabulary Simplified Traditional Beijing (Peking)

place name

⡒㈊

⡒㈊

(indicates noun description)

particle

⭥

⭥

happy

adjectival verb

ⷀ㾬

ⷀ㜅

Guóqiáng Guoqiang

given name

⺛㣠

ङຫ

hua¯nyíng

welcome

verb

⿗䇎

ᛈ䇎

qıˇng jìn

please come in

conversational

㤌㆙

䌩䩮

Be ˇijı¯ng de ga¯oxìng

expression

rènshi

meet, know

verb

㦰㬗

䋫䑳

shéi

who

content question word

㯎

䌍

tóngw¯u

roommate

noun

㵍㸾

㵍㸾

tóngxué

classmate

noun

㵍䁈

㵍స

Xiè

(family name)

family name

㾜

䏙

xué

study

verb

䁈

స

ya¯

(softens a statement or content question)

final particle

䁞

䁞

zaˇo

good morning

greeting

䋈

䋈

Use and Structure 4.1–4.8, 4.12

47

48

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Part B

Chén Míng:

Dàwéi, nà shì nıˇ de zhàopiàn ba.

Zha¯ng Dàwéi:

Shì. Zhè shì woˇ bàba, zhè shì woˇ ma¯ma.

Chén Míng:

Nıˇ ma¯ma heˇn piàoliang.

Wáng Màikè:

Ta¯ shì shéi?

Zha¯ng Dàwéi:

Ta¯ shì woˇ ge¯ge.

Wáng Màikè:

Nıˇ ge¯ge heˇn ga¯o.

Zha¯ng Dàwéi:

Ta¯ shì woˇ dìdi.

Wáng Màikè:

Ta¯ yeˇ bù aˇ i. Chén Míng, nıˇ yoˇ u ge¯ge dìdi ma?

Chén Míng:

Woˇ méi yoˇ u ge¯ge dìdi, yeˇ méi yoˇ u jieˇjie. Woˇ zhıˇ yoˇ u mèimei.

⧣㘘ᷛ ⫔㸋᷍㚨㬨㛄⭥䍶㠍➪᱄ 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ㬨᱄䎃㬨㸳➷➷᷍䎃㬨㸳 㕉㕉᱄ ⧣㘘ᷛ 㛄㕉㕉⼽㠐㑢᱄ 㶖㕔㋬ᷛ㰜㬨㯎ᷠ 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ㰜㬨㸳ⷈⷈ᱄ 㶖㕔㋬ᷛ㛄ⷈⷈ⼽ⷀ᱄ 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ㰜㬨㸳⭽⭽᱄ 㶖㕔㋬ᷛ㰜䄓⤜➌᱄⧣㘘᷍㛄䇱 ⷈⷈ⭽⭽㕑ᷠ ⧣㘘ᷛ 㸳㗜䇱ⷈⷈ⭽⭽᷍䄓㗜䇱 ㆄㆄ᱄㸳䐜䇱㗤㗤᱄

Part B Vocabulary Simplified Traditional aˇi

short

adjectival verb

➌

➌

ba

(indicates speaker’s assumption)

final particle

➪

➪

bàba

dad

noun

➷➷

➷➷

Lesson 4

Zhè shì woˇ de jia¯rén 䎃㬨㸳⭥コ㦬 This is my family

dìdi

younger brother

noun

⭽⭽

⭽⭽

ga¯o

tall

adjectival verb

ⷀ

ⷀ

ge¯ge

older brother

noun

ⷈⷈ

ⷈⷈ

jia¯ rén

family (family members)

noun

コ㦬

コ㦬

jie ˇjie

older sister

noun

ㆄㆄ

ㆄㆄ

ma¯ ma

mom

noun

㕉㕉

஭஭

méi

no, not (negation for yo ˇu have)

negation adverb

㗜

᝾

mèimei

younger sister

noun

㗤㗤

㗤㗤

na `

that

demonstrative

㚨

㚨

piàoliang

pretty

adjectival verb

㠐㑢

㠐㑢

yo ˇu

have

stative verb

䇱

䇱

zhàopiàn

photograph

noun

䍶㠍

䍶㠍

zhè

this

demonstrative

䎃

䩡

Use and Structure 4.9–4.11

Family members Male

Female

bàba

➷➷

dad

ma¯ ma

㕉㕉

mom

ge¯ge

ⷈⷈ

older brother

jie ˇjie

ㆄㆄ

older sister

dìdi

⭽⭽

younger brother

mèimei

㗤㗤

younger sister

49

50

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Supplementary vocabulary: extended family members (These are terms commonly used in northern China. Regional variations exist) Father’s side of the family

Mother’s side of the family

yéye zˇ ufù

䄐䄐 grandfather 䔇⶙ (father’s father)

na ˇinai zˇ umˇ u

㎲㎲ grandmother 㚭㚭 grandmother la ˇolao 䔇㚙 (father’s wàizˇ umˇ u 㶃䔇㚙 (mothers’ 㶃㠦 mother) mother) wàipó

dàye dàbó

⫔䄐 uncle (father’s jiùjiu ⫔⤏ older brother)

sh¯ushu

㭆㭆 uncle (father’s younger brother

g¯ugu

la ˇo ye wàizˇ ufù wàig¯ong

㎲䄐 grandfather 㶃䔇⶙ (mother’s father) 㶃⹌

㈬㈬

uncle (mother’s older or younger brother)

⹤⹤ aunt (father’s yí sister) a¯yí

䄭 ➃䄭

aunt (mother’s sister)

táng-

㲤-

⢎-

children of father’s female siblings and mother’s siblings

tángge¯

㲤ⷈ male cousin bia ˇoge¯ older than self

⢎ⷈ

male cousin older than self

tángdì

㲤⭽ male cousin bia ˇodì younger than self

⢎⭽

male cousin younger than self

children of father’s male siblings

bia ˇo-

Lesson 4

Zhè shì woˇ de jia¯rén 䎃㬨㸳⭥コ㦬 This is my family

tángjie ˇ

㲤ㆄ female cousin bia ˇojie ˇ older than self

⢎ㆄ

female cousin older than self

tángmèi

㲤㗤 female cousin bia ˇomèi younger than self

⢎㗤

female cousin younger than self

䊡⶙

father-in-law (wife’s father)

䊡㚙

mother-in-law (wife’s mother)

g¯onggong ⹌⹌ father-in-law (husband’s father) pópo

yuèfù

㠦㠦 mother-in-law yuèmˇ u (husband’s mother)

Use and structure 4.1.

shéi (㯎) who?

Shéi (㯎) who?, like shénme (㬓㗕) what?, is a content question word. Like shénme and all content question words in Chinese, shéi occurs in the position where the answer goes.

Question:

Answer:

Shéi huì shu¯o Rìbe ˇn huà?

Ga¯o Me ˇil`l huì shu¯o Rìbe ˇn huà.

Who can speak Japanese?

Gao Meili can speak Japanese.

Ta¯ shì shéi?

Ta¯ shì Ga¯o Me ˇil`l.

Who is she?

She is Gao Meili.

Ta¯ shì shéi de tóngw¯u?

Ta¯ shì wo ˇ de tóngw¯u.

Whose roommate is he?

He is my roommate.

㯎。㯖㦶⡟⿑ᷠ

㰞㬨㯎ᷠ

㰜㬨㯎⭥㵍㸾ᷠ

ⷀ㗡㏗。㯖㦶⡟⿑᱄

㰞㬨ⷀ㗡㏗᱄

㰜㬨㸳⭥㵍㸾᱄

51

Modern Mandarin Chinese

52

Think about the word order of the answer when you ask a question with shéi. Say this: Ta¯ shì shéi?

Do not say this: 9Shéi shì ta¯? 9㯎㬨㰞ᷠ

㰞㬨㯎ᷠ

Who is she? In the dialogue in this lesson, Zhang Dawei uses shéi as a one-word question Who? to ask who is at the door. (ya [䁞] can be omitted.) In English, we would probably ask Who’s there? Zha¯ng Dàwéi: Who’s there?

Shéi (ya)? (㯎 (䁞)?)

When the speaker has no idea who someone is, the form of the shéi question is: subject shì shéi? (subject㬨㯎ᷠ) Who is (the subject)? Say this: Ta¯ shì shéi?

Do not say this: 9Shéi shì ta¯? 9㯎㬨㰞ᷠ

㰞㬨㯎ᷠ

Who is she? Nıˇ de tóngw¯u shì shéi?

㛄⭥㵍㸾㬨㯎ᷠ

9Shéi shì nıˇ de tóngw¯u? 9㯎㬨㛄⭥㵍㸾ᷠ

Who is your roommate? That is the typical order of information in a shéi question. However, let’s say the speaker and her friend are at a party, and the speaker knows that one of the people in the party is her friend’s roommate. She is asking her friend to identify her roommate from among the people at the party. In that case, she can ask: Shéi shì nıˇ de tóngw¯u?

㯎㬨㛄⭥㵍㸾ᷠ Who (which person here) is your roommate?

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 4.1, 4.2; Focus on Communication 4.3, 4.4. Website: Listening for Information 4.3; Structure Drills 4.3; Focus on Structure 4.1; Communication through Reading and Writing 4.3.

Lesson 4

4.2.

Zhè shì woˇ de jia¯rén 䎃㬨㸳⭥コ㦬 This is my family

zaˇo (䋈) good morning

Za ˇo (䋈) is a very common way to greet people in the early part of the morning. As a greeting, it means good morning. Za ˇo is also an adjectival verb and means early.

4.3.

Qıˇng jìn (㤌㆙) Please come in

Qıˇng jìn (㤌㆙) is a polite way to invite someone to enter a room, house, etc. Use it when you are inside, inviting someone else to come in. Qıˇng (㤌) is often used to make requests more polite. We have already seen it in Lesson 2, as part of the polite expression used before asking a question, qıˇng wèn (㤌㸫) please may I ask.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

4.4.

Workbook: Focus on Communication 4.3, 4.4. Website: Communication through Reading and Writing 4.2, 4.3.

zhè (䎃) this and nà (㚨) that

In this lesson we learn to use the words zhè (䎃) this and nà (㚨) that as the subject of a sentence. Zhè is used to refer to people or things that are close to the speaker. Zhè shì wo ˇ de tóngw¯u, Xiè Guóqiáng. (䎃㬨㸳⭥㵍㸾᷍㾜⺛㣠᱄) This is my roommate, Xie Guoqiang. Nà is used to refer to people or things that are some distance from the speaker. Nà shì nıˇ de zhàopiàn ma? (㚨㬨㛄⭥䍶㠍㕑ᷠ) Is that your photograph? When used in this way, zhè and nà are called demonstratives. We will see another use of these words in Lesson 7.

Practice K

W

RKBO

O

O

Workbook: Focus on Structure 4.1, 4.4; Focus on Communication 4.4. Website: Listening for Information 4.3, 4.6; Structure Drills 4.3, 4.4; Focus on Structure 4.1, 4.2; Communication through Reading and Writing 4.2.

53

54

Modern Mandarin Chinese

4.5.

Expressing possession and asking about possession

Expressing possession To indicate that some noun is the possession of a noun or pronoun, say: noun/pronoun de (⭥) noun (possessor) de (⭥) (possession) Zha¯ng Dàwéi de zhàopiàn (䍦⫔㸋⭥䍶㠍) Zhang Dawei’s photograph wo ˇ de tóngw¯u (㸳⭥㵍㸾) my roommate Notice that pronoun + de (⭥) is translated in English with possessive pronouns. pronoun + de (⭥) + noun wo ˇ de (zhàopiàn) my (photograph)

wo ˇmen de (zhàopiàn) our (photograph)

nıˇ de (zhàopiàn) your (photograph)

nıˇmen de (zhàopiàn) your (photograph)

ta¯ de (zhàopiàn) his/her (photograph)

ta¯men de (zhàopiàn) their (photograph)

㸳⭥᷉䍶㠍᷊ 㛄⭥᷉䍶㠍᷊

㰜᷐㰞⭥᷉䍶㠍᷊

㸳㗨⭥᷉䍶㠍᷊ 㛄㗨⭥᷉䍶㠍᷊ 㰜㗨⭥᷉䍶㠍᷊

Zhè shì wo ˇ de tóngw¯u, Xiè Guóqiáng.

䎃㬨㸳⭥㵍㸾᷍㾜⺛㣠᱄

This is my roommate, Xie Guoqiang. Nà shì nıˇ de zhàopiàn ba.

㚨㬨㛄⭥䍶㠍➪᱄

That must be your photograph. The particle de is sometimes omitted when the relationship between the pronoun and the following noun is very close. It is typically omitted when expressing family relationships. wo ˇ dìdi (㸳⭽⭽) my younger brother nıˇ mèimei (㛄㗤㗤) your younger sister wo ˇmen jia¯ (㸳㗨コ) our family The noun that is the possession may be omitted from the phrase when it is understood from the conversation or the text. Notice how pronoun + de is translated in English when the possession is omitted.

Lesson 4

Zhè shì woˇ de jia¯rén 䎃㬨㸳⭥コ㦬 This is my family

wo ˇ de (㸳⭥) mine

wo ˇmen de (㸳㗨⭥) ours

nıˇ de (㛄⭥) yours

nıˇmen de (㛄㗨⭥) yours

ta¯ de (㰜⭥᷐㰞⭥᷐㰝⭥) his/hers/its

ta¯men de (㰜㗨⭥) theirs

Zhè shì wo ˇ de. (䎃㬨㸳⭥᱄) This is mine. Nà shì ta¯men de. (㚨㬨㰜㗨⭥᱄) That’s theirs.

Asking about possession To ask who something belongs to, use the expression shéi de (㯎⭥ᷠ) whose. Remember that the question phrase occurs in the position in the sentence where the answer will occur. Zhè shì shéi de zhàopiàn? (䎃㬨㯎⭥䍶㠍ᷠ) Whose photograph is this? Nıˇ shì shéi de tóngw¯u? (㛄㬨㯎⭥㵍㸾ᷠ) Whose roommate are you? Answer a shéi de question with a pronoun/noun + de: Q: Zhè shì shéi de zhàopiàn? (䎃㬨㯎⭥䍶㠍ᷠ) Whose photograph is this? A: Zhè shì wo ˇ de zhàopiàn. (䎃㬨㸳⭥䍶㠍᱄) This is my photograph. A: Zhè shì Zha¯ng Dàwéi de zhàopiàn. (䎃㬨䍦⫔㸋⭥䍶㠍᱄) This is Zhang Dawei’s photograph.

Practice K

W

RKBO

O

O

4.6.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 4.1, 4.2, 4.3; Focus on Communication 4.2–4.5. Website: Listening for Information 4.6; Structure Drills 4.1, 4.2; Focus on Structure 4.1, 4.2; Communication through Reading and Writing 4.1, 4.2, 4.3.

Introductions and acknowledgements

Introduce others in Mandarin as you do in English, by saying “This is ___________.” Zhè shì wo ˇ de tóngw¯u, Xiè Guóqiáng. (䎃㬨㸳⭥㵍㸾᷍㾜⺛㣠᱄) This is my roommate, Xie Guoqiang.

55

Modern Mandarin Chinese

56

K

W

Practice

RKBO

O

O

4.7.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 4.1, 4.2; Focus on Communication 4.1, 4.2, 4.5. Website: Listening for Information 4.5, 4.6; Communication through Reading and Writing 4.1, 4.2.

Responding to introductions

When you meet someone for the first time, you can say Nıˇ ha ˇo (㛄⼤) (Lesson 1), or you can use the expression: He ˇn ga¯oxìng rènshi nıˇ. (⼽ⷀ㾬㦰㬗㛄᱄) I am very happy to meet you. or Rènshi nıˇ he ˇn ga¯oxìng. (㦰㬗㛄⼽ⷀ㾬᱄) I am very happy to meet you. If you are introduced to more than one person, you can say: He ) ˇn ga¯oxìng rènshi nıˇmen. (⼽ⷀ㾬㦰㬗㛄㗨᱄ I am very happy to meet you.

4.8.

Two meanings of the verb rènshi (㦰㬗)

The verb rènshi (㦰㬗) includes two different but related meanings. Rènshi means meet someone for the first time, and it means know a person (or a place, or a Chinese character). It is easy to see how it can have both meanings: once you meet someone, you know them. In the expression he ˇn ga¯oxìng rènshi nıˇ (⼽ⷀ㾬㦰㬗㛄), rènshi can be translated as either meet or know. That is, you can think of the expression as meaning I am happy to meet you or I am happy to know you. In some sentences, only one or the other English translation of rènshi is possible.

4.9.

The sentence-final particle ba (➪) and expressing assumptions

Ba (➪) always occurs at the end of the sentence. One function of ba is to mark the sentence as the speaker’s assumption or educated guess. In the dialogue, Chen Ming ends his sentence with ba because he is pretty certain that the photograph belongs to Dawei, but he does not know it for a fact. Nà shì nıˇ de zhàopiàn ba. (㚨㬨㛄⭥䍶㠍➪᱄) That is your photograph I assume. (or) That must be your photograph. We will see other functions of ba in later lessons.

Lesson 4

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

4.10.

Zhè shì woˇ de jia¯rén 䎃㬨㸳⭥コ㦬 This is my family

Workbook: Focus on Communication 4.3, 4.4. Website: Structure Drills 4.6; Communication through Reading and Writing 4.2.

yoˇu (䇱) have and méi yoˇu (㗜䇱) not have

Yo ˇu (䇱) means have, and it is used just like have in English when indicating one’s family members or other possessions. Wo ˇ yo ˇu mèimei. (㸳䇱㗤㗤᱄) I have younger sisters. (or) I have a younger sister. Yo ˇu is always negated with the word méi (㗜) and is never negated with bù (⤜): Wo ˇ méi yo ˇu jie ˇjie. (㸳㗜䇱ㆄㆄ᱄) I do not have older sisters. (or) I do not have an older sister. You may form a yes-no question with yo ˇu by adding ma (㕑) at the end of the question. Nıˇ yo ˇu ge¯ge hé dìdi ma? (㛄䇱ⷈⷈ⼮⭽⭽㕑ᷠ) Do you have older brothers and younger brothers? The verb-not-verb form of yes-no questions with yo ˇu méi yo ˇu (䇱㗜䇱). ˇu (䇱) is yo Nıˇ yo ˇu méi yo ˇu ge¯ge hé dìdi? (㛄䇱㗜䇱ⷈⷈ⼮⭽⭽ᷠ) Do you have older brothers and younger brothers?

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

4.11.

Workbook: Focus on Communication 4.1, 4.2, 4.3. Website: Listening for Information 4.1, 4.2, 4.3; Structure Drills 4.4, 4.5; Focus on Structure 4.3.

More about adjectival verbs

In Lesson 1 we referred to ha ˇo (⼤) as an adjectival verb (AdjV) because it translates into an adjective in English but can serve as the main verb of a sentence without the “helping verb” shì (㬨) be. (Use and Structure 1.11.) The words ˇ ai (➌) short, ga¯o (ⷀ) tall, and piàoliang (㠐㑢) pretty, beautiful introduced in this lesson are all adjectival verbs.

57

Modern Mandarin Chinese

58

Nıˇ ge¯ge he ˇn ga¯o. (㛄ⷈⷈ⼽ⷀ᱄) Your older brother is very tall. Nıˇ ma¯ma he ˇn piàoliang. (㛄㕉㕉⼽㠐㑢᱄) Your mom is very pretty. Adjectival verbs refer to properties that may vary in degree or intensity. That is, someone may be extremely tall, very tall, somewhat tall, rather tall, etc. Therefore, adjectival verbs may be preceded and modified by intensifiers, words like extremely, very, somewhat, and rather, which indicate differences in degree or intensity. When adjectival verbs serve as the main verb of a sentence, they must be preceded either by negation or by an intensifier. The most commonly used intensifier is he ˇn (⼽) very. To negate an adjectival verb, precede it with bù (⤜): Nıˇ dìdi ye ai. (㛄⭽⭽䄓⤜➌᱄) ˇ bù ˇ Your younger brother is also not short. Wo ˇ mèimei bù ga¯o. (㸳㗤㗤⤜ⷀ᱄) My younger sister is not tall. To ask a ma (㕑) yes-no question about an adjectival verb, simply end the sentence with ma: Nıˇ mèimei ga¯o ma? (㛄㗤㗤ⷀ㕑ᷠ) Is your younger sister tall? To ask a verb-not-verb yes-no question about an adjectival verb, say: AdjV bù (⤜) AdjV Nıˇ mèimei ga¯o bù ga¯o? (㛄㗤㗤ⷀ⤜ⷀᷠ) Is your younger sister tall? Be careful not to include shì (㬨) before an adjectival verb. Say this: Nıˇ ma¯ma he ˇn piàoliang.

㛄㕉㕉⼽㠐㑢᱄

Do not say this: 9Nıˇ ma¯ma shì he ˇn piàoliang.

㛄㕉㕉㬨⼽㠐㑢᱄

Your mom is very pretty. There is a structure in which shì is used, but it carries a special meaning. We will learn it in a later lesson.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 4.1, 4.2, 4.3; Focus on Communication 4.1, 4.2, 4.5. Website: Listening for Information 4.7, 4.8; Structure Drills 4.7; Communication through Reading and Writing 4.1.

Lesson 4

4.12.

Zhè shì woˇ de jia¯rén 䎃㬨㸳⭥コ㦬 This is my family

The final particle ya (䁞) to soften the tone of statements or questions

Ya (䁞), like ba (➪) (Use and Structure 4.9), is a sentence-final particle. Unlike ba, ya has a social function rather than a precise meaning: it serves to soften a question or statement. When following a content question word such as shéi (㯎) who, it serves to make the question feel less abrupt. The sentence-final particle ya follows words that end in a high vowel or high vowel cluster such as ei. The particle a (➂) has the same function and follows words that end in a consonant or certain vowel clusters. We will include both of these particles in the dialogues when appropriate. Chinese speakers often use the particles ya (䁞) and a (➂), though neither are grammatically required, and their inclusion or omission does not affect the acceptability of sentences. Native speakers differ in their use of these particles, and there are regional and gender differences in their use. Follow your Chinese teacher and other native speakers of Mandarin as models for the use of these final particles.

Chinese characters Radicals: Component parts that convey meaning In this lesson, we continue to look at the component parts of characters. Here are 20 characters included in Lesson 4, followed by their component parts. Some component parts convey meaning, and we have indicated the meanings of these components below. These component parts are called “radicals.”

➪

㋻᷍➮

㦰

䜆᷍㦬

⭥

➸᷍

㬗

䜆᷍㋻᷍➬

コ

体᷍孚

➷

⶙᷍➮

㕉

㝏᷍㕎

㆙

佢᷍㈏

㯎

䜆尠

㠐

一᷍㹘᷍㬟

ⷀ

䚐㋻᷍䗈᷍㋻

㗜

一゙᷍᷍䇷

䎃

佢᷍㸥

㸾

㬍᷍䐢

䍶

㦶᷍⭗᷍㋻᷍哂

㵍

䗈᷍䄜᷍㋻

䋈

㦶᷍㬏

䇱

᷍䊣

ㆄ

㝏᷍㣳

䁈

᷍䓴

59

60

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Meanings of selected radicals ㋻

mouth

䜆

language

➸

white

㦶

sun

体

roof

䊣

moon

㝏

female

䓴

child

㕎

horse

一

water

㦬

person

哂

fire

Qa

Language FAQs

Mainland Mandarin and Taiwan Mandarin Mandarin is the national language in both mainland China and in Taiwan. In mainland China, Mandarin is referred to as Pˇ ut¯ong huà (㠶㵉⿑). In Taiwan, it is called Guóyˇ u (⺛䈐). Pˇ ut¯ong huà and Guóyˇ u differ in their use of some vocabulary, grammatical structures, and pronunciation, but the differences are relatively small. If you learn one variation of Mandarin, you can understand people who speak the other variation, much the same way that people in different parts of the Englishspeaking world can understand each other when they speak English. Mandarin also has small vocabulary and pronunciation differences in different parts of mainland China. The word for roommate is one that differs in mainland China and Taiwan. We learn the word tóngw¯u (㵍㸾) for roommate in this lesson. In Taiwan and many parts of mainland China, a roommate is a shìyo ˇu (㬳䇲).

Lesson 4

Zhè shì woˇ de jia¯rén 䎃㬨㸳⭥コ㦬 This is my family

Notes on Chinese culture Gender, relative age, and the order of kinship terms In traditional Chinese society, gender and age determine status, with males traditionally holding a higher place in society than women, and older people holding a higher place than younger people of the same gender. When talking about members of your family or someone else’s family, males of the same generation are always listed before females: bàba ma¯ma (➷➷㕉㕉) father and mother, ge¯ge jie ˇjie (ⷈⷈㆄㆄ) older brother and older sister. Older brothers are always mentioned before younger brothers, and older sisters are always mentioned before younger sisters: ge¯ge dìdi jie ˇjie mèimei (ⷈⷈ⭽⭽ㆄㆄ㗤㗤) older brother, younger brother, older sister, younger sister.

Responding to expressions of thanks In Chinese culture, if someone thanks you, you do not say, “You’re welcome.” Instead, the way to respond to an expression of thanks is to indicate that thanks are not necessary. Using the vocabulary that we have learned through this lesson, if someone thanks you, you can say Bù xiè (⤜㾜) Don’t thank me. We will learn additional conversational expressions that can be used to respond to an expression of thanks in later lessons.

61

62

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Lesson 4 Dialogue in English Part A Zhang Dawei: Chen Ming: Zhang Dawei: Chen Ming: Zhang Dawei:

Xie Guoqiang: Zhang Dawei: Xie Guoqiang: Wang Maike:

Who is it? Dawei, it’s us, Chen Ming and Wang Maike. Chen Ming, Maike, good morning! Come in! Good morning! Welcome! Welcome! This is my roommate, Xie Guoqiang. He is a Beijinger. They are my classmates, Chen Ming and Wang Maike. They are both Americans. What are they studying? They are both studying Chinese. Very good, we can speak Chinese. I am glad to meet you. Hi. I’m glad to meet you.

Part B Chen Ming: Zhang Dawei: Chen Ming: Wang Maike Zhang Dawei: Wang Maike: Zhang Dawei: Wang Maike:

Dawei, that must be your photograph. Yes. This is my dad, this is my mom. Your mom is very pretty. Who is he? He is my older brother. Your older brother is very tall. He is my younger brother. He’s also not short. Chen Ming, do you have older brothers or younger brothers? Chen Ming: I don’t have older brothers or younger brothers. I also don’t have any older sisters. I only have a younger sister.

5

Lesson Nıˇ jia¯ yo ˇu jıˇ gè rén? 㛄コ䇱゙⷗㦬ᷠ How many people are in your family?

Communication goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Talk about the number of people in your family. Q Recite phone numbers and ask others for their phone numbers. Q Informally invite someone to do something with you if they have time.

Pronunciation goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Distinguish tone changes in the pronunciation of the number one. Q Distinguish and pronounce final er and finals that begin with o, i, ü, and u.

Literacy goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Identify the shape and meaning of some common component parts that originated as pictures of things.

64

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Key structures Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q

numbers: 1–10 and zero number + classifier + noun: yı¯ gè rén (䄜⷗㦬) one person yo ˇu (䇱) have, has, had question words: jıˇ (゙) how many, ze ˇnme (䋖㗕) how, and duo¯shao (ⱁ㩺) how much, how many describing nouns with pronouns and nouns stative verbs: xıˇhua¯n (㻓⿗) like ge ˇi (someone) da ˇ diànhuà (ⷙ [someone] ⫓⮈⿑) phone someone ke ˇyıˇ (㋪䄵) can tài (AdjV) le! (㲌 [AdjV] 㑬᷂ ) too [adjectival verb]!

Dialogue The situation: Zhang Dawei, Wang Maike, Chen Ming, and Xie Guoqiang continue their conversation about their families in Dawei and Guoqiang’s dorm room. Before Wang Maike and Chen Ming leave, they exchange cell phone numbers with Guoqiang.

Lesson 5

Nıˇ jia¯ yoˇu jıˇ gè rén? 㛄コ䇱゙⷗㦬ᷠ How many people are in your family?

Part A Wáng Màikè:

Dàwéi, nà, nıˇ jia¯ yoˇu wuˇ gè rén ba.

Zha¯ng Dàwéi: Duì, wo ˇ jia¯ yoˇu wuˇ gè rén. Woˇ bàba ma¯ma zhıˇ yoˇu érzi, méi ˇ’ér. Màikè, nıˇ jia¯ yoˇu jıˇ gè rén? yo ˇu nü Wáng Màikè:

Woˇ jia¯ yo ˇu shí gè rén.

Zha¯ng Dàwéi: Shí gè rén! Zhe¯nde ma? Wáng Màikè:

Zhe¯nde. Wo ˇ bàba ma¯ma heˇn xıˇhua¯n háizi. Woˇmen jia¯ yoˇu ba¯ gè háizi, wuˇ gè nán háizi, sa¯n gè ˇháizi. Woˇ yoˇu sì gè ge¯ge, liaˇng nü gè jieˇjie, hé yı¯ gè mèimei.

㶖㕔㋬ᷛ⫔㸋᷍㚨᷍㛄コ䇱㹆⷗㦬➪᱄ 䍦⫔㸋ᷛⰵ᷍㸳コ䇱㹆⷗㦬᱄ 㸳➷➷㕉㕉䐜䇱ⱚ䓴᷍㗜 䇱㝏ⱚ᱄㕔㋬᷍㛄コ䇱゙⷗㦬ᷠ 㶖㕔㋬ᷛ㸳コ䇱㬏⷗㦬᱄ 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ㬏⷗㦬᷂䎇⭥㕑ᷠ 㶖㕔㋬ᷛ䎇⭥᱄㸳➷➷㕉㕉⼽ 㻓⿗⼃䓴᱄㸳㗨コ䇱➬⷗ ⼃䓴᷍㹆⷗㚱⼃䓴᷍㧞⷗ 㝏⼃䓴᱄㸳䇱㯥⷗ⷈⷈ᷍㑞 ⷗ㆄㆄ᷍⼮䄜⷗㗤㗤᱄

Part A Vocabulary Simplified

Traditional

ba¯

eight

number

➬

➬

érzi

son

noun

ⱚ䓴

‫כ‬䓴

gè/ge

(classifier for people and some other nouns)

classifier

⷗

ӡ

háizi

child

noun

⼃䓴

⼃䓴

jıˇ

how many

question word

゙

ุ

jia¯

family, home

noun

コ

コ

lia ˇng

two

number

㑞

‫ת‬

nà

well then

pause particle

㚨

㚨

nán

male

adjective

㚱

㚱

nán háizi

boy (male child)

noun phrase

㚱⼃䓴

㚱⼃䓴

65

66

Modern Mandarin Chinese

nü ˇ

female

adjective

㝏

㝏

nü ˇ’ér

daughter

noun

㝏ⱚ

㝏‫כ‬

nü ˇ háizi

girl (female child)

noun phrase

㝏⼃䓴

㝏⼃䓴

sa¯n

three

number

㧞

㧞

shí

ten

number

㬏

㬏

sì

four

number

㯥

㯥

wu ˇ

five

number

㹆

㹆

xıˇhua¯n

like

stative verb

㻓⿗

㻓ᛈ

yı¯

one

number

䄜

䄜

Use and Structure 5.1–5.7

Part B Chén Míng:

Guóqiáng, nıˇ jia¯ ne?

Zha¯ng Dàwéi: Woˇ zhı¯dào. Guóqiáng jia¯ yoˇu sa¯n gè rén, bàba, ma¯ma hé ta¯. Duì bù duì? Xiè Guóqiáng: Duì. Wo ˇ jia¯ zhıˇ yoˇu sa¯n ko ˇu rén, bàba, ma¯ma hé woˇ. Chén Míng:

Nıˇ zeˇnme zhı¯dào ta¯ jia¯ zhıˇ yoˇu yı¯ gè háizi?

Zha¯ng Dàwéi:

Guóqiáng shì Zho¯ngguó rén. Wo ˇ de Zho¯ngguó péngyou do¯u méi yoˇu ge¯ge, dìdi, yeˇ méi yoˇu jieˇjie, mèimei.

⧣㘘ᷛ ⺛㣠᷍㛄コ㚹ᷠ 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ㸳䐋⭡᱄⺛㣠コ䇱㧞⷗㦬᷍ ➷➷᷍㕉㕉⼮㰜᱄ⰵ⤜ⰵᷠ 㾜⺛㣠ᷛⰵ᱄㸳コ䐜䇱㧞㋻㦬᷍➷➷᷍ 㕉㕉⼮㸳᱄ ⧣㘘ᷛ 㛄䋖㗕䐋⭡㰜コ䐜䇱䄜 ⷗⼃䓴ᷠ 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ⺛㣠㬨䐱⺛㦬᱄㸳⭥ 䐱⺛㞔䇲Ⱍ㗜䇱ⷈⷈ᷍ ⭽⭽᷍䄓㗜䇱ㆄㆄ᷍㗤㗤᱄

Lesson 5

Nıˇ jia¯ yoˇu jıˇ gè rén? 㛄コ䇱゙⷗㦬ᷠ How many people are in your family?

Part B Vocabulary Simplified

Traditional

ko ˇu

mouth, (classifier for people in a household)

classifier

㋻

㋻

péngyou

friend

noun

㞔䇲

㞔䇲

ze ˇnme

how

question word

䋖㗕

䋖怯

zhı¯dào

know

verb

䐋⭡

䐋⭡

Use and Structure 5.3, 5.8–5.10

Part C Xiè Guóqiáng: Chén Míng, Màikè, wo ˇ de diànhuà hàomaˇ shì ya¯o líng wu ˇ sì ba¯ wuˇ líng liù jiu ˇ èr ba¯, yoˇu kòng keˇyıˇ geˇi wo ˇ daˇ diànhuà. Woˇ jia¯o nıˇmen shuo¯ Zho¯ngwén, nıˇmen yeˇ keˇyıˇ jia¯o woˇ Yı¯ngwén. Chén Míng:

Nà tài haˇo le. Nıˇ de diànhuà hàomaˇ shì ya¯o líng wu ˇ sì ba¯ wu ˇ líng liù jiuˇ èr ba¯, duì bù duì?

Xiè Guóqiáng:

Duì. Nıˇmen de diànhuà hàomaˇ shì duo¯shao?

Chén Míng:

Woˇ méi yoˇu shoˇujı¯, Màikè yo ˇu. Ta¯ de hàomaˇ shì yı¯ sa¯n èr sì ba¯ liù qı¯ jiuˇ jiu ˇ líng sa¯n.

Xiè Guóqiáng:

Haˇo. Xièxie.

㾜⺛㣠ᷛ⧣㘘᷍㕔㋬᷍㸳⭥⮈⿑ ⼦㕌㬨僼䄜 㒄㹆㯥➬㹆 㒄㒚㈦ⱟ➬᷍䇱㋶㋪䄵 ⷙ㸳⫓⮈⿑᱄㸳ㅭ㛄㗨 㯖䐱㸥㛄㗨䄓㋪䄵 ㅭ㸳䇃㸥᱄ ⧣㘘ᷛ 㚨㲌⼤㑬᱄㛄⭥⮈⿑⼦㕌 㬨䄜㒄㹆㯥➬㹆㒄㒚 ㈦ⱟ➬᷍ⰵ⤜ⰵᷠ 㾜⺛㣠ᷛⰵ᱄㛄㗨⭥⮈⿑⼦㕌㬨 ⱁ㩺ᷠ ⧣㘘ᷛ 㸳㗜䇱㬷〛᷍㕔㋬䇱᱄㰜 ⭥⼦㕌㬨䄜㧞ⱟ㯥➬㒚㡀㈦ ㈦∷㧞᱄ 㾜⺛㣠ᷛ⼤᱄㾜㾜᱄

67

68

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Part C Vocabulary Simplified Traditional da ˇ

hit

verb

⫓

⫓

diànhuà

telephone

noun

⮈⿑

厫䉳

duo¯sha ˇo

how much, how many

question word

ⱁ㩺

ⱁ㩺

èr

two

number

ⱟ

ⱟ

ge ˇi

(part of the expression geˇi [someone] daˇ diànhuà)

preposition

ⷙ

ㄐ

hàoma ˇ

number

noun

⼦㕌

㱷⩂

jia¯o

teach

verb

ㅭ

ㅭ

jiu ˇ

nine

number

㈦

㈦

ke ˇyıˇ

can (permission)

modal verb

㋪䄵

㋪䄵

kòng

free time

noun

㋶

㋶

líng

zero

number

㒄∷

㒄∷

liù

six

number

㒚

㒚

qı¯

seven

number

㡀

㡀

sho ˇujı¯

cell phone, mobile phone

noun

㬷〛

㬷ᗤ

tài

too

intensifier

㲌

㲌

conversational

㲌⼤㑬

㲌⼤㑬

number

僼

僼

verb phrase

䇱㋶

䇱㋶

tài ha ˇo le great

expression

ya¯o

one (alternate pronunciation when reciting phone numbers and addresses)

yo ˇu kòng have free time

Lesson 5

Nıˇ jia¯ yoˇu jıˇ gè rén? 㛄コ䇱゙⷗㦬ᷠ How many people are in your family?

Use and Structure 5.11–5.17

Compound nouns diànhuà hàoma ˇ

⮈⿑⼦㕌

telephone number

sho ˇujı¯ hàoma ˇ

㬷〛⼦㕌

cell phone (mobile phone) number

Fixed expressions Nıˇ de diànhuà hàoma ) ˇ shì duo¯shao? (㛄⭥⮈⿑⼦㕌㬨ⱁ㩺ᷠ What is your phone number? Nıˇ de sho ) ˇujı¯ hàoma ˇ shì duo¯shao? (㛄⭥㬷〛⼦㕌㬨ⱁ㩺ᷠ What is your cell phone (mobile phone) number? ge ˇi (ⷙ) someone da ˇ diànhuà (⫓⮈⿑) phone (someone)

The numbers 1–10 and zero 1

yı¯

䄜

6

liù

㒚

2

èr

ⱟ

7

qı¯

㡀

3

sa¯n

㧞

8

ba¯

➬

4

sì

㯥

9

jiu ˇ

㈦

5

wu ˇ

㹆

10

shí

㬏

0

líng

㒄

Use and structure 5.1.

nà (㚨) well then

When nà (㚨) occurs at the beginning of a statement followed by a pause, it is equivalent to the English expression well then.

69

70

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Nà, nıˇ jia¯ yo ˇu wu ˇ gè rén ba. (㚨᷍㛄コ䇱㹆⷗㦬➪᱄) Well then, your family must have five people.

5.2.

yoˇu (䇱) have, there is/there are

The verb yo ˇu (䇱) can sometimes be translated into English as have and sometimes as there is or there are. In the following sentence from the dialogue, yo ˇu can be translated either way. Wo ˇ jia¯ yo ˇu wu ˇ gè rén. (㸳コ䇱㹆⷗㦬᱄) There are five people in my family. (or) My family has five people. No matter how it is translated into English, yo ˇu is always negated with méi (㗜): Ta¯ jia¯ méi yo ˇ háizi. (㰜コ㗜䇱㝏⼃䓴᱄) ˇu nü There are no girls in his family. (or) His family does not have any girls.

5.3.

Number + classifier + noun and the classifiers gè (⷗) and koˇu (㋻)

In Mandarin, when indicating the number of people or things, the number must be followed by a classifier. Number + classifier forms a phrase, and is followed by a noun. number + classifier + noun Gè (⷗) is the most commonly used classifier to indicate the number of people. It is also used when talking about the number of many other things, including sho ˇujı¯ (㬷〛) cell phones. number + gè (⷗) + noun yı¯ gè rén (䄜⷗㦬) one person lia ˇng gè dìdi (㑞⷗⭽⭽) two younger brothers sa¯n gè háizi (㧞⷗⼃䓴) three children sì gè tóngwu¯ (㯥⷗㵍㸾) four roommates wu ˇ gè tóngxué (㹆⷗㵍䁈) five classmates liù gè sho ˇujı¯ (㒚⷗㬷〛) six cell phones Although we write the classifier gè in pinyin with the fourth tone, it is normally spoken in neutral tone. Ko ˇu (㋻) mouth is also sometimes used when talking about the number of people, especially the number of people in a family. It is not normally used in Taiwan. Xie Guoqiang, Dawei’s roommate, is Chinese and he uses ko ˇu when referring to the number of people in his family. See Notes on Chinese culture for more about the use of ko ˇu. Wo ˇ jia¯ zhıˇ yo ˇu sa¯n ko ˇu rén. (㸳コ䐜䇱㧞㋻㦬᱄) My family only has three people. Many classifiers, including the classifiers gè and ko ˇu, are not translated into English. However, whenever a Mandarin phrase indicates the number of nouns, the classifier must be present and cannot be omitted even if it is not translated into English. The noun following the classifier can be omitted, however, if its identity is clear from the context.

Lesson 5

Nıˇ jia¯ yoˇu jıˇ gè rén? 㛄コ䇱゙⷗㦬ᷠ How many people are in your family?

Wo ˇ jia¯ yo ˇu wu ˇ gè rén. Ta¯ jia¯ yo ˇu sa¯n gè (rén).

㸳コ䇱㹆⷗㦬᱄㰜コ䇱㧞⷗᷉㦬᷊᱄

My family has five people. His family has three (people). Note that some textbooks refer to classifiers as “measure words.”

Practice

K

W

RKBO

O

O

5.4.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 5.2, 5.4; Focus on Communication 5.1, 5.5. Website: Structure Drills 5.3, 5.4; Focus on Structure 5.4; Communication through Reading and Writing 5.1, 5.3.

jıˇ (゙) how much, how many?

Jıˇ (゙) is a content question word and it means how much? or how many? It must be followed by a classifier: jıˇ + classifier + noun When asking about the number of people, say: jıˇ gè (゙⷗) + noun jıˇ gè rén (゙⷗㦬) how many people? jıˇ gè háizi (゙⷗⼃䓴) how many children? jıˇ gè tóngwu¯ (゙⷗㵍㸾) how many roommates? jıˇ gè péngyou (゙⷗㞔䇲) how many friends? To answer a jıˇ question, replace jıˇ with a number: Nıˇ jia¯ yo ˇu jıˇ gè rén? (㛄コ䇱゙⷗㦬ᷠ) How many people does your family have? Wo ) ˇ gè rén. (㸳コ䇱㹆⷗㦬᱄ ˇ jia¯ yo ˇu wu My family has five people. Jıˇ is usually used when the speaker expects the answer to be a relatively small number, typically less than 20. We will learn another way to ask how much?/how many? in Lesson 6.

Practice

K

W

RKBO

O

O

5.5.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 5.2; Focus on Communication 5.1, 5.5. Website: Listening for Information 5.4; Structure Drills 5.3, 5.4; Focus on Structure 5.4; Communication through Reading and Writing 5.3.

Adjectives: nán (㚱) male and nüˇ (㝏) female

Most Mandarin words that translate into adjectives in English are adjectival verbs. That is, they can be used to describe nouns and can also function as the main verb in the sentence. But nán (㚱) male and nü ˇ (㝏) female are adjectives, not adjectival verbs. They can only be

71

72

Modern Mandarin Chinese

used to describe nouns and can never be used as the main verb of the sentence. Nán and nü ˇ are typically followed by a noun that refers to people: nán háizi (㚱⼃䓴) boy nü ˇ háizi (㝏⼃䓴) girl nán péngyou (㚱㞔䇲) boyfriend nü ˇ péngyou (㝏㞔䇲) girlfriend To say that someone is male (is a man) or that someone is female (is a woman), follow nán or nü ˇ with de (⭥) and say: Ta¯ shì nán de. (㰜㬨㚱⭥᱄ ) He is male.

5.6.

Ta¯ shì nü ˇ de. (㰞㬨㝏⭥᱄ ) She is female.

liaˇng (㑞) and èr (ⱟ): Two words for two

Mandarin has two words for the number two, lia ˇng (㑞) and èr (ⱟ). Both are introduced in this lesson. Lia ˇng is used when indicating two of something, for example, two people, two students, two classmates, etc. It is always followed by gè (⷗) or another classifier. Wo ) ˇ yo ˇu lia ˇng gè jie ˇjie. (㸳䇱㑞⷗ㆄㆄ᱄ I have two older sisters. Èr is used when the number two is not followed by a classifier. In this chapter, we see èr used when reciting a list of numbers such as numbers in a phone number. Wo ˇ de diànhuà hàoma ˇ shì ya¯o líng wu ˇ sì ba¯ wu ˇ líng liù jiu ˇ èr ba¯. 㸳⭥⮈⿑⼦㕌㬨僼(䄜)㒄㹆㯥➬㹆㒄㒚㈦ⱟ➬᱄ My phone number is 1 0 5 4 8 5 0 6 9 2 8. When counting (1–10 for example), the number two is always èr:

yı¯

èr

sa¯n

sì

wu ˇ

liù

qı¯

ba¯

jiu ˇ

shí

䄜

ⱟ

㧞

㯥

㹆

㒚

㡀

➬

㈦

㬏

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Here is the rule for choosing between lia ˇng and èr: 2 + classifier 2 without classifier

Practice

→ →

lia ˇng (classifier) èr

(lia ˇng ge 㑞⷗) (yı¯ èr sa¯n 䄜ⱟ㧞)

Website: Listening for Information 5.1, 5.2, 5.7; Structure Drills 5.1–5.4.

Lesson 5

5.7.

Nıˇ jia¯ yoˇu jıˇ gè rén? 㛄コ䇱゙⷗㦬ᷠ How many people are in your family?

Stative verbs: xıˇhua¯n (㻓⿗) like

Mandarin has three kinds of verbs: action verbs (for example, shuo¯ (㯖) say), adjectival verbs (for example, piàoliang (㠐㑢) pretty), and stative verbs. Xıˇhua¯n (㻓⿗) like is a stative verb, as is yo ˇu (䇱) have. Stative verbs, like adjectival verbs, can be preceded and modified by intensifiers such as he ˇn (⼽) very and tài (㲌) too. ) Wo ˇ bàba ma¯ma he ˇn xıˇhua¯n háizi. (㸳➷➷㕉㕉⼽㻓⿗⼃䓴᱄ My mom and dad like children a lot. Notice the difference in the position of the intensifier phrase in Mandarin and in English when the verb is a stative verb. In Mandarin, be careful to put the intensifier right before the stative verb. To negate a sentence with a stative verb, precede the stative verb with bù (⤜) not: ) Wo ˇ bù xıˇhua¯n ta¯. (㸳⤜㻓⿗㰜᱄ I don’t like him. To ask a yes-no question about a stative verb, end the question with ma (㕑) or ask “stative verb bù (⤜) stative verb”: ) Nıˇ xıˇhua¯n ta¯ ma? (㛄㻓⿗㰜㕑ᷠ Nıˇ xıˇhua¯n bù xıˇhua¯n ta¯? (㛄㻓⿗⤜㻓⿗㰜ᷠ ) Do you like him?

5.8.

zhı¯dào (䐋⭡) know a fact and rènshi (㦰㬗) know a person

In Lesson 3 we learned to use the word rènshi (㦰㬗) when talking about knowing people. The verb zhı¯dào (䐋⭡) is used when saying that you know a fact or a piece of information. ) Xiè Guóqiáng, nıˇ jia¯ yo ˇu jıˇ gè rén? (㾜⺛㣠᷍㛄コ䇱゙⷗㦬ᷠ Xie Guoqiang, how many people do you have in your family? Zha¯ng Dàwéi: Wo ) ˇ zhı¯dào. Guóqiáng jia¯ yo ˇu sa¯n gè rén. (㸳䐋⭡᱄⺛㣠コ䇱㧞⷗㦬᱄ I know. Guoqiang’s family has three people. Wáng Màikè:

The verb zhı¯dào may be followed by a statement, or a by a yes-no question with ma (㕑). ) Wo ˇ zhı¯dào ta¯ shì xuésheng. (㸳䐋⭡㰞㬨䁈㪛᱄ I know that she is a student. Nıˇ zhı¯dào ta¯ de diànhuà hàoma ) ˇ ma? (㛄䐋⭡㰜⭥⮈⿑⼦㕌㕑ᷠ Do you know his telephone number? In English, statements and questions about knowing are often introduced with the word that. ) Wo ˇ zhı¯dào ta¯ shì Me ˇiguó rén. (㸳䐋⭡㰞㬨㗡⺛㦬᱄ I know (that) she is American.

73

Modern Mandarin Chinese

74

Nıˇ zhı¯dào ta¯ shì Zho¯ngguó rén ma? (㛄䐋⭡㰜㬨䐱⺛㦬㕑ᷠ ) Do you know (that) he is Chinese? Mandarin does not add a word equivalent to that to introduce statements or questions about knowing. Be sure to follow the Mandarin rule and not the English rule when you speak or write in Chinese.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

5.9.

Workbook: Focus on Communication 5.3, 5.4. Website: Focus on Structure 5.3, 5.4.

Describing nouns with pronouns or nouns

In Lesson 4 we learned how to indicate possession using the structure Noun Phrase/ pronoun de (⭥) Noun (Use and Structure 4.5.) In this lesson, we see that this structure is used more broadly than just for possession. It is used when a noun phrase or pronoun describes the noun generally. Here is an example. noun phrase de (⭥) noun Zha¯ng Dàwéi de Zho¯ngguó péngyou (䍦⫔㸋⭥䐱⺛㞔䇲) Zhang Dawei’s Chinese friends The phrase Zha¯ng Dàwéi provides additional information about the Chinese friends to help the listener identify them. It answers the question “whose Chinese friends?” Sometimes, when describing a noun with another noun or noun phrase, it is acceptable to omit de. For example, when referring to someone’s family, de may be omitted: Xiè Guóqiáng (de) jia¯ (㾜⺛㣠᷉⭥᷊コ) Xie Guoqiang’s family The omission of de is determined by the closeness of the description and the main noun and is not entirely predictable. For family members and parts of the body (for example, my hand) de can be and often is omitted. For other descriptions, include the particle de unless you have heard Chinese speakers use the expression without de.

Practice

5.10.

Website: Structure Drills 5.6.

zeˇnme (䋖㗕) how?

Ze ˇnme (䋖㗕) is a content question word meaning how. Ze ˇnme always occurs before a verb or verb phrase and typically follows the subject.

Lesson 5

Nıˇ jia¯ yoˇu jıˇ gè rén? 㛄コ䇱゙⷗㦬ᷠ How many people are in your family?

(subject) ze ˇnme (䋖㗕) + V/VP Nıˇ ze ) ˇnme zhı¯dào ta¯ jia¯ zhıˇ yo ˇu yı¯ gè háizi? (㛄䋖㗕䐋⭡㰜コ䐜䇱䄜⷗⼃䓴ᷠ How do you know that his family only has one child? Ze ˇnme zhı¯dào? (䋖㗕䐋⭡) means how do you know? Ze ˇnme shuo¯? (䋖㗕㯖) means how do you say? If you want to ask how to say something in Chinese, ask: [word or phrase], Zho¯ngwén ze 䐱㸥䋖㗕㯖ᷠ ) ˇnme shuo¯? ([. . .]᷍ ) “Student” Zho¯ngwén ze ˇnme shuo¯? (“Student,”, 䐱㸥䋖㗕㯖ᷠ How do you say “student” in Chinese? If you want to ask how to say something in English, ask: [word or phrase], Yı¯ngwén ze ) ˇnme shuo¯? ([. . .]᷍䇃㸥䋖㗕㯖ᷠ “Háizi” Yı¯ngwén ze nme shuo ¯ ? (“ ⼃䓴 ” ᷍ 䇃㸥䋖㗕㯖ᷠ ) ˇ How do you say “háizi” in English?

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

5.11.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 5.4. Website: Listening for Information 5.5, 5.7; Structure Drills 5.5; Focus on Structure 5.4.

Reciting phone numbers, and two ways to say the number one in phone numbers

Phone numbers are recited as they are in English, as a series of numbers: Wo ˇ de diànhuà hàoma ˇ shì yı¯ líng wu ˇ sì ba¯ wu ˇ líng liù jiu ˇ èr ba¯.

㸳⭥⮈⿑⼦㕌㬨䄜㒄㹆㯥➬㹆㒄㒚㈦ⱟ➬᱄ My phone number is 1 0 5–4 8 5 0–6 9 2 8.

In and around Beijing, when reciting phone numbers, one is often pronounced ya¯o. Wo ˇ de diànhuà hàoma ˇ shì ya¯o líng wu ˇ sì ba¯ wu ˇ líng liù jiu ˇ èr ba¯. 㸳⭥⮈⿑⼦㕌㬨僼(䄜)㒄㹆㯥➬㹆㒄㒚㈦ⱟ➬᱄ The pronunciation ya¯o for the number one is also used in room numbers, addresses, and bus, train, and flight numbers. The number one is pronounced as yı¯ and never as ya¯o when it is used in counting, and it is pronounced as yı¯ and never as ya¯o when it is used in indicating the number of people, places, or things.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Communication 5.4. Website: Listening for Information 5.1, 5.2; Focus on Structure 5.1; Communication through Reading and Writing 5.2.

75

Modern Mandarin Chinese

76

5.12.

líng (㒄) zero

Líng (㒄) zero is used when reciting phone numbers, room numbers, addresses, bus or train numbers, etc. Wo ˇ de diànhuà hàoma ˇ shì ya¯o líng wu ˇ sì ba¯ wu ˇ líng liù jiu ˇ èr ba¯. 㸳⭥⮈⿑⼦㕌㬨僼(䄜)㒄㹆㯥➬㹆㒄㒚㈦ⱟ➬᱄ My phone number is 105–4850–6928. Líng is different from the other numbers in the way that it is used. It never occurs before gè (⷗) or another classifier, and it not used when saying that there are no people or no things.

Say this: Wˇ o méi yˇ ou dìdi. 㸳㗜䇱⭽⭽᱄

Do not say this: 8 Wˇ o yˇ ou líng gè dìdi.㸳䇱㒄⷗⭽⭽᱄

I don’t have a younger brother.

K

W

Practice

RKBO

O

O

5.13.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 5.2, 5.3; Focus on Communication 5.4. Website: Listening for Information 5.1, 5.2, 5.7; Focus on Structure 5.1; Communication through Reading and Writing 5.2.

keˇyıˇ (㋪䄵) can

Ke ˇyıˇ (㋪䄵) can is used when indicating permission or acceptable behavior. It always occurs before a verb or verb phrase. When used with the expression ge ˇi (someone) da ˇ diànhuà (ⷙ [someone] ⫓⮈⿑) phone (someone) or give (someone) a phone call, it occurs before ge ˇi (ⷙ): ) Nıˇ ke ˇyıˇ ge ˇi wo ˇ da ˇ diànhuà. (㛄㋪䄵ⷙ㸳⫓⮈⿑᱄ You can phone me. Ke ˇyıˇ occurs after negation and after adverbs (for example, zhıˇ [䐜] only, ye ˇ [䄓] also, do¯u [Ⱍ] both, all, and da¯ngrán [⭒㦜] of course): Nıˇ bù ke ) ˇyıˇ ge ˇi ta¯ da ˇ diànhuà. (㛄⤜㋪䄵ⷙ㰜⫓⮈⿑᱄ You cannot phone him. Nıˇ da¯ngrán ke ) ˇyıˇ ge ˇi la ˇoshı¯ da ˇ diànhuà. (㛄⭒㦜㋪䄵ⷙ㎰㬇⫓⮈⿑᱄ Of course you can give the teacher a phone call. Ke ˇyıˇ, like huì (。) can (Lesson 3), is a modal verb. When a sentence contains a modal verb, the modal verb is the verb that is used in the short answer yes and no.

Lesson 5

Nıˇ jia¯ yoˇu jıˇ gè rén? 㛄コ䇱゙⷗㦬ᷠ How many people are in your family?

Wo ) ˇ ke ˇyıˇ ge ˇi nıˇ da ˇ diànhuà ma? (㸳㋪䄵ⷙ㛄⫓⮈⿑㕑ᷠ Can I phone you? A: Ke ) ˇyıˇ. (㋪䄵᱄ Yes, (you) can.

Q:

It is also the word that is repeated in verb-not-verb questions: Wo ) ˇ ke ˇyıˇ bù ke ˇyıˇ ge ˇi nıˇ da ˇ diànhuà? (㸳㋪䄵⤜㋪䄵ⷙ㛄⫓⮈⿑ᷠ Can I phone you?

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

5.14.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 5.2, 5.3; Focus on Communication 5.5. Website: Communication through Reading and Writing 5.2, 5.3.

geˇi (someone) daˇ diànhuà (ⷙ [someone] ⫓⮈⿑) phone (someone)

Ge ˇi (someone) da ˇ diànhuà (ⷙ [someone] ⫓⮈⿑) means phone (someone) or give (someone) a phone call. To say that Zhang Dawei phones Xie Guoqiang, say: Zha¯ng Dàwéi ge ) ˇi Xiè Guóqiáng da ˇ diànhuà. (䍦⫔㸋ⷙ㾜⺛㣠⫓⮈⿑᱄ Zhang Dawei phones Xie Guoqiang. Learn this as a fixed expression. We will learn other uses of ge ˇi (ⷙ) in later lessons.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

5.15.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 5.1, 5.4; Focus on Communication 5.3, 5.4, 5.5. Website: Focus on Structure 5.4; Communication through Reading and Writing 5.3.

Giving an open-ended invitation with yoˇu kòng (䇱㋶) have free time

To informally invite someone to do some action at some time in the future, say: yo ˇu kòng (䇱㋶) + action [Nıˇ] yo ) ˇu kòng ke ˇyıˇ ge ˇi wo ˇ da ˇ diànhuà. ([㛄]䇱㋶㋪䄵ⷙ㸳⫓⮈⿑᱄ (If you) have free time, you can phone me. Yo ˇu kòng always occurs before a verb phrase. While the expression implies if, there is no need to say if in the Chinese sentence.

5.16.

Asking for phone numbers

When asking someone for his or her phone number, use the word duo¯shao (ⱁ㩺) and say: Nıˇ de diànhuà hàoma ˇ shì duo¯shao? (㛄⭥⮈⿑⼦㕌㬨ⱁ㩺ᷠ) What is your phone number?

77

Modern Mandarin Chinese

78

To answer the question, replace the question word with your phone number: Wo ˇ de diànhuà hàoma ˇ shì (ya¯o líng wu ˇ sì ba¯ wu ˇ líng liù jiu ˇ èr ba¯). 㸳⭥⮈⿑⼦㕌㬨᷉僼(䄜)㒄㹆㯥➬㹆㒄㒚㈦ⱟ➬᷊᱄ My phone number is (105–4850–6928).

Practice

K

W

RKBO

O

O

5.17.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 5.3, 5.4, 5.5; Focus on Communication 5.3, 5.4. Website: Listening for Information 5.7; Focus on Structure 5.1, 5.4; Communication through Reading and Writing 5.3.

tài AdjV le (㲌 AdjV 㑬) too AdjV

Tài (㲌) too, like he ˇn (⼽) very, is an intensifier and precedes adjectival verbs. When tài is used, the adjectival verb is often followed by the particle le (㑬). Le does not contribute any meaning to the phrase tài AdjV le. Zhè zha¯ng dìtú tài xia ˇo le. (䎃䍦⭹㵝㲌㾂㑬᱄) This map is too small. The expression tài ha ˇo le (㲌⼤㑬) means terrific or great. Nà tài ha ˇo le. (㚨㲌⼤㑬᱄) That’s great.

Chinese characters Pictographs Most Chinese characters are not pictographs, that is, pictures of things. However, some characters did originate as pictographs, and most of these retain a stylized version of the original picture in their modern form. Some characters consist solely of the pictograph. Other characters have a pictograph as one of their component parts. Here is a list of pictographic component parts and their alternate forms contained in the characters included in Lessons 1–5, along with their meanings. In later lessons, we will see that these pictographic component parts sometimes lend their pronunciation or meaning to the characters in which they occur.

䓴

child

㦬

person

㋻

mouth

䗊

person (alternate form of㦬)

䨱㬷

hand

㝏

woman, female

一㯏

water

㦶

sun

㕎

horse

哂】

fire

Lesson 5

Qa

Nıˇ jia¯ yoˇu jıˇ gè rén? 㛄コ䇱゙⷗㦬ᷠ How many people are in your family?

Language FAQs

How many digits are there in a Chinese phone number? In mainland China, phone numbers for landlines have eight digits. Phone numbers for cell phones (mobile phones) have 11 digits. In Taiwan, phone numbers for landlines have seven or eight digits plus a two-digit area code, and phone numbers for cell phones have ten digits.

How do you ask someone for their phone number? In the dialogue, Xie Guoqiang asks Dawei, Maike, and Chen Ming for their phone numbers with the expression: Nıˇmen de diànhuà hàoma ˇ shì duo¯shao? (㛄㗨⭥⮈ ⿑⼦㕌㬨ⱁ㩺ᷠ) What are your phone numbers? Other ways to ask for a phone number include: Nıˇ de diànhuà hàoma ˇ shì shénme? (㛄⭥⮈⿑⼦㕌㬨㬓㗕ᷠ) and Nıˇ de diànhuà hàoma shì jı hào? ( 㛄⭥⮈⿑⼦㕌㬨゙⼦ ?) The last expression ˇ ˇ is more common in Taiwan.

Notes on Chinese culture The one-child policy In 1979 the People’s Republic of China instituted a “one-child policy,” restricting the number of children in most families to one. Zhang Dawei may not be aware of the one-child policy, but he has noticed its effect. Most young people in China have no siblings, no older brother or sister, and no younger brother or sister. (Twins are an exception to this.) China revised the policy in 2015, limiting the number of children per family to two, and additional changes may occur over time. The one-child policy led to a sharp decline in China’s birthrate and the virtual disappearance of siblings in mainland China among people born after 1979.

Why is koˇu (㋻) mouth a classifier for people? Although China is now a prosperous country, poverty and food shortages were problems in much of the 19th and 20th centuries, and every member of a family was seen as a mouth to feed. The use of ko ˇu (㋻) as a classifier when talking about the number of people is related to this situation. Other Mandarin expressions referring to people also involve the word ko ˇu, including rénko ˇu (㦬㋻) population

79

80

Modern Mandarin Chinese

and hùko ˇu (⿈㋻) a household registration record. As noted in Use and Structure 5.3, ko u ˇ is not normally used as a classifier for people in Taiwan.

Phone numbers and lucky numbers The numbers six and eight are considered lucky numbers in Chinese. Six is lucky because the pronunciation liù is similar to the pronunciation of the word for smooth. The use of six implies that things will go smoothly for you. Eight is lucky because the pronunciation ba¯ is similar to the pronunciation of the word for prosperity. The use of eight implies that you will be prosperous. In China, you are not assigned a cell phone number. Instead, you buy one from a list of available numbers. Phone numbers containing sixes and eights are more expensive than other phone numbers, and the more sixes and eights there are, the more expensive the phone number. The number four is considered an unlucky number, since the pronunciation sì is similar to the pronunciation of the word for death. Phone numbers that include the number four are less desirable (and less expensive) than other phone numbers.

Lesson 5

Nıˇ jia¯ yoˇu jıˇ gè rén? 㛄コ䇱゙⷗㦬ᷠ How many people are in your family?

Lesson 5 Dialogue in English Part A Wang Maike: Zhang Dawei: Wang Maike: Zhang Dawei: Wang Maike:

David, well then, your family must have five people. Yes, my family has five people. My dad and mom only have sons, they don’t have daughters. Maike, how many people does your family have? My family has ten people. Ten people! Really? Really. My dad and mom really like children. There are eight children in my family, five boys and three girls. I have four older brothers, two older sisters, and one younger sister.

Part B Chen Ming: Zhang Dawei: Xie Guoqiang: Chen Ming: Zhang Dawei:

Guoqiang, what about your family? I know. Guoqiang’s family has three people: (his) dad, (his) mom, and him. Right? Right. My family only has three people: dad, mom, and me. How do you know his family only has one child? Guoqiang is Chinese. My Chinese friends all don’t have older brothers or younger brothers, and they do not have older sisters or younger sisters.

Part C Xie Guoqiang:

Chen Ming: Xie Guoqiang: Chen Ming: Xie Guoqiang:

Chen Ming, Maike, my phone number is 1 0 5–4 8 5 0–6 9 2 8. When you have time, you can give me a call. I’ll teach you how to speak Chinese and you can also teach me English. That’s great! Your phone number is 1 0 5–4 8 5 0–6 9 2 8, right? Correct. What are your phone numbers? I don’t have a cell phone. Maike has one. His number is 1 3 2–4 8 6 7–9 9 0 3. Okay. Thanks.

81

2

Topic Shopping for everyday items

6

Lesson Ma ˇi do¯ngxi 㕓Ⰼ㹘 Shopping

Communication goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Shop for items, talking about availability, quantity, and price. Q Ask for repetition when you don’t understand something. Q Say that an item is too big, too small, or too expensive.

Pronunciation goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Identify the tones in one and two-syllable words.

Literacy goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Write simple Chinese characters using correct stroke order and stroke direction.

Key structures Q number + classifier + noun: indicating the number of people, places or things Q specifier + classifier + noun: saying this noun and that noun

86

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Q Q Q Q Q Q

describing nouns with adjectival verbs the money phrase: . . . kuài . . . máo . . . fe¯n qián (. . . ㌊. . . 㗌. . . ⳷㣏) du¯oshao (ⱁ㩺) and jıˇ (゙) how much, how many hái (⿚) in addition ze ˇnme (䋖㗕) how zài shu¯o 䄜 cì (䊺㯖䄜⪯) say it again

Dialogue The situation: Zhang Dawei is shopping at a neighborhood store for some everyday items.

Lesson 6

Maˇi do¯ngxi 㕓Ⰼ㹘

Shopping

Part A Fúwùyuánᷛ Zaˇo᱄Nín yào maˇi shénme d¯ongxı¯ᷠ Zha¯ng⫔㸋ᷛ 㸳 yào maˇi shuıˇ᱄䄜píng shuıˇ du¯oshao qiánᷠ Fúwùyuánᷛ 䄜píng shuıˇ liaˇng kuài 㯥máo qián᷍ 㹆píng 㬏 kuài᱄ Zha¯ng⫔㸋ᷛ Nà᷍㸳 maˇi 㹆 píng᱄Keˇlè du¯oshao qiánᷠ Fúwùyuánᷛ Keˇlè 䄓 shì liaˇng kuài 㯥 䄜tı¯ng᱄ Yào maᷠ Zha¯ng⫔㸋ᷛ Yào᱄Maˇi liaˇng tı¯ng᱄ Fúwùyuánᷛ Ka¯fe¯i yào⤜ yào aᷠ䄜píng 㧞 kuài ㈦máo ➬᱄ Zha¯ng⫔㸋ᷛ ⤜yào᱄Yoˇ u niúnaˇi maᷠ Fúwùyuánᷛ Duì⤜qıˇ᷍㸳㗨 xiànzài méi yoˇ u niúnaˇi᱄

ⴟ㹒䊒ᷛ䋈᱄㛛䄋㕓㬓㗕Ⰼ㹘ᷠ 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ㸳䄋㕓㯏᱄䄜㠠㯏 ⱁ㩺㣏ᷠ ⴟ㹒䊒ᷛ䄜㠠㯏㑞㌊㯥㗌㣏᷍ 㹆㠠㬏㌊᱄ 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ㚨᷍㸳㕓㹆㠠᱄㋪㎷ⱁ㩺 㣏ᷠ ⴟ㹒䊒ᷛ㋪㎷䄓㬨㑞㌊㯥䄜㳞᱄ 䄋㕑ᷠ 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ䄋᱄㕓㑞㳞᱄ ⴟ㹒䊒ᷛ㋈⳩䄋⤜䄋➂ᷠ䄜㠠㧞㌊ ㈦㗌➬᱄ 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ⤜䄋᱄䇱㝄㚭㕑ᷠ ⴟ㹒䊒ᷛⰵ⤜㡑᷍㸳㗨㻷䊻㗜䇱 㝄㚭᱄

Part A Vocabulary Simplified Traditional d¯ongxi

thing (concrete object)

noun

Ⰼ㹘

Ꮭ㹘

fe¯n

penny, cent

classifier

⳷

⳷

fúwùyuán

clerk, service person

noun

ⴟ㹒䊒

ⴟ‫޵ڶ‬

ka¯fe¯i

coffee

noun

㋈⳩

㋈⳩

ke ˇlè

cola

noun

㋪㎷

㋪ᖘ

kuài

dollar

classifier

㌊

৬

ma ˇi

buy

verb

㕓

䗪

máo

dime

classifier

㗌

㗌

87

88

Modern Mandarin Chinese

niúna ˇi

milk

noun

㝄㚭

㝄㚭

nín

you (polite)

pronoun

㛛

㛛

píng

bottle (of)

classifier

㠠

㠠

qián

money

noun

㣏

仹

shuıˇ

water

noun

㯏

㯏

tı¯ng

can (of)

classifier

㳞

㔁

xiànzài

now

time word

㻷䊻

␧䊻

yào

want

verb

䄋

䄋

Use and Structure 6.1–6.6

Part B Fúwùyuánᷛ 㛄hái yào maˇi shénmeᷠ

ⴟ㹒䊒ᷛ㛄⿚䄋㕓㬓㗕ᷠ Zha¯ng⫔㸋ᷛ 㸳 hái yào maˇi qia¯nbıˇ᱄Qia¯nbıˇ zeˇnme 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ㸳⿚䄋㕓㣇⡫᱄㣇⡫䋖㗕 màiᷠGuì ⤜guìᷠ 㕕ᷠ⺔⤜⺔ᷠ Fúwùyuánᷛ Qia¯nbıˇ heˇn piányi᱄㒚máo 㹆䄜 zhı¯᱄ⴟ㹒䊒ᷛ㣇⡫⼽⢄䄬᱄㒚㗌㹆䄜䐈᱄ Zha¯ng ⫔㸋ᷛ Du¯oshao qiánᷠQıˇng 㛄zài shu¯o 䄜 cì᱄ 䍦⫔㸋ᷛⱁ㩺㣏ᷠ㤌㛄䊺㯖䄜⪯᱄ Fúwùyuánᷛ 㒚máo㹆fe¯n qián 䄜 zhı¯᱄ ⴟ㹒䊒ᷛ㒚㗌㹆⳷㣏䄜䐈᱄ 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ⼤᷍㸳㕓➬䐈᱄⤜᱄㸳㕓㈦ Zha¯ng ⫔㸋ᷛ H  aˇo᷍㸳 maˇi ➬zhı¯᱄⤜᱄㸳 maˇi ㈦ zhı¯᱄㸳 hái yào maˇi yuánzh¯ubıˇ᱄ 䐈᱄㸳⿚䄋㕓䊓䑊⡫᱄ Hóng bıˇ᷍lán bıˇ᷍d¯ou yoˇ u maᷠ ⽍⡫᷍㎗⡫᷍Ⱍ䇱㕑ᷠ Fúwùyuánᷛ 㸳㗨zhıˇ mài lán de yuánzh¯ubıˇ᱄䄜zhı¯ ⴟ㹒䊒ᷛ㸳㗨䐜㕕㎗⭥䊓䑊⡫᱄䄜䐈 䄜kuài qián᱄ 䄜㌊㣏᱄ Zha¯ng ⫔㸋ᷛ Nà᷍㸳 maˇi 㹆 zhı¯᱄ 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ㚨᷍㸳㕓㹆䐈᱄

Lesson 6

Maˇi do¯ngxi 㕓Ⰼ㹘

Shopping

Part B Vocabulary Simplified Traditional bıˇ

pen, any writing implement

noun

⡫

ⷱ

guì

expensive

adjectival verb

⺔

䗧

hái

in addition

adverb

⿚

䪡

hóng

red

adjective

⽍

さ

lán

blue

adjective

㎗

㮜

mài

sell

verb

㕕

䘖

piányi

cheap

adjectival verb

⢄䄬

⢄䄬

qia¯nbıˇ

pencil

noun

㣇⡫

䵶ⷱ

yuánzh¯ubıˇ ballpoint pen

noun

䊓䑊⡫

ढ䑊ⷱ

zài shu¯o yı¯ cì

say it again

conversational expression

䊺㯖䄜⪯ 䊺䌇䄜⪯

zhı¯

(classifier for writing implements, pencils, pens)

classifier

䐈

䐇

Use and Structure 6.7–6.11

Part C Zha¯ng⫔㸋ᷛ㛄㗨mài Zh¯ongguó dìtú maᷠ Fúwùyuánᷛ Mài᱄Zhèi zha¯ng Zh¯ongguó dìtú 㒚kuài qián᱄Yào maᷠ

䍦⫔㸋ᷛ㛄㗨㕕䐱⺛⭹㵝㕑ᷠ ⴟ㹒䊒ᷛ㕕᱄䎃䍦䐱⺛ ⭹㵝㒚㌊ 㣏᱄䄋㕑ᷠ

89

90

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Zha¯ng⫔㸋ᷛ Zhè zha¯ng dìtú 㲌 xiaˇo le᱄ Fúwùyuánᷛ N  èi zha¯ng neᷠNèi zha¯ng ⫔᷍ 䄓 heˇn piányi᱄㡀kuài liaˇng máo ⱟ᱄Maˇi maᷠ Zha¯ng⫔㸋ᷛ Maˇi᱄㸳 maˇi 䄜 zha¯ng᱄㛄㗨 mài bái zhıˇ maᷠ Fúwùyuánᷛ Duì ⤜qıˇ᷍㸳㗨⤜ mài zhıˇ᱄

䍦⫔㸋ᷛ䎃䍦⭹㵝㲌㾂㑬᱄ ⴟ㹒䊒ᷛ㚨䍦㚹ᷠ㚨䍦⫔᷍ 䄓⼽⢄䄬᱄㡀㌊㑞 㗌ⱟ᱄㕓㕑ᷠ 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ㕓᱄㸳㕓䄜䍦᱄㛄㗨 㕕➸䐞㕑ᷠ ⴟ㹒䊒ᷛⰵ⤜㡑᷍㸳㗨⤜㕕䐞᱄

Part C Vocabulary Simplified Traditional bái

white

adjective

➸

➸

dà

big

adjectival verb

⫔

⫔

dìtú

map

noun

⭹㵝

⭹थ

nà, nèi

that

specifier

㚨

㚨

xia ˇo

small, little

adjectival verb

㾂

㾂

zha¯ng

(classifier for flat rectangular and square objects)

classifier

䍦

ຩ

zhè, zhèi

this

specifier

䎃

䩡

zhıˇ

paper

noun

䐞

ど

Use and Structure 6.12

Lesson 6

Maˇi do¯ngxi 㕓Ⰼ㹘

Shopping

Characters Characters Shape Pinyin Meaning/ Radical Function

Phrases

Traditional Character

䄜

yı¯

one

䄜

䄜

ⱟ

èr

two

ⱟ

ⱟ

㧞

sa¯n

three

䄜

㧞

㯥

sì

four

䯎

㯥

㹆

wˇ u

five

ⱟ

㹆

㒚

liù

six

➬

㒚

㡀

qı¯

seven

䄜

㡀

➬

ba¯

eight

➬

➬

㈦

jiˇ u

nine

䖐

㈦

㬏

shí

ten

㬏

㬏

⤜

bù

no, not

䄜

⤜䄋

⤜

(bù yào) don’t want (to)

⫔

dà

big

⫔

⼽⫔ (he ˇn dà) ⫔ big

㗨

㛄

men

nıˇ

(plural 䗊 suffix for pronouns) you

䗊

㛄㗨 (nıˇmen) Ӥ you (plural)

㛄

91

92

Modern Mandarin Chinese

㲌

tài

too

⫔

㲌⼤㑬

㲌

(tài ha ˇo le) great

㸋

䖝

wéi, wèi

⫔㸋 (Dàwéi) ᩊ (person’s name)

㸳

wo ˇ

I, me

ⷋ

㸳

䄓

ye ˇ

also

䄳

䄓

Chinese characters Strokes and stroke order Pinyin represents the pronunciation of Mandarin in many Chinese dictionaries and computer and cell phone input systems as well as in Chinese language textbooks. But Chinese texts are written in Chinese characters, and beginning in this chapter you will learn how to write characters correctly. We start with the characters for the numbers 1–10 and a few other commonly used characters that are written using a very small number of strokes. We learned in previous lessons that all characters are composed of one or more component parts. The component parts, and thus the characters themselves, are formed by strokes written in a specific direction and in a specific order. Research shows that paying attention to stroke order and stroke direction, as well as to the component parts of characters, makes it easier to learn and remember the characters. The following resources provided with this course will help you to focus on strokes and component parts. Q

A Stroke Order Flow Chart in each textbook lesson that shows how to write each new character.

Q

Character practice sheets downloadable for free from the publisher’s website.

Q

Stroke-by-stroke instruction in the textbook for the characters introduced in Lessons 6, 7, and 8.

Q

Exercises on character formation and recognition in each chapter of the workbook.

Radicals and remainders Every character includes a radical, a part of the character that is used in the organization of many Chinese dictionaries. Radicals often provide information about the meaning of a

Lesson 6

Maˇi do¯ngxi 㕓Ⰼ㹘

Shopping

character. In this textbook, the radical for each character is presented in the Stroke Order Flow Chart in blue. As you can see in the Stroke Order Flow Chart for this lesson, sometimes a character consists of a radical and nothing more. For example, the numbers 䄜, ⱟ, ➬, and 㬏 are radicals. More often, however, the radical is only part of a character. In this lesson, we will focus on learning stroke order and stroke direction. In Lesson 7 we will take a closer look at radicals.

Character size and spacing There are many aesthetic principles associated with Chinese characters. One is that all characters in the same sentence, or paragraph or page, take up the same amount of space no matter whether they are written with one stroke or many strokes.

To help to define that space, characters are often practiced using a special kind of practice paper that is printed with squares. You can download stroke order practice sheets like this from the website that accompanies this textbook.

Characters in this textbook This textbook includes 254 required characters. We introduce the first set of characters in this lesson. All required characters replace their pinyin form in the textbook and workbook once they have been introduced. You will need to learn the meaning and pronunciation of these characters in order to read the sentences and texts in the textbook, and to do the exercises on the companion website and in the workbook. Many exercises ask you to write as well as read these characters, and you will be expected to write required characters from memory. Dialogues and example sentences also occur in full-character form in the textbook so that you can preview additional characters and learn them if you wish. The Focus on Chinese Characters section of the workbook contains at least one reading exercise in each lesson consisting of both required and challenge characters.

Stroke order flow chart Here is the Stroke Order Flow Chart for the characters in Lesson 6, indicating the order of strokes for each character. In the Stroke Order Flow Chart the radical for each character is presented in blue. The complete character is presented in the first column on the left and the total number of strokes used in writing each character is presented in the last column on the right. Character practice sheets, available for download from the Companion Website, also include a flow chart for each required character introduced in the lesson.

93

Stroke Order Flow Chart

Lesson 6

Maˇi do¯ngxi 㕓Ⰼ㹘

Shopping

Lesson 6 Characters stroke-by-stroke 䄜 (yı¯) is a horizontal stroke and is written from left to right. 䄜 is a radical. ⱟ (èr) has a vertical orientation and is written from top to bottom. Each stroke is written from left to right. ⱟ is a radical.

㧞 (sa¯n) has a vertical orientation and is written from top to bottom. Its radical is the character䄜, which is written last.

㯥 (sì) is a box-shaped character with strokes inside the box. Its radical is䯎. All boxes are written in the same way, and as you learn how to write 㯥 you learn all of the rules for writing box-shaped characters. The first stroke of 㯥 is a vertical stroke. It defines the left side of the box. Vertical strokes are written from top to bottom.

The second stroke is a right corner stroke. Right corner strokes are always written from left to right and from top to bottom as a single stroke.

Boxes are always filled before they are closed. After you have written the righthand corner of 㯥, fill in the box. The inside of 㯥 includes two strokes, both written from top to bottom. The stroke on the left is written first. It is a left falling stroke. It is written from top to bottom and falls to the left. The stroke on the right is written second. It is a vertical curved stroke. It starts as a vertical stroke written from top to bottom and then curves to the right.

After you have filled in the box, close it with a horizontal stroke written from left to right. In boxes, the closing stroke is always the last stroke.

Notice that although the radical for the character 㯥 is 䯎, its strokes are not written consecutively. The first two strokes of 䯎 are written together, but the last stroke of 䯎 is written after the box is filled.

95

96

Modern Mandarin Chinese

㹆 (wˇ u) has a vertical orientation and is written from top to bottom. Its radical is the character ⱟ, but as with the character 㯥, the strokes of the radical are not written consecutively. The top horizontal stroke of 㹆 is written first. It is written from left to right. The vertical stroke is written second. Notice that it may touch the horizontal stroke but that it does not go through it.

㹆is not a box, but it includes a right corner stroke. Right corner strokes are always written as a single stroke.

When a character is written from top to bottom, the bottom stroke is the closing stroke. The closing stroke is always written last. In 㹆, this stroke is the horizontal stroke at the bottom of the character and is written from left to right.

㒚 (liù) has a vertical orientation and is written from top to bottom. Its radical is ➬(ba¯) eight. The first stroke of 㒚 is called a dot. A dot is always short, and it is written from left to right. It has a slightly convex, upward curve. The second stroke of 㒚 is a horizontal stroke. It is written from left to right. The dot may touch the horizontal stroke but it does not go through. The bottom part of 㒚 has a horizontal orientation and is written from left to right. The stroke on the left is a left falling stroke. The stroke on the right is a dot.

㡀 (qı¯) is written in two strokes. Its radical, the character 䄜, is the first stroke. It is a horizontal stroke written at a slight upward angle from left to right. The second stroke of 㡀 is a vertical curved stroke.

Lesson 6

Maˇi do¯ngxi 㕓Ⰼ㹘

Shopping

➬ (ba¯) has a horizontal orientation and is written from left to right. It is a radical. The first stroke of ➬ is a left falling stroke. The second stroke is a right falling stroke.

Notice that the top of the right falling stroke is in line with the top of the left falling stroke. When writing the character➬, the right falling stroke cannot begin to the left of the left falling stroke or below the top of the left falling stroke, because those starting points define different characters. Compare ➬ with the following two characters, noting the starting point of the right falling stroke in each character: 㦬(rén) person, 㧌(rù) enter.

㈦ (jiu ˇ) has a horizontal orientation and is written from left to right. The first stroke is a left falling stroke and it is the radical. The second stroke is a horizontalvertical-curved stroke with an upward hook at the end. That means that it begins as a horizontal stroke, turns the corner and becomes a curved stroke, and ends with a hook. It is written as one stroke from left to right.

㬏 (shí) is a radical and is written in two strokes. The horizontal stroke is written before the vertical stroke.

⤜(bù) has a vertical orientation and is written from top to bottom. The first stroke is a horizontal stroke. It is the radical in this character. The remaining strokes are written from left to right. The left falling stroke is written before the vertical stroke. The last stroke is a long dot written with a slight outward curve.

⫔(dà) is a radical. It has vertical orientation, consists of a single component, and is written in three strokes. The first stroke is a horizontal stroke. The second stroke is a left falling stroke. The third stroke is a right falling stroke that begins at the intersection of the first two strokes.

97

98

Modern Mandarin Chinese

㗨(men) has horizontal orientation and is written from left to right. The left part of 㗨is the radical 䗊(rén) person, and it is written first.

The right part of 㗨 is 㗦. It is written in three strokes. The first stroke is a dot.

The second stroke is a vertical stroke.

The third stroke is a right corner stroke.

Some characters have more than one standard stroke order. 㗨/㗦 is one of these characters. Some people write the vertical stroke before they write the dot.

㛄(nıˇ) has horizontal orientation and is written in two parts from left to right. The first part of 㛄is the radical䗊, the same radical that is in㗨(men), and it is written first.

The second part of 㛄 has vertical orientation and consists of two parts. The part on the top is written in two strokes, a left falling stroke and a horizontal stroke with a left downward hook, written in that order. Notice that the horizontal stroke meets the left falling stroke just below its midpoint. The two strokes may touch but the horizontal stroke does not go through the falling stroke.

The second part of 㛄 is symmetrical. The center is written first and the sides are written afterwards. The first stroke is a vertical stroke with a left-facing hook. The remaining strokes are a left falling stroke and a right falling stroke.

㲌 (tài) consists of a single component and is written in four strokes. The first three strokes are the character⫔(dà), the radical in this character. The fourth stroke is a dot.

Lesson 6

Maˇi do¯ngxi 㕓Ⰼ㹘

Shopping

㸋(wéi) has vertical orientation. It consists of a single component and is written in four strokes. The first stroke is a dot at the upper left side of the character. This dot is the radical in the character. The second stroke is a left falling stroke that begins to the right of the dot and slightly higher than the dot.

The third stroke is a horizontal-curved-hook. It begins as a left-to-right horizontal stroke, curves downward, and ends with a left-facing hook.

The fourth stroke is a dot in the enclosure formed by the falling stroke and the horizontal-curved-hook.

㸳 (woˇ ) is written in seven strokes from top to bottom and left to right. The first stroke is a left falling stroke written from right to left. The second stroke is a horizontal stroke and is written from left to right. The third stroke is a vertical stroke with a left-facing upward hook.

The fourth stroke is an upward slanting stroke. It is written from left to right. Notice that it goes through the vertical stroke. Do not confuse an upward slanting stroke with a left falling stroke. They are written in opposite directions.

The fifth stroke is a right slanted stroke with a right-facing upward hook. It is written from top to bottom.

The sixth stroke is a right falling stroke. It goes through the vertical stroke.

The last stroke is a dot. It is written from left to right.

99

100

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Notice that the strokes of the radical ⷋ in the character 㸳 are not written consecutively. Instead, the radical is merged into the character. Also, notice that this radical occurs on the right side of the character.

䄓 (yeˇ) has a horizontal orientation. It is written in three strokes. The first stroke is an upward slanting horizontal stroke with a bottom, left-facing hook. The second stroke is a vertical stroke.

The third stroke is a vertical-curved stroke with an upward hook. It is the radical.

Use and structure 6.1.

nín (㛛) vs. 㛄

Nín (㛛) is the polite form of the pronoun 㛄 you. It is used in formal situations to show respect to the person you are addressing. It is not commonly used in everyday conversation, and it is never used between friends.

6.2.

Number + classifier + noun: one bottle of water, two people

As we learned in Lesson 5 (Use and Structure 5.3), in Mandarin, when indicating the number of nouns, you must follow the number with a classifier. The sequence number + classifier occurs before the noun: number + classifier + noun 䄜 píng (㠠) shuıˇ (㯏) one bottle of water We learned that the classifier gè (⷗) is used when talking about the number of people or certain other objects, and ko ˇu (㋻) is used when talking about the number of people in certain contexts.

 gè xuésheng (䄜⷗䁈㪛) one student 䄜 䄜gè sho ˇujı¯ (䄜⷗㬷〛) one cell phone lia ng ko ˇ ˇu rén (㑞㋻㦬) two people In this lesson we learn the classifiers píng (㠠), tı¯ng (㳞), zha¯ng (䍦), and zhı¯ (䐈). Classifiers are associated with particular nouns and may often contribute meaning to the noun phrase as well.

Lesson 6

Maˇi do¯ngxi 㕓Ⰼ㹘

Shopping

Píng (㠠) is the classifier that is used when indicating the number of bottles of something.

䄜píng shuıˇ (䄜㠠㯏) one bottle of water lia ˇng píng ke ˇlè (㑞㠠㋪㎷) two bottles of cola Tı¯ng (㳞) is the classifier that is used when indicating the number of cans of something.

㹆 tı¯ng ke ˇlè (㹆㳞㋪㎷) five cans of cola Zha¯ng (䍦) is the classifier that is used when talking about flat objects that are square or rectangular in shape, for example maps, paper, and photographs.

䄜 zha¯ng dìtú (䄜䍦⭹㵝) one map lia ˇng zha¯ng zhıˇ (㑞䍦䐞) two pieces of paper Zhı¯ (䐈) is the classifier that is used when indicating the number of pens, pencils, chalk, or any other writing implement.

㈦ zhı¯ bıˇ (㈦䐈⡫) nine pens English uses classifiers, but only for certain types of nouns (“mass nouns”), to indicate the shape or size, or container of the noun. For example, you can ask for a slice of bread or a loaf of bread, a cup of coffee, a mug of coffee, a pot of coffee, or a pound of coffee. In Chinese, all nouns require classifiers. (See also Language FAQs.) K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

6.3.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 6.2; Focus on Communication 6.2, 6.3. Website: Listening for Information 6.1, 6.3; Structure Drills 6.2, 6.3; Communication through Reading and Writing 6.1, 6.2.

duo¯shao (ⱁ㩺) how much? how many?

In Lesson 5 (Use and Structure 5.16) we learned the word du¯oshao (ⱁ㩺) in the expression:

㛄 de diànhuà hàoma ) ˇ shì du¯oshaoᷠ (㛄⭥⮈⿑⼦㕌㬨ⱁ㩺ᷠ What is your phone number? In this lesson we learn how to use the word du¯oshao as a content question word meaning how much? how many? The content question word du¯oshao occurs right before a noun and it asks how much or how many of the noun. It can be used to ask about the quantity of any noun. du¯oshao rénᷠ du¯oshao xuéshengᷠ du¯oshao dìtúᷠ du¯oshao shuıˇᷠ du¯oshao qiánᷠ K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

(ⱁ㩺㦬ᷠ) (ⱁ㩺䁈㪛ᷠ) (ⱁ㩺⭹㵝ᷠ) (ⱁ㩺㯏ᷠ) (ⱁ㩺㣏ᷠ)

how many people? how many students? how many maps? how much water? how much money?

Workbook: Focus on Structure 6.3; Focus on Communication 6.1, 6.2. Website: Listening for Information 6.3, 6.6, 6.7; Structure Drills 6.5.

101

102

Modern Mandarin Chinese

duo¯shao (ⱁ㩺) and jıˇ (゙) compared

6.4.

Du¯oshao (ⱁ㩺) and jıˇ (゙) are both question words that mean how much? how many? but they differ in use and meaning.

Use Jıˇ must be followed by a classifier. (See Use and Structure 5.4). Du¯oshao can occur right before a noun and is typically not followed by a classifier. jıˇ (゙) + classifier + noun du¯oshao (ⱁ㩺) + noun ) du¯oshao rénᷠ (ⱁ㩺㦬ᷠ ) how many people? jıˇ ge rénᷠ (゙⷗㦬ᷠ jıˇ zha¯ng dìtúᷠ (゙䍦⭹㵝ᷠ ) du¯oshao dìtúᷠ (ⱁ㩺⭹㵝ᷠ ) how many maps?

Meaning Jıˇ refers to a relatively small quantity of items or a relatively small number. It is used when the expected answer is relatively small, typically under 10 or 20. Du¯oshao is used when the expected answer is a big number, or if the speaker does not have any expectations about the number of items. For example, if you want to know how many bottles of water your friend ) In contrast, drinks each day, you would ask the question with jıˇ: jıˇ píng shuıˇᷠ (゙㠠㯏ᷠ if you want to know the price of your friend’s new car, you would ask the question with du¯oshao: du¯oshao qiánᷠ (ⱁ㩺㣏ᷠ )

Practice

6.5.

Website: Focus on Structure 6.1.

The money phrase

In mainland China, the complete money phrase with kuài (㌊) dollar, máo (㗌) dime, and fe¯n (⳷) cents is expressed as follows: number + kuài (㌊) dollars lia ˇng kuài

㑞㌊

number + máo (㗌) number + fe¯n (⳷) dimes cents 㯥 máo 㹆 fe¯n

㯥㗌

two dollar four dime two dollars and forty-five cents (worth of money) 㬏 kuài 㹆 máo ㈦ fe¯n qián

㬏 ㌊

㹆

㗌

㈦

⳷

qián (㣏) money qián

㹆⳷

㣏

five cent

money

㣏

ten dollar five dime nine cent money ten dollars and fifty-nine cents (worth of money) Fe¯n are gradually disappearing from mainland prices. Taiwan does not use either máo or fe¯n, and a complete money phrase is expressed as

Lesson 6

Maˇi do¯ngxi 㕓Ⰼ㹘

Shopping

number + kuài (㌊) + qián (㣏) dollars money 㡀 kuài (㌊) qián (㣏) seven dollars Kuài, máo, and fe¯n are always preceded by a number or the question word jıˇ (゙) how much? how many? The word qián (㣏) money is a noun, and it is the main noun in a money expression. It is often omitted from the money phrase, since the presence of kuài, máo, and fe¯n make it clear that the expression is about money.

㡀 kuài 㯥máo qián 㡀㌊㯥㗌㣏 

→

seven dollars and forty cents 㡀 kuài qián →

㡀㌊㣏

㡀 kuài 㯥máo 㡀㌊㯥㗌 㡀 kuài 㡀㌊

seven dollars If qián is omitted, máo or fe¯n may also be omitted if it is the last classifier in the money expression.

㡀 kuài 㯥máo 㡀㌊㯥㗌 㡀 kuài 㯥máo㹆 fe¯n 㡀㌊㯥㗌㹆⳷

→ →

㡀 kuài 㯥 㡀㌊㯥 㡀 kuài 㯥máo㹆 㡀㌊㯥㗌㹆

In China, prices are often written using Arabic numerals preceded by the Chinese dollar sign ¥, and that is the convention we will use in this book. ¥1.50 ¥3.70 ¥10.20

䄜 kuài 㹆 máo qián (䄜㌊㹆㗌㣏) 㧞 kuài 㡀 máo qián (㧞㌊㡀㗌㣏) 㬏 kuài liaˇng máo qián (㬏㌊㑞㗌㣏)

Notice that the position after the decimal point can include either one or two digits. If the second number (the “cents” number) is zero, the zero can be omitted. ¥1.50 ¥3.70 ¥10.20

= = =

¥1.50 or ¥1.5 ¥ 3.70 or ¥3.7 ¥10.20 or ¥10.2

In the Chinese money phrase, the largest number of cents is 9. Ten cents is expressed as 䄜máo (䄜㗌), 20 cents as two dimes: lia ˇng máo (㑞㗌), 30 cents is expressed as three dimes: 㧞 máo (㧞㗌), and 45 cents is expressed as four dimes five cents: 㯥 máo㹆 fe¯n (㯥㗌㹆⳷), etc. The words kuài, máo, and fe¯n that are introduced in this lesson are the words that are used to refer to money in everyday speech in mainland China. Mandarin has another set of words for dollar and dime that are used in formal or literary contexts.

103

Modern Mandarin Chinese

104

K

W

Practice

RKBO

O

O

6.6.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 6.1; Focus on Communication 6.2. Website: Listening for Information 6.2, 6.3, 6.6, 6.7; Structure Drills 6.4–6.9; Focus on Structure 6.2; Communication through Reading and Writing 6.1–6.3.

Talking about the price of items

To state the price of an item say: item [shì (㬨)] price 䄜píng shuıˇ [shì] liaˇng kuài 㯥máo qián᱄ (䄜㠠㯏[㬨]㑞㌊㯥㗌㣏᱄ ) One bottle of water is ¥2.4. To ask the price of an item, you can say: item [shì] du¯oshao qiánᷠ (item [㬨]ⱁ㩺㣏ᷠ ) 䄜píng shuıˇ [shì] du¯oshao qiánᷠ (䄜㠠㯏 [㬨] ⱁ㩺㣏ᷠ ) How much is one bottle of water? If you know that the price of an item is a relatively small number of dollars, you may ask: item [shì] jıˇ kuài qiánᷠ (item [㬨]゙㌊㣏ᷠ ) 䄜zha¯ng dìtú [shì] jıˇ kuài qiánᷠ 䄜䍦⭹㵝[㬨]゙㌊㣏ᷠ How many dollars is one map? (How many dollars does a map cost?) If you know that the price of an item is somewhere between ten cents and 90 cents you can ask: item [shì] jıˇ máo qiánᷠ (item [㬨] ゙㗌㣏ᷠ ) 䄜zhı¯ qia¯nbıˇ [shì] jıˇ máo qiánᷠ 䄜䐈㣇⡫[㬨]゙㗌㣏? How many dimes is a pencil? If you know that the price of an item is between one cent and nine cents, you can ask: item [shì] jıˇ fe¯n qiánᷠ (item [㬨]゙⳷㣏ᷠ ) 㹆zha¯ng zhıˇ jıˇ fe¯n qiánᷠ (㹆䍦䐞゙⳷㣏ᷠ ) Five sheets of paper is how many cents? See Use and Structure 6.5 for more about the money expression in Mandarin. Shì (㬨) be is usually omitted if the sentence does not contain negation or an adverb. Shì must be included in negated sentences. It is also generally included when the verb phrase has an adverb. Negation and adverbs occur before shì.

䄜píng shuıˇ ⤜ shì lia ) ˇng kuài 㯥máo qián᱄ (䄜㠠㯏⤜㬨㑞㌊㯥㗌㣏᱄ One bottle of water is not ¥2.40.

Lesson 6

Maˇi do¯ngxi 㕓Ⰼ㹘

Shopping

䄜píng shuıˇ 䄓 shì lia ) ˇng kuài䄜máo lia ˇng fe¯n qián᱄ (䄜 㠠㯏䄓㬨㑞㌊䄜㗌㑞⳷㣏᱄ One bottle of water is also ¥2.12. To ask how something is sold, see Use and Structure 6.8. To state the cost per item, see Use and Structure 6.9.

K

W

Practice

RKBO

O

O

6.7.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 6.3; Focus on Communication 6.2. Website: Listening for Information 6.2, 6.3, 6.5, 6.6; Structure Drills 6.5, 6.7, 6.8; Focus on Structure; Communication through Reading and Writing 6.3.

hái (⿚) in addition, also

Hái (⿚) in addition, also is an adverb, and it occurs at the beginning of the verb phrase, before the verb or modal verb if there is one. In this lesson we learn to use hái to indicate additional actions, or actions that you also do. When talking about additional actions in the future, hái typically occurs before yào (䄋) want. Depending upon the overall sentence, hái can be translated as in addition, also, still, or (what) else.

㛄 hái yào ma ) ˇi shénmeᷠ (㛄⿚䄋㕓㬓㗕ᷠ What else do you want to buy?

㸳 hái yào ma ) ˇi shuıˇ᱄ (㸳⿚䄋㕓㯏᱄ I also want to buy water. We will learn additional meanings of hái in later lessons. Hái and ye ˇ (䄓) are both adverbs that can be translated into English as also. Sometimes they are interchangeable, but sometimes they are not. Ye ˇ is more general than hái and can be used any time you want to say also. Hái is more specialized. It always implies additional information added on to information you already have. It can be used when talking about a sequence of events. When Zhang Dawei is buying items in the store, he can indicate that he wants additional items by saying:

㸳 hái yào ma ) ˇi qia¯nbıˇ᱄ (㸳⿚䄋㕓㣇⡫᱄ I also want to buy pencils. When you are listing the people in your family, you can say: Wo ) ˇ yo ˇu 䄜gè ge¯ge᷍hái yo ˇu 䄜gè dìdi᱄ (㸳䇱䄜⷗ⷈⷈ᷍⿚䇱䄜⷗⭽⭽᱄ I have an older brother and in addition I also have a younger brother. In both of these sentences, ye ˇ can be used instead of hái. When ye ˇ is used, the sense of the sentence is that this is simply additional information. With hái, the sense of the sentence is that this is additional information added on to what the listener already knows. It is similar to the difference between saying “and” and saying “in addition” in English.

105

Modern Mandarin Chinese

106

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

6.8.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 6.4, 6.5; Focus on Communication 6.2. Website: Structure Drills 6.3; Focus on Structure 6.3.

zeˇnme mài (䋖㗕㕕) how is it sold?

We learned the word ze ˇnme (䋖㗕) how in Lesson 5. Ze ˇnme mài (䋖㗕㕕) is used when you are asking how something is sold. Ze ˇnme always goes before the verb or verb phrase. Qia¯nbıˇ ze ˇnme màiᷠ (㣇⡫䋖㗕㕕ᷠ) How are pencils sold?

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

6.9.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 6.4, 6.5. Website: Listening for Information 6.3; Structure Drills 6.6; Focus on Structure; Communication through Reading and Writing 6.2.

Cost per item

To indicate the cost per item, state the item and the price, followed by the phrase 䄜 classifier. The classifier that you use is the one that is associated with the noun you are asking about. 䄜 classifier can be translated into English as each or apiece or for one. item + price + 䄜 classifier Qia¯nbıˇ 㒚máo qián 䄜zhı¯᱄ (㣇⡫㒚㗌㣏䄜䐈᱄ ) Pencils (are) 60 cents apiece. If the item is understood from the context, it can be omitted. The classifier cannot be omitted. lia ˇng kuài qián 䄜 zhı¯ (㑞㌊㣏䄜䐈) ¥2 each (¥2 a pen) 㧞kuài (qián) 䄜 zha¯ng (㧞 ㌊᷉㣏᷊䄜䍦) ¥3 each (¥3 a sheet) To negate a price, say ⤜ shì (⤜㬨) + price. See Use and Structure 6.6 about the use of shì (㬨). Qia¯nbıˇ ⤜ shì 㒚máo qián 䄜zhı¯᱄ (㣇⡫⤜㬨㒚㗌㣏䄜䐈᱄ ) Pencils (are) not ¥2 apiece.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 6.3. Website: Listening for Information 6.7; Structure Drills 6.6; Focus on Structure 6.2; Communication through Reading and Writing 6.2.

Lesson 6

6.10.

Maˇi do¯ngxi 㕓Ⰼ㹘

Shopping

zài shuo¯ 䄜cì (䊺㯖䄜⪯) say it again

In this lesson we introduce the phrase zài shu¯o䄜cì (䊺㯖䄜⪯) say (it) again one more time as a fixed expression. To make the request more formal and polite, you can preface it with qıˇng 㛄 (㤌㛄) please. [Qıˇng 㛄] zài shu¯o䄜cì᱄ ([㤌㛄]䊺㯖䄜⪯᱄ ) (Please) say it again one more time.

Practice

6.11.

Website: Listening for Information 6.6.

Describing nouns with adjectives or adjectival verbs: Adj/AdjV + de (⭥) + N

When an adjective or adjectival verb describes a noun, Adj/AdjV + de (⭥), occurs before the main noun, that is, the noun that is being described: Adj + de (⭥) + main noun hóng de yuánzh¯ubıˇ (⽍⭥䊓䑊⡫) a red ballpoint pen AdjV + de (⭥) + main noun he ˇn piányi de yuánzh¯ubıˇ (⼽⢄䄬⭥䊓䑊⡫) a cheap ballpoint pen We have already seen that when nouns or pronouns describe a noun, they also occur before the noun that is being described.

㸳 de tóngw¯u (㸳⭥㵍㸾) my roommate Wáng Màikè de sho ˇujı¯ hàoma ˇ (㶖㕔㋬⭥㬷〛⼦㕌) Wang Maike’s cell phone number When the description is an adjective or adjectival verb, there are some important variations in the pattern. Q

Adjectival verbs usually do not occur alone, but are either preceded by an intensifier such as he ˇn (⼽) very, or 㲌 extremely, etc., or by ⤜.

㲌guì de dìtú (㲌⺔⭥⭹㵝) an extremely expensive map ⤜ guì de sho ˇujı¯ (⤜⺔⭥㬷〛) an inexpensive cell phone When no particular intensity is intended, the intensifier he ˇn is used. he ˇn piányi de bıˇ (⼽⢄䄬⭥⡫) a cheap pen Adjectives do not occur with an intensifier: lán de yuánzh¯ubıˇ (㎗⭥䊓䑊⡫) a blue ballpoint pen

107

Modern Mandarin Chinese

108

Q

As with nouns and pronouns describing nouns, de is sometimes omitted from the description phrase. Here are some general rules that explain the presence and absence of de.

De is generally present if the adjective or adjectival verb is more than one syllable long, or if it is preceded by an intensifier.

 piányi ⭥ bıˇ (⼽⢄䄬⭥⡫) a very cheap pen ⼽ ⼽ guì ⭥ sho ˇujı¯ (⼽⺔⭥㬷〛) an expensive cell phone De is often omitted if the adjective or adjectival verb + noun together form a commonly used expression. bái zhıˇ (➸䐞) white paper hóng bıˇ (⽍⡫) red pen ha ˇo rén (⼤㦬) a good person K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

6.12.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 6.4; Focus on Communication 6.3. Website: Listening for Information 6.2, 6.7.

Specifier + classifier + noun: Saying this [pencil] and that [person]

In Lesson 4 we learned how to use the words zhè (䎃) this and nà (㚨) that as the subject of the sentence. We called this the demonstrative use of zhè and nà since in this use, zhè and nà point to some noun. (See Use and Structure 4.4.) Zhè shì 㸳 de tóngw¯u᷍Xiè Guóqiáng᱄ (䎃㬨㸳⭥㵍㸾᷍㾜⺛㣠᱄ ) This is my roommate, Xie Guoqiang. Nà shì ta¯ de zhàopiàn᱄ (㚨㬨㰞⭥䍶㠍᱄ ) That is her photograph. In this lesson we learn to use zhè and nà, and their alternative pronunciations zhèi and nèi, when specifying a particular person, place, or thing as when saying this pencil or that person. In this function zhè/zhèi and nà/nèi are called specifiers. When used as specifiers, zhè/zhèi and nà/nèi always occur before a classifier, or, as we will see in Lesson 7, a number + classifier. Notice that zhè/zhèi and nà/nèi are variations in pronunciation. This variation in pronunciation is not reflected in Chinese characters. Whether a person says zhè or zhèi, she will write the word as 䎃. Similarly, whether she says nà or nèi, she will write the word as 㚨. To say this (person, place or thing), say: zhè/zhèi + classifier + noun zhèi zhı¯ qia¯nbıˇ (䎃䐈㣇⡫) this pencil To say that (person, place or thing), say: nà/nèi + classifier + noun nà ⷗ rén (㚨⷗㦬) that person

Lesson 6

Maˇi do¯ngxi 㕓Ⰼ㹘

Shopping

Noun phrases consisting of specifier + classifier + noun can occur as the subject or the object of the sentence: [Zhèi zha¯ng Zh¯ongguó dìtú] 㒚kuài qián᱄ ([䎃䍦䐱⺛⭹㵝]㒚㌊㣏᱄ ) [This Chinese map] is six dollars. 㸳 yào ma ) ˇi [nà píng shuıˇ]᱄ (㸳䄋㕓 [㚨㠠㯏]᱄ I want to buy [that bottle of water]. K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 6.4. Website: Listening for Information 6.4, 6.6.

Qa

Language FAQs

More about and ⱟ and liaˇng (㑞) Lia ˇng (㑞) two must be followed by a classifier. When no classifier follows, ⱟ is used. When indicating the price of maps, the clerk can say:

䄜zha¯ng Zh¯ongguó dìtú 㡀 kuài lia ) ˇng máo qián. (䄜䍦䐱⺛⭹㵝㡀㌊㑞㗌㣏᱄ or 䄜zha¯ng Zh¯ongguó dìtú 㡀 kuài ⱟ. (䄜䍦䐱⺛⭹㵝㡀㌊ⱟ᱄ ) One map is ¥7.2. The clerk cannot say: 9䄜zha¯ng Zh¯ongguó dìtú 㡀 kuài lia ) ˇng. (䄜䍦䐱⺛⭹㵝㡀㌊㑞᱄ because lia ˇng cannot be used without a following classifier. Nowadays in Beijing, in informal speech, many people also use ⱟ when there is a following classifier. As a result, sentences like this one are becoming acceptable in casual speech.

䄜zha¯ng Zh¯ongguó dìtú 㡀 kuài ⱟ máo qián. (䄜䍦䐱⺛⭹㵝㡀㌊ⱟ㗌㣏᱄) One map is ¥7.2.

More about classifiers In Use and Structure 6.2 we saw that certain nouns in English also require a classifier when they occur in phrases that talk about the number of nouns. Here are some additional noun phrases that involve classifiers in English, along with their Chinese equivalents. The classifiers are underlined. a pair of gloves

䄜 fù sho ˇutào

a group of people 䄜 qún rén

(䄜ⶒ㬷㲸) (䄜㦛㦬)

a pair of paints

䄜 tiáo kùzi

(䄜㳖㌄䓴)

a deck of cards

䄜 fù pái

(䄜ⶒ㝧)

109

110

Modern Mandarin Chinese

a bowl of soup

䄜 wa ˇn ta¯ng

(䄜㶌㲡)

a pair of shoes

䄜 shua¯ng xiézi

(䄜㯌㾍䓴)

As you can see, in English the word “of” follows the classifier.

Adjectival verbs and comparisons Adjectival verbs often imply comparisons. We see this in Part C of the dialogue, when Zhang Dawei and the clerk are discussing maps. Zha¯ng Dàwéi: Nà zha¯ng dìtú tài xia ˇo le.

䍦⫔㸋ᷛ 㚨䍦⭹㵝㲌㾂㑬᱄

That map is too small. Fúwùyuán: Nà zha¯ng ne? Nà zha¯ng dà, ye ˇ he ˇn piányi.

ⴟ㹒䊒ᷛ㚨䍦㚹ᷠ㚨䍦⫔᷍䄓⼽⢄䄬᱄

How about that map? That map is big(ger), and also very cheap.

More about the two pronunciations for the specifiers this and that The basic pronunciations of the specifiers this and that are zhè and nà. We will see in Lesson 7 that specifiers may be followed by a number. The pronunciations zhèi and nèi were originally a contraction of zhè and nà followed by the number 䄜: zhè 䄜 → zhèi this one nà 䄜 → nèi that one Nowadays, for many speakers, the choice of one or the other pronunciation is simply a matter of individual preference. Some speakers use them interchangeably, some speakers use only zhè and nà, and some speakers use the pronunciations zhèi and nèi only when talking about one item.

Notes on Chinese Culture Where do you shop in China? As in the West, Chinese people shop in local stores run by their owners, in department stores, and in chain stores, including international chain stores such as 7-Eleven, Walmart (㸷ⱜ㕋 Wò’e ˇrma ˇ), and Carrefour (コ㎷ⶄ Jia¯lèfú). If you go to an international chain, don’t expect that products and services will be identical to those in your home country. For example, in 7-Eleven Convenience Stores in Taiwan, you can bring in your dry cleaning, make ticket reservations, or enjoy a sit-down meal. If you are looking for a cup of coffee, head for Starbucks (㾨➮㋬ Xı¯ngba¯kè), where you may want to try a green tea latte or frappé.

Lesson 6

Maˇi do¯ngxi 㕓Ⰼ㹘

Shopping

Lesson 6 Dialogue in English Part A Clerk: Zhang Dawei: Clerk: Zhang Dawei: Clerk: Zhang Dawei: Clerk: Zhang Dawei: Clerk:

Good morning. What would you like to buy? I want to buy water. How much is one bottle of water? One bottle of water is ¥2.4. Five bottles are ¥10. Well then, I’ll buy five bottles. How much is cola? Cola is also ¥2.4 a can. Do you want some? Yes. I’ll buy two cans. Do you want coffee? It’s ¥3.98 a bottle. I don’t want any. Do you have milk? Sorry, we don’t have milk right now.

Part B Clerk: Zhang Dawei: Clerk: Zhang Dawei: Clerk: Zhang Dawei:

What else do you want to buy? I also want to buy pencils. How are they sold? Are they expensive? Pencils are very cheap, ¥0.65 each. How much? Please say it again. ¥0.65 each. Okay. I’ll buy eight. No. I’ll buy nine. I also want to buy ballpoint pens. Do you have red pens and blue pens? Clerk: We only sell blue ballpoint pens. They are ¥1 apiece. Zhang Dawei: Well then, I’ll buy five.

Part C Zhang Dawei: Clerk: Zhang Dawei: Clerk:

Do you sell Chinese maps? Yes. This Chinese map is ¥6. Do you want it? This map is too small. How about that map? That map is big(ger), and it is also very cheap, ¥7.22. Do you want to buy it? Zhang Dawei: Yes. I will buy one. Do you sell white paper? Clerk: Sorry, we don’t sell paper.

111

7

Lesson 䄜gòng ⱁ㩺 qiánᷠ 䄜⹓ⱁ㩺㣏ᷠ How much is it altogether?

Communication goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Negotiate the price of items. Q Pay for items and get change. Q Make suggestions.

Literacy goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Q Q Q

Identify some recurring component parts of characters. Identify the radicals in the characters that you have learned. Write characters in the correct proportion. Find the boundaries of familiar words and phrases composed of two or more characters.

Key structures Q numbers: 11–999 Q 㚥 which

Lesson 7

䄜gòng ⱁ㩺 qiánᷠ 䄜⹓ⱁ㩺㣏ᷠ How much is it altogether?

Q 䎃㧞 píng shuıˇ (䎃㧞㠠㯏) these three bottles of water Q adjectival verb 䄜 dia ˇn (䄜⮄) a little more [adjectival verb] Q making suggestions with ba (➪) Q 䄜 gòng ⱁ㩺 qián? (䄜⹓ⱁ㩺㣏ᷠ ) How much altogether?

Dialogue The situation: Zhang Dawei continues his shopping in a neighborhood store and negotiates with the clerk over the price of some items.

113

114

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Part A Zha¯ng ⫔㸋ᷛ㚨⷗ beˇn䓴ⱁ㩺 qiánᷠ Fúwùyuánᷛ 㚥⷗beˇn䓴 ya¯ᷠ㬓㗕 yánsè⭥ᷠ 㸳 yoˇu huángsè ⭥᷍he¯isè ⭥hé ` lu ¨sè ⭥᱄ Zha¯ng ⫔㸋ᷛ㚨⷗ he¯isè ⭥ beˇn䓴᱄ Fúwùyuánᷛ 䎃  ⷗ he¯isè ⭥ Hàn zì liànxíbeˇn㒚 kuài ➬䄜 beˇn᱄㛄yào ゙ beˇnᷠ Zha¯ng⫔㸋ᷛ㋪䄵piányi 䄜 diaˇn 㕑ᷠ Fúwùyuánᷛ Maˇi㑞beˇn ba᱄㑞beˇn㋪䄵mài㬏 ⱟkuài᱄ Zha¯ng⫔㸋ᷛ ⼤᱄

䍦⫔㸋ᷛ㚨⷗⡟䓴ⱁ㩺㣏ᷠ ⴟ㹒䊒ᷛ㚥⷗⡟䓴䁞ᷠ㬓㗕䁶㩌⭥ᷠ 㸳 䇱⿧㩌⭥᷍⼻㩌⭥⼮ 㔭㩌⭥᱄ 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ㚨⷗⼻㩌⭥⡟䓴᱄ ⴟ㹒䊒ᷛ䎃⷗⼻㩌⭥⼛䓷㑘㻑⡟㒚 ㌊➬䄜⡟᱄㛄䄋゙⡟ᷠ 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ㋪䄵⢄䄬䄜⮄㕑ᷠ ⴟ㹒䊒ᷛ㕓㑞⡟➪᱄ 㑞⡟㋪䄵㕕㬏 ⱟ㌊᱄ 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ⼤᱄

Part A Vocabulary Simplified Traditional

➪

➪

⡟

⡟

noun

⡟䓴

⡟䓴

final particle

ba

(used for making suggestions)

be ˇn

(classifier for books) classifier

be ˇnzi

be ˇn䓴 notebook

Hàn zì

Chinese character

noun phrase

⼛䓷

ᤉ䓷

he¯ i

black

adjective

⼻

⼻

he¯isè

black color

noun

⼻㩌

⼻㩌

huáng

yellow

adjective

⿧

怴

huángsè

yellow color

noun

⿧㩌

怴㩌

liànxí

practice

verb

㑘㻑

ㇻ㐶

liànxí be ˇn

notebook

noun

㑘㻑⡟ ㇻ㐶⡟

` lü

green

adjective

㔭

ㆨ

Lesson 7

䄜gòng ⱁ㩺 qiánᷠ 䄜⹓ⱁ㩺㣏ᷠ How much is it altogether?

`sè lü

green color

noun

㔭㩌

ㆨ㩌

yánsè

color

noun

䁶㩌

嗢㩌

yı¯dia ˇn 䄜dia ˇn a little

quantifier phrase

䄜⮄

䄜恄

zì

noun

䓷

䓷

character (Chinese character)

Use and Structure 7.1–7.6

Part B Fúwùyuánᷛ 㛄 hái xiaˇng maˇ i 㬓㗕ᷠ Zha¯ng ⫔㸋ᷛ㸳 hái yào maˇi 䄜niánjí ⭥ Zho¯ngwén shu¯᱄ Fúwùyuánᷛ 䎃㑞 beˇn shu¯ 㬨䄜 niánjí ⭥ Zho¯ngwén shu¯᱄

ⴟ㹒䊒ᷛ㛄⿚㼌㕓㬓㗕? 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ㸳⿚䄋㕓䄜㛋゗⭥ 䐱㸥㭊᱄ ⴟ㹒䊒ᷛ䎃㑞⡟㭊㬨䄜㛋゗⭥ 䐱㸥㭊᱄

Zha¯ng⫔㸋ᷛⱁ㩺 qiánᷠ

䍦⫔㸋ᷛⱁ㩺㣏ᷠ Fúwùyuánᷛ 㧞㬏㹆kuài᱄ ⴟ㹒䊒ᷛ㧞㬏㹆㌊᱄ 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ⼤᱄㸳⿚䄋䎃⟝㣪㋬㑇 Zha¯ng ⫔㸋ᷛ⼤᱄ 㸳hái yào䎃 ba¯o qiaˇokèlì bıˇngga¯n hé 䄜⷗㧞míngzhì᱄ ⢞ⶪ⼮䄜⷗㧞㘘䐯᱄ Fúwùyuánᷛ Qiaˇokèlì bıˇngga¯n㑞 kuài 㑞 máo ⴟ㹒䊒ᷛ㣪㋬㑇⢞ⶪ㑞㌊㑞㗌 㹆᱄㧞míngzhì 㯥 kuài ⱟ᱄ 㹆᱄㧞㘘䐯㯥㌊ⱟ᱄

Part B Vocabulary Simplified Traditional ba¯o

bag (of)

classifier/noun

⟝

⟝

bıˇngga¯n

cookie

noun

⢞ⶪ

嚿㣍

115

116

Modern Mandarin Chinese

niánjí

year in school, grade

noun

㛋゗

qia ˇokèlì

chocolate

noun

㣪㋬㑇 㣪㋬㑇

sa¯nmíngzhì

sandwich

noun

㧞㘘䐯 㧞㘘䐯

shu¯

book

noun

㭊

᎙

xia ˇng

think (about), plan (to), want (to)

verb

㼌

㼌

first year level

noun phrase

䄜㛋゗ 䄜㛋な

yı¯ niánjí

䄜

niánjí

㛋な

Use and Structure 7.7–7.9

Part C Zha¯ng ⫔㸋ᷛ䄜 gòng ⱁ㩺 qiánᷠ Fúwùyuánᷛ Shu¯ 㧞㬏㹆 kuài᷍㈦ zhı¯ qia¯nbıˇ 㹆 kuài ➬ máo 㹆᷍Zho¯ngguó dìtú 㡀 kuài 㑞 máo ⱟ᷍㹆 píng shuıˇ 㬏kuài᷍㑞 tı¯ng keˇlè 㯥 kuài ➬᷍㑞⷗ liànxí beˇn 㬏 ⱟ kuài᷍bıˇ㹆 kuài᷍bıˇngga¯n 㑞 kuài 㑞 máo 㹆᷍㧞míngzhì 㯥 kuài ⱟ᷍䄜gòng ➬㬏㒚kuài 㧞 máoⱟfe¯n qián᱄ Zha¯ng ⫔㸋ᷛGeˇi㛄 䄜 baˇi kuài᱄ Fúwùyuánᷛ Zhaˇo 㛄㬏㧞kuài 㒚máo ➬fe¯n qián᱄ Zha¯ng ⫔㸋ᷛ⼤᱄Zài jiàn᱄ Fúwùyuánᷛ Zài jiàn᱄

䍦⫔㸋ᷛ䄜 ⹓ⱁ㩺㣏ᷠ ⴟ㹒䊒ᷛ㭊㧞㬏㹆㌊᷍㈦䐈㣇⡫ 㹆㌊➬㗌㹆᷍䐱⺛ ⭹㵝㡀㌊㑞㗌ⱟ᷍㹆㠠 㯏㬏㌊᷍㑞㳞㋪㎷㯥 ㌊➬᷍㑞⷗㑘㻑⡟㬏 ⱟ㌊᷍⡫㹆㌊᷍⢞ⶪ㑞 ㌊㑞㗌㹆᷍㧞㘘䐯㯥 ㌊ⱟ᷍䄜⹓➬㬏㒚㌊㧞 㗌ⱟ⳷㣏᱄ 䍦⫔㸋ᷛⷙ㛄䄜➺㌊᱄ ⴟ㹒䊒ᷛ䍳㛄㬏㧞㌊㒚㗌 ➬⳷㣏᱄ 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ⼤᱄䊺ボ᱄ ⴟ㹒䊒ᷛ䊺ボ᱄

Lesson 7

䄜gòng ⱁ㩺 qiánᷠ 䄜⹓ⱁ㩺㣏ᷠ How much is it altogether?

Part C Vocabulary Simplified Traditional ba ˇi

100

number

➺

➺

ge ˇi

give

verb

ⷙ

ㄐ

adverb

䄜⹓

䄜⹓

verb

䍳᷉㣏᷊ 䍳᷉仹᷊

䄜gòng altogether

yı¯gòng zha ˇo (qián)

make (change)

Use and Structure 7.10–7.12

Numbers 11–20 11

㬏䄜

shíyı¯

16

㬏㒚

shíliù

12

㬏ⱟ

shí’èr

17

㬏㡀

shíqı¯

13

㬏㧞

shísa¯n

18

㬏➬

shíba¯

14

㬏㯥

shísì

19

㬏㈦

shíjiu ˇ

15

㬏㹆

shíwu ˇ

20

ⱟ㬏

èrshí

Numbers 20–90 20

ⱟ㬏

èrshí

60

㒚㬏

liùshí

30

㧞㬏

sa¯nshí

70

㡀㬏

qı¯shí

40

㯥㬏

sìshí

80

➬㬏

ba¯shí

50

㹆㬏

wu ˇshí

90

㈦㬏

jiu ˇshí

117

118

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Numbers 100–999 100 䄜ba ˇi

yı¯ ba ˇi

605

㒚ba ˇ ˇi líng wu ˇi líng㹆 liù ba

200 㑞ba ˇi

lia ˇng ba ˇi

708

300 㧞ba ˇi

sa¯n ba ˇi

810

㡀ba ˇi líng ba¯ ˇi líng➬ qı¯ ba ba¯ ba ➬ba ˇi yı¯shí ˇi䄜㬏

400 㯥ba ˇi

sì ba ˇi

965

500 㹆ba ˇi

wu ˇ ba ˇi

999

㈦ba ˇ ba ˇ ˇi liùshí wu ˇi㒚㬏㹆 jiu ㈦ba ˇ ba ˇshí jiu ˇ ˇi jiu ˇi㈦㬏㈦ jiu

Characters Character Shape Pinyin Meaning/ Function

Radical

Phrases

Traditional character

᱂

⭥

⭥

de

(marks noun ➺ description) (white)

ⱁ

duo¯

many, more

⷗

gè

(classifier for 㦬 ᱂ people and (person) other nouns)

ӡ

⼤

ha ˇo, hào

good, well

㝏 (fe-

᱂

⼤

゙

jıˇ

how many, how much

゙

᱂

ุ

㋪

ke ˇ

*

㋻

㋪䄵 (ke ˇyıˇ) ㋪

㻇

ⱁ ⱁ㩺 (duo¯shao) how much, how many

male)

(mouth) can (permission)

㑞

lia ˇng

two (of some- 䄜 (one) ᱂ thing)

‫ת‬

㕑

ma

᱂ yes-no ques- ㋻ tion particle (mouth)

ࡂ

Lesson 7

㗕 㚥

me na ˇ

* which

䄜gòng ⱁ㩺 qiánᷠ 䄜⹓ⱁ㩺㣏ᷠ How much is it altogether?

㬓㗕 (shén- 怯

䖐(ϵ, ϶)

me) what

㋻

᱂

㚥

䝃

᱂

㚨

㦬

᱂

㦬

㾂

ⱁ㩺

㩺

(mouth)

㚨

nà, nèi that

㦬

rén

person

(person)

㩺

sha ˇo

few, less

(small)

(duo¯shao) how much, how many

㬓 㬓㗕 (standing (shénme) person) what

㬓

shén

*

䗊

㬨

shì

be

㦶 (sun) ᱂

䄵

yıˇ

*

㦬

㋪䄵 (ke ˇyı ˇ) 䄵 can (permission)

䎃

zhè, zhèi

this

佢

᱂

䓴

zi

*

䓴 (child) ⼃䓴 (háizi) 䓴 child, ⡟䓴

㬨

䩡

(be ˇnzi) notebook

Chinese characters Radicals In this lesson, we take a closer look at radicals. Every character has a radical. Sometimes the radical is the character. For example, for the characters䄜 (yı¯) one, ⱟ (èr) two, and 㬏 (shí) ten introduced in Lesson 6, the character is also the radical. In most cases, however, the radical is one component part of the character. For example, in the character 㑞 (lia ˇng) introduced in this lesson, the radical is 䄜 (yı¯).

119

120

Modern Mandarin Chinese

There are thousands of characters, but there are only about two hundred radicals. Therefore, many characters share the same radical. Notice that two of the characters introduced in Lesson 7, 㕑 (ma) and 㚥 (na ˇu). The primary role of the ˇ), share the same radical ㋻ (ko radical is to help to organize characters in a Chinese dictionary, but many radicals also provide basic information about the meaning of the characters in which they serve as the radical. We began looking at radicals that convey meaning in Lesson 4. We saw, for example, that the radical ㋻, pronounced ko ˇu, means mouth. When it serves as the radical of a character, it often indicates that the character has something to do with the mouth or with language. 㕑 (ma) and 㚥 (na ˇ) both have to do with language: 㕑 (ma) is the marker of yes-no questions, and 㚥 (na ˇ) is the content question word which. Similarly, 㦬 (rén), introduced in this lesson, is both an independent character and a radical. It is called the person radical. We can see its use as a radical in the character ⷗ (gè), the classifier for people and many other nouns. The radical 㦬 has a variant form, 䗊 often called the “standing person” or the “standing man” radical. In the system of radicals for simplified characters, 㦬 and 䗊 are two separate radicals, so we will list them separately here. Characters in which the radical is 㦬 or 䗊often have to do with people: 㰜 he/him and 㛄 you. However, as you can see from the character 㬓 (shén), not all characters with the person radical refer to people. When you learn a new character, pay attention to its radical and whether it conveys a meaning in the character. This information will help you to remember the character. Not all radicals consistently provide information about the meaning of the character. For example, the radical 䝃 in the character 㚨 (nà) that, the radical 佢 in the character 䎃 (zhè) this, and the radical ➸ (bái) in the character ⭥(de) do not provide meaning cues. However, since the same radical occurs in many characters, once you have memorized the way that it is written, you do not have to re-learn it every time it occurs in a new character. You can simply remind yourself that the radical is the same one that occurs in 㚨 or 䎃 or ⭥, and you will know how that part of the character is written. Radicals typically occur in one specific location within a character. For example, the radical 䗊always occurs as the left-most component of the character, and the radical 㦬 always occurs as the top-most component of a character. Some radicals can occur in more than one location. For example, ㋻ is the radical in all of the following characters: 䐜, ⹦, ㋪, ⼮. A given character has only one radical. Sometimes, a character contains several components that independently occur as radicals. How do you know which component is the radical in that character? Sometimes, you just have to look it up in a dictionary, website, or other electronic resource, but sometimes there are rules that identify the radical. Let’s look at the characters 㚨 and 㚥 introduced in this lesson to see one of these rules. 㚨 contains two component parts, ㋻ and 䝃. 㚥 contains three component parts, ㋻, ㋻, and 䝃. Both characters include the component part 䝃. 䝃 is the radical in 㚨. Why is this the case? It’s because never serves as a radical and 䝃does, and when it is the radical, 䝃is always the right-most component of the character. In 㚥, there are two candidates for radical: ㋻ and 䝃. Each component occurs in its correct radical location: 䝃is in the right-most position in the

Lesson 7

䄜gòng ⱁ㩺 qiánᷠ 䄜⹓ⱁ㩺㣏ᷠ How much is it altogether?

character, and ㋻ is in the left-most position in the character. However, ㋻ is always the radical if it occurs as the left-most component of a character. Therefore, the radical of 㚥 is ㋻. This is additional information that you should remember about the radical㋻.

More about the spatial orientation of characters Many of the characters introduced in Lesson 7 consist of two or more parts, and these parts have distinct spatial orientations. The characters 㬓, 㚨,⭥, and 㕑 each consist of two parts arranged in a horizontal, left-to-right orientation. That is, they all have the character shape . The characters ⱁ and 㑞 have vertical top-to-bottom orientation. That is, they all have the character shape . When characters have a vertical orientation, the part on the top is always written first. The character 䎃 has the L-shaped orientation . That is, the component that occurs on the left, the radical 佢, extends below all of the components to its right. 佢 is always written last. When the parts of a character are arranged in a horizontal left-to-right orientation, the part on the left is often, but not always, the radical. For example, in the character 㰜 (ta¯), the part on the left is the radical. However, in the character 㚨 (nà), the radical is the component on the right.

The spacing of characters and words We learned in Lesson 6 that when writing Chinese characters, each character takes the same amount of space on a page. In this lesson, we learn additional things about writing texts in Chinese characters: Q

When words are written with two or more characters, each character is written in its own box, equally spaced from the other character or characters in the word:

㬓 㗕 Q

Each punctuation mark is written in its own box. Punctuation marks are not written inside of the space of another character.

䎃 㬨 㛄 ⭥ ᷍ duì 㕑 ᷠ Q

Words do not have spaces around them as they do in English written texts, and there is nothing in a written text to indicate the boundaries of words. In your reading practice, you will learn to identify multi-character words despite the absence of word boundaries.

➬

㬏

㒚

᱄

121

122

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Focus on radicals: Radicals in Lesson 6–7 characters Radical

Meaning

Pinyin

Characters

䖝

dot

dia ˇn

㸋

䄜

one

yı¯

䄜᷍㧞᷍⤜᷍㡀᷍㑞

䖐(ϵ, ϶)

(left falling stroke)

pie ˇ

㗕

䄳 (Ͼ,Ͽ)

second celestial symbol

yıˇ

㈦᷍ 䄓

ⱟ

two

èr

ⱟ᷍ 㹆

㬏

ten

shí

㬏

➬

eight

ba¯

➬᷍ 㒚

㦬

person

rén

㦬᷍ ⷗᷍䄵

䗊

person (standing person)

rén

㗨᷍㛄᷍㬓

゙

several, how many

jıˇ

゙

䝃(right)*

country, nation

yì

㚨

佢

walk

chuò

䎃

⫔

big

dà

⫔᷍㲌

㾂

small

xia ˇo

㩺

㋻

mouth

ko ˇu

㕑᷍㚥᷍㋪

䯎

enclosure

wéi

㯥

㻇

evening

xı¯

ⱁ

㝏

female

` nü

⼤

䓴

child

zıˇ

䓴

ⷋ

dagger-axe

ge¯

㸳

㦶

sun

rì

㬨

➸

white

bái

⭥

*There is another radical, also written 䝃ear, that occurs in the left-most position of a character.

Stroke Order Flow Chart

124

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Use and structure 7.1. 㚥 which In Lesson 2 we learned the question word 㚥 which in the phrase 㚥guó 㦬 (㚥⺛㦬) a person of which country (Use and Structure 2.4):

㛄㬨㚥guó㦬ᷠ (㛄㬨㚥⺛㦬ᷠ ) Where are you from? In this lesson we learn to use 㚥 to ask about the identity of other nouns. Like the specifiers 䎃 this, these and 㚨 that, those, 㚥 never occurs directly before a noun. It always occurs before a classifier, or before a number + classifier.

㚥 + classifier + N 㚥⷗ be ) ˇn䓴ᷠ (㚥⷗⡟䓴ᷠ Which notebook? 㚥㑞 zha¯ng dìtúᷠ (㚥㑞䍦⭹㵝ᷠ ) Which two maps? Like the specifiers 䎃 and 㚨, 㚥 has an alternative pronunciation: ne ˇi. As with zhèi and nèi, the pronunciation ne ˇi was originally the contraction of na ˇ yı¯ (㚥䄜). Ne ) ˇi zha¯ng dìtúᷠ (㚥䍦⭹㵝ᷠ Which map? Nowadays, the choice of the pronunciation na ˇ or ne ˇi is largely one of individual preference. Practice

7.2.

Website: Structure Drills 7.1.

Color words and referring to colors

We have now learned six color words: hóng (⽍) red, lán (㎗) blue, bái (➸) white, he¯i (⼻) ` (㔭) green. Color words are adjectives. They are used to deblack, huáng (⿧) yellow, and lü scribe nouns, and, unlike adjectival verbs, they do not occur by themselves as the main verb of a sentence. We saw in Lesson 6 that when color terms describe a noun, they are typically followed by ⭥: lán ⭥ yuánzhu¯bıˇ (㎗⭥䊓䑊⡫) blue ballpoint pens and that sometimes a color word can occur right before the noun without ⭥: bái zhıˇ (➸䐞) white paper, hóng bıˇ (⽍⡫) red pen When referring to the color alone, color words are followed by the word yánsè (䁶㩌) color or by its abbreviated form sè (㩌). For example, to say that you like red and you don’t like green, say:

Lesson 7

䄜gòng ⱁ㩺 qiánᷠ 䄜⹓ⱁ㩺㣏ᷠ How much is it altogether?

` yánsè᱄ 㸳he ˇn xıˇhua¯n hóng yánsè᷍⤜ xıˇhua¯n lü (㸳⼽㻓⿗⽍䁶㩌᷍⤜㻓⿗㔭䁶㩌᱄ ) I like red; I don’t like green. When describing a noun, the color term may be followed by yánsè (䁶㩌) or sè (㩌) and then by ⭥. He¯isè ⭥ qia¯nbıˇ he ) ˇn piányi᱄(⼻㩌⭥㣇⡫⼽⢄䄬᱄ Black pencils are very cheap. 㸳⭥péngyou yo ) ˇu hóng yánsè ⭥ sho ˇujı¯᱄ (㸳⭥㞔䇲䇱⽍䁶㩌⭥㬷〛᱄ My friend has a red cell phone.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

7.3.

Workbook: Focus on Communication 7.3. Website: Listening for Information 7.2, 7.5; Communication through Reading and Writing 7.3.

Specifier + number + classifier + noun: Saying these [two pencils] and those [three people]

In Lesson 6 (Use and Structure 6.12) we learned to use the specifiers 䎃 and 㚨 to say things like this pencil and that notebook. We learned that in these structures, 䎃 and 㚨 must be followed by a classifier, and that the order of information in the phrase is: specifier + classifier + N

䎃 zhı¯ qia¯nbıˇ 䎃䐈㣇⡫ this pencil 㚨⷗ be ˇn䓴

㚨⷗⡟䓴

that notebook To add a number to this noun phrase to say things such as these two pencils and those three notebooks, present the information in this order: specifier + number + classifier + N 䎃㑞 zhı¯ qia¯nbıˇ

䎃㑞䐈㣇⡫

these two pencils 㚨㧞⷗ be ˇn䓴

㚨㧞⷗⡟䓴

those three notebooks

125

Modern Mandarin Chinese

126

Noun phrases that include a specifier and number can occur as the subject or the object of a sentence:

䎃㑞 be ˇn shu¯ 㬨䄜niánjí ⭥ Zho¯ngwén shu¯᱄ 䎃㑞⡟㭊㬨䄜㛋゗⭥䐱㸥㭊᱄ These two books are first-year Chinese books. 㸳 yào ma ˇi㚨㑞zha¯ng dìtú᱄ 㸳䄋㕓㚨㑞䍦⭹㵝᱄ I want to buy those two maps.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

7.4.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 7.1, 7.5. Website: Structure Drills 7.4; Focus on Structure 7.2.

Describing a noun with more than one description phrase

We have already learned several types of phrases that can be used to describe a (main) noun: [noun/pronoun ⭥] + noun: (Use and Structure 4.5, 5.9)

Zha¯ng ⫔㸋⭥zhàopiàn 䍦⫔㸋⭥䍶㠍 Zhang Dawei’s photograph 㸳⭥tóngwu¯ 㸳⭥㵍㸾 my roommate la ˇoshı¯ ⭥ xuésheng ㎰㬇⭥䁈㪛 the teacher’s students

[number + classifier] + noun: (Use and Structure 6.2)

䄜 píng shuıˇ 䄜㠠㯏 one bottle of water

[specifier + classifier] + noun: (Use and Structure 6.12)

zhèi zhı¯ qia¯nbıˇ 䎃䐈㣇⡫ this pencil

[Adj/AdjV ⭥] + noun: (Use and Structure 6.11)

hóng⭥yuánzhu¯bıˇ ⽍⭥䊓䑊⡫ a red ballpoint pen he ˇn piányi ⭥ yuánzhu¯bıˇ ⼽⢄䄬⭥䊓䑊⡫ a cheap ballpoint pen

[specifier + number + classifier] + noun: (Use and Structure 7.3)

䎃㑞 zhı¯ qia¯nbıˇ 䎃㑞䐈㣇⡫ these two pencils

Lesson 7

䄜gòng ⱁ㩺 qiánᷠ 䄜⹓ⱁ㩺㣏ᷠ How much is it altogether?

Notice that descriptions involving specifiers and/or numbers always end in a classifier. All other descriptions end in ⭥. In this lesson, we see that a noun can be described by more than one description at the same time. When describing a noun with more than one description, state the descriptions one at a time before the noun that is being described. The noun occurs once, following the descriptions: [description1] [description2] . . . noun [㚨⷗] [he¯isè ⭥] be ˇn䓴 [㚨⷗] [⼻㩌⭥] ⡟䓴 that black notebook Here are additional examples of nouns described by more than one description. `sè⭥] Zho¯ngwén shu¯ [䎃㑞 be ˇn] [lü [䎃㑞⡟] [㔭㩌⭥] 䐱㸥㭊 these two green Chinese books [㚨㯥⷗] [he ˇn guì ⭥] sho ˇujı¯ [㚨㯥⷗] [⼽⺔⭥] 㬷〛 those four very expensive cell phones

Practice

K

W

RKBO

O

O

7.5.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 7.3, 7.4, 7.5. Website: Structure Drills 7.6.

AdjV 䄜diaˇn (䄜⮄) a little more AdjV

To say a little more adjectival verb, say: AdjV 䄜dia ˇn (䄜⮄) ㋪䄵 piányi 䄜dia ) ˇn 㕑ᷠ(㋪䄵⢄䄬䄜⮄㕑ᷠ Can it be a little cheaper? Any adjectival verb can occur before䄜dia ˇn: guì 䄜dia ˇn (⺔䄜⮄) a little more expensive ⼤ 䄜dia ˇn (⼤䄜⮄) a little better

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 7.2; Focus on Communication 7.1. Website: Listening for Information 7.4; Focus on Structure 7.5; Communication through Reading and Writing 7.1, 7.2.

127

Modern Mandarin Chinese

128

7.6.

Making suggestions with the sentence-final particle ba (➪)

In Lesson 4 (Use and Structure 4.9) we learned that the sentence-final particle ba (➪) can be used to indicate a speaker’s assumption.

㚨㬨㛄⭥ zhàopiàn ba᱄ (㚨㬨㛄⭥䍶㠍➪᱄ ) That is your photograph I assume. (or) That must be your photograph. Sentence-final ba can also be used to make suggestions. Fúwùyuán: 㑞 be ) ˇn (liànxíbe ˇn) mài 㬏ⱟ kuài ba᱄ (㑞⡟ (㑘㻑⡟) 㕕㬏ⱟ㌊➪᱄ Clerk: (I’ll) sell two (workbooks) for ¥12. When the subject of the sentence is 㸳㗨, suggestions with ba can usually be translated into English as Let’s. . . .

㸳㗨ma ) ˇi qia ˇokèlì bıˇngga¯n ba᱄ (㸳㗨㕓㣪㋬㑇⢞ⶪ➪᱄ Let’s buy chocolate cookies. When the subject of the suggestion is 㛄, suggestions with ba can usually be translated into English with the expression Why don’t you . . .?

㛄ge ) ˇi㰜da ˇ diànhuà ba᱄ (㛄ⷙ㰜⫓⮈⿑➪᱄ Why don’t you phone him? When a sentence ends with ba, the content of the sentence and the context in which it occurs will make it clear whether ba is used to indicate an assumption or a suggestion. Normally, only one or the other interpretation of ba makes sense in any situation.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

7.7.

Workbook: Focus on Communication 7.1. Website: Listening for Information 7.6; Communication through Reading and Writing 7.3.

The numbers 11–99

The numbers 11–19 are formed by 㬏 followed by the numbers 䄜 through ㈦: 11 㬏䄜 12 㬏ⱟ 13 㬏㧞 14 㬏㯥 15 㬏㹆

16 㬏㒚 17 㬏㡀 18 㬏➬ 19 㬏㈦

The “round” numbers 20–90 are formed as follows: 20 ⱟ㬏 30 㧞㬏 40 㯥㬏 50 㹆㬏

60 㒚㬏 70 㡀㬏 80 ➬㬏 90 ㈦㬏

Lesson 7

䄜gòng ⱁ㩺 qiánᷠ 䄜⹓ⱁ㩺㣏ᷠ How much is it altogether?

The numbers 21–99 are formed by the appropriate round number 㬏 through ㈦㬏 followed by the numbers 䄜 through ㈦. 21 32 43 54

ⱟ㬏䄜 㧞㬏ⱟ 㯥㬏㧞 㹆㬏㯥

65 78 86 99

㒚㬏㹆 㡀㬏➬ ➬㬏㒚 ㈦㬏㈦

Notice that the Arabic numbers 21, 32, 43, etc. are written using two digits, but the equivalent Chinese numbers are written using three characters (ⱟ㬏䄜, 㧞㬏ⱟ, 㯥㬏㧞, etc.). Don’t forget to include 㬏 when you write these numbers. In number expressions involving the number two, such as 㬏ⱟ 12, ⱟ㬏 20,ⱟ㬏ⱟ 22, 㧞㬏ⱟ32, etc., two is always written as ⱟ and is pronounced as èr.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Communication 7.5. Website: Listening for Information 7.1, 7.2, 7.3; Structure Drills 7.1, 7.2.

7.8. 䄜baˇi (䄜➺) 100 and the numbers 100–999 The word for hundred is ba ai (䄜➺), ˇi (➺). Ba ˇi is always preceded by a number: 100 is䄜bˇ 200 is 㑞 ba i ( 㑞➺ ), 300 is 㧞 ba i ( 㧞➺ ), etc. The numbers 101–999 are formed by stating ˇ ˇ the number of hundreds (ba ˇi) ➺, tens (㬏) and ones as follows: hundreds (ba ˇi)

tens (㬏) ones

123

䄜ba ˇi

ⱟ㬏

㧞

212

㑞ba ˇi

䄜㬏

ⱟ

468

㯥ba ˇi

㒚㬏

➬

750

㡀ba ˇi

㹆㬏

999

㈦ba ˇi

㈦㬏

㈦

Notice that when the number expression includes hundreds, the numbers 11–19 in the tens column are expressed with 䄜 as 䄜㬏䄜 (yı¯shí yı¯), 䄜㬏ⱟ (yı¯shí èr), 䄜㬏㧞 (yı¯shí sa¯n), etc. If a number has hundreds and ones but no tens, the word líng (㒄) zero is used between the hundreds and the ones: 602 㒚ba ˇi língⱟ (㒚➺㒄ⱟ) 801 ➬bˇ ai líng䄜 (➬➺㒄䄜)

129

Modern Mandarin Chinese

130

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

7.9.

Workbook: Focus on Communication 7.5. Website: Listening for Information; Structure Drills 7.5; Focus on Structure 7.1.

niánjí (㛋゗) year in school, grade

䄜niánjí (䄜㛋゗) refers to the first year of a course or program that takes multiple years to complete. The first year of a Chinese language program is Zho¯ngwén 䄜niánjí (䐱㸥䄜㛋 ゗). Notice that the title of the program (e.g. Zho¯ngwén [䐱㸥] Chinese) is stated before the level. 䄜niánjí also refers to the first year of high school or college. The second year is ⱟniánjí (ⱟ㛋゗). What do you think the third year is called? To ask which level, use the question word ゙ and ask ゙ niánjí (゙㛋゗).

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

7.10.

Workbook: Focus on Communication 7.2, 7.3. Website: Listening for Information 7.3.

gòng (䄜⹓) altogether; 䄜gòng ⱁ㩺 qiánᷠ (䄜⹓ⱁ㩺㣏ᷠ )

䄜gòng (䄜⹓) altogether is an adverb. It normally occurs before the verb or modal verb of the sentence. Notice that in English, the word altogether can occur at the beginning or the end of the sentence. Be careful to follow Chinese word order and not English word order when using 䄜gòng (䄜⹓) and other adverbs.

㚨⷗ la  gòng yo ) ˇoshı¯䄜 ˇu㯥㬏㹆⷗ xuésheng᱄ (㚨⷗㎰㬇䄜⹓䇱㯥㬏㹆⷗䁈㪛᱄ That teacher has 45 students altogether. 㸳䄜gòng rènshi 㒚  ⷗㦬᱄(㸳䄜⹓㦰㬗㒚⷗㦬᱄ ) Altogether, I know six people. When talking about prices,䄜gòng usually occurs directly before the price.

䄜gòng㡀㬏㡀kuài 㯥máo qián᱄ (䄜⹓㡀㬏㡀㌊㯥㗌㣏᱄ ) Altogether, it is ¥77.4. When asking about prices, 䄜gòng occurs before the question phrase ⱁ㩺 qiánᷠ (ⱁ㩺㣏ᷠ )

䄜gòng ⱁ㩺 qiánᷠ (䄜 ⹓ⱁ㩺㣏ᷠ ) How much money is it altogether?

Lesson 7

䄜gòng ⱁ㩺 qiánᷠ 䄜⹓ⱁ㩺㣏ᷠ How much is it altogether?

㬨 be may be used when stating the price of some objects. When it is present, 䄜gòng occurs right before 㬨. 㚨㯥⷗ be ) ˇn䓴䄜gòng [㬨] 㑞kuài qián᱄ (㚨㯥⷗⡟䓴䄜⹓(㬨)㑞㌊㣏᱄ Those four notebooks are ¥2 altogether.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

7.11.

Workbook: Focus on Communication 7.2. Website: Listening for Information 7.3, 7.5; Structure Drills 7.7; Communication through Reading and Writing 7.2.

geˇi (ⷙ) give

In Lesson 5 we learned the word ge ˇ ˇi (ⷙ) as part of the fixed expression ge ˇi (someone) da diànhuà (ⷙ [someone] ⫓⮈⿑) phone (someone). In this lesson we learn to use the word ge ˇi (ⷙ) as the verb give. Ge ) ˇi 㛄➬㬏᱄ (ⷙ㛄➬㬏᱄ I’m giving you ¥80.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

7.12.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 7.6, 7.7; Focus on Communication 7.1, 7.6. Website: Listening for Information 7.6; Communication through Reading and Writing 7.3.

zhaˇo (䍳) make change

When giving change, a clerk may say: Zha ˇo 㛄 [㧞㬏kuài㯥máo qián]᱄ (䍳㛄[㧞㬏㌊㯥㗌㣏]᱄) I’m giving you [¥30.4] in change.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 7.6, 7.7; Focus on Communication 7.1, 7.6. Website: Listening for Information 7.6; Communication through Reading and Writing 7.3.

131

132

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Lesson 7 Characters stroke-by-stroke ⭥ (de) has a horizontal orientation and is written from left to right. Its radical, ➸ (bái), is on the left and is written first. The radical consists of five strokes. The first is a left falling stroke. The second stroke is a vertical stroke. The third stroke is a right corner stroke.

The fourth stroke is a left-to-right horizontal stroke that fills in the box. The fifth stroke is a left-to right horizontal stroke that closes the box.

The right side of⭥ is written in three strokes. The first stroke is a left falling stroke. The second stroke is a right corner stroke that ends in a leftfacing hook. The third stroke is a dot.

ⱁ (duo¯) has a vertical orientation and is written in six strokes. The top part of the character is the radical and is written in three strokes. The first stroke is a left falling stroke. The second stroke is a left-to-right horizontal stroke the turns into a left falling stroke.

The third stroke is a right falling dot. The bottom half of ⱁ is identical to the top half. It is aligned with the top so that if a vertical line were written straight through the character it would divide the character in half.

⷗ (gè) has a vertical orientation and is written in three strokes. The first two strokes form the radical, 㦬 (rén), introduced below. The first stroke is a left falling stroke. The second stroke is a right falling stroke that begins just below the top of the previous stroke. Notice that it touches the previous stroke but does not go through it.

Lesson 7

䄜gòng ⱁ㩺 qiánᷠ 䄜⹓ⱁ㩺㣏ᷠ How much is it altogether?

The last stroke is a vertical stroke.

⼤ (ha ˇo) has a horizontal orientation and consists of two parts. The left part, 㝏(nü ˇ, female), is the radical and it is written first. It is written in three strokes. The first stroke is a left-right falling stroke. That is, it starts falling left and then changes direction and falls right.

The second stroke is a left falling stroke. Notice that it has a slight downward curve.

The last stroke is a left-to-right horizontal stroke. Notice where it meets the left falling stroke.

The right part of ⼤, 䓴, is written in three strokes. The first stroke is a horizontal-left falling stroke.

The second stroke is a vertical stroke with a left hook.

The third stroke is a horizontal stroke. Notice that it crosses the vertical stroke near the top.

゙ (jıˇ) is a radical and is written from left to right in two strokes. The first stroke is a left falling stroke. The second stroke is a horizontal-verticalcurved stroke that ends in an upwards hook.

㋪ (ke ˇ) has vertical orientation and is written in five strokes. The first stroke is a horizontal stroke written at the top. The next three strokes form a box, the radical in this character.

133

134

Modern Mandarin Chinese

The last stroke is a vertical stroke. It ends with a left-facing hook.

㑞 (lia ˇng) is written from top to bottom and from left to right. The first stroke is 䄜 (yı¯), the horizontal stroke on the top. It is the radical in this character and is written from left to right. The next two strokes form an open box: a left vertical stroke followed by a right corner stroke ending in a left-facing hook.

The remaining two pieces are twins, although the one on the right can be slightly larger than the one on the left. Each piece begins with a left falling stroke followed by a dot. Remember that dots are written from left to right and have a slight upward curve. Notice that the falling strokes may touch the horizontal stroke at the top but they do not go through it.

㕑 (ma) has a horizontal orientation and consists of two parts. The left part of the character is the radical ㋻ (ko ˇu) mouth and it is written first in three strokes: The right part of the character 㕑 is written in three strokes. Notice that it begins higher than ㋻. The right corner is written first. The second stroke starts vertical, turns right horizontally, and then turns vertically downward, ending in a left hook. It is called a vertical-turningturning-hooked stroke. It is written as a single stroke even though it involves multiple turns.

The third stroke is a horizontal stroke written from left to right.

Lesson 7

䄜gòng ⱁ㩺 qiánᷠ 䄜⹓ⱁ㩺㣏ᷠ How much is it altogether?

㗕 (me), the second character in the word 㬓㗕 (shénme) what, consists of three strokes. The first stroke is a left falling stroke. It is the radical in this character. The second stroke is a left falling stroke that turns the corner and continues as a horizontal stroke to the right.

The last stroke is a dot. Notice that the dot meets the end of the previous stroke at about its midpoint.

㚨 (nà) consists of two parts and is written from left to right. The first part is written in four strokes. The first stroke is a right corner stroke that ends in a left upward hook.

The second and third strokes are short horizontal strokes written from left to right.

The fourth stroke is a left falling stroke that is written through the two horizontal strokes.

The right side of 㚨 is its radical. It is written in two strokes. The first stroke is a horizontal left falling stroke that turns into a curved stroke ending in a left-facing hook.

The second stroke is a vertical stroke.

㚥 (na ˇ) has horizontal orientation and is written from left to right. It consists of the radical ㋻ on the left and the character㚨 on the right. ㋻is written first.

135

136

Modern Mandarin Chinese

㦬 (rén) is written in two strokes. The first stroke is a left falling stroke. The second stroke is a right falling stroke that begins slightly below the top of the first stroke.

㦬 is a radical. For example, as we have seen, it is the radical in the character⷗ (gè). In most characters in which it is the radical, it is written 䗊. 㩺 (sha ˇo) is written in four strokes. The first three strokes form the radical, the character 㾂.

The last stroke is a left falling stroke. It begins around the midpoint of the right dot and it falls below the radical and past the left dot.

㬓 (shén), the first character in the word 㬓㗕 (shénme) what, has two parts. The part on the left, 䗊, is the radical and it is written in two strokes, a left falling stroke followed by a vertical stroke. The vertical stroke begins at about the midpoint of the left falling stroke.

The right side of 㬓 is the character 㬏 ten. It is written in two strokes, a horizontal stroke followed by a vertical stroke.

㬨 (shì) has vertical orientation and is written from top to bottom. The top of㬨 is the radical 䊜. It is a box with a horizontal stroke inside. Boxes are always written in the same way. The left vertical stroke is written first, and the right corner stroke is written second.

Lesson 7

䄜gòng ⱁ㩺 qiánᷠ 䄜⹓ⱁ㩺㣏ᷠ How much is it altogether?

If the inside of the box contains one or more strokes, they are written next. The last stroke of the box is a left-to-right horizontal stroke that closes the box. The bottom half of 㬨 is written in five strokes. It is written from top to bottom and from left to right. The first stroke is a horizontal stroke. The second stroke is a vertical stroke that starts at the midpoint of the horizontal stroke. It does not go through the top of the horizontal stroke. The third stroke is a horizontal stroke written from the midpoint of the vertical stroke to the right. It does not go through the left side of the vertical line.

The fourth stroke is a left falling stroke. It begins about halfway between the start of the first horizontal stroke and the vertical stroke. The fifth stroke is a right falling stroke. Notice that it begins just below the top of the left falling stroke and extends the entire width of the character.

䄵 (yıˇ) is the second character in the word ㋪䄵 (ke ˇyıˇ) can. It is written from left to right in four strokes. The first stroke is a downward vertical stroke that turns into an upward stroke.

The second stroke is a falling dot. It is written from left to right.

The next two strokes form the radical, 㦬.

䎃 (zhè) consists of two parts. The radical of this character, 佢, is always written last, so in the character 䎃, 㸥is written first. The radical 佢 never occurs as a word on its own in modern Chinese.

137

138

Modern Mandarin Chinese

㸥is written in four strokes. The first stroke is a dot. The second stroke is a horizontal stroke written from left to right. The third stroke is a left falling stroke.

The fourth stroke is a long dot written from left to right with a slight upward curve. It goes through the left falling stroke.

The radical 佢is written in three strokes. The first stroke is a dot.

The second stroke is a horizontal left falling-curved stroke. It begins as a horizontal stroke, turns into a left falling stroke, and continues as a curved stroke.

The third stroke is a right falling stroke that continues below and beyond the component on the right side of the character.

䓴 (zi) is the right part of the character⼤, and it is written in three strokes. It is a radical. The first stroke is a horizontal left falling stroke.

The second stroke is a vertical stroke with a left hook.

The third stroke is a horizontal stroke written from left to right. Notice that it crosses the vertical stroke near the top.

Lesson 7

Qa

䄜gòng ⱁ㩺 qiánᷠ 䄜⹓ⱁ㩺㣏ᷠ How much is it altogether?

Language FAQs

What is the difference between xiaˇng (㼌) and yào (䄋)? Xia ˇng (㼌) and yào (䄋) overlap in meaning, but they are not identical. You can use either xia ˇng or yào when saying that you want to do something or plan to do something.

㛄 xia ˇng ma ˇi㬓㗕ᷠ(㛄㼌㕓㬓㗕ᷠ) What do you want to buy? 㸳 yào ma ) I want to buy a notebook. ˇn䓴᱄ (㸳䄋㕓䄜⷗⡟䓴᱄ ˇi䄜⷗be To say that you are thinking about something, use xia ˇng.

㸳 xia ) ˇng 㸳⭥ nán péngyou᱄(㸳㼌㸳⭥㚱㞔䇲᱄ I am thinking about my boyfriend. To say what you think about something, use xia ˇng.

㛄 xia ) ˇn䓴 guì ⤜ guìᷠ(㛄㼌㚨⷗⡟䓴⺔⤜⺔ᷠ ˇng㚨⷗be Do you think that notebook is expensive? To say that you want an object, use yào.

㸳yào 㚨⷗ be ) ˇn䓴᱄(㸳䄋㚨⷗⡟䓴᱄ I want that notebook.

Notes on Chinese culture Can you make it cheaper? It is common to expect a discount in small, privately owned stores in China, and Zhang Dawei is behaving appropriately when he asks if he can get a discount when purchasing more than one notebook. Chain stores may have special sale prices for certain items that they advertise, but clerks are not able to give discounts for items that are not on sale.

139

140

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Lesson 7 Dialogue in English Part A Zhang Dawei: How much is that notebook? Clerk: Which notebook? What color? I have yellow ones, black ones, and green ones. Zhang Dawei: That black notebook. Clerk: This black Chinese character practice notebook is ¥6.80 for one. How many do you want? Zhang Dawei: Can you make it a little cheaper? Clerk: Buy two. I can sell two for ¥12. Zhang Dawei: Okay.

Part B Clerk: Zhang Dawei: Clerk: Zhang Dawei: Clerk: Zhang Dawei: Clerk:

What else are you thinking of buying? I also want to buy a first-year Chinese book. These two books are first-year Chinese books. How much are they? ¥35. Okay. I also want this bag of chocolate cookies and a sandwich. The chocolate cookies are ¥2.25, the sandwich is ¥4.2.

Part C Zhang Dawei: How much is it altogether? Clerk: The books are ¥35, nine pencils are ¥5.85, the Chinese map is ¥7.22, five bottles of water are ¥10, two cans of cola are ¥4.8, two practice notebooks are ¥12, the pens are ¥5, the cookies are ¥2.25, the sandwich is ¥4.2. Altogether it’s ¥86.32. Zhang Dawei: I’m giving you ¥100. Clerk: Here is ¥13.68 in change. Zhang Dawei: Okay. Goodbye. Clerk: Goodbye.

3

Topic Talking about everyday activities

8

Lesson 㪛㦶kuàilè᷂ 㪛㦶㌍㎷ Happy birthday!

Communication goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Q Q Q Q

State your age and ask others how old they are. Name dates and days of the week. Name activities that you do for work and for relaxation. Talk about things you like and don’t like to do. Make plans to do activities on a given date or day of the week.

Pronunciation goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Distinguish the Mandarin initial consonants. Q Identify the retroflex suffix in Beijing Mandarin, and accurately identify the consonants, vowels, and tones of Mandarin syllables and write them in pinyin.

144

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Literacy goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Identify the component parts (bùjiàn [⤠ミ]) of characters you have learned. Q Identify the radicals in the characters you have learned. Q Scan a text to find familiar words composed of two or more characters. Q Skim a text to identify basic information.

Key structures

Q number + suì (㰋) [number of ] years old Q time + cái (⤦) + age not [age] until [time] Q making suggestions with ➪, ze ˇn㗕yàng (䋖㗕䂚), ⼤⤜⼤, and xíng ⤜xíng (㾱⤜㾱 Q time phrase order: larger before smaller Q time when + action: indicating the time when an action occurs Q action verbs and action verb phrases Q qù (㦆) + action go do an action

Dialogue The situation: Gao Meili and her Chinese roommate Ma Xiaowen are having a conversation in their dorm room. Meili has been in China for almost three months and is looking forward to her birthday.

Lesson 8

㪛㦶kuàilè᷂ 㪛㦶㌍㎷

Happy birthday!

145

Part A Ga¯o Meˇilìᷛ 㾂wén᷍jı¯ntia¯n 㬨゙ yuè ゙hàoᷠ Ma ˇ㾂wénᷛ Jı¯ntia¯n 㬨㬏䄜 yuè ㈦ hào᱄ Ga¯o Meˇilìᷛ 㬏䄜yuè 㬏ⱟ hào 㬨㸳⭥㪛㦶᱄ Ma ˇ㾂wénᷛ 㬨㕑ᷠ㪛㦶 kuàilè᷂㛄 jı¯nnián

ⱁ⫔ᷠ Ga¯o Meˇilìᷛ 㸳 jı¯nnián ⱟ㬏䄜suì᱄㛄䄓㬨ⱟ㬏 䄜suì㕑ᷠ Ma ˇ 㾂wénᷛ⤜᱄㸳 jı¯nnián ⱟ㬏 suì᷍ míngnián cái ⱟ㬏䄜 suì᱄

ⷀ㗡㏗ᷛ㾂㸥᷍㆒㳍㬨゙䊣゙⼦ᷠ 㕎㾂㸥ᷛ㆒㳍㬨㬏䄜䊣㈦⼦᱄ ⷀ㗡㏗ᷛ㬏䄜䊣㬏ⱟ⼦㬨㸳⭥㪛㦶᱄ 㕎㾂㸥ᷛ㬨㕑ᷠ㪛㦶㌍㎷᷂㛄㆒㛋 ⱁ⫔ᷠ ⷀ㗡㏗ᷛ㸳㆒㛋ⱟ㬏䄜㰋᱄㛄䄓㬨ⱟ㬏 䄜㰋㕑ᷠ 㕎㾂㸥ᷛ⤜᱄㸳㆒㛋ⱟ㬏㰋᷍ 㘘㛋⤦ⱟ㬏䄜㰋᱄

Part A Vocabulary Simplified Traditional not until, (later than expected)

adverb

⤦

⤦

how old (are you)?

question

ⱁ⫔ᷠ

ⱁ⫔ᷠ

hào

date of the month

classifier

⼦

㱷

jı¯nnián

this year

noun

jı¯ntia¯n

today

noun

kuàilè

happy

adjectival verb

Ma ˇ míngnián

family name

family name

next year

noun

nián

year

classifier

birthday

noun

㆒㛋 ㆒㳍 ㌍㎷ 㕎 㘘㛋 㛋 㪛㦶 㪛㦶㌍㎷

㆒㛋 ㆒㳍 ㌍ᖘ 埳 㘘㛋 㛋 㪛㦶 㪛㦶㌍ᖘ

cái

dua ˇ dà?

she¯ngrì she¯ngrì kuàilè

ⱁ ⫔ᷠ

㪛㦶 㪛㦶

happy kuàilè birthday

phrase

conversational expression

146

Modern Mandarin Chinese

shí yı¯ yuè 㬏䄜 yuè

November

noun

㬏䄜䊣

㬏䄜䊣

suì

years of age

classifier

tia¯n

day

noun

㰋 㳍 㾂㸥 䊣

ᛒ 㳍 㾂㸥 䊣

Xia ˇowén 㾂wén Xiaowen yuè month

given name noun

Use and Structure 8.1–8.7

Part B Maˇ 㾂wénᷛ 㬏䄜 yuè 㬏ⱟ hào 㬨xı¯ngqı¯ ゙ᷠ Ga¯o Meˇilìᷛ 㬏䄜yuè 㬏ⱟ hào 㬨 xı¯ngqı¯ 㯥᱄

㕎㾂㸥ᷛ㬏䄜䊣㬏ⱟ⼦㬨㾨㠻゙ᷠ ⷀ㗡㏗ᷛ㬏䄜䊣㬏ⱟ⼦㬨㾨㠻㯥᱄ 㕎㾂㸥ᷛ㚨᷍㗡㏗᷍㸳㾨㠻 㯥㶎㩰㤌㛄⧵㶎Ⳛ᷍⼩ 㠂㈧᷍䋖㗕䂚ᷠ ⷀ㗡㏗ᷛ㲌⼤㑬᱄㾜㾜㛄㤌㸳⧵ Ⳛ᷂㋪㬨㸳⤜⼩㠂㈧᱄㤌㸳 ⼩䎅䑊㚭⥉➪᱄ 㕎㾂㸥ᷛ⭒㦜㋪䄵᱄

Ma ˇ 㾂wénᷛ㚨᷍Meˇilì᷍㸳xı¯ngqı¯ 㯥 waˇnshang qıˇng 㛄 chı¯ waˇnfàn᷍he¯ píjiu ˇ᷍zeˇn㗕 yàngᷠ Ga¯o Meˇilìᷛ 㲌⼤㑬᱄Xièxie 㛄 qıˇng 㸳 chı¯ fàn᷂㋪㬨㸳⤜he¯ píjiu ˇ᱄Qıˇng㸳 he¯ zhe¯nzhu ¯ naˇichá➪᱄ Maˇ 㾂wénᷛ Da¯ngrán㋪䄵᱄

Part B Vocabulary Simplified Traditional chı¯

eat

verb

chı¯ fàn

eat food

verb + object

fàn

food

noun

he¯

drink

verb

⧵ ⧵Ⳛ Ⳛ ⼩

⧵ ⧵嚩 嚩 ⼩

Lesson 8

question phrase

⼩㈧ ㈧ 㠂㈧ 䌩 㶎嚩 㶎㩰 㾨㠻 㾨㠻ุ

Thursday

noun

㾨㠻㯥

㾨㠻㯥

pearl milk tea, bubble tea

noun phrase

䎅䑊㚭 ⥉

䎅䑊㚭⥉

drink alcohol

verb + object

jiu ˇ píjiu ˇ

wine, alcohol

noun

beer

noun

qıˇng wa ˇnfàn

invite

verb

dinner

noun

wa ˇnshang xı¯ngqı¯

evening

noun

week

noun

xı¯ngqı¯

゙

which day of the week?

xı¯ngqı¯

xı¯ngqı¯sì

㯥

zhe¯nzhu ¯ na ˇichá

Happy birthday!

⼩㈧ ㈧ 㠂㈧ 㤌 㶎Ⳛ 㶎㩰 㾨㠻 㾨㠻゙

he¯ jiu ˇ

xı¯ngqı¯jıˇ

㪛㦶kuàilè᷂ 㪛㦶㌍㎷

Use and Structure 8.8–8.14

Part C (Meili looks at the calendar) ¯ iyà᷍zhe¯n za¯oga¯o, xı¯ngqı¯㯥 Ga¯o Meˇilìᷛ A waˇnshang ⤜xíng᷂㸳 xı¯ngqı¯ 㹆 䇱䄜⷗kaˇoshì᱄Xı¯ngqı¯㹆 waˇnshang 㚹ᷠ㛄䇱 shì㕑ᷠ Maˇ 㾂wénᷛX¯ı ngqı¯㹆 waˇnshang 㸳㗜 kòng᷍ 㸳䄋⫓go¯ng᱄ Ga¯o Meˇilìᷛ 㚨. . . 㬓㗕 shíhou ⼤㚹ᷠ

ⷀ㗡㏗ᷛ➆䁞᷍䎇䋄ⷃ᷍㾨㠻㯥 㶎㩰⤜㾱᷂㸳㾨㠻㹆 䇱䄜⷗㋝㬵᱄㾨㠻㹆 㶎㩰㚹ᷠ㛄䇱㬣㕑ᷠ 㕎㾂㸥ᷛ㾨㠻㹆㶎㩰㸳㗜㋶᷍ 㸳䄋⫓⹅᱄ ⷀ㗡㏗ᷛ㚨㬓㗕㬒⽓⼤㚹ᷠ

147

148

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Part C Vocabulary Simplified Traditional oh no! (expression of surprise and displeasure)

exclamation

➆䁞

➆䁞

work (work at a job)

verb + object

⫓⹅

⫓⹅

test, exam

noun

what time? when?

question

shì

work, something to do

noun

㋝㬵 ㋝䉨 㬓㗕㬒 㬓怯ጓ⽓ ⽓ 㬣 㬣

shíhou

time

noun

xíng

okay, acceptable

adjectival verb

xı¯ngqı¯wu ˇ xı¯ngqı¯ 㹆

Friday

noun

have something to do

verb + object

㾨㠻㹆 㾨㠻㹆 䇱㬣 䇱㬣

oh no! (what a mess!)

adjectival verb,

䋄ⷃ

䋄ⷃ

䎇

䎇

a¯yà

da ˇ go¯ng ka ˇoshì shénme shíhou

yo ˇu shì za¯oga¯o

⫓go¯ng

㬓㗕 shíhou

䇱shì

phrase

㬒⽓ 㾱

ጓ⽓ 㾱

conversational expression

zhe¯n

really

intensifier

Lesson 8

㪛㦶kuàilè᷂ 㪛㦶㌍㎷

Happy birthday!

149

Use and Structure 8.15, 8.20

Part D Maˇ 㾂wénᷛX¯ı ngqı¯ 㒚waˇnshang xíng 㕑ᷠ㸳 㗨䄓㋪䄵qù chàng kaˇla¯ OK᷍ zeˇn㗕 yàngᷠ Ga¯o Meˇilìᷛ Chàng ge¯ maᷠ㸳⤜。 chàng ge¯᷂ Maˇ 㾂wénᷛ㚨᷍㛄 xıˇhua¯n zuò 㬓㗕㚹ᷠ Ga¯o Meˇilìᷛ 㸳  ⭥ài⼤⼽ⱁ a᱄㸳 xıˇhua¯n tı¯ng yı¯nyuè . . . ⫓ qiú . . . kàn diànshì . . . shàng wa ˇng . . . wán 㬷 〛᱄⿚䇱 . . . duì 㑬᷍㸳 xıˇhua¯n tiào wu ˇ᷂㸳㗨 qù tiào wu ˇ ➪᷂ Maˇ 㾂wénᷛ㋪㬨᷍㸳⤜。tiào wu ˇ᱄䎃yàng᷍ 䎃⷗xı¯ngqı¯ 㒚㸳㗨 chàng kaˇla¯ OK᷍ 㸳 jia¯o 㛄 chàng ge¯r᱄Xià ⷗xı¯ngqı¯tia¯n 㸳㗨qù tiào wuˇ᷍㛄 jia¯o 㸳tiào wu ˇ᷍⼤⤜⼤ᷠ Ga¯o Meˇilìᷛ ⼤ a᱄㸳㗨䄓qıˇng Zha¯ng ⫔㸋 ⼮㰜⭥ tóngwu¯ Xiè Guóqiáng ➪᱄ ⿚䇱 Wáng Màikè ⼮Chén Míng᱄ 㰜㗨䄓⼽xıˇhua¯n chàng ge¯᱄ Maˇ 㾂wénᷛXíng᱄㛄 míngtia¯n ⷙ㰜㗨⫓ diànhuà᱄㸳 xiànzài jiù ⷙ⫔㸋 fa¯ duaˇnxìn᱄

㕎㾂㸥ᷛ㾨㠻㒚㶎㩰㾱㕑ᷠ㸳 㗨䄓㋪䄵㦆⧋㋉㎎OK᷍ 䋖㗕䂚ᷠ ⷀ㗡㏗ᷛ⧋ⷉ㕑ᷠ㸳⤜。⧋ⷉ᷂ 㕎㾂㸥ᷛ㚨᷍㛄㻓⿗䔗㬓㗕㚹ᷠ ⷀ㗡㏗ᷛ㸳⭥➏⼤⼽ⱁ➂᱄㸳㻓⿗ 㳞䅕㎷. . . ⫓㤓 . . . ㋕ ⮈㬴 . . . 㩰㶙 . . . 㶇㬷 〛᱄ ⿚䇱 . . . ⰵ㑬᷍㸳㻓⿗ 㳙㹉᷂㸳㗨㦆㳙㹉➪᷂ 㕎㾂㸥ᷛ㋪㬨᷍㸳⤜。㳙㹉᱄䎃䂚᷍ 䎃⷗㾨㠻㒚㸳㗨⧋㋉㎎OK᷍ 㸳ㅭ㛄⧋ⷉⱚ᱄㻣 ⷗㾨㠻㳍㸳㗨㦆㳙㹉᷍㛄 ㅭ㸳㳙㹉᷍⼤⤜⼤ᷠ ⷀ㗡㏗ᷛ⼤➂᱄㸳㗨䄓㤌䍦⫔㸋 ⼮㰜⭥㵍㸾㾜⺛㣠➪᱄ ⿚䇱㶖㕔㋬⼮⧣㘘᱄ 㰜㗨䄓⼽㻓⿗⧋ⷉ᱄ 㕎㾂㸥ᷛ㾱᱄㛄㘘㳍ⷙ㰜㗨⫓ ⮈⿑᱄㸳㻷䊻㈮ⷙ⫔㸋ⳃ Ⱝ㾦᱄

150

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Part D Vocabulary Simplified Traditional (expresses emphasis; like ya¯ [䁞] softens a statement or question)

final particle

➂

➂

hobby, interest

noun

chàng

sing

verb

chàng ge¯

sing a song

verb + object

play ball

verb + object

television

noun

dua ˇnxìn fa¯

text message

noun

send, emit

verb

fa¯ dua ˇnxìn

send a text message

verb + object

➏⼤ ⧋ ⧋ⷉ ⫓㤓 ⮈㬴 Ⱝ㾦 ⳃ ⳃⰭ㾦

ྼ⼤ ⧋ ⧋ⷉ ⫓㤓 厫䃶 Ⱝ㾦 ❍ ❍Ⱝ㾦

ge¯

song

noun

ⷉ

ⷉ

ka ˇla¯ OK kàn

karaoke

noun

watch

verb

kàn diànshì

watch television

verb + object

míngtia¯n

tomorrow

noun

qù

go

verb

shàng wa ˇng tiào

go online; surf the web

verb + object

㋉㎎OK ㋕ ㋕⮈㬴 㘘㳍 㦆 㩰㶙

㋉㎎OK ㋕ ㋕厫䃶 㘘㳍 㦆 㩰ㆸ

dance, jump

verb

tiào wu ˇ

dance

verb + object

tı¯ng

listen (to)

verb

tı¯ng yı¯nyuè

listen to music

verb + object

wán

play

verb

㳙 㳙㹉 㳞 㳞䅕㎷ 㶇

㳙 㳙㹉 㔁 㔁䅕ᖘ 㶇

a

àihào

da ˇ qiú diànshì

ài⼤

⫓qiú

Lesson 8

㪛㦶kuàilè᷂ 㪛㦶㌍㎷

Happy birthday!

wán sho ˇujı¯

use (one’s) cell phone for entertainment

verb + object

㶇㬷〛

㶇㬷ᗤ

wa ˇng xià

net, internet

noun

next

specifier

xı¯ngqı¯tia¯n

Sunday

noun

yı¯nyuè

music

noun

㶙 㻣 㾨㠻㳍 䅕㎷ 䋖㗕 䂚ᷠ 䎃䂚

ㆸ 㻣 㾨㠻㳍 䅕ᖘ 䋖怯ᖴᷠ

ze ˇnmeyàng ze ˇn㗕 how about yàngᷠ it? okay? zhè yàng

䎃 yàng

question phrase

in this way, how about this

noun phrase

䩡ᖴ

Use and Structure 8.16–8.19

The months of the year (Use and structure 8.2) yı¯yuè èryuè sa¯nyuè sìyuè wu ˇyuè liùyuè qı¯yuè ba¯yuè jiu ˇyuè shíyuè shíyı¯yuè shí’èryuè

䄜yuè ⱟyuè 㧞yuè 㯥yuè 㹆yuè 㒚yuè 㡀yuè ➬yuè ㈦yuè 㬏yuè 㬏䄜yuè 㬏ⱟyuè

䄜䊣 ⱟ䊣 㧞䊣 㯥䊣 㹆䊣 㒚䊣 㡀䊣 ➬䊣 ㈦䊣 㬏䊣 㬏䄜䊣 㬏ⱟ䊣

January February March April May June July August September October November December

151

152

Modern Mandarin Chinese

The days of the week (Use and structure 8.9) xı¯ngqı¯yı¯

xı¯ngqı¯ 䄜

xı¯ngqı¯’èr

xı¯ngqı¯ ⱟ

xı¯ngqı¯sa¯n

xı¯ngqı¯ 㧞

xı¯ngqı¯sì

xı¯ngqı¯ 㯥

xı¯ngqı¯wu ˇ

xı¯ngqı¯ 㹆

xı¯ngqı¯liù

xı¯ngqı¯ 㒚

xı¯ngqı¯tia¯n

xı¯ngqı¯ tia¯n

㾨㠻䄜 㾨㠻ⱟ 㾨㠻㧞 㾨㠻㯥 㾨㠻㹆 㾨㠻㒚 㾨㠻㳍

Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday

Verb + object phrases with action verbs (Use and structure 8.13) chàng ge¯ chı¯ fàn chı¯ wa ˇnfàn da ˇ go¯ng da ˇ qiú fa¯ dua ˇnxìn he¯ jiu ˇ he¯ píjiu ˇ kàn diànshì shàng wa ˇng shuo¯ huà tiào wu ˇ tı¯ng yı¯nyuè wán sho ˇujı¯

⧋ⷉ ⧵Ⳛ ⧵㶎Ⳛ ⫓⹅ ⫓㤓 ⳃⰭ㾦 ⼩㈧ ⼩㠂㈧ ㋕⮈㬴 㩰㶙 㯖⿑ 㳙㹉 㳞䅕㎷ 㶇㬷〛

sing a song → sing eat rice → eat eat dinner hit labor → work hit ball → play ball emit short letter → send a text message drink alcohol → drink drink beer watch television use the internet speak talk → speak dance dances → dance listen to music play with (one’s) cell phone

Lesson 8

㪛㦶kuàilè᷂ 㪛㦶㌍㎷

Happy birthday!

Characters Character Shape Pinyin Meaning/ Function

Radical Phrases

Traditional character

➪

ba

(indicates speaker’s assumption; used for making suggestions)

㋻

➪

⫓

da ˇ

hit

䨱

⫓⮈⿑

⫓

(da ˇ diànhuà) make a phone call

ⷙ

ge ˇi

give, for, to

做

ㄐ

⿚

hái

in addition

佢

䪡

⼮

hé

and, with

㋻

⼮

⼽

he ˇn

very

䱽

⼽

。

huì

can, able to

㦬

᎟

〛

jı¯

machine

㚟

㬷〛 (shoˇuj¯ı ) ᗤ

(tree)

cell phone

㑬

le

(final particle 㑬 indicating completion or change)

㑬

㗜

méi

(negation)

一

᝾

(water)

㚹

ne

(final particle ㋻ for follow-up questions)

㝏

nü ˇ

female

㝏

㚹

㝏⼃䓴 (nü ˇ háizi) girl

㝏

153

154

Modern Mandarin Chinese

㦶

rì

sun

㦶

㦶⡟

㦶

(Rìbe ˇn) Japan

㪛

she¯ng be born

㪛

䁈㪛

㪛

(xuésheng) student, 㪛㦶 (she¯ngrì) birthday

㬷

sho ˇu hand

㬷

㬷〛

㬷

(sho ˇujı¯) cell phone

㰜

ta¯

he, him

䗊

㰜

㰞

ta¯

she, her

㝏

㰞

㾂

xia ˇo

little, small

㾂

㾂

䄋

yào

want

㹘

䄋

(west)

䇱

yo ˇu

have

䊣

䇱

(moon)

䐜

zhıˇ

only

㋻

䐜

Lesson 8

㪛㦶kuàilè᷂ 㪛㦶㌍㎷

Happy birthday!

Chinese characters Recurring component parts of characters: bùjiàn (⤠ミ) Characters are composed of strokes, and strokes are grouped in recurring component parts. In Chinese, these recurring parts are called bùjiàn (⤠ミ) and they are the building blocks of characters. There are thousands of characters, but there are only about 600 bùjiàn, so once you learn a bùjiàn it is easier to learn and remember additional characters which share that part. When you learn a new character, look for the bùjiàn that you have already learned. In Lessons 6–8 we learned several characters with shared bùjiàn. Take a close look at the characters in each of the following lines and note the bùjiàn that they share. Characters that share a bùjiàn

The bùjiàn is:

㚥᷍㕑᷍㚹᷍➪᷍䐜 㚨᷍㚥 㬓᷍㛄᷍㰜᷍㗨 䄓᷍㰜᷍㰞 ⼤᷍㰞᷍䄋 〛゙᷍ 㾂᷍㩺 ⼤᷍䓴 㦬᷍⫔᷍㲌᷍⷗᷍。᷍㑞

㋻ 㚨 䗊 䄓 㝏 ゙ 㾂 䓴 㦬

Find each of these characters in the stroke order flow charts in Lessons 6–8. You will see that sometimes the bùjiàn is the radical of the character, but sometimes it is not. For example, the bùjiàn ㋻ is the radical in the characters㚥, 㕑, and 㚹, but the bùjiàn 䄓is not the radical in the characters 㰜 and 㰞.

155

Stroke Order Flow Chart

Lesson 8

㪛㦶kuàilè᷂ 㪛㦶㌍㎷

Happy birthday!

Use and structure 8.1.

Counting days, weeks, months, and years

Days To count days or to indicate the number of days, say: number + tia¯n (㳍) 䄜tia¯n (䄜㳍)᷍㑞tia¯n (㑞㳍)᷍㧞tia¯n (㧞㳍) one day, two days, three days To ask about the number of days, say: ชtia¯nᷠ(ชኳ) how many days"

Weeks To count weeks or to indicate the number of weeks, use the classifier ⷗ and say: number + ⷗ + xı¯ngqı¯ 䄜⷗ xı¯ngqı¯ (䄜⷗㾨㠻)᷍㑞⷗ xı¯ngqı¯ (㑞⷗㾨㠻)᷍㧞⷗ xı¯ngqı¯ (㧞⷗㾨㠻) one week, two weeks, three weeks To ask about the number of weeks, say:

゙⷗ xı¯ngqı¯ᷠ(゙⷗㾨㠻ᷠ) how many weeks?

Months To count months or to indicate the number of months, use the classifier⷗ and say: number + ⷗ + yuè (䊣) 䄜⷗yuè (䄜⷗䊣)᷍㑞⷗yuè (㑞⷗䊣)᷍㧞⷗yuè (㧞⷗䊣) one month, two months, three months To ask about the number of months, say:

゙⷗ yuèᷠ(゙⷗䊣ᷠ) how many months?

Years To count years or to indicate the number of years, say: number + nián (㛋) 䄜nián (䄜㛋)᷍㑞nián (㑞㛋)᷍㧞nián (㧞㛋) one year, two years, three years To ask about the number of years, say:

゙niánᷠ(゙㛋ᷠ) how many years?

157

158

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Notice that although the words tia¯n (㳍) day and nián (㛋) year translate into English as nouns, in Mandarin they function as classifiers. That is, like classifiers, and unlike nouns, they occur right after a number. Tia¯n occurs as part of the words jı¯ntia¯n (㆒㳍) today and míngtia¯n (㘘㳍) tomorrow, and nián occurs as part of the words jı¯nnián (㆒㛋) this year and míngnián (㘘㛋) next year. Nián also occurs in the word (䄜) niánjí (᷉䄜᷊㛋゗) (first) year level introduced in Lesson 7.

Practice

Website: Structure Drills 8.1.

8.2. The months of the year The names of the months are formed by: number + yuè (䊣) 䄜yuè (䄜䊣) January, ⱟyuè (ⱟ䊣) February, 㧞yuè (㧞䊣) March, etc. Compare the way that months are named and the way that they are counted.

Names of Months 䄜yuè (䄜䊣) January ⱟyuè (ⱟ䊣) February 㧞yuè (㧞䊣) March

Number of Months 䄜⷗ yuè (䄜⷗䊣) 㑞 ⷗ yuè (㑞⷗䊣) 㧞⷗ yuè (㧞⷗䊣)

one month two months three months

To ask what month it is, use the question word ゙ and ask ゙yuèᷠ (゙䊣ᷠ) what (number) month?

8.3.

The dates of the month

The dates of the month are formed by: number + hào (⼦) 䄜hào (䄜⼦) the first (day of the month) ⱟhào (ⱟ⼦) the second (day of the month) 㧞hào (㧞⼦) the third (day of the month), etc. To ask what date it is, use the question word ゙ and ask ゙hàoᷠ (゙⼦ᷠ) what date?

Lesson 8

㪛㦶kuàilè᷂ 㪛㦶㌍㎷

Happy birthday!

Compare the difference between the word hào (⼦) and the word tia¯n (㳍) day when talking about days and dates. Hào is used when indicating the date. Tia¯n is used when indicating the number of days. name of dates 䄜hào (䄜⼦) the first (day of the month) ⱟhào (ⱟ⼦) the second (day of the month) 㧞hào (㧞⼦) the third (day of the month)

K

W

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Communication 8.3.

RKBO

O

O

number of days 䄜tia¯n (䄜㳍) one day 㑞tia¯n (㑞㳍) two days 㧞tia¯n (㧞㳍) three days

8.4.

Month and date

The month and date are stated in the same order as in American English: month + date 㬏䄜yuè ㈦ hào

㬏䄜䊣㈦⼦

November 9th 㯥yuè 䄜hào

㯥䊣䄜⼦ April 1st

To ask what month and date it is, put the two questions together and say:

゙yuè ゙ hàoᷠ (゙䊣゙⼦ᷠ) To ask what month and date it is today, say: Jı¯ntia¯n ᷉㬨゙᷊yuè ゙ hàoᷠ (㆒㳍᷉㬨゙᷊䊣゙⼦ᷠ)

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 8.1; Focus on Communication 8.4. Website: Listening for Information 8.2, 8.4; Structure Drills 8.2, 8.3.

8.5. 㬨㕑ᷠ Is that so? 㬨㕑ᷠmeans Is that so? It is often used to acknowledge information that someone has just given you. Ga¯o Me ˇilì:

ⷀ㗡㏗ᷛ Ma ˇ 㾂wén: 㕎㾂㸥ᷛ

㬏䄜 yuè 㬏ⱟ hào㬨㸳⭥she¯ngri᱄ 㬏䄜䊣㬏ⱟ⼦㬨㸳⭥㪛㦶᱄ 㬨㕑ᷠ 㬨㕑ᷠ

159

Modern Mandarin Chinese

160

㬨㕑ᷠis similar in meaning to the expression zhe¯n⭥㕑ᷠ(䎇⭥㕑ᷠ) really? that we learned in Lesson 3.

8.6.

Talking about age

Stating age Age is indicated as number + suì (㰋). Notice that suì, like tia¯n (㳍) day and nián (㛋) year, occurs right after a number. To state the age of a person, say: person [㬨] number + suì (㰋) 㸳 [㬨] ⱟ㬏suì᱄ (㸳 [㬨] ⱟ㬏㰋᱄) I am 20 years old. In affirmative sentences, 㬨is usually omitted. However, in most cases, if an adverb is present, 㬨is present as well. (See also Use and Structure 8.7, 8.8)

㸳jı¯nnián䄓㬨ⱟ㬏suì᱄(㸳㆒㛋䄓㬨ⱟ㬏㰋᱄) I am also 20 this year. In informal speech, suì (㰋) may also be omitted when the number is more than ten and it is clear from the context that the number refers to years of age.

㰜jı¯nniánⱟ㬏㧞᱄ (㰜㆒㛋ⱟ㬏㧞᱄) He is 23 this year.

Asking about age To ask someone’s age, use the question phrase ⱁ⫔ how old. The question often includes the time phrase jı¯nnián (㆒㛋) this year.

㛄 (jı¯nnián) ⱁ⫔ᷠ   㛄 (㆒㛋) ⱁ⫔ᷠ

Q:

How old are you (this year)?

A:

(㸳) (jı¯nnián) ⱟ㬏ⱟ (suì)᱄ (㸳) (㆒㛋) ⱟ㬏ⱟ (㰋)᱄ I’m 22 (this year).

When speaking to a child, you can also use the question word ゙ and say: Q: 㛄 (jı¯nnián) ゙ suìᷠ A: (㸳) (jı¯nnián) 㬏suì᱄ (㸳) (㆒㛋) 㬏㰋᱄  㛄 (㆒㛋) ゙㰋ᷠ How old are you (this year)? I’m ten (this year). Remember that ゙ is used when asking about relatively small numbers. (Use and Structure 5.4 and 6.5.) Notice that you must include suì when stating an age of ten years old or younger. K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Communication 8.3. Website: Listening for Information 8.1, 8.6; Structure Drills 8.4.

Lesson 8

8.7.

㪛㦶kuàilè᷂ 㪛㦶㌍㎷

Happy birthday!

Time + cái (⤦) + age not [age] until [time]

Cái (⤦) indicates that something happens later than expected. In this dialogue, cái is used to indicate that Xiaowen turns 21 later than Meili assumes. Gao Meili:

ⷀ㗡㏗ᷛ

㸳 jı¯nnián ⱟ㬏䄜suì᱄㛄䄓㬨ⱟ㬏䄜suì㕑ᷠ 㸳㆒㛋ⱟ㬏䄜㰋᱄㛄䄓㬨ⱟ㬏䄜㰋㕑ᷠ

I am 21 this year. Are you also 21? Maˇ 㾂wén:

㕎㾂㸥ᷛ

⤜᱄㸳 jı¯nnián ⱟ㬏 suì᷍míngnián cái ⱟ㬏䄜 suì᱄ ⤜᱄㸳㆒㛋ⱟ㬏㰋᷍㘘㛋⤦ⱟ㬏䄜㰋᱄

No. I’m 19 this year. I won’t be 20 until next year. When cái contributes the meaning later than expected, it can often be translated with the English expression not until. Notice that the Chinese expression does not involve negation. In this lesson, we will practice using cái to indicate that someone turns a certain age later than others expect. We will practice using cái in other contexts in Lesson 9.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

8.8.

Workbook: Focus on Communication 8.4. Website: Structure Drills 8.5; Communication through Reading and Writing 8.2.

Omitting the verb 㬨

㬨 links two noun phrases. We learned in Lesson 6 that 㬨 is often omitted in statements that indicate the price of an item: Item [㬨] price. (Use and Structure 6.5.) 㬨 can also be omitted in statements that indicate the date, or someone’s age. with 㬨

without 㬨

Jı¯ntia¯n㬨゙yuè ゙ hàoᷠ

Jı¯ntia¯n ゙yuè ゙ hàoᷠ

㆒㳍㬨㈦䊣゙⼦ᷠ

㆒㳍゙䊣゙⼦ᷠ

What month and date is it today? (What is today’s date?)

What month and date is it today? (What is today’s date?)

Jı¯ntia¯n㬨㬏yuè㈦hào᱄

Jı¯ntia¯n 㬏yuè ㈦ hào᱄

㆒㳍㬨㬏䊣㈦⼦᱄

㆒㳍㬏䊣㈦⼦᱄

Today is October 9th.

Today is October 9th.

㸳jı¯nnián㬨ⱟ㬏 suì᱄ 㸳㆒㛋㬨ⱟ㬏㰋᱄

㸳jı¯nniánⱟ㬏 suì᱄ 㸳㆒㛋ⱟ㬏㰋᱄

I am 20 years old this year.

I am 20 years old this year.

161

162

Modern Mandarin Chinese

If the sentence is negated, 㬨must occur and may not be omitted: Say this: Jı¯ntia¯n⤜㬨㬏yuè ㈦ hào᱄

㆒㳍⤜㬨㬏䊣㈦⼦᱄

Do not say this: 9 Jı¯ntia¯n⤜㬏yuè ㈦ hào᱄ 9㆒㳍⤜㬏䊣㈦⼦᱄

Today is not October 9th.

㸳 jı¯nnián⤜㬨ⱟ㬏 suì᱄ 㸳㆒㛋⤜㬨ⱟ㬏㰋᱄

9 㸳jı¯nnián ⤜ⱟ㬏 suì᱄ 9㸳㆒㛋⤜ⱟ㬏㰋᱄

I am not 20 years old this year. Adverbs do not behave in a uniform manner in noun phrase + 㬨 + price/time/age sentences. When the adverb is 䄓 also, da¯ngrán (⭒㦜) of course, or hái (⿚) still, in addition, 㬨 is typically not omitted from the sentence.

㚨⡟shu¯䄓㬨㹆㬏kuài᱄ 㚨⡟㭊䄓㬨㹆㬏㌊᱄

9㚨⡟shu¯䄓㹆㬏kuài᱄ 9㚨⡟㭊䄓㹆㬏㌊᱄

When the adverb 䄜gòng (䄜⹓) altogether occurs in a noun phrase + 㬨 + price/time/age sentence, 㬨may occur or it may be omitted. Shu ¯ ᷍bıˇ᷍䄜gòng㬨ⱟ㬏㈦kuài᱄ (㭊᷍⡫᷍䄜⹓㬨ⱟ㬏㈦㌊᱄) Shu ¯ ᷍bıˇ᷍䄜gòng㬏㈦kuài᱄ (㭊᷍⡫᷍䄜⹓㬏㈦㌊᱄) Books and pencils are ¥19 altogether. When the adverb cái (⤦) occurs, the situation is more complicated. 㬨 can occur with cái when the meaning of the sentence is not until, though it is typically omitted in these sentences.

㸳 jı¯nnián㬏㈦ suì᷍míngnián cái (㬨) ⱟ㬏suì᱄ 㸳㆒㛋㬏㈦㰋᷍㘘㛋⤦(㬨)ⱟ㬏㰋᱄ I’m 19 this year. I won’t be 20 until next year.

㬨cannot occur with cái when cái conveys the meaning only. A: 㛄㬏➬suì le㕑ᷠ(㛄㬏➬㰋㑬㕑ᷠ) Are you 18? B: 㸳cái (9㬨) 㬏㹆 suì᷍⤜㬨㬏➬suì᱄(㸳⤦ (9㬨) 㬏㹆㰋᷍⤜㬨㬏➬㰋᱄) I’m only 15, not 18. Native speakers differ in their preference for the omission of adverbs in noun phrase + 㬨 + price/time/age sentences, and there are regional differences as well. Follow your Chinese teachers in your use of 㬨 in these kinds of sentences.

8.9.

The days of the week

The days of the week are presented in the vocabulary section of this lesson. They are formed by the noun xı¯ngqı¯ (㾨㠻) week followed by a number: Monday is xı¯ngqı¯䄜 (㾨㠻䄜), Tuesday is xı¯ngqı¯ⱟ (㾨㠻ⱟ), etc. Sunday is xı¯ngqı¯tia¯n (㾨㠻㳍). Chinese calendars begin the week with xı¯ngqı¯䄜 and not with xı¯ngqı¯tia¯n.

Lesson 8

㪛㦶kuàilè᷂ 㪛㦶㌍㎷

Happy birthday!

Asking about the day of the week To ask what day of the week it is, use the question word ゙ and ask xı¯ngqı¯゙ᷠ (㾨㠻゙)ᷠ ) 㬏䄜yuè㬏ⱟhào㬨xı¯ngqı¯゙ᷠ (㬏䄜䊣㬏ⱟ⼦㬨㾨㠻゙ᷠ November 12th is what day of the week? (What day of the week is November 12th?) Jı¯ntia¯n㬨xı¯ngqı¯゙ᷠ (㆒㳍㬨㾨㠻゙ᷠ) What day of the week is it today?

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

8.10.

Workbook: Focus on Communication 8.4. Website: Listening for Information 8.3; Focus on Structure 8.1; Communication through Reading and Writing 8.3.

The order of information in a time phrase

In Chinese, time is always recited from the largest unit to the smallest unit. When giving a calendar date or asking about a calendar date, the month is always stated first and the date is always stated second.

ⱟ yuè 㹆 hào (ⱟ䊣㹆⼦) February 5th When talking about a part of the day (for example morning, midday, evening), state the day first and the part of day second. xı¯ngqı¯㯥 wa ˇnshang (㾨㠻㯥㶎㩰) Thursday evening xià ⷗ xı¯ngqı¯㯥wa ˇnshang (㻣⷗㾨㠻㯥㶎㩰) next Thursday evening When talking about a part of the year (for example September, November), state the year first and the part of year (the month) second. jı¯nnián㈦yuè (㆒㛋㈦䊣) this year September → September of this year Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 8.2, 8.4.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

8.11.

Talking about the time when a situation occurs

To indicate the time when a situation occurs, state the time phrase before the verb phrase as follows: S + time when + VP 㸳 xı¯ngqı¯㯥wa ˇn㗕yàngᷠ ˇnshang qıˇng㛄chı¯ fàn᷍ze

㸳㾨㠻㯥㶎㩰㤌㛄⧵Ⳛ᷍䋖㗕䂚ᷠ

How about if I treat you to dinner on Thursday night?

163

Modern Mandarin Chinese

164

This is the normal order of information. If you want to give extra emphasis to the time when a situation occurs, state the time phrase before the subject, as follows: time when + S + VP 䎃⷗ xı¯ngqı¯㹆㸳㗨 chàng ka ˇla¯ OK᱄ 䎃⷗㾨㠻㹆㸳㗨⧋㋉㎎OK᱄ This Friday we will sing karaoke. To ask about the time when a situation occurs, you must present the information in the order subject + time when + verb phrase. Use a question phrase as the time when phrase: S + time when + VP

㸳㗨㬓㗕shíhou qù chàng ka ˇla¯ OKᷠ 㸳㗨㬓㗕㬒⽓㦆⧋㋉㎎OKᷠ When will we go and sing karaoke? 㛄 xı¯ngqı¯゙䇱Zho¯ngwén ka ˇoshìᷠ

㛄㾨㠻゙䇱䐱㸥㋝㬵ᷠ

Which day of the week do you have a Chinese test?

Practice K

W

RKBO

O

O

8.12.

Workbook: Focus on Chinese Characters 8.5; Focus on Structure 8.3, 8.4; Focus on Communication 8.1, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5. Website: Listening for Information 8.2, 8.3, 8.6, 8.7; Structure Drills 8.7, 8.9, 9.10; Focus on Structure 8.4; Communication through Reading and Writing 8.3.

qıˇng (㤌) invite and pay the bill

The basic meaning of qıˇng (㤌) is invite. In Chinese culture, when you invite someone to go out, you also pay the bill. Therefore, qıˇng (someone) chı¯ fàn (㤌 [someone] ⧵Ⳛ) can be translated into English as either invite (someone) to eat, or treat (someone) to a meal, or buy (someone) a meal.

㸳xı¯ngqı¯㯥 wa ˇ᷍ze ˇn㗕yàngᷠ ˇnshang qıˇng㛄chı¯ wa ˇnfàn᷍he¯ píjiu 㸳㾨㠻㯥㶎㩰㤌㛄⧵㶎Ⳛ᷍⼩㠂㈧᷍䋖㗕䂚ᷠ Let me treat you to dinner and beer this Thursday night, okay? When talking about inviting someone to eat or drink something, always use the word qıˇng. Do not use the word ma ˇi (㕓) buy. Say this:

㸳qıˇng㛄chı¯ fàn᷍ze ˇn㗕yàngᷠ 㸳㤌㛄⧵Ⳛ᷍䋖㗕䂚ᷠ How about if I treat you to a meal?

Do not say this: 9㸳 ma ˇn㗕yàngᷠ ˇi 㛄fàn᷍ze 9 㸳㕓㛄Ⳛ᷍䋖㗕䂚ᷠ

Lesson 8

8.13.

㪛㦶kuàilè᷂ 㪛㦶㌍㎷

Happy birthday!

Action verbs and action verb phrases

In Mandarin, an action verb phrase consists of an action verb and an object. Here is a list of action verb phrases introduced up through this lesson. English speak eat sing dance work play ball send a text message watch television use the internet listen to music use a cell phone for fun

Mandarin shuo¯ huà (㯖⿑) (literally: speak talk) chı¯ fàn (⧵Ⳛ) (literally: eat rice) chàng ge¯ (⧋ⷉ) (literally: sing a song) tiào wu ˇ (㳙㹉) (literally: dance a dance) da go ¯ ng (⫓⹅) ˇ da ˇ qiú (⫓㤓) fa¯ dua ˇnxìn (ⳃⰭ㾦) kàn diànshì (㋕⮈㬴) shàng wa ˇng (㩰㶙) tı¯ng yı¯nyuè (㳞䅕㎷) wán sho ˇujı¯ (㶇㬷〛)

As you can see, most Mandarin action verb phrases are translated into English with a verb and an object. However, some actions that are expressed with a verb and an object in Mandarin are expressed in English with a single verb. We learned one such action verb phrase in Lesson 3: shuo¯ huà (㯖⿑) speak. (Use and Structure 3.10). In this lesson we learn several additional action verb phrases that are translated to English with the verb alone: chı¯ fàn (⧵Ⳛ) eat, chàng ge¯ (⧋ⷉ) sing, and tiào wu ˇ (㳙㹉) dance. In these Mandarin verb phrases, fàn (Ⳛ), ge¯ (ⷉ), and wu ˇ (㹉) stand for the general type of thing that you can eat, sing, or dance. When talking about something more specific, you replace the general noun with the more specific noun. General Noun chı¯ fàn (⧵Ⳛ) eat chàng ge¯ (⧋ⷉ) sing a song tiào wu ˇ (㳙㹉) dance

Specific Noun chı¯ Zho¯ngguó fàn (⧵䐱⺛Ⳛ) eat Chinese food chàng ka ˇla¯ OK (⧋㋉㎎OK) sing karaoke tiào ba¯le ˇi wu ˇ (㳙➦㎺㹉) dance ballet

Some textbooks write the pinyin form of expressions like shuo¯ huà, chı¯ fàn, chàng ge¯, and tiào wu ˇ as single words without a space between the verb and the object. We write them in pinyin as two words because many structures that we will learn in later lessons require you to distinguish between the verb and the object.

More about action verbs and general objects chı¯ fàn (⧵Ⳛ) eat Sometimes, the object noun in an action verb phrase has a more general meaning when it occurs with the action verb than it does in other contexts. For example, in the verb phrase chı¯ fàn (⧵Ⳛ), the word fàn (Ⳛ) means food, but in other contexts it means rice. If someone said

165

Modern Mandarin Chinese

166

they didn’t like fàn or if they had to buy fàn they would be referring to rice. But if someone invites you to chı¯ fàn they are inviting you to a meal, and that meal need not include rice.

tiào wu ˇ (㳙㹉) dance Sometimes the object noun does not always occur freely outside of the action verb phrase. For example, in the phrase tiào wu ˇ (㳙㹉), the word wu ˇ (㹉) does not normally occur by itself to mean dance but is usually used with another word or phrase. When a part of an expression cannot occur on its own, we mark it with a following asterisk (*) in the vocabulary list. We will learn more about action verb phrases in Lesson 9, including how to ask the question what are you doing? Practice

8.14.

Website: Listening for Information 8.6; Structure Drills 8.7, 8.10; Communication through Reading and Writing 8.3.

Making suggestions with zeˇn㗕yàng (䋖㗕䂚), ⼤⤜⼤, and xíng⤜xíng (㾱⤜㾱)

In this lesson we learn three expressions that can be used when making a suggestion: ze ˇn 㗕yàng (䋖㗕䂚), ⼤⤜⼤ (or ⼤㕑), and xíng ⤜ xíng (㾱⤜㾱) (or xíng㕑᷐㾱㕑). All occur at the end of a statement. Ze ˇn㗕yàng, ⼤⤜⼤, and xíng ⤜ xíng are tag questions that follow a statement. They ask for feedback from the listener and are equivalent to the English expressions okay? or how about it?

㸳 xı¯ngqı¯㯥 wa ˇnshang qıˇng㛄chı¯ fàn᷍ze ˇn㗕yàngᷠ 㸳㾨㠻㯥㶎㩰㤌㛄⧵Ⳛ᷍䋖㗕䂚ᷠ How about if I treat you to dinner on Thursday night? 㛄jia¯o㸳tiào wu ˇ᷍⼤⤜⼤ᷠ

㛄ㅭ㸳㳙㹉᷍⼤⤜⼤ᷠ

You teach me how to dance, okay? Xı¯ngqı¯㯥wa ˇnshang xíng ⤜ xíngᷠ

㾨㠻㯥㶎㩰㾱⤜㾱ᷠ

How about Thursday night? You can reply “okay” to a suggestion with ze ˇn㗕yàng, ⼤⤜⼤, or xíng ⤜ xíng by saying ⼤, xíng (㾱), or ㋪䄵. You can indicate that you cannot or do not want to go along with a suggestion by saying ⤜⼤, ⤜xíng (⤜㾱), or ⤜㋪䄵. See Use and Structure 8.15 for more about xíng (㾱), and see Use and Structure 7.6 for making suggestions with the sentence-final particle ➪.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 8.3.

Lesson 8

8.15.

㪛㦶kuàilè᷂ 㪛㦶㌍㎷

Happy birthday!

More about xíng (㾱) okay

Xíng (㾱) indicates that a suggestion is acceptable or okay. It is commonly used in and around the city of Beijing. Although its meaning sometimes overlaps with ⼤, it has a much more restricted use than⼤. It is used as a reply to suggestions, but is not otherwise used to describe something as being “good,” and it is never preceded by an intensifier. That is, you cannot say 9⼽xíng To say that some suggestion is acceptable, say xíng: Zha¯ng ⫔㸋ᷛ Let’s go eat. Xiè Guóqiángᷛ Okay.

㸳㗨qù chı¯ fàn ➪᱄ (㸳㗨㦆⧵Ⳛ➪᱄) Xíng᱄ (㾱᱄)

To say that a suggestion is not acceptable, say ⤜xíng (⤜㾱) not okay: Xı¯ngqı¯㯥wa ˇnshang⤜xíng᱄ (㾨㠻㯥㶎㩰⤜㾱᱄) Thursday night is not okay. To ask if something is acceptable to the person you are speaking with, say xíng㕑 or xíng⤜xíng. Xı¯ngqı¯㯥wa ˇnshang xíng⤜xíngᷠ (㾨㠻㯥㶎㩰㾱⤜㾱ᷠ) Is Thursday night okay?

8.16.

Going to do an action: qù (㦆) + action

In this lesson we learn to use qù (㦆) go + action verb to indicate go do an action.

㸳㗨 qù chàng ka ˇla¯ OK᷍ze ˇn㗕yàngᷠ (㸳㗨㦆⧋㋉㎎OK᷍䋖㗕䂚ᷠ) How about if we go sing karaoke?

8.17.

The retroflex suffix –r: chàng ge¯r (⧋ⷉⱚ) vs. chàng ge¯ (⧋ⷉ)

Speakers of the Beijing dialect of Mandarin add the suffix –r (ⱚ) to the end of many words. In this lesson, we see –r used as the suffix on the noun ge¯ (ⷉ) song. The suffix –r does not change the meaning of a word. In this course we will introduce the use of the –r suffix on a number of commonly used words so that you can hear the pronunciation of the suffix and learn how -r is used. The pronunciation of Beijing Mandarin is, however, more complicated than the addition of an –r suffix at the end of a few words. If you have the opportunity to live in Beijing for study or work, you will easily hear the difference between Beijing Mandarin and standard Mandarin.

167

Modern Mandarin Chinese

168

8.18.

This week and next week, this month and next month

To say this week, or this day of the week, or this month, say:

䎃⷗ xı¯ngqi 䎃⷗㾨㠻

䎃⷗ xı¯ngqı¯(tia¯n) 䎃⷗㾨㠻(㳍)

䎃⷗ yuè 䎃⷗䊣

this week

this (Sun)day

this month

The phrase next week, next day of the week, or next month is expressed with the word xià (㻣) below: xià⷗ xı¯ngqi

㻣⷗㾨㠻 next week

xià⷗ xı¯ngqı¯(tia¯n) xià ⷗ yuè 㻣⷗㾨㠻(㳍) 㻣⷗䊣 next (Sun)day next month

Xià ⷗ xı¯ngqi (㻣⷗㾨㠻) literally means the week below, xià ⷗ xı¯ngqı¯tia¯n (㻣⷗㾨㠻㳍) means the Sunday below and xià ⷗ yuè (㻣⷗䊣) means the month below. In the expressions xià ⷗ xı¯ngqi (㻣⷗㾨㠻) next week and xià ⷗ xı¯ngqı¯(tia¯n) (㻣⷗㾨㠻᷉㳍᷊) next (Sun)day, the classifier ⷗ can be omitted.

K

W

RKBO

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 8.2.

O

O

8.19. 㰜 (ta¯) he/him, 㰞 (ta¯) she/her As we have already learned, in its spoken form the third-person pronoun ta¯ is neutral in terms of gender and is used for he/him, she/her, and it. Chinese reflects gender in the Chinese characters for the third-person pronoun, however. In this lesson we learn the character 㰜, pronounced ta¯, for he/him, and the character 㰞, also pronounced ta¯, for she/her. 㰜 is the character used in the plural㰜㗨 (ta¯men) they, them when the group includes all males or males and females. It can also be used when referring to animals or inanimate objects. Chinese has another character for it, also pronounced ta¯ and written 㰝, that refers specifically to animals and inanimate objects.

8.20. 㗜noun do not have noun The negation phrase 㗜䇱 noun is sometimes reduced to 㗜 noun: Xı¯ngqı¯㹆 wa ˇnshang 㸳㗜 (䇱) kòng᷍㸳䄋⫓go¯ng᱄ I don’t have free time on Friday night. I have to work.

Lesson 8

㪛㦶kuàilè᷂ 㪛㦶㌍㎷

Happy birthday!

Lesson 8 Characters stroke-by-stroke ➪ (ba) has a horizontal orientation and is written from left to right. The left side of ➪is the mouth radical ㋻ (ko ˇu) and it is written first, in three strokes:

The right side of ➪ is written in four strokes. The first stroke is a right corner stroke. The second stroke is a vertical stroke inside the open box. The third stroke is a horizontal stroke that closes the box. The last stroke is a vertical-curved stroke with an upward hook.

⫓ (da ˇ) has a horizontal orientation and is written from left to right. The left side of ⫓ is the hand radical 䨱(㬷) (sho ˇu). It is written in three strokes. Notice that the vertical stroke ends with a left-facing hook, and that the last stroke is a rising stroke and is written from left to right.

The right side of ⫓ is written in two strokes. The first stroke is a horizontal stroke, and the second stroke is a vertical stroke that ends with a left-facing hook. The vertical stroke touches the top horizontal stroke but does not go through it.

ⷙ (ge ˇi) give has horizontal orientation and is written in nine strokes. The left side of ⷙ is the radical and it is written from top to bottom in three strokes.

The right side of ⷙ is written from top to bottom in six strokes. The six strokes form three component parts that you have already learned. The top is the character 㦬. Underneath 㦬is the character 䄜, and underneath䄜 is the character ㋻.

169

170

Modern Mandarin Chinese

⿚ (hái) in addition has horizontal orientation. It consists of the radical 佢 and the character ⤜. The radical 佢 is always written last, so ⤜ is written first:

The radical is written from top to bottom in three strokes. The last stroke extends under the entire width of the character ⤜.

⼮ (hé) and, with has horizontal orientation and is written from left to right. It consists of two parts. The first part is ⼭ and it is written in five strokes. The first stroke is the stroke on top. It is a left falling stroke and is written from right to left. The second stroke is a horizontal stroke written from left to right. The third stroke is a vertical stroke written from top to bottom. The fourth stroke is a left falling stroke that begins at the intersection of the horizontal stroke and the vertical stroke. The last stroke is a right falling dot.

The radical of the character⼮ is ㋻. ㋻is one of the few radicals that can occur on either the left or the right of a character. It is written last.

⼽ (he ˇn) has a horizontal orientation and consists of two parts written from left to right. The two parts of the character are the same height. The left part of the character is the radical䱽. It has a vertical orientation and is written from top to bottom. The order of strokes is: left falling stroke, left falling stroke, vertical stroke.

The right part of the character occurs in many characters. Its first stroke is a right corner stroke.

Lesson 8

㪛㦶kuàilè᷂ 㪛㦶㌍㎷

Happy birthday!

The second stroke is the stroke inside the right corner. It is a horizontal stroke written from left to right.

The third stroke is the bottom stroke of the open box. It is a horizontal stroke written from left to right.

The fourth stroke is a vertical stroke that ends with a small upward hook that slants to the right.

The fifth stroke is a left falling stroke.

The sixth stroke is a right falling stroke. Notice that the previous left falling stroke meets it at about the midpoint.

。 (huì) has a vertical orientation and is written in six strokes. Its radical, 㦬, is written first. It starts with a left falling stroke. The second stroke is a right falling stroke that begins just below the top of the previous stroke.

The remainder of the character is written in four strokes. The shorter horizontal stroke is written first, and the longer horizontal stroke is written second.

The third stroke is a left falling stroke that turns into a horizontal stroke.

The last stroke is a long dot.

171

172

Modern Mandarin Chinese

〛 (jı¯) has horizontal orientation and is written in six strokes. The left side of 〛, 㚟 (mù) tree, is the radical. It is written in four strokes. The first stroke of 㚟 is a horizontal stroke written from left to right. The second stroke is a vertical stroke that goes through the horizontal stroke. The third stroke is a left falling stroke that begins at the intersection of the horizontal and vertical strokes. The fourth stroke is a right falling dot.

The right side of 〛 is the character ゙. It is written from left to right in two strokes. The first stroke is a left falling stroke. The second stroke is a horizontal-vertical-curved stroke that ends in an upward hook.

㑬 (le) has a vertical orientation and is written in two strokes. The first stroke begins as a slightly rising horizontal stroke and turns into a left falling stroke.

The second stroke is the radical. It is a horizontal stroke that ends with a left-facing upward hook.

㗜 (méi) has a horizontal orientation and is written in seven strokes. The left side of the character is the radical 一 (shuıˇ) water and it is written first. 一is written in three strokes from top to bottom. The first stroke is a right falling dot. The second stroke is also a right falling dot. The third stroke is a rising stroke. It starts at the bottom and is written upwards, moving from left to right.

The right side of 㗜 consists of two components and is written from top to bottom. The top is the character ゙and it is written in two strokes, a left falling stroke, followed by a stroke that begins horizontal and then turns into a curved stroke.

Lesson 8

㪛㦶kuàilè᷂ 㪛㦶㌍㎷

Happy birthday!

The bottom is written in two strokes, a horizontal stroke that turns into a left falling stroke, and a right falling stroke.

㚹 (ne) has horizontal orientation and is written from left to right. The left part of 㚹 is the mouth radical ㋻and it is written first, in three strokes.

The right side of 㚹consists of two parts. The top is written first in three strokes in this order: a right corner stroke, a horizontal stroke, and a left falling stroke.

The bottom half is written in two strokes. The first stroke is a left falling stroke. The second stroke is a vertical-curved-hooked stroke. It is written as a single stroke. Notice that the curve is relatively flat on the bottom.

㝏 (nü ˇ) female is a radical and it is written in three strokes. We have already seen it in the character ⼤ (ha ˇo) introduced in Lesson 7, and it is a component part of the characters 㰞 (ta¯) and 䄋 (yào) introduced in this lesson. The first stroke of 㝏 is a left-right falling stroke. That is, it starts falling left and then changes direction and falls right.

The second stroke is a left falling stroke. Notice that it has a slight downward curve.

The last stroke is a left-to-right horizontal stroke. Notice where it meets the left falling stroke.

173

174

Modern Mandarin Chinese

㦶 (rì) sun is a radical and it is written in four strokes. It is box with a horizontal stroke inside. Boxes are always written in the same way. The left vertical stroke is written first, and the right corner stroke is written second.

The stroke on the inside is a horizontal stroke, written from left to right. The beginning and endpoints of this stroke may touch the sides of the box, but they cannot go through the lines of the box. The last stroke is a left-toright horizontal stroke that closes the box.

㪛 (she¯ng) be born is a radical. It has a vertical orientation and is written in five strokes. The first stroke is a left falling stroke. The second stroke is a horizontal stroke. It begins just above the midpoint of the left falling stroke.

The third stroke is also a horizontal stroke.

The fourth stroke is a vertical stroke. The last stroke is the horizontal stroke that “closes” the character. Notices that it may touch the vertical stroke but it does not go through it.

㬷 (sho ˇu) hand is a radical and is written from top to bottom in four strokes. The first stroke is a left falling stroke and is written from right to left. The next two strokes are horizontal strokes written from left to right. Notice that the second horizontal stroke is longer than the first one. The last stroke is a vertical stroke that ends with a left-facing hook.

Lesson 8

㪛㦶kuàilè᷂ 㪛㦶㌍㎷

Happy birthday!

㰜 (ta¯) he/him consists of two parts. It has a horizontal orientation and is written from left to right. The left part of㰜 is the radical 䗊 (rén) person. We have already seen how to write it: it is also the radical for 㗨 and㛄 and is written from left to write in two strokes:

The right part is the character䄓 introduced in Lesson 6. It is written in three strokes:

㰞 (ta¯) she/her has a horizontal orientation. It consists of two parts and is written from left to right. The left part is the radical 㝏 (nü ˇ) female. We have already learned how to write it. It is written in three strokes.

The right part of㰞 is the character䄓introduced in Lesson 6. It is also the right side of 㰜. It is written in three strokes.

㾂 (xia ˇo) small, little is a radical. It is a symmetrical character in which the center is written first. The first stroke is a vertical stroke with a left upward hook.

The second stroke is a left falling dot. The third stroke is a right falling dot.

175

176

Modern Mandarin Chinese

䄋 (yào) want has vertical orientation and is written from top to bottom in nine strokes. The top part of 䄋 is written in six strokes:

The bottom part of 䄋 is the character 㝏 (nü ˇ) female and is written in three strokes.

䇱 (yo ˇu) have has a vertical orientation and it is written in six strokes. The first stroke is a horizontal stroke written from left to right. The second stroke is a left falling stroke that falls through the horizontal stroke.

The remaining four strokes form the radical 䊣 (yuè) moon. The first stroke of 䊣 is a vertical stroke. It begins around the midpoint of the previous stroke. The next stroke is a right corner stroke that ends in a left-facing upward hook.

The last two strokes are horizontal strokes written from left to right. They may touch the strokes on the sides but they do not go through them.

䐜 (zhıˇ) has vertical orientation and is written in five strokes. The top part of the character is the radical ㋻ (ko ˇu) mouth and it is written first, in three strokes:

The last two strokes are a left falling stroke and a right falling stroke.

Lesson 8

Qa

㪛㦶kuàilè᷂ 㪛㦶㌍㎷

Happy birthday!

Language FAQs

Why is suì (㰋) year of age a classifier? We call suì (㰋) a classifier because it can occur directly after a number, and it cannot be preceded by a classifier. That is, you say:

㑞 suì (㑞㰋) two years old, 㬏➬suì (㬏➬㰋) 18 years old, 㒚㬏suì (㒚㬏㰋) 60 years old and not 9㑞⷗ suì (㑞⷗㰋), 9㬏➬⷗ suì (㬏➬⷗㰋), 9㒚㬏⷗ suì (㒚㬏⷗㰋) Suì is one of a small number of classifiers in Mandarin that has noun-like meaning and is not followed by an associated noun. We have also learned two other words like suì: tia¯n (㳍) day and nián (㛋) year.

What kind of word is kaˇla¯ OK (㋉㎎OK) karaoke? Ka ˇla¯ OK (㋉㎎OK) is a loan word from Japanese. The Japanese word that Mandarin borrowed is karaoke. In Japanese, “kara” means empty. “Oke” is a shortened form of a word that Japanese borrowed from English: the English word orchestra. In Japanese, “karaoke” means empty orchestra. Karaoke is a very popular form of entertainment in China. When it is written in Chinese, ka ˇla¯ is written in Chinese characters (㋉㎎), and oke is often written as OK.

You say za¯oga¯o (䋄ⷃ) and I say a¯iya¯ (➆䁞) Both of these expressions are used to express annoyance or surprise, and both can be translated into English with the expression oh no! Speakers differ in their preference for one or the other expression and in the frequency in which they use them. Some speakers say that a¯iya¯ (➆䁞) only indicates surprise, and that to indicate both surprise and annoyance, you must use the two expressions together: A¯ iya¯! Zhe¯n za¯oga¯o! (➆䁞᷂䎇䋄ⷃ᷂)

177

178

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Notes on Chinese culture When is your birthday? In traditional Chinese culture, birthdays are not individual events celebrated on the anniversary of one’s birth date. Instead, everyone celebrates their birthday at the start of the Chinese New Year holidays. (The traditional Chinese year is based on a lunar calendar, and New Year usually falls between the end of January and the middle of February.) In Chinese culture, noodles are a traditional birthday food, because noodles symbolize long life. However, it is now common in Chinese cities to celebrate birthdays on one’s birth date, and to celebrate it with a birthday cake.

How old are you this year? In traditional Chinese culture, everyone’s age increases at the start of the Chinese New Year. Therefore, it is common to ask how old you are this year (㛄 jı¯nnián duo¯ dàᷠ) rather than how old you will be on your birthday. In the traditional Chinese system, you are one year old at birth. At the Chinese New Year you add another year. Therefore, a child born on January 1, before the start of the Chinese New Year, would be considered to be two years old at the Chinese New Year, one month after he or she was born.

Drinking in Chinese societies The drinking age in mainland China and Taiwan is 18, so it is legal for 20-year-old Xiaowen to invite Meili to drink beer. But women are less likely to drink alcohol than men in China, and at Meili’s request, they decide to drink bubble tea instead of beer. Alcohol is typically consumed with a meal rather than on its own.

Text messaging and social networking In mainland China and in Taiwan, young people prefer text messaging and the social networking apps to email and phone calls. In mainland China, text messages are called dua ˇnxìn (Ⱝ㾦). In Taiwan they are called jia ˇnxùn (ビ䁗). To send a text message, you say fa¯ dua nxìn ( ⳃⰭ㾦 ) or fa ¯ jia nxùn ( ⳃビ䁗). ˇ ˇ

Lesson 8

㪛㦶kuàilè᷂ 㪛㦶㌍㎷

Happy birthday!

Lesson 8 Dialogue in English Part A Gao Meili: Ma Xiaowen: Gao Meili: Ma Xiaowen: Gao Meili: Ma Xiaowen:

Xiaowen, what’s today’s date? Today is November 9th. November 12th is my birthday. Really? Happy birthday! How old are you this year? I’m 21 this year. Are you also 21? No. I’m 20 this year. I won’t be 21 until next year.

Part B Ma Xiaowen: Gao Meili: Ma Xiaowen: Gao Meili: Ma Xiaowen:

What day of the week is November 12th? November 12th is Thursday. Well then, Meili, I’ll treat you to dinner and beer on Thursday night, okay? Terrific. Thanks for inviting me to dinner. But I don’t drink beer. How about inviting me to drink bubble tea. Of course!

Part C (Meili looks at the calendar . . .) Gao Meili: Oh no! Thursday night is not good (for me). I have a test on Friday. What about Friday night? Do you have anything to do? Ma Xiaowen (checks her calendar): I don’t have time Friday night. I have to work. Gao Meili: Well then . . . when would be good?

Part D Ma Xiaowen: Gao Meili: Ma Xiaowen: Gao Meili:

Ma Xiaowen:

Gao Meili:

Ma Xiaowen:

What about Saturday night? We can also go and sing karaoke, okay? Singing? I can’t sing! Well, what do you like to do? I like to do a lot of things. (I have a lot of interests.) I like to listen to music . . . play ball . . . watch television . . . use the internet . . . use my cell phone. In addition . . . right, I like to dance. Let’s go dancing! But I can’t dance. How about this. This Saturday we sing karaoke and I teach you to sing. Next Sunday we go dancing and you teach me to dance, okay? Okay. Let’s also invite Zhang Dawei and his roommate Xie Guoqiang. Also, Wang Maike and Chen Ming. They also like to sing a lot. (They really like to sing.) Okay. You call them tomorrow. I’ll text Dawei now.

179

9

Lesson 㛄zài zuò㬓㗕ᷠ 㛄䊻䔗㬓㗕ᷠ What are you doing right now?

Communication goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Recite clock time and ask about the time. Q Talk about daily routines and the time that actions are performed. Q Talk about actions you are doing right now and actions you plan to do in the future. Q Talk about things you must do and things you are not allowed to do. Q Ask for explanations and give explanations.

Pronunciation goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Place stress on the correct syllables in statements and questions.

Literacy goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Use the list comma. Q Identify a number of bùjiàn (⤠ミ) recurring component parts of characters.

Lesson 9 㛄zài zuò㬓㗕ᷠ 㛄䊻䔗㬓㗕ᷠ

What are you doing right now?

Q Identify a larger number of radicals and find them in the characters in which they occur. Q Scan and skim a text for familiar two-character words and basic information.

Key structures Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q

zài (䊻) + action: in the middle of the action time + ⤦ + action do not [action] until [time] clock time phrase: (㬏) dia ˇn zho¯ng (㬏⮄䐴) 10:00 ge¯n (ⷛ) + NP + (䄜㡑) VP: do [VP] with [NP] sentence + 㑬: new information de ˇi (⭤) + action must do [action] time + jiù (㈮) + action: the action occurs earlier than expected asking for explanations with 㸋㬓㗕why? and 䋖㗕 how (is it that)?

Dialogue The situation: Ma Xiaowen goes to the library to study, sees her friend Zhang Dawei, and begins a conversation with him.

181

182

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Part A 㕎㾂㸥ᷛ⫔㸋᷍㛄 zài zuò 㬓㗕ya? 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ㸳 zài xuéxí 䐱㸥᱄㸳㘘㳍㩰wuˇ 䇱䐱 㸥kaˇoshì᱄ 㕎㾂㸥ᷛ㛄㘘㳍㩰 wuˇ 䇱 kaˇoshì᷍䋖㗕 xiànzài ⤦ fùxí? 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ㸳㆒㳍⼽ máng᱄䋈㩰䇱lánqiú duì ⭥ liànxí᷍ 䐱wuˇ 䇱diànnaˇo kè⭥ kaˇoshì᷍ 㻣wuˇ ge¯n Chén㘘䄜㡑 zhuˇnbèi hòu㳍⭥㋻ shì᷍㹆 diaˇn zho¯ng ⤦㻣kè᷍lèisıˇ㑬᱄Xiànzài ゙diaˇn zho¯ng? 㕎㾂㸥ᷛ Xiànzài 㬏diaˇn zho¯ng 㑬᱄

㕎㾂㸥ᷛ⫔㸋᷍㛄䊻䔗㬓㗕䁞ᷠ 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ㸳䊻䁈㻑䐱㸥᱄㸳㘘㳍㩰㹈䇱䐱 㸥㋝㬵᱄ 㕎㾂㸥ᷛ㛄㘘㳍㩰㹈䇱㋝㬵᷍䋖㗕㻷䊻 ⤦ⶕ㻑ᷠ 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ㸳㆒㳍⼽㗇᱄䋈㩰䇱㎛㤓ⰴ⭥ 㑘㻑᷍䐱㹈䇱⮈㚵㋯⭥ ㋝㬵᱄㻣㹈ⷛ⧣㘘䄜㡑 䓝⡙⽔㳍⭥㋻㬵᷍㹆⮄䐴 ⤦㻣㋯᷍㎼㯡㑬᱄㻷䊻゙⮄䐴ᷠ 㕎㾂㸥ᷛ㻷䊻㬏⮄䐴㑬᱄

Part A Vocabulary Simplified Traditional dia ˇn

dot, o’clock (䄜dia ˇn zho¯ng)

classifier

⮄

恄

diànna ˇo duì

computer

noun

team

noun

fùxí

review

verb

ge¯n

with, and

preposition,

⮈㚵 ⰴ ⶕ㻑 ⷛ

厫㘹 匁 ໮㐶 ⷛ ⷛNP䄜㡑

ุ恄傫

conjunction

hòutia¯n

hòu㳍

day after tomorrow

noun

ⷛNP䄜 㡑 ⽔㳍

jıˇdia ˇn zho¯ng

゙dia ˇn

what time is it?

question

゙⮄䐴

ge¯n NP 䄜 ge¯n NP qıˇ 䄜㡑

zho¯ng

together with NP

prepositional phrase

phrase

䲂㳍

Lesson 9 㛄zài zuò㬓㗕ᷠ 㛄䊻䔗㬓㗕ᷠ

What are you doing right now?

le

㑬

(new information, change)

final particle

㋯ ㋻㬵 ㎛㤓 ㎛㤓ⰴ 㑬

lèisıˇ le

lèisıˇ㑬

tired to death, exhausted

adjectival

㎼㯡㑬

㎼㯡㑬

busy

adjectival

㗇

㗇

㩰㹈 㬏⮄䐴

㩰㹈 㬏恄傫

㻣㋯ 㻣㹈 䁈㻑 䊻

㻣䌏 㻣㹈 స㐶 䊻

䋈㩰 䐴

䋈㩰 傫

䐱㹈 䓝⡙ 䔗

䐱㹈 ᢫Յ 䔗

kè ko ˇushì lánqiú

㋻shì

lánqiú duì

class

noun

oral exam

noun phrase

basketball

noun

basketball team noun phrase

máng

䌏 ㋻䉨 ⽡㤓 ⽡㤓匁 㑬

verb phrase

verb

shàngwu ˇ 㩰wu ˇ shí dia ˇn 㬏dia ˇn zho¯ng zho¯ng

morning

noun

10:00

noun phrase

xià kè

㻣kè

get out of class

verb + object

xiàwu ˇ xuéxí

㻣wu ˇ

afternoon

noun

study

verb

adverb

(indicates an

zài

action in progress)

za ˇoshang 䋈㩰 zho¯ng

morning

noun

(main noun in clock time expression, e.g. 㬏dia ˇn zho¯ng) *

noun

zho¯ngwu ˇ 䐱wu ˇ

noon

noun

zhu ˇnbèi zuò

prepare

verb

do

verb

183

184

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Use and Structure 9.1–9.6

Part B 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ 㬏diaˇn zho¯ng᷂㲌㶎㑬᱄㸳 xiànzài deˇi huí sùshè 㑬᱄ 㕎㾂㸥ᷛ 㛄 huí sùshè zuò 㬓㗕ᷠ䇱 shì 㕑ᷠ

䍦⫔㸋ᷛ 㬏⮄䐴᷂㲌㶎㑬᱄㸳 㻷䊻⭤⿹㯿㪂㑬᱄ 㕎㾂㸥ᷛ 㛄⿹㯿㪂䔗㬓㗕ᷠ䇱㬣㕑ᷠ

䍦⫔㸋ᷛ 㸳 xiaˇng ㆒㳍㶎㩰㬏diaˇn bàn shuì jiào᱄ 㕎㾂㸥ᷛ 㛄㸋㬓㗕㬏diaˇn bàn jiù shuì jiàoᷠ㲌䋈㑬➪᷂ 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ 㸳㘘㳍䋈㩰➬diaˇn zho¯ng jiù kaˇo shì᱄㸳 deˇi 㒚diaˇn zho¯ng 㡑 chuáng᷍ 㒚diaˇn 䄜 kè xıˇ zaˇo᷍㒚diaˇn bàn chı¯ 䋈fàn᷍㡀diaˇn zuò go¯ngkè᱃liànxí ⼛䓷᷍㡀diaˇn 㯥㬏⳷ qù 㩰 kè᱄

䍦⫔㸋ᷛ 㸳㼌㆒㳍㶎㩰㬏⮄⟌㯐 ㉖᱄ 㕎㾂㸥ᷛ 㛄㸋㬓㗕㬏⮄⟌㈮㯐 ㉖ ᷠ㲌䋈㑬➪᷂ 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ 㸳㘘㳍䋈㩰➬⮄䐴㈮㋝ 㬵᱄㸳⭤ 㒚 ⮄䐴㡑⪓᷍ 㒚⮄䄜 ㋭ 㻕䋉᷍㒚 ⮄⟌⧵ 䋈Ⳛ᷍㡀⮄䔗⹇㋯᱃㑘㻑 ⼛䓷᷍㡀⮄㯥㬏⳷㦆㩰㋯᱄

㕎㾂㸥ᷛ 㛄㋪䄵㆒㳍㶎㩰 xıˇ zaˇo᷍㘘㳍㶎䄜 diaˇn㡑chuáng᱄ 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ 㸳⤜ xıˇhua¯n 㶎㩰 xıˇ zaˇo᱄㸳 xiànzài jiù huí sùshè 㑬᱄

㕎㾂㸥ᷛ 㛄㋪䄵㆒㳍㶎㩰㻕䋉᷍㘘㳍㶎䄜 ⮄㡑⪓᱄ 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ 㸳⤜㻓⿗㶎㩰㻕䋉᱄㸳 㻷䊻㈮⿹ 㯿㪂㑬᱄

Part B Vocabulary Simplified Traditional bàn

half

number

⟌

⟌

chuáng

bed

noun

⪓

⪓

de ˇi

must, have to

modal verb

⭤

⭤

Lesson 9 㛄zài zuò㬓㗕ᷠ 㛄䊻䔗㬓㗕ᷠ

fe¯n

⳷

minute

classifier

What are you doing right now?

⳷

⳷

go¯ngkè

classwork, homework noun

⹇㋯

⹇䌏

huí

return to a location

verb

⿹

⿹

jiù

(sooner than expected)

adverb

㈮

㈮

ka ˇo

take an exam

verb

㋝

㋝

ka ˇo shì

take a test

verb + object

㋝㬵

㋝䉨

kè

quarter of an hour

classifier

㋭

㋭

get up, rise up

verb

㡑

㡑

get out of bed, get up in the morning

verb + object

㡑⪓

㡑⪓

attend

verb

㩰

㩰

shàng kè 㩰kè

attend school or class

verb + object

㩰㋯

㩰䌏

shuì

sleep

verb

㯐

㯐

shuì jiào

sleep

verb + object

㯐㉖

㯐䅹

sùshè

dormitory

noun

㯿㪂

㯿㪂

wa ˇn

late

adjectival verb

㶎

㶎

㸋㬓㗕 wèishénme

why

content question

㸋㬓㗕 ᩊ㬓 怯

xıˇ

bathe

verb

㻕

㻕

xıˇ za ˇo

bathe

verb + object

㻕䋉

㻕䋉

za ˇo

early

adjectival verb

䋈

䋈

breakfast

noun

䋈Ⳛ

䋈嚩

qıˇ

㡑

㡑 qıˇ chuáng chuáng shàng

za ˇofàn

㩰

䋈fàn

Use and Structure 9.7–9.14

185

186

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Part C 㵝㭊⹾䊒ᷛ 䎃㬨㵝㭊⹾᷍⤜㬨 ㅭ㬳᱄㛄㗦䐜㋪䄵 ㋕㭊᱃ 䁈㻑᷍ ⤜㋪䄵㯖⿑᱄ 䍦⫔㸋ᷛ ⰵ⤜㡑᱄㚨᷍㾂㸥᷍㸳㻩䔀 㑬᱄

Túshu¯guaˇn yuánᷛ 䎃㬨 túshu¯guaˇn᷍⤜㬨 jiàoshì᱄㛄㗨䐜㋪䄵 kàn shu¯᱃ xuéxí᷍⤜㋪䄵㯖⿑᱄

䍦⫔㸋ᷛ

ⰵ⤜㡑᱄㚨᷍㾂㸥᷍㸳xia¯n zoˇu 㑬᱄

㕎㾂㸥ᷛ

䊺ボ᱄Hòu㳍䐱wuˇ䄜㡑chı¯ fàn ➪᷂

㕎㾂㸥ᷛ

䊺ボ᱄ ⽔㳍䐱㹈䄜㡑⧵Ⳛ ➪᷂

Part C Vocabulary Simplified Traditional jiàoshì

classroom

noun

kàn

read (kàn shu¯); see (kàn péngyou)

verb

kàn shu¯

read, read books

verb + object

ㅭ㬳 ㋕

ㅭ㬳 ㋕

túshu¯gua ˇn library

noun

túshu¯gua ˇn librarian yuán

noun

㋕㭊 ㋕᎙ 㵝㭊⹾ थ᎙圿 㵝㭊⹾䊒 थ᎙圿޵

wo ˇ xia¯n zo ˇu xia¯n

I’m leaving first. I’m heading out.

conversational

㸳㻩䔀

㸳㻩䔀

first

adverb

yuán

(a person who has a noun suffix role associated with the preceding noun)

㻩 䊒

㻩 ޵

zo ˇu

go

䔀

䔀

Use and Structure 9.15–9.16

expression

verb

Lesson 9 㛄zài zuò㬓㗕ᷠ 㛄䊻䔗㬓㗕ᷠ

What are you doing right now?

Verb + object phrases with action verbs introduced in Lesson 9 ㋕㭊 ㋝㬵 㯐㉖ 㻕䋉 㩰㋯ 㻣㋯ 㡑⪓ ⶕ㻑⹇㋯ ⫓㎛㤓

kàn shu¯ ka ˇo shì shuì jiào xıˇ za ˇo 㩰kè

㻣kè 㡑chuáng fùxí go¯ngkè

⫓lánqiú

read take a test sleep bathe go to class get out of class get up (in the morning) review a lesson play basketball

Characters CharacterShape Pinyin Meaning/

Radical Phrases

Traditional character

⤦

Function

⤦

cái

only then

⤦

ⰵ

duì

correct

⫈

⳷

fe¯n

minute, cent ⭗

⼛

Hàn Chinese

一

⼛䓷(Hànzì) Chinese character

ᤉ

⿑

huà

speech, language

䜆

㯖⿑(shuo¯ huà) speak, talk, 䐱⺛⿑ (Zho¯ngguó huà) Chinese language

䉳

ボ

jiàn

see

ボ

䊺ボ(zài jiàn) goodbye 䃫

㆒

jı¯n

*

㦬

㆒㳍(jı¯ntia¯n) today

ⰵ⤜㡑(duìbuqıˇ) excuse me

ಇ ⳷

㆒

187

188

Modern Mandarin Chinese

㋻

ko ˇu

mouth

㋻

㋻

㕎

ma ˇ

family name, 㕎 horse

埳

㘘

míng *

㦶

㘘 㘘㳍(míngtia¯n) tomorrow 㘘nián (míngnián) next year

㡑

qıˇ

*

䔀

ⰵ⤜㡑(duìbuqıˇ) 㡑 excuse me 㡑⪓(qıˇ chuáng) get up, get out of bed

㩰

shàng last (week, month), above

䄜

䋈㩰(za ˇoshang) morning㶎㩰 (wa ˇnshang) evening

㩰

㯖

shuo¯

speak, talk

䜆

㯖⿑(shuo¯ huà) speak, talk

䌇

㳍

tia¯n

day, heaven ⫔

㶎

wa ˇn

late

㦶

㶎㩰(wa ˇnshang) evening

㸥

wén

*

㸥

䐱㸥 (Zho¯ngwén) 㸥 Chinese

㻣

xià

below, down 䄜

䊺

zài

again

䋈

za ˇo

䋖

ze ˇn

㆒㳍 (jı¯ntia¯n) today, 㳍 㘘㳍(míngtia¯n) tomorrow

㶎

㻣㹈 (xiàwu ˇ) afternoon

㻣

䗈

䊺ボ (zài jiàn) goodbye

䊺

early

㦶

䋈㩰 (za ˇoshang) morning

䋈

*

㾥

䋖㗕 (ze ˇnme) how 䋖

Lesson 9 㛄zài zuò㬓㗕ᷠ 㛄䊻䔗㬓㗕ᷠ

What are you doing right now?

䍦

⹎ zha¯ng sheet (cl.), family name

䄜䍦䐞(yı¯ zha¯ng zhıˇ) one sheet of paper

ຩ

䐱

zho¯ng middle, (part 䖎 of the word for China, Chinese language, etc.)

䐱⺛ (Zho¯ngguó) China䐱㸥 (Zho¯ngwén) Chinese language

䐱

䓷

zì

⼛䓷 (Hànzì) Chinese character

䓷

character

䓴

Chinese characters Look for the bùjiàn (⤠ミ) recurring component parts Take a close look at the new characters in this lesson. They include characters with bùjiàn (⤠ミ) recurring component parts that we have already learned, and that we will see many times in the lessons ahead. What part of the character 㘘 have we seen in an earlier lesson? What other new character in this lesson has this same recurring part? The bùjiàn in 㘘are 㦶 and 䊣. We have seen 㦶 in a number of characters that have already been introduced. This is the first time we see 䊣, but it is also a very commonly occurring component part and it is a part of many characters that will be introduced in later lessons. In the character 㘘, 㦶 is the radical, and it conveys meaning about the character 㘘: 㦶 is the sun radical, and the character 㘘 means bright. 㦶 is also the radical in the character 䋈 early, and it conveys its meaning in this character as well. The language radical䜆also usually tells you something about the meaning of the character. Which characters introduced in this lesson include the radical 䜆? What do these characters mean, and what do they have to do with “language”? As we have noted in earlier lessons, however, a radical that conveys meaning may not do so in every character in which it occurs.

189

Stroke Order Flow Chart

Lesson 9 㛄zài zuò㬓㗕ᷠ 㛄䊻䔗㬓㗕ᷠ

What are you doing right now?

Use and structure 9.1.

Ongoing actions: zài (䊻) + action

Zài (䊻) + an open-ended action verb indicates that the subject is in the middle of doing an action. When used with actions that are happening at the moment of speaking, it emphasizes that the action is ongoing right now. zài (䊻) + action 㸳 zài fùxí Faˇ㸥᱄ (㸳䊻ⶕ㻑ⳉ㸥᱄) I am studying French right now. To emphasize that you are talking about an action that is ongoing at the moment of speaking, you can add the word xiànzài (㻷䊻) before zài:

㛄 (xiànzài) zài zuò 㬓㗕? (㛄(㻷䊻)䊻䔗㬓㗕ᷠ) What are you doing right now? If it is clear that the question refers to the present time, the word xiànzài need not be included. To emphasize that some action was ongoing at some time in the past, include a time expression that refers to past time.

㸳 zuó㳍㶎㩰 zài fùxí go¯ngkè᱄ (㸳䔓㳍㶎㩰䊻ⶕ㻑⹇㋯᱄) I was reviewing my course work last night. To emphasize that some action will be ongoing at some time in the future, add a time expression such as 。 that refers to future time. We will formally introduce the use of 。 to refer to the future in Lesson 14.

㘘㳍䋈㩰➬dia ˇn 㸳。zài ka ˇo shì᱄ (㘘㳍䋈㩰➬⮄㸳。䊻㋝㬵᱄) Tomorrow at 8:00 I’ll be taking a test. To ask what someone is doing right now, say:

㛄 zài zuò 㬓㗕? (㛄䊻䔗㬓㗕ᷠ) What are you doing right now? To answer this question, replace zuò 㬓㗕 (䔗㬓㗕) with the entire action, the verb, and its object. Do not repeat zuò (䔗) in the answer.

Question

Answer

㛄㆒㳍㶎㩰xia ˇng zuò 㬓㗕ᷠ 㛄㆒㳍㶎㩰㼌䔗㬓㗕ᷠ What do you want to do tonight?

㸳xia ˇng qù kàn péngyou᱄ 㸳㼌㦆㋕㞔䇲᱄ I want to go see friends.

191

Modern Mandarin Chinese

192

To ask if someone is doing a specific action now, ask:

㛄 zài xuéxí 䐱㸥㕑ᷠ(㛄䊻䁈㻑䐱㸥㕑ᷠ) Are you studying Chinese right now?

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

9.2.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 9.3, 9.4. Website: Listening for Information 9.4; Structure Drills 9.1.

xuéxí (䁈㻑) and xué (䁈) study compared

Xuéxí (䁈㻑) and xué (䁈) can both be translated by the English verb study, but they are not used in the same way. Xuéxí can be used more broadly than xué. Xuéxí can be followed by the name of the subject that you are studying, and it can be used to say that you are “studying” without specifying what it is that you are studying. Xué must be followed by the subject area that you are studying: xué 䐱㸥 (䁈䐱㸥) study Chinese, xué Yı¯ng㸥 (䁈䇃㸥) study English, etc. You cannot use xué when you want to simply say that you are “studying.”

xué (䁈)

xuéxí (䁈㻑)

9.3.

Say this:

㸳zài xuéxí 䐱㸥᱄ 㸳䊻䁈㻑䐱㸥᱄ I am studying Chinese.

or this:

㸳zài xué 䐱㸥᱄ 㸳䊻䁈䐱㸥᱄ I am studying Chinese.

Say this:

㸳zài xuéxí᱄ 㸳䊻䁈㻑᱄ I am studying

Don’t say this:

8㸳zài xué᱄ 8㸳䊻䁈᱄

Clock time

The time phrase Time on the hour To state time on the hour, say: [hour] dia ˇn zho¯ng 䄜dia ˇn zho¯ng (䄜⮄䐴) 1:00 㑞dia ˇn zho¯ng (㑞⮄䐴) 2:00 㧞dia ˇn zho¯ng (㧞⮄䐴) 3:00

Lesson 9 㛄zài zuò㬓㗕ᷠ 㛄䊻䔗㬓㗕ᷠ

What are you doing right now?

㬏dia ˇn zho¯ng (㬏⮄䐴) 10:00 㬏ⱟdia ˇn zho¯ng (㬏ⱟ⮄䐴) 12:00 Number + dia ˇn (⮄) forms a phrase, and the word dia ˇn cannot be omitted from the clock time expression. However, the word zho¯ng (䐴) can be omitted and it often is. The clock time expression means the same thing whether zho¯ng is present or not.

䄜dia ˇn zho¯ng 䄜⮄䐴 = 㑞dia n zho ¯ ng ˇ 㑞⮄䐴 㧞dia ˇn zho¯ng 㧞⮄䐴 㬏dia ˇn zho¯ng 㬏⮄䐴

䄜dia ˇn 䄜⮄ 1:00 㑞dia ˇn = 㑞⮄ 2:00 㧞diaˇn = 㧞⮄ 3:00 㬏dia ˇn = 㬏⮄ 10:00

Time in hours and minutes To recite clock time in hours and minutes say [hour] + dia ˇn (⮄) [minute] + ⳷ (fe¯n) minutes as follows. Notice that the word for minute, ⳷, is the same as the word for cent and is written with the same character. [hour] + dia ˇn (⮄) [minute] + ⳷ 䄜 dia ˇn ⱟ㬏⳷ (䄜⮄ⱟ㬏⳷) 1:20 (20 minutes after 1) 㬏䄜 dia ˇn 㧞㬏㹆⳷ (㬏䄜⮄㧞㬏㹆⳷) 11:35 (35 minutes after 11) When the number of minutes is expressed in two syllables (that is, when it is more than ten minutes after the hour), ⳷ may be omitted.

䄜dia ˇn ⱟ㬏⳷ 䄜⮄ⱟ㬏⳷ 㬏䄜 dia ˇn 㧞㬏㹆⳷ 㬏䄜⮄㧞㬏㹆⳷

䄜dia ˇn ⱟ㬏 䄜⮄ⱟ㬏 1:20 㬏䄜 dia ˇn 㧞㬏㹆 㬏䄜⮄㧞㬏㹆 11:35

or or

When the number of minutes is between 1 and 9, líng (㒄) may be used before the number:

㬏ⱟ dia ˇn (líng) 㹆⳷ (㬏ⱟ⮄ (㒄) 㹆⳷) 12:05 (5 minutes after 12) Notice that líng adds a syllable to the minutes expression, so ⳷ can be omitted.

㬏ⱟ dia ˇn líng 㹆⳷ 㬏ⱟ⮄㒄㹆⳷

or

㬏ⱟdia ˇn líng 㹆 㬏ⱟ⮄㒄㹆 12:05

193

194

Modern Mandarin Chinese

㑞dia ˇn líng 㧞 ⳷ 㑞⮄㒄㧞⳷

or

㑞dia ˇn líng 㧞 㑞⮄㒄㧞 2:03

Half past the hour To say half past the hour, use the word bàn (⟌) half and say: [hour] + dia ˇn bàn (⮄⟌) 䄜dia 㧞dia ˇn bàn ˇn bàn

䄜⮄⟌

㧞⮄⟌

1:30, half past one 3:30, half past three

㑞dia ˇn bàn 㑞⮄⟌

㬏dia ˇn bàn 㬏⮄⟌

2:30, half past two 10:30, half past ten

A quarter past the hour To say a quarter past the hour, use the word kè (㋭) and say: [hour] + dia ˇn (⮄) 䄜 kè (䄜㋭) 㯥dia ˇn䄜kè (㯥⮄䄜㋭) 3:15, a quarter past four 㹆dia ˇn䄜kè (㹆⮄䄜㋭) 5:15, a quarter past five 㒚dia ˇn䄜kè (㒚⮄䄜㋭) 6:15, a quarter past six Kè means a cut, and you can think of it as talking about cutting the clock in four quarters like four large pieces of pie. One quarter of the clock is䄜 kè (䄜㋭). As noted above, half of the clock is expressed as bàn (⟌). 㧞 kè (㧞㋭) means three quarters of the clock (45 minutes past the hour).

kè

kè

bàn The expression 㧞kè (㧞㋭) three quarters of the clock (45 minutes) is not often used in conversational speech, although it is sometimes used in formal announcements of time. In ordinary conversation, 45 minutes past the hour is expressed as:

Lesson 9 㛄zài zuò㬓㗕ᷠ 㛄䊻䔗㬓㗕ᷠ

hour + dia ˇn (⮄) 㯥㬏㹆(⳷) 㒚dia ˇn 㯥㬏㹆 㒚⮄㯥㬏㹆 = 㬏ⱟdia n 㯥㬏㹆 ˇ 㬏ⱟ⮄㯥㬏㹆 =

What are you doing right now?

㒚dia ˇn 㧞kè 㒚⮄㧞㋭ 6:45 㬏ⱟdia n 㧞 kè ˇ 㬏ⱟ⮄㧞㋭ 12:45

Stating the time that it is now To state the time that it is now, say: Xiànzài᷉㬏᷊dia ˇn zho¯ng᱄ 㻷䊻᷉㬏᷊⮄䐴᱄ It is now (10):00. Notice that when stating the time in Mandarin, you do not say “It is. . . .”

Asking what time it is To ask what time it is, ask:

゙dia ˇn zho¯ngᷠ ゙⮄䐴ᷠ To ask what time it is now, ask: Xiànzài ゙dia ˇn zho¯ngᷠ

㻷䊻゙⮄䐴ᷠ

What time is it now?

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

9.4.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 9.2, 9.4; Focus on Communication 9.2, 9.3, 9.4. Website: Listening for Information 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.5; Structure Drills 9.2, 9.3; Focus on Structure 9.1.

More about ⤦ later than expected

In Lesson 8 we learned to use the adverb ⤦ to say that someone turns a certain age later than expected. (Use and Structure 8.7) In this lesson we expand this use of ⤦ to other actions. To say an action occurs later than expected, say: time + ⤦ + action The most literal way to translate ⤦ sentences, the way that follows the order of information in Chinese, is with the expression only then:

㸳㹆dia ˇn zho¯ng ⤦㻣 kè᱄ 㸳㹆⮄䐴⤦㻣㋯᱄ It was 5:00 and only then I got out of class.

195

Modern Mandarin Chinese

196

㸳 zuó㳍㶎㩰㈦dia ˇn ⤦chı¯ fàn᱄ 㸳䔓㳍㶎㩰㈦⮄⤦⧵Ⳛ᱄ Last night at 9:00 only then I ate. Another way to convey the meaning of ⤦ sentences is with the expression not until, or no action until (time).

㸳㹆dia ˇn zho¯ng ⤦㻣 kè᱄ 㸳㹆⮄䐴⤦㻣㋯᱄ I did not get out of class until 5:00.

㸳 zuó㳍㶎㩰㈦ dia ˇn ⤦chı¯ fàn᱄ 㸳䔓㳍㶎㩰㈦⮄⤦⧵Ⳛ᱄ I did not eat last night until 9:00. (㛄) 䋖㗕 xiànzài ⤦fùxíᷠ (㛄) 䋖㗕㻷䊻⤦ⶕ㻑ᷠ How come you have not studied until now? It is important to notice that Mandarin sentences with ⤦ and English sentences with not until correspond in meaning but are very different in form. You can see the difference in the following pairs of sentences. Pay particular attention to the difference in the order of information in Chinese and English, and the use of negation in the English sentences.

K

W

=

no action until time

㸳㹆diˇ an zho¯ng ⤦㻣kè᱄ 㸳㹆⮄䐴⤦㻣㋯᱄

=

I didn’t get out of class until 5:00.

㸳zuó㳍㶎㩰㈦dia ˇn⤦chı¯ fàn᱄ 㸳䔓㳍㶎㩰㈦⮄⤦⧵Ⳛ᱄

=

Last night I didn’t eat until 9:00.

Practice

RKBO

O

O

time + ⤦+ action

9.5.

Website: Structure Drills 9.8, 9.10.

ge¯n (ⷛ) NP 䄜㡑 with NP

Ge¯n (ⷛ) with is a preposition. Like prepositions in English, ge¯n always occurs before a noun phrase: ge¯n Chén㘘 (ⷛ⧣㘘) with Chen Ming The preposition and its following noun phrase form a prepositional phrase.

Lesson 9 㛄zài zuò㬓㗕ᷠ 㛄䊻䔗㬓㗕ᷠ

What are you doing right now?

In Mandarin, the prepositional phrase usually occurs before the verb that it is associated with:

㸳㻣wu ˇ ge¯n Chén㘘zhu ˇnbèi hòu㳍⭥㋻shì᱄ 㸳㻣㹈ⷛ⧣㘘䓝⡙⽔㳍⭥㋻㬵᱄ In the afternoon, I am preparing for the day after tomorrow’s oral exam with Chen Ming. Notice that in English, the prepositional phrase occurs after the verb phrase. When saying that you are doing an activity together with someone else, you can add the expression䄜㡑 after the noun phrase and say: ge¯n (ⷛ) NP 䄜㡑 VP 㸳㻣wu ˇ ge¯n Chén㘘䄜㡑zhu ˇnbèi hòu㳍⭥㋻shì᱄

㸳㻣㹈ⷛ⧣㘘䄜㡑䓝⡙⽔㳍⭥㋻㬵᱄

In the afternoon, I am preparing for the day after tomorrow’s oral exam with Chen Ming. Ge¯n has a wider use than the phrase ge¯n + noun phrase 䄜㡑. It can be used to translate the English preposition with and is also equivalent in use to the conjunction⼮ and.

K

W

Practice

RKBO

O

O

9.6.

Website: Structure Drills 9.5.

New information with sentence final 㑬

Mandarin speakers often indicate that information is new in some way by ending a sentence with the sentence-final particle 㑬. Xiànzài 㬏dia ˇn zho¯ng 㑬

㻷䊻 㬏 ⮄ 䐴 㑬᱄

It’s now 10:00. There are many ways that information may be new. It can be something that has just happened, or something that the speaker thinks the listener does not know, or it can be some change from a previous situation that the listener was familiar with. Sentence-final 㑬 presents information from the speaker’s perspective, and as long as the speaker thinks that some information is new for the listener, the speaker can end the sentence with 㑬. Sentence-final 㑬 is never required by the grammar, and the same information can be presented with or without 㑬.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Website: Structure Drills 9.7.

197

Modern Mandarin Chinese

198

9.7.

Obligation with deˇi (⭤)must, have to, and prohibitions with ⤜㋪䄵 cannot

Mandarin has a number of words that can be used to indicate that you must do something. In this lesson we learn the word de ˇi (⭤) must. De ˇi is a modal verb. It occurs at the beginning of the verb phrase, usually right before the verb.

㸳 xiànzài de ˇi huí sùshè᱄ 㸳㻷䊻⭤⿹㯿㪂᱄ I have to go back to the dormitory now. To say that you cannot do something, say ⤜㋪䄵 + action. Do not say 8⤜ de ˇi (⤜⭤).

䎃㬨 túshu¯gua ˇn᱄㛄䐜㋪䄵 kàn shu¯᷍⤜㋪䄵㯖⿑᱄ 䎃㬨㵝㭊⹾᱄㛄䐜㋪䄵㋕㭊᷍⤜㋪䄵㯖⿑᱄ This is the library. You are only allowed to read, you can’t talk. Ordinarily, when asking a yes-no question with de ˇi: ˇi, you use 㕑 rather than repeating de Say:

㸳㗨xı¯ngqı¯㒚de ˇi㩰 kè㕑ᷠ 㸳㗨㾨㠻㒚⭤㩰㋯㕑ᷠ

Do not say: 8㸳㗨xı¯ngqı¯㒚 de ˇi⤜ de ˇi㩰 kèᷠ

㸳㗨㾨㠻㒚⭤⤜⭤㩰㋯ᷠ

Do we also have to attend class on Saturday?

K

W

Practice

RKBO

O

O

Website: Structure Drills 9.4, 9.6.

9.8. 䇱 shì (䇱㬣) have something to do, be busy 䇱shì (䇱㬣) means have something to do and the question 㛄䇱shì 㕑ᷠ(㛄䇱㬣㕑ᷠ) is a common way to ask someone if she is busy. To respond to this question saying that you are not busy, say: 㸳㗜(䇱)shì (㬣) (㸳㗜䇱㬣).

䇱shì 㕑ᷠ (䇱㬣㕑ᷠ) is also used like the informal English question What’s up? You can say it when someone calls you on the phone or approaches you with a question or request.

9.9.

xiaˇng (㼌) + time when + action: Planning to do an action at a time

In Lesson 8 we learned that the time when a situation occurs always goes before the action (Use and Structure 8.11). When talking about planning to do an action at some time or thinking about doing an action at some time, say: xia ˇng (㼌) or 䄋 + time when + action 㸳 xia ) ˇng ㆒㳍㶎㩰㬏dia ˇn bàn shuì jiào᱄ (㸳㼌㆒㳍㶎㩰㬏⮄⟌㯐㉖᱄ I want to go to sleep tonight at 10:30.

Lesson 9 㛄zài zuò㬓㗕ᷠ 㛄䊻䔗㬓㗕ᷠ

Say this: 㸳 xiˇ ang ㆒㳍㶎㩰㬏diˇ a n bàn shuì jiào᱄ I want to go to sleep tonight at 10:30.

9.10.

What are you doing right now?

Do not say this: 8 㸳㬏dia ang ㆒㳍㶎㩰 ˇn bàn xiˇ shuì jiào᱄

jiù (㈮) + action: The action occurs sooner than expected

The adverb jiù (㈮) can be used to indicate that some action occurs sooner or earlier than the speaker expects it to occur. Jiù conveys this meaning when the sentence takes the following form: time when + jiù (㈮) + action 㬏dia ˇn bàn jiù shuì jiào᷍㲌䋈㑬᷂(㬏⮄⟌㈮㯐㉖᷍㲌䋈㑬᷂) Going to sleep at 10:30 is too early! When jiù is used in this way, it often is not translated into English. Notice that in sentences like these, jiù conveys the opposite meaning of the adverb ⤦ discussed in Use and Structure 9.4 above. Jiù indicates that some action happens sooner or earlier than expected; ⤦ indicates that some action happens later than expected.

time jiù (㈮) action

㰜㬏dia ˇn bàn jiù shuì jiào᱄ 㰜㬏⮄⟌㈮㯐㉖᱄ He goes to sleep (as early as) 10:30.

time ⤦ action

㰜㬏 dia ˇn bàn ⤦shuì jiào᱄ 㰜㬏⮄⟌⤦㯐㉖᱄ He doesn’t go to sleep until 10:30.

Remember that jiù and ⤦, like all adverbs, always occur before the verb phrase.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

9.11.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 9.2. Website: Structure Drills 9.9, 9.10.

Asking for explanations with 㸋㬓㗕 why and 䋖㗕 how (is it that)

㸋㬓㗕 why and 䋖㗕 how (is it that) (Use and Structure 5.10) are used to ask for explanations. Both words occur before the verb phrase. Normally, they follow the subject: (S) 㸋㬓㗕᷐䋖㗕 VPᷠ 㕎㾂㸥ᷛ 㛄㸋㬓㗕㬏dia ˇn bàn jiù shuì jiàoᷠ㲌䋈㑬➪᷂

     㛄㸋㬓㗕㬏⮄⟌㈮㯐㉖ᷠ 㲌䋈㑬➪᷂

Why are you going to sleep at 10:00? It’s too early!

199

Modern Mandarin Chinese

200

㕎㾂㸥: 㛄㘘㳍㩰wu ˇ 䇱 ka ˇoshì᷍䋖㗕 xiànzài ⤦ fùxíᷠ      㛄㘘㳍㩰㹈䇱㋝㬵᷍䋖㗕㻷䊻⤦ⶕ㻑ᷠ You have a test tomorrow morning. How is it that you are only beginning to study now?

㸋㬓㗕may be used alone to simply ask the question why? 䋖㗕 cannot be used alone but must be followed by a verb phrase. You can respond to a 㸋㬓㗕 or 䋖㗕 question by simply providing the explanation.

㕎㾂㸥ᷛ 㛄㘘㳍㩰wu ˇ 䇱 ka ˇoshì᷍䋖㗕 xiànzài ⤦ fùxíᷠ      㛄㘘㳍㩰㹈䇱㋝㬵᷍䋖㗕㻷䊻⤦ⶕ㻑ᷠ You have a test tomorrow morning. How is it that you are only beginning to study now?

䍦⫔㸋ᷛ 㸳㆒㳍⼽máng . . .      㸳㆒㳍⼽㗇. . . I was very busy today . . .

㸋㬓㗕 and 䋖㗕 differ in the speaker attitude that they convey towards a situation. Both 㸋㬓㗕 and 䋖㗕 can be used in neutral questions, when the speaker has no expectations about why a situation has occurred and simply wants an explanation. But 䋖㗕 can also be used when the speaker believes that the situation should have been different from the way it is. When Ma Xiaowen uses 䋖㗕 to ask Zhang Dawei why he has only begun studying now, she is implying that she believes that he should have started studying earlier. Later, when she uses 㸋㬓㗕 to ask why he is planning to go to sleep at 10:00, she is just expressing curiosity.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

9.12.

Workbook: Focus on Communication 9.1. Website: Listening for Information 9.8.

Action verbs and their objects, continued

In previous lessons we have learned the following action verb + object phrases that refer to general actions:

㯖⿑ speak, talk, chàng ge¯ (⧋ⷉ) sing, chı¯ fàn (⧵Ⳛ) eat, he¯ jiu ˇ (⼩㈧) drink (alcohol), and tiào wu ˇ (㳙㹉) dance In this lesson we learn additional action verb phrases that can be used to talk about doing general actions. In each of the phrases, the object is not translated into English. kàn shu¯ (㋕㭊) read ka ˇo shì (㋝㬵) take a test

Lesson 9 㛄zài zuò㬓㗕ᷠ 㛄䊻䔗㬓㗕ᷠ

What are you doing right now?

shuì jiào (㯐㉖) sleep xıˇ za ˇo (㻕䋉) bathe As with㯖⿑, chàng ge¯, chı¯ fàn, he¯ jiu ˇ, and tiào wu ˇ, the objects in kàn shu¯ (㋕㭊) read and ka o shì ( ㋝㬵 ) take a test can be replaced with a more specific noun. ˇ For example, if you want to say that you are planning to read, you say:

㸳 xia ) ˇng kàn shu¯᱄ (㸳㼌㋕㭊᱄ But if you want to say that you are planning to read a Japanese book, you say: 㸳xia ) ˇng kàn 䄜be ˇn 㦶㸥shu¯᱄(㸳㼌㋕䄜⡟㦶㸥㭊᱄ If you want to say that you have a test tomorrow you say:

㸳㘘㳍 ka ) ˇo shì᱄ (㸳㘘㳍㋝㬵᱄ But if you want to say that you have a French test tomorrow, you replace shì (㬵) with Fa ˇ㸥 (ⳉ㸥) and say:

㸳㘘㳍ka ) ˇo Fa ˇ㸥᱄ (㸳㘘㳍㋝ⳉ㸥᱄ Notice that you omit shì (㬵) and do not say ka ˇo Fa ˇ㸥 shì (㋝ⳉ㸥㬵). This lesson also introduces three additional verb + object phrases that have idiomatic meanings:

㡑 chuáng (㡑⪓) get out of bed, 㩰 kè (㩰㋯) attend class, go to class, and 㻣 kè (㻣㋯) get out of class. 㡑 chuáng literally means rise up from the bed. 㩰 kè literally means go up to class. 㩰 is also used as the verb when saying attend school, attend high school, attend college, etc. 㻣 kè literally means go down from class. We will learn other uses of 㩰 and 㻣 in later lessons.

K

W

Practice

RKBO

O

O

9.13.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 9.1.

Stating a series of actions with serial verbs

When stating a series of actions, simply state the actions one after another without any connecting words:

㡀dia ˇn fùxí go¯ngkè᱃liànxí ⼛䓷 (㡀⮄ⶕ㻑⹇㋯᱃㑘㻑⼛䓷) at 7:00 review class work [and] practice Chinese characters When actions are stated in a series in this way, they are sometimes referred to as serial verbs. Notice that when writing a list, Chinese uses a special comma. (See Use and Structure 9.14.)

201

202

Modern Mandarin Chinese

9.14.

The “list comma”

Written Chinese uses a special form of the comma, the list comma “᱃” , to separate items in a list:

㡀dia ˇn fùxí go¯ngkè᱃liànxí⼛䓷 (㡀⮄ⶕ㻑⹇㋯᱃㑘㻑 ⼛ 䓷) at 7:00 review class work [and] practice Chinese characters 䎃㬨 túshu¯gua ˇn᱄㛄㗨䐜㋪䄵 kàn shu¯᱃xuéxí᷍⤜㋪䄵㯖⿑. 䎃㬨㵝㭊⹾᱄㛄㗨䐜㋪䄵㋕㭊᱃䁈㻑᷍⤜㋪䄵㯖⿑᱄

This is the library. You can only read and study, you can’t talk. In Chinese, this comma is called a dùnhào (ⰺ⼦) or “pause signal.” In English it is referred to as the “list comma” or “enumeration comma.”

9.15.

The suffix yuán (䊒)

The suffix yuán (䊒) follows a noun and indicates a person who has a role associated with that noun. A túshu¯gua ˇn yuán (㵝㭊⹾䊒) librarian is someone who works in a túshu¯gua ˇn (㵝㭊⹾) library. A duìyuán (ⰴ䊒) team member is a member of a duì (ⰴ) team. Not every noun can be turned into a performer in this way, but if you see yuán after a noun, it always refers to a person whose role is associated with the noun, and you can make a reliable guess as to the meaning of the noun + yuán.

9.16.

Leaving first: xia¯n zoˇu 㑬᱄(㸳㻩䔀㑬᱄)

When you do an activity with others and leave before the others depart, you can announce your departure by saying 㸳 xia¯n zo ˇu 㑬 (㸳㻩䔀㑬). The expression functions as saying “goodbye.” Xia¯n (㻩) means first, and it always occurs before a verb phrase. We will learn how to use it to express sequence in Lesson 13.

Qa

Language FAQs

Same pronunciation, different meanings The syllable za ˇo in the verb + object phrase xıˇ za ˇo (㻕䋉) bathe and the syllable za ˇo in the noun za ofàn ( 䋈Ⳛ ) breakfast are homophones, syllables that are proˇ nounced the same but have different meanings. The syllable shì in the phrases 䇱 shì (䇱㬣) have something to do and ka ˇo shì (㋝㬵) take a test, are also homophones. They have the same pronunciation but different meanings. All languages have homophones. In English, the words pear “a type of fruit,” pair “two of something,” and pare “peel with a knife” are homophones. Notice that in English, although

Lesson 9 㛄zài zuò㬓㗕ᷠ 㛄䊻䔗㬓㗕ᷠ

What are you doing right now?

homophones have the same pronunciation, they may be spelled differently. In Mandarin, homophones always have the same pinyin spelling, but since they have different meanings, they are written with different characters.

Word families and Chinese characters In Mandarin, almost all syllables have a meaning, and when a syllable is part of a word or phrase, it usually brings its meaning with it. Words that share the same syllable/meaning are part of the same word family. Here is a word family we now know involving the word 䋈(za ˇo) early: za ˇo (䋈) za ˇoshang (䋈㩰) za ˇofàn (䋈Ⳛ)

early good morning morning breakfast

(Lesson 6) (Lesson 6) (Lesson 9) (Lesson 9)

Syllables that are part of the same word family are always written with the same character. Therefore, the syllable za ˇo in za ˇo early, good morning, za ˇoshang morning, and za ofàn breakfast, is written as 䋈 : 䋈᷍䋈㩰᷍䋈 fàn ( 䋈Ⳛ ). ˇ Occasionally a single character may have more than one meaning, or more than one pronunciation. We will learn some characters like this in later lessons.

What is the difference between 㩰wuˇ (㩰㹈) and 䋈㩰" Shàngwu ˇ (㩰㹈) refers to any time in the morning before noon. It can be used to express a.m.: jı¯ntia¯n shàngwu ˇ 㬏dia ˇn zho¯ng (㆒㳍㩰㹈㬏⮄䐴) this morning at 10 a.m.

䋈㩰 refers to the early part of the morning. It can be used when talking about times up until around 9 a.m.:

㘘㳍䋈㩰㒚dia ˇn bàn (㘘㳍䋈㩰㒚⮄⟌) 6:30 tomorrow morning

The meanings of 㯖 The verb 㯖 includes the meanings say and speak in English. In the phrase 㯖⿑, and also when 㯖 is followed by the name of a language, 㯖 is translated as speak:

㯖⿑speak la ˇoshı¯ zài 㯖⿑᱄(㎰㬇䊻㯖⿑᱄) The teacher is speaking.

203

204

Modern Mandarin Chinese

㯖䐱㸥, 㯖 Yı¯ng㸥 (㯖䐱㸥᷍㯖䇃㸥) speak Chinese, speak English 㸳 huì 㯖䐱㸥᱄ (㸳。㯖䐱㸥᱄) I can speak Chinese. In the expression 䊺㯖䄜cì (䊺㯖䄜⪯), or when asking what someone is saying, or when introducing what someone is saying, 㯖 is translated as say: Qıˇng 㛄䊺㯖䄜cì᱄ (㤌㛄䊺㯖 䄜⪯᱄ ) Please say it again.

㰞㯖㬓㗕ᷠ

What is she saying? (What did she say?) 㰞㯖䎃㬨 túshu¯gua ˇn᷍㛄⤜㋪䄵㯖⿑᱄(㰞㯖䎃㬨㵝㭊⹾᷍㛄⤜㋪䄵㯖 ) ⿑᱄ She said this is the library; you are not allowed to talk.

Kaˇoshì (㋝㬵) a test, and kaˇo shì (㋝㬵) take a test In Mandarin, words or phrases can function as members of different grammatical categories. For example, ka ˇoshì (㋝㬵) functions as a noun (test) when it is used in phrases such as 䄜 ge ka ˇoshì (䄜⷗㋝㬵) one test and 㸳䇱 ka ˇoshì (㸳䇱 ㋝㬵) I have a test. However, it functions as a verb + object phrase (take a test) in sentences such as 㸳㗨㘘㳍䋈㩰➬ dia ˇn ka ˇo shì (㸳㗨㘘㳍䋈㩰➬⮄㋝㬵) We have a test tomorrow at 8 a.m. In this book, we will write the noun as ka ˇoshì (no space between ka ˇo and shì) and the verb as ka ˇo shì (with a space between the verb and its object).

Lesson 9 㛄zài zuò㬓㗕ᷠ 㛄䊻䔗㬓㗕ᷠ

What are you doing right now?

Lesson 9 Dialogue in English Part A Xiaowen: Dawei, what are you doing? Dawei: I’m studying Chinese. I have a Chinese test tomorrow morning. Xiaowen: You have a test tomorrow morning, how come you are only now getting around to reviewing? Dawei: I have been very busy today. In the morning I had basketball practice, at noon I had a computer test, and this afternoon I prepared the oral exam for the day after tomorrow with Chen Ming. I didn’t get out of class until 5:00. I’m exhausted. What time is it now? Xiaowen: It’s 10:00 now.

Part B Dawei: Xiaowen: Dawei: Xiaowen: Dawei:

10:00! That’s too late! I have to go back to the dorm right now. Why are you going back to the dorm? Do you have something you have to do? I was planning to go to sleep tonight at 10:30. Why are you going to sleep at 10:30? That’s too early! I have a test tomorrow morning at 8:00. I have to get up at 6:00, take a shower at 6:15, eat breakfast at 6:30, do my homework and practice characters at 7:00, and get on my way to class at 7:40. Xiaowen: You can take a shower tonight and get up a little later tomorrow. Dawei: I don’t like to bathe at night. I’m going back to the dorm now.

Part C Librarian: This is the library, not a classroom. You can only read and study. You can’t talk. Dawei: Sorry. Well then, Xiaowen, I’m heading off first. Xiaowen: Bye. Let’s have lunch together the day after tomorrow!

205

10

Lesson 㛄 juéde䔓㳍⭥㋝ 㬵䋖㗕yàngᷠ 㛄㉖⭤䔓㳍⭥㋝ 㬵䋖㗕䂚ᷠ What did you think of yesterday’s test?

Communication goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Q Q Q Q Q Q

Express your opinions and ask others for their opinions. Talk about how you feel. Express contrasts. Give explanations and talk about causes and effects. Introduce additional information in an explanation or description. Talk about how actions are performed. Talk about actions that have occurred and actions that have not happened yet. Q Say that an action will happen again in the future.

Pronunciation goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Use sentence stress correctly in questions and answers.

Lesson 10 㛄 juéde䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵䋖㗕 yàngᷠ 㛄㉖⭤䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵䋖㗕䂚ᷠ What did you think of yesterday’s test?

Literacy goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Identify the radicals and bùjiàn (⤠ミ) recurring component parts in characters you have learned. Q Identify bùjiàn that indicate similar pronunciation in characters you have learned. Q Scan and skim a text for key words and basic information.

Key structures Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q

action verb + de (⭤) + AdjV: talking about how actions are performed action verb + 㑬: the action is complete (⿚)㗜 + action verb: the action has not occurred (yet) yıˇjing (䄲㈎) + action verb + 㑬: the action has already occurred ga¯ng (ⶶ) + action verb: the action has just occurred kuài (㌍) + time + 㑬 it is almost [time] 䊺 + action verb: do the action again in the future ㋪㬨 but, ⿚䇱 in addition, ゙ several, 䇱⭥ NP some NP yı¯n 㸋 (䅓㸋) because, suo ˇ䄵 (㰚䄵) therefore: indicating cause and effect

Dialogue The situation: It is early Friday afternoon, two days after Dawei and Xiaowen talked about Dawei’s upcoming test. Dawei and Meili see each other in the hallway of a classroom building and begin a conversation.

207

208

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Part A 㗡㏗ 㸳 juéde ㆒㳍䋈㩰⭥䐱㸥㋻㬵⤜ nán᱄

㗡㏗ᷛ㸳㉖⭤㆒㳍䋈㩰⭥䐱㸥㋻㬵⤜㚲᱄





㛄 juéde 䔓㳍⭥䐱㸥 bıˇ 㬵䋖㗕 yàngᷠ

⫔㸋ᷛ㸳 juéde ⼽ nán᱄㏏㎰㬇㯖᷍ 

㛄㉖⭤䔓㳍⭥䐱㸥⡫㬵䋖㗕䂚ᷠ

⫔㸋ᷛ㸳㉖⭤⼽㚲᱄㏏㎰㬇㯖᷍

⫔jia¯Ⱍ㋝de⤜㲌⼤᱄

⫔コⰝ㋝⭤⤜㲌⼤᱄

㗡㏗ᷛ㸳䄓 juéde ⼽ nán᱄㩰⷗䊣⭥㋝㬵⼽

㗡㏗ᷛ㸳䄓㉖⭤⼽㚲᱄㩰⷗䊣⭥㋝㬵⼽





róngyì᷍ ㋪㬨䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵 fe¯icháng nán᱄

Part

㦾䄸᷍㋪㬨䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵⳨⧄㚲᱄

A Vocabulary Simplified Traditional

bıˇ shì

bıˇ㬵

written exam

noun

⡫㬵

ⷱ䉨

dàjia¯

⫔jia¯

everyone

noun

⫔コ

⫔コ

de

(indicates verb description)

particle

⭤

⭤

fe¯ icháng

extremely

intensifier

⳨⧄

⳨⧄

juéde

think, hold an opinion

verb

㉖⭤

䅹⭤

nán

difficult, hard

adjectival verb

㚲

厚

róngyì

easy

adjectival verb

㦾䄸

㦾䄸

last

specifier

㩰

㩰

shàng gè 㩰⷗䊣 last month yuè

noun phrase

㩰⷗䊣

㩰ӡ䊣

xià gè yuè 㻣⷗䊣 next month

noun phrase

㻣⷗䊣

㻣ӡ䊣

noun

䔓㳍

䔓㳍

shàng

zuótia¯n

㩰

zuó㳍 yesterday

Lesson 10 㛄 juéde䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵䋖㗕 yàngᷠ 㛄㉖⭤䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵䋖㗕䂚ᷠ What did you think of yesterday’s test?

209

Use and Structure 10.1–10.5

Part B ⫔㸋ᷛ㛄㋝ de䋖㗕 yàngᷠ 㗡㏗ᷛ㸳 xieˇ de ⼽ màn᱄⿚䇱᷍㸳 wàng 㑬 ゙⷗䓷᱄⭒㦜㋝ de ⤜⼤᱄㛄㋝ de 䋖 㗕 yàngᷠ ⫔㸋ᷛ㸳㋝ de 䄓⤜⼤᱄㛄kàn᷍䎃゙⷗㸫 tí 㸳juéde 㲌nán㑬᱄㸳 qián㳍㶎㩰 shuì de 㲌㩺㑬᱄㸳 xieˇ de kuài᷍㋪㬨 ˇ faˇ 㸳⤜ do ˇng᷍䇱⭥䓷㸳⤜。 xieˇ᱄ 䇱⭥ yu 㗡㏗ᷛ㶖Màikè㋝de⼽⼤᷍yı¯n㸋㰜㩰⷗㾨㠻 jiù ka¯ishıˇ fù㻑㑬᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ䎃yàng᷍㻣⷗䊣⿚䇱䄜⷗䐱㸥㋝㬵᷍ ˇ nbèi᷍䋖㗕yàngᷠ 㸳㗨䋈䄜⮄ka¯ishıˇ zhu 㗡㏗ᷛ㸳㗨zhaˇo㾂㸥䄜㡑fù㻑᷍䇱㸫tí㋪䄵 㸫㰞᱄

⫔㸋ᷛ㛄㋝⭤䋖㗕䂚ᷠ 㗡㏗ᷛ㸳㾕⭤⼽㕞᱄⿚䇱᷍㸳㶝㑬 ゙⷗䓷᱄⭒㦜㋝⭤⤜⼤᱄㛄㋝⭤䋖 㗕䂚ᷠ ⫔㸋ᷛ㸳㋝⭤䄓⤜⼤᱄㛄㋕᷍䎃゙⷗㸫 㳃㸳㉖⭤㲌㚲㑬᱄㸳㣑㳍㶎㩰 㯐⭤㲌㩺㑬᱄㸳㾕⭤㌍᷍㋪㬨 䇱⭥䈐ⳉ㸳⤜Ⰿ᷍䇱⭥䓷㸳⤜。㾕᱄ 㗡㏗ᷛ㶖㕔㋬㋝⭤⼽⼤᷍䅓㸋㰜㩰⷗㾨㠻 ㈮㋋㬝ⶕ㻑㑬᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ䎃䂚᷍㻣⷗䊣⿚䇱䄜⷗䐱㸥㋝㬵᷍ 㸳㗨䋈䄜⮄㋋㬝䓝⡙᷍䋖㗕䂚ᷠ 㗡㏗ᷛ㸳㗨䍳㾂㸥䄜㡑ⶕ㻑᷍䇱㸫㳃㋪䄵 㸫㰞᱄

Part B Vocabulary Simplified Traditional do ˇng

understand

verb

Ⰿ

Ⰿ

hái yo ˇu

⿚䇱

in addition, furthermore

sentence adverb

⿚䇱

䪡䇱

jıˇ

゙

several

quantifier

゙

ุ

begin

verb

㋋㬝

刀㬝

but

conjunction

㋪㬨

㋪㬨

ka¯ishıˇ ke ˇshì

㋪㬨

210

Modern Mandarin Chinese

kuài le

㑬

màn

fast

verb

㌍

㌍

(indicates completed action)

verb suffix

㑬

㑬

slow

adjectival verb

㕞

㕞

noun

㣑㳍

㣑㳍

few, little in number

adjectival verb

㩺

㩺

forget

verb

㶝

㶝

question

noun

㸫㳃

߷嗞

write

verb

㾕

౲

qiántia¯n qián㳍 day before yesterday sha ˇo

㩺

wàng wèntí

㸫tí

xie ˇ yı¯nwèi

yı¯n㸋

because

conjunction

䅓㸋

䅓ᩊ

yo ˇu de

䇱⭥

some

noun

䇱⭥

䇱⭥

䈐ⳉ

䋻ⳉ

description phrase

yu ˇfa ˇ

grammar

noun

Use and Structure 10.6–10.10

Part C ⫔㸋ᷛ X  iànzài kuài 䄜⮄㑬᱄㛄⧵㹈Ⳛ 㑬㗜䇱ᷠ 㗡㏗ᷛ 㸳 yıˇjing ⧵㑬᷍⧵⭤⼽ⱁ᷍⤜ xiaˇng䊺⧵㑬᱄

⫔㸋ᷛ 㻷  䊻㌍䄜⮄㑬᱄㛄⧵㹈Ⳛ 㑬㗜䇱ᷠ 㗡㏗ᷛ 㸳 䄲㈎⧵㑬᷍⧵⭤⼽ⱁ᷍⤜ 㼌䊺⧵㑬᱄

Lesson 10 㛄 juéde䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵䋖㗕 yàngᷠ 㛄㉖⭤䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵䋖㗕䂚ᷠ What did you think of yesterday’s test?

⫔㸋ᷛ 㸳  ga¯ng 㻣kè᷍⿚㗜⧵㚹᷍㆒ 㳍䋈㩰㒚⮄⟌jiù㡑chuáng᷍ 䐜⼩㑬䄜be¯i㝄naˇi᷍⧵㑬䄜⷗ 㧞㘘䐯᷍suoˇ䄵㬏䄜diaˇn jiù è 㑬᱄㸳 ge¯n㾂㸥䄋㦆㚨⷗ xı¯n ⭥ ka¯fe¯iguaˇn ⧵Ⳛ᱄䄋⤜䄋 ge¯n 㸳㗨䄜㡑㦆ᷠ 㗡㏗ᷛ ⼤a᷍㸳⤜xiaˇng䊺⧵᷍㋪㬨㋪ 䄵ge¯n㛄㗨䄜㡑㦆᱄㸳juéde 䇱䄜⮄leˇng᷍xiaˇng⼩䄜be¯i rè chá᱄ ⿚䇱, 䐱㹈⭥㝄ròu miàn 㲌xián㑬᷍xiànzài⼽keˇ᱄

⫔㸋ᷛ 㸳  ⶶ㻣㋯᷍⿚㗜⧵㚹, ㆒ 㳍䋈㩰㒚⮄⟌㈮㡑⪓᷍ 䐜⼩㑬䄜⡎㝄㚭᷍⧵㑬䄜⷗ 㧞㘘䐯᷍㰚䄵㬏䄜恄㈮ⱗ 㑬᱄㸳ⷛ㾂㸥䄋㦆㚨⷗㾣 ⭥㋈⳩⹾⧵Ⳛ᱄䄋⤜䄋 ⷛ㸳㗨䄜㡑㦆ᷠ 㗡㏗ᷛ ⼤➂᷍㸳⤜㼌䊺⧵᷍㋪㬨㋪ 䄵ⷛ㛄㗨䄜㡑㦆᱄㸳㉖⭤ 䇱䄜⮄㏅᷍㼌⼩䄜⡎㦩⥉᱄ ⿚䇱, 䐱㹈⭥㝄㧃㘇 㲌㻭㑬᷍㻷䊻⼽㋫᱄

Part C Vocabulary Simplified Traditional be¯ i

cup of

classifier

⡎

⡎

chá

tea

noun

⥉

⥉

many, a lot

adjectival verb

ⱁ

ⱁ

è

hungry

adjectival verb

ⱗ

圪

ga¯ng

just now

adverb

ⶶ

٣

ka¯fe¯ igua ˇn

coffee shop

noun phrase

㋈⳩⹾

㋈⳩圿

ke ˇ

thirsty

adjectival verb

㋫

㋫

le ˇng

cold

adjectival verb

㏅

㏅

miàn

noodles

noun

㘇

怪

duo¯

ⱁ

niú

㝄

cow

noun

㝄

㝄

niúròu

㝄ròu

beef

noun

㝄㧃

㝄㧃

niúròu miàn

㝄ròu

beef noodles

noun phrase

㝄㧃㘇

㝄㧃怪

miàn

211

212

Modern Mandarin Chinese

rè

hot

adjectival verb

㦩

ᬂ

suo ˇyıˇ

suo ˇ䄵

so, therefore

conjunction

㰚䄵

㰚䄵

wu ˇfàn

㹈Ⳛ

lunch

noun

㹈Ⳛ

㹈嚩

xián

salty

adjectival verb

㻭

徚

xı¯n

new

adjectival verb

㾣

㾣

yıˇjing

already

adverb

䄲㈎

䄲ㄼ

a little

intensifier

䇱䄜⮄

䇱䄜恄

do again in the future

adverb

䊺

䊺

yo ˇu yı¯dia ˇn

䇱䄜 dia ˇn

zài

Use and Structure 10.11–10.19

Characters Character Shape Pinyin Meaning/

Radical Phrases

Traditional character

Function

⧵

chı¯

eat

㋻

⧵Ⳛ (chı¯ fàn) eat

⧵

⭒

da¯ng

*

㾂

⭒㦜 (da¯ngrán) of course

◵

Ⱍ

do¯u

both, all

䝃

Ⱍ

Ⳛ

fàn

rice, food

䴜

⧵Ⳛ (chı¯ fàn) 嚩 eat

ⷀ

ga¯o

tall, (family 䚐 name)

ⷀ

Lesson 10 㛄 juéde䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵䋖㗕 yàngᷠ 㛄㉖⭤䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵䋖㗕䂚ᷠ What did you think of yesterday’s test?

⼩

he¯

drink

㋻

⼩

ㅱ

jiào

call, be called

㋻

ㅱ

㋝

ka ˇo

test, take a test

㒴

㋝㬵 (ka ˇoshì) ㋝ test, take a test

㎰

la ˇo

old

㒴

㎰㬇 (la ˇoshı¯) teacher

㏏

lıˇ

family name 㚟

㏗

lì

beautiful*

䄜

㗡㏗ (me ˇilì) beautiful

㗡

me ˇi

beautiful

⫔

㗡⺛ (Me ˇiguó) 㗡 United States, 㗡㏗ (me ˇilì) beautiful

㝄

niú

cow

㝄

㝄㧃 (niúròu) 㝄 beef

㦆

qù

go

㵢

㦆

㦜

rán

*

哂

⭒㦜 (da¯ngrán) of course

㦜

㬇

shı¯

teacher*

ㆎ

㎰㬇 (la ˇoshı¯) teacher

฀

㬵

shì

test*

䜆

㋝㬵 (ka ˇoshì) 䉨 test, take a test

㶖

wáng king, family 㶖 name

㶖

㸫

wèn

ask

㋻

㎰ ㏏

㤌㸫 (qıˇng wèn) please may I ask

徱

߷

213

214

Modern Mandarin Chinese

㹈

wu ˇ

noon*

㝄

㩰㹈 (shàngwu ˇ) morning

㹈

㻑

xí

*

䚜

䁈㻑 (xuéxí) study

㐶

䁈

xué

study

䓴

䁈㪛 (xuésheng) student, 䁈㻑 (xuéxí) study

స

䊣

yuè

moon

䊣

䊣

䐯

zhì

*

一

㧞㘘䐯 䐯 (sa¯nmíngzhì) sandwich

䔓

zuó

yesterday*

㦶

䔓㳍 (zuótian) 䔓 yesterday

Today and the days before and after today qián㳍 (㣑㳍) 䔓㳍yesterday ㆒㳍 today 㘘㳍 hòu㳍 (⽔㳍) the day before tomorrow the day after yesterday tomorrow

Chinese characters Look for pronunciation clues Bùjiàn (⤠ミ) sometimes provide clues to the pronunciation of a character. For example, the characters 㾂 (xia ˇo) small, little and 㩺 (sha ˇo) few share the bùjiàn 㾂 and have similar pronunciations. When a bùjiàn provides a pronunciation clue it is called a phonetic in English, and a she¯ngpáng (㪚㝵) or she¯ngbù (㪚⤠) in Chinese. Look at the new characters in this lesson and find one that has the same pronunciation (except for the tone) as a character that we have already learned. What do you think the she¯ngpáng (㪚㝵) phonetic is in these two characters?

Stroke Order Flow Chart

Modern Mandarin Chinese

216

Use and structure 10.1.

juéde (㉖⭤) in (my) opinion, feel, think

The verb juéde (㉖⭤) is used to express opinions and to ask others for their opinions.

㛄 juéde 䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵䋖㗕 yàngᷠ(㛄㉖⭤䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵䋖㗕䂚ᷠ) What did you think about yesterday’s test? 㸳 juéde ⼽ nán᱄ 㸳㉖⭤⼽㚲᱄

I thought it was very difficult. Juéde is not preceded by negation. In English, you can say that you don’t think that yesterday’s test was difficult, but in Mandarin you say:

㸳 juéde䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵⤜ nán᱄(㸳㉖⭤䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵⤜㚲᱄ ) I think that yesterday’s test was not difficult. In English you can say that you don’t think that cell phones are expensive, but in Mandarin you say:

㸳 juéde 㬷〛⤜ guì᱄(㸳㉖⭤㬷〛⤜⺔᱄ ) I think that cell phones are not expensive.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 10.1. Website: Structure Drills 10.1.

10.2. More about using adjectival verbs as main verbs: 䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵 fe¯icháng nán (䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵⳨⧄㚲) Yesterday’s test was extremely difficult In Lesson 4 we learned that adjectival verbs may serve as the main verb in the Mandarin sentence. In this lesson we learn the adjectival verbs nán (㚲) difficult, róngyì (㦾䄸) easy, ⱁ many, a lot, and 㩺 few, little in number, and use them as the main verb in sentences. Remember that when an adjectival verb occurs as the main verb in a sentence, the sentence does not include 㬨 as a helping verb. Say this:

㩰⷗xı¯ngqı¯⭥㋝㬵⼽róngyì᱄ 㩰⷗㾨㠻⭥㋝㬵⼽㦾䄸᱄ Last week’s test was very easy. 䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵 fe¯icháng nán᱄

䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵⳨⧄㚲᱄

Yesterday’s test was really hard.

Do not say this: 8 㩰⷗xı¯ngqı¯⭥㋝㬵㬨⼽ róngyì᱄

8 㩰⷗㾨㠻⭥㋝㬵㬨⼽㦾䄸᱄

8 䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵㬨fe¯icháng nán᱄ 8 䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵㬨⳨⧄㚲᱄

Lesson 10 㛄 juéde䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵䋖㗕 yàngᷠ 㛄㉖⭤䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵䋖㗕䂚ᷠ What did you think of yesterday’s test?

Notice that when the adjectival verb is ⱁor 㩺, English and Mandarin presents the information in the sentence in very different ways. subject + verb

㦬⼽ⱁ᱄

There are a lot of people.

䁈䐱㸥⭥㦬⼽ⱁ᱄

There are a lot of people studying Chinese.

㦬⼽㩺᱄

There are few people.

Adjectival verbs and comparisons When adjectival verbs occur as the predicate of the sentence, they can sometimes be used to make comparisons. For example, if I ask you which is more difficult, French or German, you can answer: Dé㸥 nán᱄(⭣㸥㚲᱄ ) German is harder. If I ask you which is cheaper, pencils or pens, you can answer: Qia¯nbıˇ piányi᱄(㣇⡫⢄䄬᱄ ) Pencils are cheaper. When used to indicate a comparison, adjectival verbs are not preceded by ⼽ or another intensifier.

K

W

RKBO

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 10.1; Focus on Communication 10.2.

O

O

10.3 㩰⷗ (xı¯ngqı¯), 㩰⷗ (䊣) last (week), last (month) In Lesson 8 we learned how to say next week and next month with the expressions 㻣⷗ xı¯ngqı¯ (㻣⷗㾨㠻) and 㻣⷗䊣. To say last week and last month use the expressions 㩰⷗ xı¯ngqı¯ (㩰⷗㾨㠻) and 㩰⷗䊣:

㩰⷗xı¯ngqı¯ ⭥㋝㬵⼽róngyì᷍㋪㬨䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵 fe¯icháng nán᱄ 㩰⷗㾨㠻⭥㋝㬵⼽㦾䄸᷍㋪㬨䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵⳨⧄㚲᱄ Last week’s test was easy, but yesterday’s test was extremely hard. To say last Sunday, last Monday, etc., say:

 ⷗xı¯ngqı¯㳍 (㩰⷗㾨㠻㳍) last Sunday 㩰 㩰⷗xı¯ngqı¯䄜 (㩰⷗㾨㠻䄜) last Monday We learned in Lesson 9 that 㩰 also means attend or go up. 㩰⷗ xı¯ngqı¯ and 㩰⷗䊣 refer to the week or month above this one. 㻣⷗xı¯ngqı¯ and 㻣⷗䊣 refer to the week or month below this one.

217

218

Modern Mandarin Chinese

10.4. Describing how actions are performed: xieˇ de ⼽ màn (㾕⭤⼽㕞) write slowly, ㋝ de ⤜⼤(㋝⭤⤜⼤) did not do well on a test In this lesson, we will learn how to describe and ask how an action is performed. We will learn how to do this without stating the object of the verb. In Lesson 14 we will revisit this structure and we will learn how to include the object of the verb in statements and questions.

Describing how an action is performed To describe how an action is performed, use the following structure: action verb + de (⭤) + AdjV xie ˇ de ⼽ màn (㾕⭤⼽㕞) write slowly or action verb + de (⭤) + ⤜ AdjV xie ˇ de ⤜⼤ (㾕⭤⤜⼤) didn’t write well (literally: wrote not well) Notice that negation occurs before the adjectival verb and not before the action verb. The negation of action verb + de + AdjV is action verb + de + ⤜ AdjV:

 ㋝de⼽⼤᱄ 㸳 㸳㋝⭤⼽⼤᱄

action verb de AdjV

action verb de ⤜ AdjV 㸳㋝de⤜⼤᱄ 㸳㋝⭤⤜⼤᱄

I did well on the test. (I examed well.)

I did poorly on the test (I examed poorly.)

Additional examples:

㸳xie ) ˇ de⼽màn᱄(㸳㾕⭤⼽㕞᱄ I write/wrote very slowly. 㸳䔓㳍㶎㩰shuì de㲌㩺᱄(㸳䔓㳍㶎㩰㯐⭤㲌㩺᱄ ) Last night I slept too little. 㸳㋝ de⤜⼤᱄(㸳㋝⭤⤜⼤᱄ ) I did poorly on the exam. (I examed poorly.)

Asking how an action is or was performed To ask how an action is or was performed, say: ) (S) V de 䋖㗕yàngᷠ(V⭤䋖㗕䂚ᷠ 㛄ka ) ˇo de䋖㗕yàngᷠ (㛄㋝⭤䋖㗕䂚ᷠ How did you do on the test? (How did you test?)

Do not say this:

8㸳⤜㋝de⼤᱄ 8㸳⤜㋝⭤⼤᱄

Lesson 10 㛄 juéde䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵䋖㗕 yàngᷠ 㛄㉖⭤䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵䋖㗕䂚ᷠ What did you think of yesterday’s test?

To ask whether an action was performed in a specific way, say: (S) V de AdjV ⤜ AdjVᷠ 㛄㋝de⼤⤜⼤ᷠ(㛄㋝⭤⼤⤜⼤ᷠ ) Did you do well on the test? 㛄⧵ deⱁ⤜ⱁᷠ (㛄⧵⭤ⱁ⤜ⱁᷠ ) Did you eat a lot? Note: Talking about how an action was performed is different from talking about a complete or completed action. Sentences that describe how an action is performed do not include 㑬. (See Use and Structure 10.7, 10.13.) Say this: 㸳 xie ˇ de ⼽ màn᱄ I wrote (I write) slowly.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Do not say this: 8㸳 xie ˇ 㑬 de ⼽ màn᱄

Workbook: Focus on Structure 10.2. Website: Listening for Information 10.1; Structure Drills 10.2, 10.3.

10.5. ㋪㬨but ㋪㬨 but joins sentences or verb phrases and indicates some kind of contrast between them. ㋪㬨 occurs before an entire sentence or before a verb phrase.  ⷗ xı¯ngqı¯ ⭥㋝㬵⼽ róngyì᷍㋪㬨䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵 fe¯icháng nán᱄ 㩰 㩰⷗㾨㠻⭥㋝㬵⼽㦾䄸᷍㋪㬨䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵⳨⧄㚲᱄ Last week’s test was very easy, but yesterday’s test was extremely hard.

 xie 㸳 ˇ de kuài᷍㋪㬨䇱⭥䓷㸳⤜。 xie ˇ᱄ 㸳㾕⭤㌍᷍㋪㬨䇱⭥䓷㸳⤜。㾕᱄ I wrote quickly, but I could not write some of the characters.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 10.3. Website: Structure Drills 10.4; Communication through Reading and Writing 10.3.

10.6. ⿚䇱in addition To introduce additional information, start your sentence with ⿚䇱 in addition.

⿚䇱᷍㸳 wàng 㑬゙⷗䓷᱄ (⿚䇱᷍㸳㶝㑬゙⷗䓷᱄) In addition, I forgot several characters.

219

Modern Mandarin Chinese

220

K

W

Practice

RKBO

Website: Communication through Reading and Writing 10.2, 10.3.

O

O

10.7.

action verb + 㑬: completed action

Mandarin does not have grammatical structures that indicate past, present, and future tense the way English and many European languages do. Instead, Mandarin marks an action as “complete.” To indicate that an action is complete, follow the verb, or the verb + object, with 㑬 (le). To signal that an action is “complete” is to indicate merely that it happened, without focusing on any other detail of the action such as how, when, or where it was done.

㸳 wàng 㑬゙⷗䓷᱄(㸳㶝㑬゙⷗䓷᱄) I forgot several characters. 㰜䔓㳍㶎㩰 fù㻑 go¯ngkè㑬᱄(㰜䔓㳍㶎㩰ⶕ㻑⹇㋯㑬᱄) Last night he reviewed the lessons. In this note we learn some general rules about the location of 㑬 in the verb + object phrase. We will learn more about the use of completed action㑬 in later lessons. In Use and Structure 10.12 we will learn how to say that an action did not occur, and in Use and Structure 10.13 we will learn how to ask if an action has occurred.

㑬 follows the action verb (verb 㑬 object) When the object of the action verb includes a number: verb 㑬 [number + classifier + object] 㸳⼩㑬䄜 be¯i ka¯fe¯i᱄(㸳⼩㑬䄜⡎㋈⳩᱄) I drank a cup of coffee. When the object of an action verb refers to something specific such as this object or that object: verb 㑬 [䎃/㚨 + classifier + object] 㸳 ma ) ˇi㑬㚨be ˇn shu¯᱄(㸳㕓㑬㚨⡟㭊᱄ I bought that book. When the object includes a description: verb 㑬[description ⭥object] 㸳 ma ) ˇi 㑬㶖 ㎰㬇⭥ shu¯᱄ (㸳㕓㑬㶖㎰㬇⭥㭊᱄ I bought Professor Wang’s book. When the verb is wàng (㶝) forget or another verb that refers to an action that is completed as soon as it is performed:

Lesson 10 㛄 juéde䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵䋖㗕 yàngᷠ 㛄㉖⭤䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵䋖㗕䂚ᷠ What did you think of yesterday’s test?

wàng 㑬object 㸳wàng 㑬゙⷗䓷᱄(㸳㶝㑬゙⷗䓷᱄) I forgot several characters.

㑬 follows verb + object (verb object 㑬) When the phrase describes a general event such as eating, bathing, reading, studying, etc.

㸳䔓㳍 kàn shu¯ 㑬᱄(㸳䔓㳍㋕㭊㑬᱄) I read yesterday. When the object has no meaning outside of the phrase (e.g. xıˇ za ˇo (㻕䋉) bathe and shuì jiào (㯐㉖) sleep:

㸳䔓㳍㶎㩰xıˇ za ) ˇo 㑬᱄(㸳䔓㳍㶎㩰 㻕䋉 㑬᱄ I bathed last night.

 䔓㳍㶎㩰㬏䄜dia 㰜 ˇn zho¯ng jiù shuì jiào 㑬᱄ 㸳䔓㳍㶎㩰㬏䄜⮄䐴㈮㯐㉖㑬᱄ Last night I went to sleep (as early as) 11:00. When the object of the verb stands for some category of things rather than for something specific or definite:

㸳㹆dia ˇn zho¯ng jiù⧵Ⳛ㑬᱄ 㸳㹆⮄䐴㈮⧵Ⳛ㑬᱄ I ate at 5:00. Some nouns can be interpreted as either specific or general depending upon the context of the sentence or on the speaker. As a result, the same verb + object sequence may include 㑬 after the verb or after the object.

 ㆒㳍䋈㩰 yıˇjing⼩㑬ka¯fe¯i᱄ (㸳㆒㳍䋈㩰䄲㈎⼩㑬㋈⳩᱄) 㸳 㸳㆒㳍䋈㩰 yıˇjing⼩ ka¯fe¯i㑬᱄(㸳㆒㳍䋈㩰䄲㈎⼩㋈⳩㑬᱄) I have already drunk coffee this morning. Variations like these characterize the placement and use of㑬to indicate a completed action. The use of 㑬 in a sentence to signal a completed action is not obligatory, and the position of 㑬 after the verb or after the object of the verb is subject to the context of the sentence and speaker perception of the event.

Two fixed rules about the use of 㑬 㑬 only indicates a completed action when it follows an action verb. If the verb in the sentence is not an action verb – for example, if it is an adjectival verb like róngyì (㦾䄸) easy, or a stative verb like xıˇhua¯n (㻓⿗) like, or a modal verb like 。 can – then if㑬 occurs, it cannot be understood as indicating completed action. Instead it must be understood as

221

Modern Mandarin Chinese

222

indicating new information. (Use and Structure 9.6.) To indicate that some non-action was true in the past (for example, a test was easy, you used to like German food, or you couldn’t talk in the library), you can add a time word to indicate the time. (For example, you can add the word 䔓㳍. See Language FAQs below.) Completed action 㑬 can only be used if an action has occurred. 㑬 cannot be used when talking about actions that did not occur. You cannot use㑬 when talking about actions that did not happen in the past. For example, you do not use 㑬 when saying that you have not eaten lunch today. To say that an action has not occurred, or that it has not happened yet, see Use and Structure 10.13. To ask whether an action has happened see Use and Structure 10.14.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 10.4, 10.5; Focus on Communication 10.3. Website: Listening for Information 10.2, 10.3; Structure Drills 10.5, 10.6; Communication through Reading and Writing 10.3.

10.8. ゙several, a few In Lesson 5 we learned the question word ゙ how much?, how many?

㛄コ䇱゙⷗㦬ᷠ How many people are there in your family?

゙ may also mean several, a few. 㸳 wàng 㑬゙ ⷗䓷᱄(㸳㶝㑬゙⷗䓷᱄) I forgot several characters. The context will make it clear whether゙should be translated as how many or as several. ゙ usually has the question meaning (how much, how many) when it occurs in questions:

㛄コ䇱゙⷗㦬ᷠ ゙ usually has the meaning several, a few when it occurs in statements: 㸳⿚㤌㑬゙⷗péngyou᱄(㸳⿚㤌㑬゙⷗㞔䇲᱄) I’ve also invited several friends.

10.9. 䇱⭥ NP some NP To indicate some noun phrases or some of the noun phrase, say䇱⭥ NP:

 ⭥ yu 䇱 ˇfa ˇ (䇱⭥䈐ⳉ) some of the grammar 䇱⭥䓷 some characters

Lesson 10 㛄 juéde䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵䋖㗕 yàngᷠ 㛄㉖⭤䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵䋖㗕䂚ᷠ What did you think of yesterday’s test?

䇱⭥ NP always occurs before the verb of the sentence. When the noun phrase is the subject of the sentence, 䇱⭥ NP occurs in the normal subject position, before the verb: 䇱⭥䁈㪛䁈䐱㸥᷍䇱⭥䁈㪛䁈㦶㸥᱄ Some students study Chinese, some students study Japanese. When䇱⭥ NP is the object of the verb, 䇱⭥ NP still occurs at the beginning of the sentence, before the verb, and often before the subject and time phrase if there is one.

 ⭥yu 䇱 ˇfa ˇ 㸳⤜ do ˇng᷍䇱⭥䓷㸳⤜。xie ˇ᱄ 䇱⭥䈐ⳉ㸳⤜Ⰿ᷍䇱⭥䓷㸳⤜。㾕᱄ I didn’t understand some of the grammar, I couldn’t write some of the characters. When the object occurs before the verb we say that the object is topicalized.

䇱⭥ NP implies a comparison with other nouns or noun phrases. For example, when Zhang Dawei says 䇱⭥ yu ˇfa ˇ 㸳⤜ do ˇng (䇱⭥䈐ⳉ㸳⤜Ⰿ) he implies that there was some grammar that he did understand.

Practice

10.10.

Website: Structure Drills 10.10.

yı¯n㸋 (䅓㸋) . . . suoˇ䄵 (㰚䄵) because . . . therefore

Yı¯n㸋 (䅓㸋) means because.

 Màikè㋝de⼽⼤᷍yı¯n㸋㰜㩰⷗㾨㠻jiù ka¯ishıˇ fù㻑㑬᱄ 㶖 㶖㕔㋬㋝⭤⼽⼤᷍䅓㸋㰜㩰⷗㾨㠻㈮㋋㬝ⶕ㻑㑬᱄ Wang Maike did well on the test because he started reviewing (as early as) last week. Suo ˇ䄵 (㰚䄵) means therefore or so.

 ㆒㳍㗜⧵䋈Ⳛ᷍suo 㸳 ˇ䄵㬏䄜 dia ˇn jiù è㑬᱄ 㸳㆒㳍㗜⧵䋈Ⳛ᷍㰚䄵㬏䄜⮄㈮ⱗ㑬᱄ I didn’t eat breakfast this morning, so I was hungry at 11:00. Unlike the words because and therefore in English, yı¯n 㸋 and suo ˇ 䄵 often occur together in the same sentence. Yı¯n㸋㸳㆒㳍㗜⧵䋈Ⳛ᷍suo ˇ䄵㬏䄜dia ˇn jiù è㑬᱄

䅓㸋㸳㆒㳍㗜⧵䋈Ⳛ᷍㰚䄵㬏䄜⮄㈮ⱗ㑬᱄

Because I didn’t eat breakfast today, therefore I was hungry at 11:00. When the subject of the yı¯n㸋 and suo ˇ䄵 clauses are the same, yı¯n㸋 may occur at the beginning of its clause, or right after the subject.

 yı¯n㸋㆒㳍➬dia 㰞 ˇn 䇱㋝㬵᷍suo ˇ䄵㒚dia ˇn jiù㡑chuáng㑬᱄ 㰞䅓㸋㆒㳍➬⮄䇱㋝㬵᷍㰚䄵㒚⮄㈮㡑⪓㑬᱄

223

Modern Mandarin Chinese

224

or Yı¯n㸋㰞㆒㳍➬dia ˇn 䇱㋝㬵᷍suo ˇ䄵㒚dia ˇn jiù㡑chuáng㑬᱄

䅓㸋㰞㆒㳍➬⮄䇱㋝㬵᷍㰚䄵㒚⮄㈮㡑⪓㑬᱄

Because she had a test at 8:00 today, (therefore) she got up (as early as) 6:00. 㸳yı¯n㸋㲌máng᷍㰚䄵㘘nián⤜䁈䐱㸥㑬᱄

㸳䅓㸋㲌㗇᷍㰚䄵㘘㛋⤜䁈䐱㸥㑬᱄ or

Yı¯n㸋㸳㲌máng᷍suo ˇ䄵㘘nián⤜䁈䐱㸥㑬᱄

䅓㸋㸳㲌㗇᷍㰚䄵㘘㛋⤜䁈䐱㸥㑬᱄

Because I am too busy, I am not studying Chinese next year. Yı¯n 㸋 must occur at the beginning of its clause, before the subject, when the yı¯n㸋 and suo ˇ䄵 clauses have different subjects. Yı¯n㸋㸳㗨㘘㳍䇱㋝㬵᷍suo ˇ䄵㰜㎕ge¯n㸳䄜㡑fù㻑᱄ 䅓㸋㸳㗨㘘㳍䇱㋝㬵᷍㰚䄵㰜㎕ⷛ㸳䄜㡑ⶕ㻑᱄ Because we have a test tomorrow, he came to study (review) with me.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

10.11.

Workbook: Focus on Communication 10.4. Website: Structure Drills 10.13.

kuài (㌍) [time] 㑬it will soon be [time]

Kuài (㌍) [time] 㑬 indicates that it will soon be that time. Kuài (time) 㑬 can be translated into English as almost the time. Xiànzài kuài 䄜 dia ) ˇn 㑬᱄(㻷䊻㌍䄜⮄㑬᱄ It is now almost 1:00.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 10.8, 10.9. Website: Structure Drills 10.11.

10.12. 㦆location go to a location In Lesson 8 we learned that 㦆 + action verb means go do an action. In this lesson we learn that 㦆 + location means go to a location.

 ge¯n 㾂㸥䄋㦆㚨⷗xı¯n ⭥ ka¯fe¯igua 㸳 ˇn ⧵Ⳛ᱄ 㸳ⷛ㾂㸥䄋㦆㚨⷗㾣⭥㋈⳩⹾⧵Ⳛ᱄ I’m going to that new coffee shop with Xiaowen.

Lesson 10 㛄 juéde䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵䋖㗕 yàngᷠ 㛄㉖⭤䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵䋖㗕䂚ᷠ What did you think of yesterday’s test?

10.13.

(⿚)㗜+ action verb: the action has not occurred (yet)

In Use and Structure 10.7 we learned how to indicate that an action has occurred. To say that an action has not occurred, say 㗜 + action.

㸳㆒㳍㗜⧵䋈Ⳛ᱄ I didn’t eat breakfast today. 㸳㗜ⷙ㰜⫓diàn⿑᱄(㸳㗜ⷙ㰜⫓⮈⿑᱄) I did not phone him. Some speakers say 㗜䇱 + action:

㸳㆒㳍㗜䇱⧵䋈Ⳛ᱄ I didn’t eat breakfast today. To say that an action hasn’t happened yet, or to say not yet, say ⿚㗜+ action or ⿚㗜䇱 + action. 㚹 often occurs at the end of the sentence.

㸳⿚㗜⧵㹈Ⳛ㚹᱄ I haven’t eaten lunch yet.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

10.14.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 10.6, 10.7, 10.8, 10.12. Website: Structure Drills 10.8, 10.9; Focus on Structure 10.1.

VP 㑬㗜䇱ᷠhas the action occurred?

To ask whether an action has occurred, ask a yes-no question. The yes-no question can be a 㕑 question: action verb 㑬 (object) 㕑ᷠ

㛄⧵㹈Ⳛ㑬㕑ᷠ

Have you eaten lunch? Or, the yes-no question can take the following verb-not-verb form: [action verb 㑬] [㗜䇱] ᷠ

㛄⧵㹈Ⳛ㑬㗜䇱ᷠ

Have you eaten lunch? 㛄ma ) ˇi shu¯㑬㗜䇱ᷠ(㛄㕓㭊㑬㗜䇱ᷠ Have you bought the books? To answer a question about whether an action has happened with a simple “yes” say action verb 㑬.

225

226

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Qᷛ㛄⧵㹈Ⳛ㑬㕑ᷠor Qᷛ㛄⧵㹈Ⳛ㑬㗜䇱ᷠ Have you eaten lunch? Aᷛ⧵㑬᱄ Yes. (I have.) To say that you have already done it, add the word yıˇjing (䄲㈎) already before the action verb and say: (S) yıˇjing (䄲㈎) action verb 㑬

㸳yıˇjing ⧵㑬᱄(㸳䄲㈎⧵㑬᱄) I have already eaten. (See Use and Structure 10.15.) To answer a question about whether an action has happened with a simple “no,” say 㗜䇱. Qᷛ㛄⧵㹈Ⳛ㑬㕑ᷠor Qᷛ㛄⧵㹈Ⳛ㑬㗜䇱ᷠ Have you eaten lunch? Aᷛ㗜䇱᱄ No. (I have not.) To sat that the action has not yet occurred, say ⿚㗜䇱: Qᷛ㛄⧵㹈Ⳛ㑬㕑ᷠor Qᷛ㛄⧵㹈Ⳛ㑬㗜䇱ᷠ Have you eaten lunch? Aᷛ⿚㗜䇱᱄ Not yet.

Practice

10.15.

Website: Structure Drills 10.5, 10.7.

yıˇjing (䄲㈎) action verb㑬: the action has already occurred

The adverb yıˇjing (䄲㈎) already may occur before a verb phrase to emphasize that the action has already been completed or that some situation has already come about. (S) yıˇjing (䄲㈎) VP (object) 㑬 㸳 yıˇjing ⧵ (㹈Ⳛ)㑬᱄(㸳䄲㈎⧵(㹈Ⳛ)㑬᱄) I’ve already eaten dinner. When the verb phrase consists of 㬨 + age or 㬨 + time, 㬨 is usually omitted, and yıˇjing occurs right before the age or time. (Use and Structure 8.7.)

㸳 yıˇjing ⱟ㬏 suì 㑬᱄(㸳䄲㈎ⱟ㬏㰋㑬᱄) I’m already 20 years old. Xiànzài yıˇjing 䄜dia ) ˇn 㑬᱄(㻷䊻䄲㈎䄜 ⮄㑬᱄ It’s already 1:00.

Lesson 10 㛄 juéde䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵䋖㗕 yàngᷠ 㛄㉖⭤䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵䋖㗕䂚ᷠ What did you think of yesterday’s test?

K

W

Practice

RKBO

Workbook: Focus on Structure 10.8.

O

O

10.16. 䊺 + action verb: do the action again in the future In Lesson 6 we learned 䊺㯖䄜cì (䊺㯖䄜⪯) say it again one more time as a fixed expression. (Use and Structure 6.10.) In this lesson we learn to use 䊺 to talk about doing any action again in the future. To say that an action will happen again in the future, or that the subject will do an action again in the future, say 䊺 + action (䄜cì):

㛄xie ) ˇ de⤜⼤᱄Qıˇng 㛄䊺xie ˇ䄜cì᱄ (㛄㾕⭤⤜⼤᱄㤌㛄䊺㾕䄜⪯᱄ You haven’t written this well. Please write it again one more time.

10.17.

ga¯ng (ⶶ) + action verb: the action has just occurred

To say that you have just done an action or that something has just happened, use the adverb ga¯ng (ⶶ) before the action verb and say: ga¯ng (ⶶ) V (object) 㸳ga¯ng 㻣kè᱄(㸳ⶶ㻣㋯᱄) I have just gotten out of class. Even though ga¯ng refers to completed action, sentences with ga¯ng typically do not include 㑬.

K

W

Practice

RKBO

Workbook: Focus on Structure 10.8.

O

O

10.18. ⤜ and 㗜 compared 㗜 has two functions. As we learned in Lesson 4, 㗜 negates the verb䇱have, exist (Use and Structure 4.10):

㸳㗜䇱 ge¯ge᱄(㸳㗜䇱ⷈⷈ᱄) I don’t have an older brother. We learn in this lesson that 㗜 is also the form of negation that is used when saying that some action did not occur in the past.

㸳㗜⧵㹈Ⳛ᱄ I didn’t eat lunch. When used with action verbs, 㗜 and ⤜ say different things about the action: Q 㗜  + action verb indicates that an action did not occur. Q ⤜ + action verb indicates that an action is not happening now, or does not happen.

227

228

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Compare the meanings of the following sentences with 㗜 and ⤜.

⤜ + action verb (+ object) 㸳⤜⧵㹈Ⳛ᱄

㗜 + action verb (+ object) 㸳㗜⧵㹈Ⳛ᱄

I don’t eat lunch.

I didn’t eat lunch.

㸳⤜⼩ ka¯fe¯i᱄ 㸳⤜⼩㋈⳩᱄

㸳㗜⼩ ka¯fe¯i᱄ 㸳㗜⼩㋈⳩᱄

I don’t drink coffee.

I didn’t drink coffee.

㸳⤜ kàn diànshì᱄ 㸳⤜㋕⮈㬴᱄

㸳㗜 kàn diànshì᱄ 㸳㗜㋕⮈㬴᱄

I don’t watch television.

I didn’t watch television.

Remember that when describing how actions are performed, negation is always ⤜.

㸳㋝ de ⤜⼤᱄(㸳㋝⭤⤜⼤᱄) I didn’t do well on the test. (See Use and Structure 10.4.)

Practice

10.19.

Website: Focus on Structure 10.1.

Describing nouns with more than one description phrase

We have already learned several types of phrases that can be used to describe a (main) noun: [Pronoun ⭥] + Main Noun: (Use and Structure 4.5)

㰜⭥diànna ˇo (㰜⭥⮈㚵) his computer

[Noun ⭥] + Main Noun: (Use and Structure 5.9)

㎰㬇⭥diànna ˇo (㎰㬇⭥⮈㚵)

[Number + Classifier] + Main Noun: (Use and Structure 6.2)

䄜⷗ ka¯fe¯igua ˇn (䄜⷗㋈⳩⹾)

[Specifier + Classifier] + Main Noun: (Use and Structure 6.12)

㚨⷗ ka¯fe¯igua ˇn (㚨⷗㋈⳩⹾)

[Specifier + Number + Classifier] + Main Noun: (Use and Structure 7.6)

㚨㑞⷗ka¯fe¯igua ˇn (㚨㑞⷗㋈⳩⹾) those two coffee shops

[Adjective/Adjectival Verb ⭥] + Main Noun (Use and Structure 6.11)

xı¯n ⭥ ka¯fe¯igua ˇn (㾣⭥㋈⳩⹾) new coffee shop

the teacher’s computer one coffee shop coffee shop

Lesson 10 㛄 juéde䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵䋖㗕 yàngᷠ 㛄㉖⭤䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵䋖㗕䂚ᷠ What did you think of yesterday’s test?

Notice that descriptions involving specifiers and/or numbers always end in a classifier. All other descriptions end in ⭥. In this lesson we see that a noun can be described by more than one description at the same time. When describing a noun with more than one description, state the descriptions one at a time before the main noun. The main noun occurs once, following the descriptions: [Description1] [㚨⷗]

[Description2] . . . . . . Main Noun [xı¯n ⭥] ka¯fe¯igua ˇn

㚨⷗

᷼㾣⭥᷾

㋈⳩⹾

that new coffee shop Here are additional examples of nouns described by more than one description.

 㧞 be 䎃 ˇn 䎃㧞⡟ these three

 㑞⷗ 㚨 㚨㑞⷗

those two

 㑞⷗ 㚨 㚨㑞⷗

those two

㾣⭥

䐱㸥 shu¯ 䐱㸥㭊

new ⼽ guì ⭥

Chinese books diànna ˇo

⼽⺔⭥

⮈㚵

very expensive ⼽ guì ⭥

computers Rìbe ˇn ⭥

⼽⺔⭥

very expensive

㦶⡟⭥

Japanese

diànna ˇo

⮈㚵

computers

K

W

RKBO

O

O

xı¯n ⭥

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 10.10. Website: Structure Drills 10.12.

Qa

Language FAQs

Why doesn’t completed action 㑬 occur with V de (⭤) AdjV “manner” descriptions? V de (⭤) AdjV expresses how an action is performed (well, poorly, quickly, slowly, etc.). Completed action 㑬 indicates that an action is complete. You can’t express both meanings at the same time, so V de (⭤) AdjV never occurs with completed action㑬.

How can you tell whether㑬 indicates a new situation or completion? Look at what 㑬 follows. If 㑬 directly follows an action verb, it indicates completion. If 㑬 follows the entire the sentence (minus the final particle) it indicates that the situation is new in some way. If 㑬 follows an action verb and also occurs at the end of a sentence, it may be indicating both completion and new situation, and you must decide which meanings make sense in the context of the sentence. Remember also that

229

230

Modern Mandarin Chinese

the inclusion of 㑬 is optional, reflecting the speaker’s perspective about a situation, and speakers need not include 㑬 even if an action is complete or a situation is new.

Two particles pronounced “de” We have now learned two particles that are pronounced “de”. They have different functions and are written with different Chinese characters. We have already learned that the particle de that is used to indicate noun description is written ⭥. The particle de introduced in this lesson to indicate how an action is performed is written with the character ⭤. It occurs for now as an optional character. We will learn it formally in a later lesson.

Signaling time without grammatical tense Because Mandarin does not have grammatical structures that indicate past, present, and future tense, Mandarin sentences are often unmarked for time. When the time of a situation is relevant or important, the time is expressed with time words, such as 䔓㳍 yesterday, ㆒㳍 today, and 㘘㳍 tomorrow, or with words and phrases like previously or in the future that indicate the time of a situation. Remember that words and phrases that indicate the time when a situation takes place are always stated before the verb phrase.

㸳䔓㳍䇱䐱㸥㋝㬵᱄ I had a Chinese test yesterday.

Notes on Chinese culture More about expressing past months and future months Languages often express time with words and phrases that refer to location. In Mandarin, weeks and months that have occurred before this week/this month are expressed with the word 㩰 above, and weeks and months that will occur after this week/this month are expressed with the word 㻣below. In other words, for weeks and months, Chinese describes the past as “above” us and the future as “below” us. TIME (Past)

㩰⷗ xı¯ngqı¯ (㩰⷗㾨㠻) last week, 㩰⷗䊣 last month

(Present)

䎃⷗ xı¯ngqı¯ (䎃⷗㾨㠻) this week, 䎃⷗䊣 this month

(Future)

㻣⷗ xı¯ngqı¯ (㻣⷗㾨㠻) next week, 㻣⷗䊣 next month

Lesson 10 㛄 juéde䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵䋖㗕 yàngᷠ 㛄㉖⭤䔓㳍⭥㋝㬵䋖㗕䂚ᷠ What did you think of yesterday’s test?

Lesson 10 Dialogue in English Part A Meili: I thought this morning’s oral exam wasn’t hard. What did you think about yesterday’s written test? Dawei: I thought it was very difficult. Teacher Li said that everyone did poorly. Meili: I also thought it was difficult. Last month’s test was very easy, but yesterday’s test was extremely difficult.

Part B Dawei: How did you do? Meili: I wrote very slowly. Also, I forgot some characters. Of course I did poorly on the test. How did you do? Dawei: I also didn’t do well. Take a look, I think these questions were too difficult. I slept too little the night before last. I wrote quickly, but I didn’t understand some of the grammar, and I couldn’t write some of the characters. Meili: Wang Maike did very well, because he started studying last week. Dawei: How about this, next month there will be another Chinese test. Why don’t we start studying a little sooner? Meili: Let’s find Xiaowen and study together with her. If we have questions we can ask her.

Part C Dawei: It’s now almost 1:00. Have you eaten lunch? Meili: I’ve already eaten. I ate a lot and I don’t want to eat again. Dawei: I just got out of class, (and) I haven’t eaten yet. I got up at 6:30 this morning, and I only drank a class of milk and ate a sandwich, so I was hungry by 11:00. I’m going to go with Xiaowen to that new coffee shop to eat. Would you like to go with us? Meili: Okay. I don’t want to eat again, but I’ll go with you. I’m feeling a little cold. I want to drink a cup of hot tea. Also, the beef noodles I ate at noon were too salty and I’m very thirsty now.

231

4

Topic Talking about location and directions

11

Lesson Lái 㸳コ⧵Ⳛ ㎕㸳コ⧵Ⳛ Come to my house for dinner

Communication goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Give and accept invitations to do something with someone. Q Talk about the location of people, places, and things in terms of compass directions. Q Talk about the distance between places.

Literacy goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Identify the radicals and the bùjiàn (⤠ミ) recurring component parts in characters you have learned. Q Identify bùjiàn that indicate similar pronunciation in characters you have learned. Q Scan and skim a text for key words and basic information, and read simple texts in Chinese. Q Locate places on a map written in Chinese.

236

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Key structures

Q jiù (㈮) only Q repeating verbs to indicate casual action: 㩰㩰㶙᷍㋕㋕diànshì (㩰㩰㶙᷍㋕㋕⮈㬴) Q lái (㎕) come to a place Q me ˇi (㗠) every Q ⭒ + NP assume the role of NP Q A lí B yua ˇn/jìn (A ㏌ B 䊗/㆝) A is far from/close to B Q A lí B ⱁyua ) How far is A from B? ˇnᷠ (A ㏌ B ⱁ䊗ᷠ Q ⷙ + noun phrase to/for [noun phrase] Q noun phrase 䊻 compass direction [noun phrase] is located in the [north, south, east, west, etc.] Q noun phrase 䊻 location [noun phrase] is [here, there, at home, etc.] Q ⟌ half Q zuò + vehicle + 㦆 + place (䔙 vehicle 㦆 place): go to [place] by [vehicle]

Dialogue The situation: It is Wednesday night, and Xie Guoqiang and Zhang Dawei are in their dorm room talking. Xie Guoqiang often goes home on Sunday to have dinner with his family, and he is planning to invite Zhang Dawei and some other friends.

Lesson 11 Lái 㸳コ⧵Ⳛ ㎕㸳コ⧵Ⳛ Come to my house for dinner

Part A Guóqiángᷛ㛄䎃⷗㾨㠻㳍䔗㬓㗕᷍

㗇⤜ 㗇ᷠ ⫔㸋ᷛ 䎃⷗㾨㠻㳍㸳㗜㬣᷍䄓㗜 ⹇㋯᷍jiù xiaˇng㩰㩰 㶙᷍ ㋕㋕diànshì᷍xiu¯xi xiu¯xi᱄ Guóqiángᷛ㚨᷍㾨㠻㳍lái 㸳コ⧵Ⳛ᷍ 䋖㗕䂚ᷠ ⫔㸋ᷛ ⼤a᷂㾜㾜᷂㾨㠻㳍㬓㗕 㬒⽓ᷠ㸳meˇi⷗㾨㠻㳍㻣㹈 Ⱍⷙ㸳➷➷㕉㕉⫓diàn⿑᱄ Guóqiángᷛ㾨㠻㳍㶎㩰㒚⮄⟌ 䋖㗕䂚ᷠ ⫔㸋ᷛ ㋪䄵᱄⤜。㲌máfan㛄 ➷㕉➪ᷠ Guóqiángᷛ㗜㬣᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ 㛄⿚㼌㤌㯎ᷠ Guóqiángᷛ㸳⿚㼌㤌㾂㶖᷍㗡㏗ ᷍⭒㦜 ⿚䇱㛄⭥㝏㞔䇲㾂㸥᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ 㲌⼤㑬᷂ Guóqiángᷛ㸳䄓㤌㑬⧣㘘᷍㋪㬨㰜䎃⷗ zho¯umò fe¯icháng 㗇᷍yı¯n㸋㰜 䄋⫓⹅, 㰜䊻⭒䇃㸥コjiào᱄ 㸳㋪䄵䊺㸫䄜⪯᱄ⰵ㑬᱄ 㗡㏗䇱㚱㞔䇲㕑ᷠ ⫔㸋ᷛ ⤜ zhı¯dào᱄㸳ba¯ng㛄㸫㸫➪᱄

⺛㣠ᷛ㛄䎃⷗㾨㠻㳍䔗㬓㗕᷍ 㗇⤜ 㗇ᷠ ⫔㸋ᷛ䎃⷗㾨㠻㳍㸳㗜㬣᷍䄓㗜 ⹇㋯᷍㈮㼌㩰㩰㶙᷍ ㋕㋕⮈㬴᷍㾾㻃㾾㻃᱄ ⺛㣠ᷛ㚨᷍㾨㠻㳍㎕㸳コ⧵Ⳛ᷍ 䋖㗕䂚ᷠ ⫔㸋ᷛ⼤➂᷂㾜㾜᷂㾨㠻㳍㬓㗕 㬒⽓ᷠ㸳㗠⷗㾨㠻㳍㻣㹈 Ⱍⷙ㸳➷➷㕉㕉⫓⮈⿑᱄ ⺛㣠ᷛ㾨㠻㳍㶎㩰㒚⮄⟌ 䋖㗕䂚ᷠ ⫔㸋ᷛ㋪䄵᱄⤜。㲌㕊Ⳕ㛄 ➷㕉➪ᷠ ⺛㣠ᷛ㗜㬣᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ㛄⿚㼌㤌㯎ᷠ ⺛㣠ᷛ㸳⿚㼌㤌㾂㶖 ᷍㗡㏗᷍⭒㦜 ⿚䇱㛄⭥㝏㞔䇲㾂㸥᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ㲌⼤㑬᷂ ⺛㣠ᷛ㸳䄓㤌㑬⧣㘘᷍㋪㬨㰜䎃⷗ 䐽㚊⳨⧄㗇᷍䅓㸋㰜 䄋⫓⹅, 㰜䊻⭒䇃㸥コㅭ᱄ 㸳㋪䄵䊺㸫䄜⪯᱄ⰵ㑬᱄ 㗡㏗䇱㚱㞔䇲㕑ᷠ ⫔㸋ᷛ⤜䐋⭡᱄ 㸳⟐㛄㸫㸫➪᱄

Part A Vocabulary ba¯ng da¯ng

⭒

Simplified

Traditional

help

verb

⟐

ฮ

assume the role of, be

verb

⭒

◵

237

238

Modern Mandarin Chinese

duì le

ⰵ㑬

by the way

ⰵ㑬

ಇ㑬

noun

コㅭ

コㅭ

conversational expression

jia¯jiào

コjiào tutor

lái

come

verb

㎕

Ҏ

máfan

bother, inconvenience

verb

㕊Ⳕ

㕊᫊

me ˇi

every

quantifier

㗠

㗠

xiu¯xi

rest

verb

㾾㻃

㾾㻃

zho¯umò

weekend

noun

䐽㚊

䩭㚊

Use and Structure 11.1–11.8

Part B 㛄コ lí 䎃ⱚyuaˇn㕑ᷠ Guóqiángᷛ䇱䄜⮄yuaˇn᱄㸳ⷙ㛄huà䄜䍦 jiaˇnda¯n⭥⡒㈊chéngshì dìtú᱄ 㛄㋕᷍䎃ⱚ㬨 shì 䐱xı¯n᷍fe¯i 〛 chaˇng 䊻do¯ngbian᷍⡒㈊huoˇche¯ zhàn 䊻do¯ngnán bia¯n᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ 㸳㗨䁈xiào䊻㚥ⱚᷠ Guóqiángᷛ㸳㗨䁈xiào 䊻xı¯beˇi bia¯n᷍Xia¯ng Sha¯n Go¯ngyuán䄓䊻xı¯beˇi bia¯n᱄㸳コ䊻 nánbia¯n᷍lí Lóngtán hú Go¯ngyuán ⼽jìn᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ

⫔㸋ᷛ㛄コ㏌䎃ⱚ䊗㕑ᷠ ⺛㣠ᷛ䇱䄜⮄䊗᱄㸳ⷙ㛄⿎䄜䍦 ビ⭆⭥⡒㈊⧨㬱⭹㵝᱄ 㛄㋕᷍䎃ⱚ㬨㬱䐱㾥᷍⳪〛 ⧂䊻Ⰼ⢀᷍⡒㈊】⧖ 䍟䊻Ⰼ㚰⢀᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ㸳㗨䁈㾄䊻㚥ⱚᷠ ⺛㣠ᷛ㸳㗨䁈㾄䊻㹘⡒⢀᷍㼄㩞 ⹌䊑䄓䊻㹘⡒⢀᱄㸳コ䊻 㚰⢀᷍㏌㒛㲗⽟⹌䊑 ⼽㆝᱄

Part B Vocabulary Simplified Traditional be ˇi

north*

bound noun

⡒

⡒

be ˇibia¯n

north side

noun

⡒⢀

⡒䪦

Lesson 11 Lái 㸳コ⧵Ⳛ ㎕㸳コ⧵Ⳛ Come to my house for dinner

chéng

city*

noun

⧨

⧨

chéngshì

city

noun

⧨㬱

⧨㬱

do¯ng

east*

bound noun

Ⰼ

Ꮭ

do¯ngbia¯n

east side

noun

Ⰼ⢀

Ꮭ䪦

do¯ngnán bia¯n

southeast side

noun phrase

Ⰼ㚰⢀

Ꮭ㚰䪦

airplane

noun

⳪〛

嚘ᗤ

airport

noun phrase

⳪〛⧂

嚘ᗤৗ

for, to

preposition

ⷙ

ㄐ

go¯ngyuán

park

noun

⹌䊑

⹌ड

hú

lake

noun

⽟

⽟

huà

draw, paint

verb

⿎

◬

huo ˇche¯

train

noun

】⧖

】䡨

huo ˇche¯ zhàn

train station

noun phrase

】⧖䍟

】䡨䍟

jia ˇnda¯n

simple

adjectival

ビ⭆

⻧࠯

㆝

㆝

fe¯ ijı¯

fe¯ i〛

fe¯ ijı¯cha ˇng fe¯ i〛 cha ˇng ge ˇi

ⷙ

verb

jìn

close

adjectival verb

lí

separated from

preposition

㏌

厙

lóng

dragon

noun

㒛

愩

Lóngtán Go¯ngyuán

Longtan Park, Dragon Pool Park

place name

㒛㲗⹌䊑 愩㲗⹌ड

nán

south*

bound noun

㚰

㚰

nánbia¯n

south (side)

noun

㚰⢀

㚰䪦

239

240

Modern Mandarin Chinese

na ˇr

㚥ⱚ

where?

content

㚥ⱚ

㚥‫כ‬

question word

sha¯n

mountain

noun

㩞

㩞

shì

city*

bound noun

㬱

㬱

noun phrase

㬱䐱㾥

㬱䐱㾥

shì zho¯ngxı¯n

shì 䐱 city center, center of the xı¯n city

xı¯

west*

bound noun

㹘

㹘

xia¯ng

fragrant

adjectival verb

㼄

㼄

Xia¯ng Sha¯n Go¯ngyuán

Fragrant Hills Park

place name

㼄㩞⹌䊑 㼄㩞⹌ड

xı¯be ˇi bia¯n

northwest side

noun phrase

㹘⡒⢀

㹘⡒䪦

xı¯bia¯n

west side

noun

㹘⢀

㹘䪦

noun

䁈㾄

స㾄

far

adjectival verb

䊗

䪉

located at

verb

䊻

䊻

station (subway, bus, train)

noun

䍟

䍟

xuéxiào

䁈xiào school

yua ˇn zài

䊻

zhàn

zhèr

䎃ⱚ

here

noun

䎃ⱚ

䩡‫כ‬

zho¯ngxı¯n

䐱xı¯n

center

noun

䐱㾥

䐱㾥

Use and Structure 11.9–11.13

Lesson 11 Lái 㸳コ⧵Ⳛ ㎕㸳コ⧵Ⳛ Come to my house for dinner

Part C 䇱míng⭥䐱sha¯n shu¯diàn䄓䊻 nánbia¯n᱄㛄コlí䐱sha¯n shu¯diàn 䇱 ⱁyuaˇnᷠ Guóqiángᷛ⤜yuaˇn᱄㸳コlí㚨ⱚ䐜䇱 㹆lıˇ lù᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ 㸳㻣⷗㾨㠻䄋㦆Qı¯nghuá⫔䁈 tı¯ng yı¯nyuè。᱄Qı¯nghuá⫔䁈䊻㬓㗕 dìfangᷠ Guóqiángᷛ(Pointing to the map) Qı¯nghuá ⫔䁈㈮䊻 fùjìn᷍㛄㋕᷍lí 㸳 㗨䁈xiào⼽ jìn, 䐜䇱⟌lıˇ lù᱄ 㛄㋪䄵zuò go¯nggòng qìche¯㦆᷍ 䄓㋪䄵zoˇu lù 㦆᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ

⫔㸋ᷛ䇱 㘜⭥䐱㩞㭊⮋䄓䊻 㚰⢀᱄ 㛄コ㏌䐱㩞㭊⮋䇱 ⱁ䊗ᷠ ⺛㣠ᷛ⤜䊗᱄ 㸳コ㏌㚨ⱚ䐜䇱 㹆㏐㔘᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ㸳㻣⷗㾨㠻䄋㦆㤆⿋⫔䁈 㳞䅕㎷。᱄㤆⿋⫔䁈䊻㬓㗕 ⭹Ⳟᷠ ⺛㣠ᷛ(Pointing to the map)㤆⿋ ⫔䁈㈮䊻⶞㆝᷍㛄㋕᷍㏌㸳 㗨䁈㾄⼽㆝, 䐜䇱⟌㏐㔘᱄ 㛄㋪䄵䔙⹌⹓㡜⧖㦆᷍ 䄓㋪䄵䔀㔘㦆᱄

Part C Vocabulary che¯ dàxué dìfang duo¯ yua ˇn

⫔䁈

Simplified

Traditional

car, vehicle

noun

⧖

䡨

college, university

noun

⫔䁈

⫔స

place

noun

⭹Ⳟ

⭹Ⳟ

content

ⱁ䊗

ⱁ䪉

ⱁyua ˇn how far

question phrase

fùjìn

vicinity, close by

noun

⶞㆝

⶞㆝

go¯nggòng

public

adjective

⹌⹓

⹌⹓

241

242

Modern Mandarin Chinese

⹌⹓㡜⧖

⹌⹓㡜䡨

㈮

㈮

lıˇ

Chinese mile classifier ㏐ (0.5 kilometers)

㏐

lù

road

noun

㔘

㔘

there

noun

㚨ⱚ

㚨‫כ‬

car

noun

㡜⧖

㡜䡨

place

㤆⿋⫔䁈

㤆㤢⫔స

go¯nggòng qìche¯

public bus

jiù

only

nàr

phrase

㚨ⱚ

qìche¯ Qı¯nghuá Dàxué

noun

Qı¯nghuá Tsinghua ⫔䁈 University

adverb

name

shu¯diàn

bookstore

noun

㭊⮋

᎙⮋

yı¯nyuè huì yı¯nyuè

music concert

noun

䅕㎷。

䅕ᖘ᎟

䇱㘜

䇱㘜

䐱㩞

䐱㩞

䔀㔘

䔀㔘

。

yo ˇumíng

phrase

䇱míng famous

adjectival verb

Zho¯ngsha¯n 䐱sha¯n

zo ˇu lù

Sun Yatsen (see Notes on Chinese culture)

proper

walk

verb +

name

object

zuò

sit

verb

䔙

䔙

zuò che¯

travel by car as a passenger

verb +

䔙⧖

䔙䡨

object

Lesson 11 Lái 㸳コ⧵Ⳛ ㎕㸳コ⧵Ⳛ Come to my house for dinner

Be ˇibia¯n Qı¯nghuá ⫔䁈 సxiào Xia¯ngsha¯n go¯ngyuán

Xı¯bia¯n

shì䐱xı¯n

fe¯ijı¯cha ˇng

㸳コ

huo ˇche¯zhàn

Do¯ngbia¯n

Lóngtán go¯ngyuán 䐱sha¯n shu¯diàn Nánbia¯n

Use and Structure 11.14–11.16

Characters Character Shape Pinyin Meaning/ Radical Phrases Function

Traditional character

➷

➷

bà

dad

⶙

➷➷ (bàba) dad

⟌

bàn

half

㬏

䄜⮄⟌ (yı¯ dia ˇn bàn) 1:30

⟌

243

244

Modern Mandarin Chinese

⪯

cì

time

䚜

䄜⪯ (yı¯ cì)

⪯

one time

⮄

dia ˇn

dot

哂

䄜⮄ (yı¯dia ˇn) 恄 a little

ⱚ

ér

(suffix)*

ⱚ

㚨ⱚ (nàr)

‫כ‬

there

⹅ ⹇

go¯ng go¯ng

labor, work

⹅

*

㑇

⫓⹅ (da ˇ

⹅

go¯ng) work

⹇㋯ (go¯ngkè) ⹇ classwork, homework

⽓

hòu

*

䗊

㬒⽓ (shíhou) ⽓ time

コ

jia¯

home

体

䊻コ (zài jia¯)

コ

at home

㋕

㋯

kàn

kè

look, see, read

㚠

class

䜆

㋕㞔䇲 (kàn

㋕

péngyou) see friends

⹇㋯ (go¯ngkè) 䌏 classwork, homework

㕉

ma¯

mom

㝏

㕉㕉

஭

(ma¯ma) mom 㗇

máng busy

䵁

㗇⤜㗇ᷠ

㗇

(máng bù mángᷠ) busy? 㚱

nán

male

㑇

㚱㞔䇲 (nán

㚱

péngyo ˇu) boyfriend 㞔

péng

friend*

䊣

㞔䇲 (péngyou) friend

㞔

Lesson 11 Lái 㸳コ⧵Ⳛ ㎕㸳コ⧵Ⳛ Come to my house for dinner

㠻

qı¯

*

䊣

㾨㠻 (xı¯ngqı¯) 㠻 week

㤌

qıˇng

invite

䜆

㤌㸫 (qıˇng

䌩

wèn) may I ask 㯎

shéi

㬒

shí

who

time*

䜆

㰞㬨㯎ᷠ

㦶

㬒⽓ (shíhou) ጓ

(ta¯ shì shéiᷠ ) who is she?

䌍

time 㬣

㶙

shì

wa ˇng

䄜 matter, situation

net

䗈

䇱㬣 (yo ˇu

㬣

shì) have something to do

㩰㶙

ㆸ

(shàng wa ˇng) use the internet 㾜

㾨

xiè

xı¯ng

thank, (family name)

䜆

star

㦶

㾜㾜 (xièxie)

䏙

thank you

㾨㠻 (xı¯ngqı¯) 㾨 week

䂚

yàng

*

㚟

䋖㗕䂚

ᖴ

(ze ˇnmeyàng) what about it? 䇲

yo ˇu

friend*

䇷

㞔䇲

䇲

(péngyou) friend 䊻

zài

at, in, on 㵢

䊻コ (zài jia¯)

䊻

at home 䔗

zuò

do

䗊

䔗

245

Stroke Order Flow Chart

Lesson 11 Lái 㸳コ⧵Ⳛ ㎕㸳コ⧵Ⳛ Come to my house for dinner

Use and structure 11.1.

jiù (㈮) only

In Lesson 9 we learned that the adverb jiù (㈮) can be used to indicate that an action occurs earlier than the speaker expects (Use and Structure 9.10). Jiù can also mean only, just. In this function, it is equivalent in meaning to 䐜 only, just.

 ⷗㾨㠻㳍㸳㗜㬣᷍jiù xia 䎃 ˇng㩰㩰㶙᷍㋕㋕diànshì᱄ 䎃⷗㾨㠻㳍㸳㗜㬣᷍㈮㼌㩰㩰㶙᷍㋕㋕⮈㬴᱄ I don’t have anything to do this Sunday. I am just planning to use the internet and watch a little television.

11.2. Do an action casually for a short time: 㩰㩰㶙᷍㋕㋕ diànshì (㩰㩰㶙᷍ ㋕㋕⮈㬴) To indicate that an action is performed for a short period of time and in a casual way, repeat the action verb:

䎃⷗㾨㠻㳍㸳㗜㬣᷍jiù xia ˇng㩰㩰㶙᷍㋕㋕diànshì᱄ 䎃⷗㾨㠻㳍㸳㗜㬣᷍㈮㼌㩰㩰㶙᷍㋕㋕⮈㬴᱄ I don’t have anything to do this Sunday. I am just planning to use the internet and watch a little television. Notice that it is only the verb that is repeated. If the verb takes an object, the object occurs only once, after the second occurrence of the verb. If the verb is a two-syllable verb, the entire two syllables are repeated:

㰞㾨㠻㳍 fù㻑 fù㻑 ⹇㋯᷍liàn㻑 liàn㻑⼛䓷᷍䄓㩰㩰㶙᱄ 㰞㾨㠻㳍ⶕ㻑ⶕ㻑⹇㋯᷍㑘㻑㑘㻑⼛䓷᷍䄓㩰㩰㶙᱄ On Sunday she reviews her lessons, practices Chinese characters, and uses the internet.

K

W

Practice

RKBO

Website: Listening for Information 11.4.

O

O

11.3.

lái (㎕) + location come to a location

In Lesson 10 we learned how to use the verb 㦆 to say go to a location. (Use and Structure 10.12.) In this lesson we learn the word lái (㎕) come. To say come to a location, say: lái (㎕) + location lái㸳コ (㎕㸳コ) come to my home

247

248

Modern Mandarin Chinese

To say come, go, or return to a place to do some action, the order of information is as in English: lái (㎕)/㦆/huí (⿹) location + action 㾨㠻㳍lái 㸳コ⧵Ⳛ᷍䋖㗕䂚 ᷠ (㾨㠻㳍㎕㸳コ⧵Ⳛ᷍䋖㗕䂚ᷠ) Come to my home to eat on Sunday, okay?

㸳 xia ) ˇng 㦆 túsha ˇgua ˇn ㋕ shu¯᱄ (㸳㼌㦆㵝㭊⹾㋕㭊᱄ I’m planning to go to the library to read.

㸳 xia ˇng huí sùshè shuì jiào᱄ (㸳㼌⿹㯿㪂㯐㉖)᱄ I am planning to go back to the dorm to go to sleep.

Practice

11.4.

Website: Listening for Information; Structure Drills 11.1; Focus on Structure 11.1; Communication through Reading and Writing 11.3.

meˇi (㗠)᷼⷗᷾time Ⱍ VP do an action every (time)

To say that someone does an action every day, week, month, year, etc., say: (S) me ˇi (㗠)᷼⷗᷾time Ⱍ VP If the time expression is counted with the classifier ⷗, say méi (㗠) ⷗ time. This includes 㾨㠻 weeks, 䊣 months, and days of the week.

 me 㸳 ˇi ⷗㾨㠻㳍㻣㹈Ⱍⷙ㸳➷➷㕉㕉⫓diàn⿑᱄ 㸳㗠⷗㾨㠻㳍㻣㹈Ⱍⷙ㸳➷➷㕉㕉⫓⮈⿑᱄ I call my dad and mom every Sunday afternoon.

㰜㗨 me ) ˇi⷗㾨㠻Ⱍ䇱䐱㸥㋝㬵᱄ (㰜㗨㗠⷗㾨㠻Ⱍ䇱䐱㸥㋝㬵᱄ They have a Chinese test every week.

㸳⭥ tóngwu¯ me ) ˇi⷗䊣Ⱍhuí コ᱄ (㸳⭥㵍㸾㗠⷗䊣Ⱍ⿹コ᱄ My roommate goes home every month. Remember that the time expressions 㳍 day and nián (㛋) year do not occur with a classifier. To say every day, say me ˇi㳍 (㗠㳍). To say every year, say me ˇi nián (㗠㛋).

 me 㸳 ˇi㳍Ⱍ ge¯n 㞔䇲䄜㡑㦆 ka¯fe¯igua ˇn ⼩ ka¯fe¯i᱄ 㸳㗠㳍Ⱍⷛ㞔䇲䄜㡑㦆㋈⳩⹾⼩㋈⳩᱄ Every day I go with my friends to a coffee shop to drink coffee.

㰜 me ˇi nián Ⱍ ma ˇi xı¯n ⭥diànna ˇo᱄ ᷉㰜㗠㛋Ⱍ㕓㾣⭥⮈㚵᱄᷊ He buys a new computer every year.

Lesson 11 Lái 㸳コ⧵Ⳛ ㎕㸳コ⧵Ⳛ Come to my house for dinner

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 11.1. Website: Structure Drills 11.4.

11.5. 㾂 + family name: Addressing people close to you In Part A of the dialogue, Guoqiang refers to their friend Wang Maike as 㾂㶖. 㾂 + family name is a common way for Chinese people, especially those from Beijing, to address and refer to their friends or other people in their circle of close acquaintances. Teachers may sometimes address their students in this way as well. Older people may address their friends as ㎰ + family name. Chinese people never address others by their family name alone.

11.6. ⰵ㑬 by the way . . . The expression ⰵ㑬 can be used to add information that the speaker thinks the listener would like to know, or to ask a question that has been on the speaker’s mind. When used in this way it can often be translated with the English expression by the way.

ⰵ㑬᱄ⷀ㗡㏗䇱㚱㞔䇲㕑ᷠ By the way, does Gao Meili have a boyfriend?

11.7. ⭒ + NP assume the role of NP We have seen the character ⭒ in the word ⭒㦜. ⭒ is also used as a verb, meaning assume the role of. In this function, ⭒ is always followed by a noun or noun phrase, and it means assume the role of that noun or noun phrase. Notice that in English we typically express this meaning by saying that someone is something.

⧣㘘 zho¯umò⭒䇃㸥コjiào᱄ (⧣㘘䐽㚊⭒䇃㸥コㅭ᱄᷊ Chen Ming is an English tutor on the weekends.

11.8.

ba¯ng (⟐) help

To say that someone helps someone else do something, use the word ba¯ng (⟐) and say: NP1 ba¯ng (⟐) NP2 + action Jie ) ˇjie ba¯ng dìdi 䔗⹇㋯᱄(ㆄㆄ⟐⭽⭽䔗⹇㋯᱄ Older sister helps younger brother do homework. 㸳 ba¯ng 㛄㸫㸫➪᱄(㸳⟐㛄㸫㸫➪᱄) I’ll help you ask.

249

Modern Mandarin Chinese

250

11.9.

A lí B yuaˇn/jìn (A ㏌ B 䊗᷐㆝) A is far from/near to B

All expressions of distance use the word lí (㏌) separated from. To say that A is close to B, say: A lí B ⼽ jìn᱄(A㏌B⼽㆝᱄ ) 㸳コlí 䐱sha¯n shu¯diàn ⼽ jìn᱄ (㸳コ㏌䐱㩞㭊⮋⼽㆝᱄) My house is very close to Zhongshan Bookstore. To say that A is not close to B, say: ) A lí B ⤜ jìn᱄ (A㏌B⤜㆝᱄ 㸳コ lí 䐱sha¯n shu¯diàn ⤜ jìn᱄ (㸳コ㏌䐱㩞㭊⮋⤜㆝᱄) My house is not very close to Zhongshan Bookstore. To say that A is far from B, say: ) A lí B ⼽ yua ˇn᱄ (A㏌B⼽䊗᱄ 㸳コ lí 㚨ⱚ⼽ yua ) ˇn᱄ (㸳コ㏌㚨ⱚ⼽䊗᱄ My house is very far from there. To say that A is not far from B, say: ) A lí B ⤜ yua ˇn᱄ (A㏌B⤜䊗᱄ 㸳コ lí 䎃ⱚ⤜ yua ) ˇn. (㸳コ㏌䎃ⱚ⤜䊗᱄ My house is not far from here To ask whether A is far from B, ask: ) A lí B yua ˇn 㕑ᷠ (A ㏌ B 䊗㕑ᷠ or ) A lí B yua ˇnᷠ (A ㏌ B 䊗⤜䊗ᷠ ˇn ⤜ yua To ask whether A is close to B, ask: ) A lí B jìn 㕑ᷠ (A ㏌ B ㆝㕑ᷠ 㛄コlí Be ) ˇi Hú⼽jìn 㕑ᷠ(㛄コ㏌⡒⽟⼽㆝㕑ᷠ Is your house near North Lake?

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 11.2; Focus on Communication 11.4. Website: Listening for Information 11.3, 11.4; Structure Drills 11.4, 11.6, 11.7; Communication through Reading and Writing 11.2, 11.3.

Lesson 11 Lái 㸳コ⧵Ⳛ ㎕㸳コ⧵Ⳛ Come to my house for dinner

11.10. ⷙas a preposition: to, for We have learned the word ⷙ as the verb give and in the expression ⷙ (someone) ⫓ diàn⿑ (⮈⿑) phone (someone). In this lesson we learn to use the word ⷙ as a preposition meaning to or for (someone).

㸳ⷙ㛄 huà 䄜䍦 dìtú᱄ (㸳ⷙ㛄⿎䄜䍦⭹㵝᱄) I’ll draw a map for you. Like the preposition ge¯n (ⷛ) with, introduced in Lesson 9, when used as a preposition, ⷙ is followed by a noun or noun phrase to form a prepositional phrase:

ⷙ㛄 for you As noted in Lesson 9, the prepositional phrase usually occurs before the verb phrase with which it is associated, while in English, prepositional phrases usually occur after the verb.

ⷙ㛄 huà 䄜䍦 dìtú᱄ (ⷙ㛄⿎䄜䍦⭹㵝᱄) draw a map for you

ⷙ goes before the person who receives or benefits from the action of the verb. The translation of ⷙ into English as for or to depends upon the verb. Here are some examples:  㰞huà 䄜䍦 dìtú ⷙ ⷙ㰞 ma ˇi do¯ngxi ⷙ㰞xie ˇ email

11.11.

(ⷙ㰞⿎䄜䍦⭹㵝) (ⷙ㰞㕓Ⰼ㹘) (ⷙ㰞㾕email)

draw a map for (her) buy something for (her) write an email to (her)

Compass directions

In Mandarin, compass directions are recited as: do¯ng nán xı¯ be ˇi

Ⰼ 㚰 㹘 ⡒

or as



east south west north

do¯ng xı¯ nán be ˇi

Ⰼ㹘㚰⡒

east west south north

The compass direction words do¯ng (Ⰼ), nán (㚰), xı¯ (㹘), and be ˇi (⡒) are “bound nouns.” That is, they are not free words on their own, but must be combined with another syllable to become a word. One way to make compass directions into free words is to follow them with a suffix such as bia¯n (⢀) side. There is often no need to translate bia¯n (⢀) into English. do¯ngbia¯n (Ⰼ⢀) (the) east (side) nánbia¯n (㚰⢀) (the) south (side) xı¯bia¯n (㹘⢀) (the) west (side) be ˇibia¯n (⡒⢀) (the) north (side) Do¯ng, nán, xı¯, and be ˇi also become free words when they are paired together to say northeast, northwest, southeast, and southwest. When paired in this way, they do not need the suffix bia¯n, but it may be included.

251

Modern Mandarin Chinese

252

do¯ngnán (bia¯n) (Ⰼ㚰[⢀]) southeast e i (bia¯n) (Ⰼ⡒[⢀]) do¯ngbˇ northeast

x¯ı nán (bia¯n) (㹘㚰[⢀]) southwest x¯ı bˇ e i (bia¯n) (㹘⡒[⢀]) northwest

Do¯ngbe ˇi (Ⰼ⡒) northeast usually occurs with a suffix, however, because the word do¯ngbe ˇi without an ending is the Chinese name for the province of Manchuria. Here is a chart of the Mandarin compass direction words: xı¯be ˇi

㹘⡒

be ˇi

⡒

xı¯

㹘㚰

Ⰼ⡒

do¯ng

㹘 xı¯nán

do¯ngbe ˇi

Ⰼ

nán

㚰

do¯ngnán

Ⰼ㚰

A number of other suffixes also occur with direction words. We do not include them in this book, but you will encounter them as you continue your study of Chinese. Your teacher may prefer to use one of these other suffixes when talking about directions.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Communication 11.3, 11.6. Website: Listening for Information 11.1, 11.2, 11.3, 11.7; Structure Drills 11.8, 11.9; Communication through Reading and Writing 11.2.

11.12. 㸳䊻コ I am at home, 㸳コ䊻beˇibian (㸳コ䊻⡒⢀) My home is in the north: Indicating location in terms of place or compass direction To state the location of a noun, use the verb 䊻 be located in/at/on and say: N 䊻 location 㸳䊻 huo ) ˇche¯ zhàn᱄ (㸳䊻】⧖䍟᱄ I am at the train station. 㰞䊻コ. She is (located) at home. To indicate the location as a compass direction (east, west, etc.), say: N 䊻 compass direction Go¯ngyuán 䊻 be ) ˇibia¯n᱄ (⹌䊑䊻⡒⢀᱄ The park is (located) in the north. Fe¯i〛cha ) ˇng䊻do¯ngbian᱄ (⳪〛⧂䊻Ⰼ⢀᱄ The airport is in the east.

Lesson 11 Lái 㸳コ⧵Ⳛ ㎕㸳コ⧵Ⳛ Come to my house for dinner

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Website: Listening for Information 11.1, 11.2, 11.3; Structure Drills 11.8, 11.9; Communication through Reading and Writing 11.2, 11.3.

11.13. 䎃ⱚ here, 㚨ⱚ there, and 㚥ⱚ where To ask about the location of a person or place, use the word 㚥ⱚ where? and ask: N 䊻 㚥ⱚᷠ Be ) ˇi Hú 䊻㚥ⱚᷠ(⡒⽟䊻㚥ⱚᷠ Where is North Lake? To say that a person or place is here, use the word 䎃ⱚ and say: ) Be ˇi Hú 䊻䎃ⱚ᱄(⡒⽟䊻䎃ⱚ᱄ North Lake is here. To say that a person or place is there, use the word 㚨ⱚand say:

㸳㗨䁈xiào䊻㚨ⱚ᱄(㸳㗨䁈㾄䊻㚨ⱚ᱄) Our school is there.

䎃ⱚ refers to locations that are near to the speaker. 㚨ⱚ refers to locations that are not close to the speaker. The expression 䎃ⱚ㬨 . . . here is/here are . . . points out the location of people, places, and things. In Part B of the dialogue, Xie Guoqiang uses the expression while pointing to the center of the city.

䎃ⱚ㬨 shì 䐱xı¯n᱄ (䎃ⱚ㬨㬱䐱㾥᱄) Here is the center of the city.

K

W

Practice

RKBO

Workbook: Focus on Communication 11.3, 11.6.

O

O

11.14.

Talking about distance: A lí B 䇱㹆lıˇ lù (A ㏌ B䇱㹆㏐㔘) A is five miles from B

When talking about the distance between location A and location B, use the word lí (㏌) separated from and say: A lí B [䇱] distance (A ㏌ B [䇱] distance) A is separated from B by (distance)

253

Modern Mandarin Chinese

254

㸳コlí 䎃ⱚ[䇱]㹆lıˇ lù᱄ (㸳コ㏌䎃ⱚ[䇱]㹆㏐㔘᱄) My house is five miles from here.

䇱 is optional unless the sentence includes an adverb. For example, when the adverb 䐜 only occurs in the sentence, the verb 䇱 must occur. 㸳コ lí 䎃ⱚ䐜䇱㹆 lıˇ lù᱄ (㸳コ㏌䎃ⱚ䐜䇱㹆㏐㔘᱄) My house is only five miles from here. The traditional measure of distance in China is the lıˇ (㏐), sometimes translated as mile and sometimes as Chinese mile. A lıˇ is approximately /1 3 of an English or American mile or /1 2 of a kilometer. Lıˇ is a classifier and directly follows the number. It is often followed by the noun lù (㔘) road. Lù (㔘) does not get translated in this phrase.

㹆 lıˇ lù (㹆㏐㔘) five miles To ask how far A is from B, ask: A lí B [䇱] ⱁ yua ) ˇnᷠ (A ㏌ B [䇱] ⱁ䊗ᷠ How far is A from B? 㛄コ lí 䎃ⱚ [䇱] ⱁ yua ) ˇnᷠ (㛄コ㏌䎃ⱚ[䇱]ⱁ䊗ᷠ How far is your house from here?

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 11.2; Focus on Communication 11.4, 11.6. Website: Listening for Information 11.3, 11.4, 11.7; Structure Drills 11.3, 11.5.

11.15. ⟌ half In Lesson 9 we learned to use the word ⟌ half when talking about clock time (Use and Structure 9.3). In this lesson we learn to use ⟌ in any number expression.

Half of something When saying half of some noun, ⟌ occurs directly before the classifier:

 + classifier (+ N) ⟌ ⟌ lıˇ lù (⟌㏐㔘) half a mile ⟌⷗䊣 half a month ⟌be ˇn shu¯ (⟌⡟㭊) half a book Remember that in Mandarin, the words nián (㛋) year and 㳍day function as classifiers. Therefore, they are directly preceded by ⟌:

⟌nián (⟌㛋) half a year ⟌㳍 half a day

Lesson 11 Lái 㸳コ⧵Ⳛ ㎕㸳コ⧵Ⳛ Come to my house for dinner

(The expression ⟌㳍 also means a long time.) Be ) ˇi Hú lí 㸳コ䐜䇱⟌lıˇ lù᱄ (⡒⽟㏌㸳コ䐜䇱⟌㏐㔘᱄ North Lake is only half a mile from my house.

Some number and a half When talking about time, to say some number and a half, ⟌ goes after the classifier. When the noun is a time word, say: number + classifier + ⟌ + N 䄜⷗⟌䊣 one and a half months 㧞⷗⟌㾨㠻 three and a half weeks Since the time words nián and 㳍function as classifiers, not nouns, they occur before ⟌. number + classifier + ⟌ 䄜nián⟌ (䄜㛋⟌) 1½ years 㑞㳍⟌ 2½ days For nouns that are not time words, say the following. number + classifier + ⟌ (⭥) N 䄜ping ⟌⭥ shuıˇ (䄜㠠⟌⭥㯏) 1½ bottles of water The word suì (㰋) years of age is a classifier, and like the time words nián and 㳍, it comes before ⟌. number + classifier + ⟌ 䄜 suì⟌ (䄜㰋⟌) one and a half years old When talking about distance, ⭥, and sometimes even the following noun, may be omitted.

㹆 lıˇ ⟌⭥lù (㹆㏐⟌⭥㔘) 5½ miles or

㹆 lıˇ ⟌lù (㹆㏐⟌㔘) or

㹆 lıˇ ⟌ (㹆㏐⟌) Mainland China speakers typically do not include ⭥ when talking about distance, whether or not the following noun is included. Taiwan Mandarin speakers generally include ⭥ when the noun is included.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 11.3. Website: Listening for Information 11.4; Structure Drills 11.10, 11.11.

255

256

Modern Mandarin Chinese

11.16.

Riding a vehicle as a passenger: zuò che¯ (䔙⧖)

In English, to say that you are riding a vehicle as a passenger, you say you “take” the vehicle. In Mandarin, you use the verb zuò (䔙) sit and say that you “sit” the vehicle.

㛄㋪䄵 zuò go¯nggòng qìche¯ 㦆᱄ (㛄㋪䄵䔙⹌⹓㡜⧖㦆᱄) You can take the bus.

11.17.

Walking, and walking to a destination: zoˇu lù (䔀㔘)

In Mandarin, to say that you are walking, you say zo ˇu lù (䔀㔘). To say that you are walking someplace, or going on foot, say:

㛄㋪䄵zo ˇu lù㦆 [shu¯diàn]᱄(㛄㋪䄵䔀㔘㦆[㭊⮋]) You can walk (to the bookstore).

Qa

Language FAQs

Why does コ mean both family and home? In traditional Chinese society, a family stayed in the same village, town, or city for generations. One’s home was the place where one’s family lived, now and in the past. Therefore, the word コ refers to both the people in the family and the place where the family resides. The character コ is based on the structure of traditional homes in southern China. The top of the character, 体, is a roof. The bottom part of the character is an early form of the character for pig, now written in traditional form as 䕊. That is, a good home includes a roof for shelter and food for the family.

More about bound nouns Most Mandarin words are two syllables in length, and the Mandarin language seems to prefer the two-syllable length for words. Many one-syllable units like do¯ ng (Ⰼ), nán (㚰), xı¯ (㹘), and be ˇi (⡒) are bound nouns. That is, they cannot be used on their own as free words, even though they have meanings that can stand on their own. The suffix bia¯n (⢀) contributes the meaning of side when it joins with do¯ ng, nán, xı¯, and be ˇi, but the meaning that it contributes is much less important than the extra syllable it adds, making do¯ ng, nán, xı¯, and be ˇi into two-syllable words. Similarly, the words chéng (⧨) and shì (㬱) both mean city, but they are bound nouns and cannot occur on their own. They make a free word when combined: chéngshì (⧨㬱) city. In this lesson we see that shì (㬱) also combines with䐱x¯ı n (䐱㾥) center to form shì䐱xı¯n (㬱䐱㾥) center of the city.

Lesson 11 Lái 㸳コ⧵Ⳛ ㎕㸳コ⧵Ⳛ Come to my house for dinner

Notes on Chinese culture Compass directions and spatial orientation In traditional Chinese culture, the points of the compass were an important part of architectural design, and cities, towns, and houses were, and often still are, configured with respect to compass directions. This is part of the practice of fe¯ngshuıˇ (ⴈ㯏) geomancy.

Who is 䐱sha¯n (䐱㩞)? In China, many streets, parks, and other public places include the name 䐱sha¯n (䐱㩞). 䐱sha¯n is the given name of Su¯n Zho¯ngsha¯n (㰐䐱㩞) Sun Yatsen, the first president of the Republic of China and widely considered to be the father of modern China.

257

258

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Lesson 11 Dialogue in English Part A Guoqiang: What are you doing this Sunday? Are you busy? Dawei: I don’t have anything to do this Sunday and I don’t have homework. I’m just planning to use the internet, watch a little television, and rest. Guoqiang: Well then, how about coming to my home to eat on Sunday? Dawei: Okay! Thank you! What time on Sunday? Every Sunday afternoon I phone my dad and mom. Guoqiang: How about Sunday night at 6:30? Dawei: That works. It won’t be too much trouble for your dad and mom? Guoqiang: Not a problem. Dawei: Who else are you planning to invite? Guoqiang: I’m also planning to invite little Wang, Meili, and of course your girlfriend, Xiaowen. Dawei: Great! Guoqiang: I also invited Chen Ming, but he’s extremely busy this weekend because he is working. He is an English tutor. I can ask him one more time. By the way, does Meili have a boyfriend? Dawei: I don’t know. I will help you ask.

Part B Dawei: Is your home far from here? Guoqiang: It’s a little far. I’ll draw a simple map of the city of Beijing for you. Look, here is the center of the city. The airport is in the east, Beijing train station is in the southeast. Dawei: Where is our school? Guoqiang: Our school is in the northwest. Fragrant Hills Park is also in the northwest. My home is in the south, very near to Longtan Lake Park.

Part C Dawei: The famous Zhongshan bookstore is also in the south. How far is your home from Zhongshan bookstore? Guoqiang: Not far. My home is only five Chinese miles (2.5 kilometers) from there. Dawei: I have to go to Tsinghua University next week to listen to a concert. Where is Tsinghua University? Guoqiang: (Pointing to the map) Tsinghua University is close by. Look, it’s very near our school, only a half a mile away. You can take a bus there, and you can also walk.

12

Lesson Cóng㸳⭥sùshè dào㛄コ䋖㗕䔀ᷠ ⪴㸳⭥㯿㪂⭞ 㛄コ䋖㗕䔀ᷠ How do I get to your house from my dorm?

Communication goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Give and follow directions by subway and bus. Q Talk about the duration of actions. Q Narrate a sequence of events.

Literacy goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Identify stations and train lines on a Chinese subway map, and plan a trip by subway.

Key structures Q dào + place + 㦆 (⭞ place 㦆) go to a place and dào + place + lái (⭞ place ㎕) come to a place Q cóng A dào B (⪴ A ⭞ B) from A to B Q action1 ⿚㬨action2 (㚹)ᷠ[action1] or [action2]?

260

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Q 䊻 location + action: do the action at the location Q wa ˇng direction 䔀 (㶚 direction 䔀) go in (this direction) Q 㩰⧖ get on a vehicle, 㻣⧖ get off a vehicle, huàn⧖ (⿜⧖) change vehicles Q 䊻 location 䇱 NP at location there is NP and 䇱 NP 䊻 location there is NP at location Q action + duration: indicating the duration of an action Q expressing sequence: 䄵hòu (䄵⽔) after, 㑬, and ㈮

Dialogue The situation: Xie Guoqiang has invited Zhang Dawei to his home for dinner on Sunday. He has drawn a map for Dawei to show him where his home is located and is now giving Dawei directions to get there from the dormitory.

Part A ⫔㸋ᷛ

 㠻㳍㻣㹈㾂㸥䄋ⷛ㗡㏗㦆㕓 㾨 Ⰼ㹘᱄㰞㗨䄋cóng 㬱䐱㾥㦆 㛄コ᷍suoˇ䄵㸳⭤zìjıˇ㦆᱄ Cóng sùshè dào 㛄コ䋖㗕䔀? Guóqiángᷛ㛄㼌䔙dìtieˇ ⿚㬨㼌䔙 go¯nggòng qì⧖㚹ᷠ ⫔㸋ᷛ Dìtieˇ㌍᱄㸳䔙dìtieˇ➪᱄ Guóqiángᷛ⼤᱄㛄䊻Beˇijı¯ng⫔䁈Ⰼmén zhàn 㩰⧖᱄㩰㯥⼦ xiàn᷍waˇng㬱䐱㾥 fa¯ngxiàng䔀᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ 䔙゙zhànᷠ Guóqiángᷛ䔙㹆zhàn᷍䊻Guóコ㵝㭊⹾zhàn huàn㈦⼦xiàn᱄Waˇng nán䔀᷍ 䔙䄜zhàn᷍䊻Bái shí qiáo lù㻣⧖᷍ 䊺huàn䄜⪯⧖᷍huàn㒚⼦xiàn᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ Waˇng㚥⷗fa¯ngxiàng䔀ᷠ

⫔㸋ᷛ㾨㠻㳍㻣㹈㾂㸥䄋ⷛ㗡㏗㦆㕓 Ⰼ㹘᱄㰞㗨䄋⪴㬱䐱㾥㦆 㛄コ᷍ 㰚䄵㸳⭤䓵゛㦆᱄ ⪴㯿㪂⭞㛄コ䋖㗕䔀? ⺛㣠ᷛ㛄㼌䔙⭹㳛⿚㬨㼌䔙 ⹌⹓㡜⧖㚹ᷠ ⫔㸋ᷛ⭹㳛㌍᱄㸳䔙⭹㳛➪᱄ ⺛㣠ᷛ⼤᱄㛄䊻⡒㈊⫔䁈Ⰼ㗦䍟 㩰⧖᱄㩰㯥⼦㼀᷍㶚㬱䐱㾥 Ⳟ㼓䔀᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ䔙゙䍟? ⺛㣠ᷛ䔙㹆䍟᷍䊻⺛コ㵝㭊⹾䍟 ⿜㈦⼦㼀᱄㶚㚰䔀᷍ 䔙䄜䍟᷍䊻➸㬐㣦㔘㻣⧖᷍ 䊺⿜䄜⪯⧖᷍⿜㒚⼦㼀᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ㶚㚥⷗Ⳟ㼓䔀ᷠ

Lesson 12 Cóng 㸳⭥ sùshè dào 㛄コ䋖㗕䔀ᷠ ⪴㸳⭥㯿㪂⭞㛄コ䋖㗕䔀ᷠ How do I get to your house from my dorm?

GuóqiángᷛWˇangⰌ䔀᷍䔙㒚zhàn᷍䊻Ⰼ㯥 zhàn huàn㹆⼦xiàn᷍waˇng nán䔀᷍ 䔙㯥zhàn᱄

⫔㸋ᷛ

䊻㚥ⱚ㻣⧖ᷠ Guóqiángᷛ䊻㳍tánⰌmén zhàn㻣⧖᱄䊻㚨ⱚ 䇱䄜⷗⮈yıˇng yuàn᱃䄜⷗㭊 diàn᱃⿚䇱䄜⷗㦶⡟Ⳛ⹾᱄㸳コ ㏌㳍tán Go¯ngyuán⼽㆝᱄

⺛㣠ᷛ㶚Ⰼ䔀᷍䔙㒚䍟᷍䊻Ⰼ㯥 䍟⿜㹆⼦㼀᷍㶚㚰䔀᷍ 䔙㯥䍟᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ䊻㚥ⱚ㻣⧖ᷠ ⺛㣠ᷛ䊻㳍㲔Ⰼ㗦䍟㻣⧖᱄䊻㚨ⱚ 䇱䄜⷗⮈䇑䊛᱃䄜⷗㭊 ⮋᱃⿚䇱䄜⷗㦶⡟Ⳛ⹾᱄㸳コ ㏌㳍㲔⹌䊑⼽㆝᱄

Part A Vocabulary Simplified Traditional Báishí qiáo

White Stone Bridge

place name

➸㬐㣦

➸㬐ᗓ

261

262

Modern Mandarin Chinese

cóng

from

preposition

⪴

໥

dào

to

preposition

⭞

⭞

diànyıˇng

⮈yıˇng

movie

noun

⮈䇑

厫䇑

diànyıˇng yuàn

⮈yıˇng

movie theater

noun

⮈䇑䊛

厫䇑䊛

subway

noun

⭹㳛

⭹儧

yuàn

dìtie ˇ Do¯ng Sì

Ⰼ㯥

Dong Si (location in Beijing)

place name

Ⰼ㯥

Ꮭ㯥

fàngua ˇn

Ⳛ⹾

restaurant

noun

Ⳛ⹾

嚩圿

direction

noun

Ⳟ㼓

Ⳟ㼓

fa¯ngxiàng guójia¯

guóコ

national, nation, country

noun

⺛コ

ङコ

háishi

⿚㬨

or

conjunction

⿚㬨

䪡㬨

hào

⼦

number (for buses and trains); ⼦ma ˇ (telephone) number

classifier

⼦

㱷

mén

door, gate

noun

㗦

凵

qiáo

bridge

noun

㣦

ᗓ

go up, get on (a vehicle)

verb

㩰

㩰

stone

noun

㬐

㬐

place name

㳍㲔⹌ 䊑

㳍੐⹌ड

shàng shí

㩰

Tia¯ntán Temple of 㳍tán Go¯ngyuán go¯ngyuán Heaven Park

Lesson 12 Cóng 㸳⭥ sùshè dào 㛄コ䋖㗕䔀ᷠ ⪴㸳⭥㯿㪂⭞㛄コ䋖㗕䔀ᷠ How do I get to your house from my dorm?

toward

preposition

㶚

㶚

go down, get off (a vehicle)

verb

㻣

㻣

xiàn

line (train line, subway line)

noun

㼀

㇡

zìjıˇ

self

pronoun

䓵゛

䓵゛

wa ˇng xià

㻣

Use and Structure 12.1–12.10

Part B ⫔㸋ᷛ

Cóng sùshè dào㳍tánⰌmén zhàn 䄋䔙ⱁ cháng 㬒jia¯nᷠ

Guóqiángᷛ㛄⭤䔙chà⤜ⱁ䄜⷗zho¯ngtóu᱄

⫔㸋ᷛ

䄋䄜⷗㾂㬒➂᷂㚨㗕jiuˇ ᷂⼤ ➪᷍㸳䐜⼤䊻⧖㩰㳞yı¯nyuè㑬᱄

⫔㸋ᷛ⪴㯿㪂⭞㳍㲔Ⰼ㗦䍟 䄋䔙ⱁ⧅㬒ヅᷠ ⺛㣠ᷛ㛄⭤䔙⥏⤜ⱁ䄜⷗䐴㵘᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ䄋䄜⷗㾂㬒➂᷂㚨㗕㈤᷂⼤ ➪᷍㸳䐜⼤䊻⧖㩰㳞䅕㎷㑬᱄

Part B Vocabulary Simplified Traditional chàbuduo¯ chà⤜ⱁ almost

adjectival

⥏⤜ⱁ

⥏⤜ⱁ

verb

duo¯ cháng ⱁ cháng how much time?, how long? shíjia¯n 㬒jia¯n

question phrase

ⱁ⧅㬒ヅ ⱁ凭ጓ刈

263

264

Modern Mandarin Chinese

jiu ˇ

long time

adjectival

㈤

㈤

verb

shíjia¯n

㬒jia¯n

time

noun

㬒ヅ

ጓ刈

xia ˇoshí

㾂㬒

hour

noun

㾂㬒

㾂ጓ

zài

䊻

at, in, on

preposition

䊻

䊻

zhıˇ ha ˇo

䐜⼤

only thing to do is, best thing to do is

adjectival

䐜⼤

䐜⼤

hour

noun

䐴㵘

傫喿

zho¯ngtóu

verb phrase

Use and Structure 12.11–12.12

Part C ⫔㸋ᷛ

Dìtieˇ piào ⱁ㩺㣏䄜䍦ᷠ

Guóqiángᷛ㧞㌊㣏䄜䍦᷍⤜⺔᱄㛄㋪䄵 䊻 dìtieˇ zhàn 㕓᱄

⫔㸋ᷛ

Cóng 㳍tánⰌmén zhàn dào㛄コ 䋖㗕䔀?

Guóqiángᷛ㛄dào㑬⧖zhàn mén㋻䄵hòu ⷙ㸳⫓⮈⿑᱄䊻㚨ⱚdeˇng 㸳᱄ 㸳㋋⧖㦆 jie¯ 㛄᱄

⫔㸋ᷛ

⼤᷍㛄⭥⧖㬨㬓㗕 yánsè⭥ᷠ Guóqiángᷛ㸳㋋㸳➷⭥⧖᷍㬨䄜liàng yínsè ⭥ Fútè᱄㛄䇱㸳⭥⮈⿑⼦maˇ➪᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ 䇱᱄

⫔㸋ᷛ⭹㳛㠒ⱁ㩺㣏䄜䍦ᷠ ⺛㣠ᷛ㧞㌊㣏䄜䍦᷍⤜⺔᱄㛄㋪䄵 䊻⭹㳛䍟㕓᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ⪴㳍㲔Ⰼ㗦䍟⭞㛄コ 䋖㗕䔀? ⺛㣠ᷛ㛄⭞㑬⧖䍟㗦㋻䄵⽔ ⷙ㸳⫓⮈⿑᱄䊻㚨ⱚ⭩㸳᱄ 㸳㋋⧖㦆ㅴ㛄᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ⼤, 㛄⭥⧖㬨㬓㗕 䁶㩌⭥ᷠ ⺛㣠ᷛ㸳㋋㸳➷⭥⧖㬨䄜㑟䅙㩌⭥ ⶄ㲹᱄㛄䇱㸳⭥⮈⿑⼦㕌➪᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ䇱᱄

Lesson 12 Cóng 㸳⭥ sùshè dào 㛄コ䋖㗕䔀ᷠ ⪴㸳⭥㯿㪂⭞㛄コ䋖㗕䔀ᷠ How do I get to your house from my dorm?

Part C Vocabulary Simplified Traditional de ˇng

wait

verb

⭩

⭩

Fútè

Ford (automobile)

proper noun

ⶄ㲹

ⶄ㲹

jie¯

fetch a person

verb

ㅴ

ㅴ

ka¯i

㋋

drive, open

verb

㋋

刀

ka¯i che¯

㋋⧖

drive a car

verb + object

㋋⧖

刀䡨

(classifier for cars)

classifier

㑟

䤗

ménko ˇu mén㋻ doorway (the mouth of the door)

noun

㗦㋻

凵㋻

piào

ticket

noun

㠒

㠒

䄵hòu after, afterward

noun

䄵⽔

䄵䲂

adjectival

䅙㩌

䶚㩌

liàng

yıˇhòu yínsè

silver colored

verb

Use and Structure 12.13–12.14

Characters Character Shape Pinyin Meaning/ Radical Phrases Function

Traditional Character

⡟

⡟

⧖

be ˇn

che¯

(classifier: 㚟 volume)

car

⧖

䄜⡟㭊 (yı¯ be ˇn shu¯) one book, 㦶⡟ (Rìbe ˇn) Japan

㻣⧖ (xià che¯ ) exit a car

䡨

265

266

Modern Mandarin Chinese

⭤

⮈

de ˇi, de

must; 䱽 (manner adverbial particle)

㯖⭤㌍

diàn

electricity 㳐(⮈) ⮈⿑ (diànhuà) telephone,

⭤

(shuo¯ de kuài) speak quickly

厫

⮈䇑

(diànyıˇng) movie

Ⰼ

do¯ng east*

䄜

Ⰼ⢀

Ꮭ

(do¯ngbian) east side,Ⰼ 㹘 (do¯ngxi) thing

䔄

ⷛ

ge¯ n

with

⹾

gua ˇn

building* 䴜

ⷛ 㵝㭊⹾

圿

(túshu¯gua ˇn) library,

㋈⳩⹾

(ka¯fe¯ igua ˇn) coffee shop

⺔

guì

expensive ⡕

⼦

hào

number

㋻

䗧 ⮈⿑⼦㕌 (diànhuà hàoma ˇ) telephone number, ゙䊣 ゙⼦ (jıˇ yuè jıˇ hào) what month and date?

㱷

Lesson 12 Cóng 㸳⭥ sùshè dào 㛄コ䋖㗕䔀ᷠ ⪴㸳⭥㯿㪂⭞㛄コ䋖㗕䔀ᷠ How do I get to your house from my dorm?

㆝

jìn

close

佢

㆝

㈮

jiù

only, precisely, sooner than expected

䨭

㈮

㋋

ka¯i

drive; open

䨤

㋋⧖

刀

(ka¯i che¯ ) drive a car, ㋋ 㬝 (ka¯ishıˇ) begin

㌍

kuài

fast, quickly

䵁

㌊

kuài

dollar

㵢

㌍ 䄜㌊㣏 (yı¯

৬

kuài qián) ¥1

㏌

lí

separated 䚐 from*

㸳コ㏌䎃ⱚ 厙 ⼽㆝ (wa ˇ jia¯ lí zhèr he ˇn jìn) my home is near here

㕓

ma ˇi

buy

Ͽ

㗌

máo

dime

㗌

䗪 䄜㗌㣏

㗌

(yı¯ máo qián) 10 cents

㣏

qián

money

嘥

䄜㌊㣏

仹

(yı¯ kuài qián) ¥1

㬱

shì

city*

ㆎ

㬱䐱㾥 (shì zho¯ngxı¯n) downtown, city center

㬱

267

268

Modern Mandarin Chinese

㭊

shu¯

book

Ͽ

㵝㭊⹾

᎙

(túshu¯gua ˇn) library,

㋕㭊

(kàn shu¯) read books

㳞

tı¯ng

listen (to) ㋻

㵝

tú

chart*

䯎

㔁 㵝㭊⹾

थ

(túshu¯gua ˇn) library,

⭹㵝

(dìtú) map

㹘

xı¯

west*

㹘

㹘⢀ (xı¯bian) 㹘 west side,

Ⰼ㹘

(do¯ngxi) thing

㼌

xia ˇng think, want, plan to

㾥

㾥

xı¯n

㾥

heart

㼌

䐱㾥

㾥

(zho¯ngxı¯n) center

䔀

zo ˇu

go

䔀

䔙

zuò

sit

㵢

䔀 䔙⧖ (zuò che¯ ) go by car

䔙

Stroke Order Flow Chart

270

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Use and structure 12.1.

Two ways to talk about going to or coming to a location

In Lessons 10 and 11 we learned how to say go to a place using the verb 㦆 go and come to a place using the verb lái (㎕) come. Notice that the difference in meaning contributed by 㦆 and lái is that 㦆 indicates movement to the place where the speaker is not located, and lái indicates movement to a place where the speaker is located. (Use and Structure 10.12 and 11.3.)

㦆 + location go to a location (where the speaker is not located) 㸳㗨㦆㚨⷗ xı¯n ⭥ ka¯fe¯i ⹾᷍䋖㗕䂚ᷠ

㸳㗨㦆㚨⷗㾣⭥㋈⳩⹾᷍䋖㗕䂚ᷠ

How about if we go to that new coffee shop? lái (㎕) + location come to a location (where the speaker is located) 㾨㠻㳍㶎㩰 lái 㸳コ⧵Ⳛ᷍䋖㗕䂚ᷠ

㾨㠻㳍㶎㩰㎕㸳コ⧵Ⳛ᷍䋖㗕䂚ᷠ

Come to my house to eat on Sunday night, okay? You can also talk about going to a place or coming to a place with the following pattern: dào (⭞) location 㦆 go to a place 㸳㗨dào㚨⷗ xı¯n ⭥ ka¯fe¯i ⹾㦆᷍䋖㗕䂚ᷠ

㸳㗨⭞㚨⷗㾣⭥㋈⳩⹾㦆᷍䋖㗕䂚ᷠ How about if we go to that new coffee shop? dào (⭞) location lái (㎕) come to a place 㾨㠻㳍㶎㩰dào㸳lái⧵Ⳛ᷍䋖㗕䂚ᷠ

㾨㠻㳍㶎㩰⭞㸳コ㎕⧵Ⳛ᷍䋖㗕䂚ᷠ Come to my house to eat on Sunday night, okay? When talking about a completed action, 㑬 occurs after the verb 㦆 or lái, and never after the preposition dào (⭞) to. Say this: 㸳䔓㳍dào㵝㭊⹾㦆㑬᱄

㸳䔓㳍⭞㵝㭊⹾㦆㑬᱄

Yesterday I went to the library.

Do not say this: 8 㸳䔓㳍dào㑬㵝㭊⹾㦆.

8 㸳䔓㳍⭞㑬㵝㭊⹾㦆᱄

Lesson 12 Cóng 㸳⭥ sùshè dào 㛄コ䋖㗕䔀ᷠ ⪴㸳⭥㯿㪂⭞㛄コ䋖㗕䔀ᷠ How do I get to your house from my dorm?

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 12.1, 12.2. Website: Structure Drills 12.1; Focus on Structure 12.2.

12.2. Talking about going from one place to another with cóng (⪴) and dào (⭞) To say that someone is going from one location to another location, use the words cóng (⪴) from and dào (⭞) to and say: S cóng A dào B 㦆 (S ⪴ A⭞ B 㦆) 㸳㼌cóng sùshè dào 㬱䐱㾥㦆᱄

㸳㼌⪴㯿㪂⭞㬱䐱㾥㦆᱄

I want to go from the dorm to the city center. To say that someone is coming from one place to another, say: S cóng A dào B lái (S⪴ A⭞ B ㎕) 㰞㻣⷗䊣cóng䐱guó dào㗡guó lái᱄

㰞㻣⷗䊣⪴䐱⺛⭞㗡⺛㎕᱄

She is coming from China to the United States next month. To ask how to go from one place to another, ask: cóng A dào B 䋖㗕䔀ᷠ(⪴ A ⭞ B䋖㗕䔀ᷠ ) Cóng dìtie ) ˇ zhàn dào㛄コ䋖㗕䔀ᷠ(⪴⭹㳛䍟⭞㛄コ䋖㗕䔀ᷠ How do I go from the subway station to your home? You can omit either the cóng phrase or the dào phrase if it is understood from the context: Cóng 㸳⭥ sùshè 䋖㗕䔀ᷠ(⪴㸳⭥㯿㪂䋖㗕䔀ᷠ ) How do I go from the dormitory? ) Dào㛄コ䋖㗕䔀ᷠ (⭞㛄コ䋖㗕䔀ᷠ How do I get to your home?

Practice

Website: Listening for Information 12.2, 12.3, 12.4, 12.5, 12.6; Structure Drills 12.2, 12.3; Focus on Structure 12.1, 12.2.

271

272

Modern Mandarin Chinese

12.3.

zìjıˇ (䓵゛) self

Zìjıˇ (䓵゛) self is sometimes called a reflexive pronoun. To say myself, yourself, themselves, etc. precede zìjıˇ with the appropriate pronoun:

㸳zìjıˇ (㸳䓵゛)

㸳㗨zìjıˇ (㸳Ӥ䓵゛)

myself 㛄zìjıˇ (㛄䓵゛) yourself 㰜/㰞zìjıˇ (㰜/㰞䓵゛) himself/herself

ourselves 㛄㗨zìjıˇ (㛄㗨䓵゛) yourselves 㰜㗨zìjıˇ (㰜㗨䓵゛) themselves

When zìjıˇ occurs as the subject, it is always preceded by a pronoun.

 ⭥tóngwu¯⼽xıˇhua¯n⧵䐱⺛Ⳛ᱄㸳zìjıˇ xıˇhua¯n⧵㦶⡟Ⳛ᱄ 㸳 㸳⭥㵍㸾⼽㻓⿗⧵䐱⺛Ⳛ᱄㸳䓵゛㻓⿗⧵㦶⡟Ⳛ᱄ My roommate likes to eat Chinese food a lot. I myself like to eat Japanese food. When zìjıˇ occurs in the object position, it typically occurs without a pronoun, and always refers to the subject of the sentence:

 㸥ⷛ㗡㏗㦆㕓Ⰼ㹘᷍suo 㾂 ˇ䄵㸳⭤zìjıˇ㦆㛄コ᱄ 㾂㸥ⷛ㗡㏗㦆㕓Ⰼ㹘᷍㰚䄵㸳⭤䓵゛㦆㛄コ᱄ Xiaowen is going shopping with Meili, so I have to go to your home by myself.

12.4.

Talking about alternatives: VP1 ⿚㬨 VP2 (㚹) VP1 or VP2?

To ask someone to choose between two alternatives, use ⿚㬨 or and say: VP1 ⿚㬨 VP2 (㚹) 㛄㼌䔙 dìtie ˇ ⿚㬨㼌䔙go¯nggòng qì⧖㚹ᷠ

㛄㼌䔙⭹㳛⿚㬨㼌䔙⹌⹓㡜⧖㚹ᷠ

Would you like to go by subway or by bus? Questions with ⿚㬨 are often called split-choice questions, since the question presents two choices. Split-choice questions often end with the sentence-final particle 㚹, which serves to soften the tone of the question. When the verb in the second alternative is 㬨, the alternative is expressed as:

 NP1 ⿚㬨 NP2 㬨 㛄㬨䁈㪛⿚㬨㎰㬇ᷠ Are you a student or a teacher? (Do not say: 8 㛄㬨䁈㪛⿚㬨㬨㎰㬇ᷠ )

Lesson 12 Cóng 㸳⭥ sùshè dào 㛄コ䋖㗕䔀ᷠ ⪴㸳⭥㯿㪂⭞㛄コ䋖㗕䔀ᷠ How do I get to your house from my dorm?

To reply to a ⿚㬨question, state the alternative that you prefer. Q: 㛄㼌䔙dìtie ˇ ⿚㬨㼌䔙 go¯nggòng qì⧖㚹ᷠ

㛄㼌䔙⭹㳛⿚㬨㼌䔙⹌⹓㡜⧖㚹ᷠ

Would you like to go by subway or by bus? A:

㸳䔙 dìtie ˇ᱄ 㸳䔙⭹㳛᱄ I’ll go by subway.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 12.3. Website: Listening for Information 12.2; Structure Drills 12.4.

12.5. 䊻 location + action: do the action at the location To talk about doing an action at a location, use the preposition 䊻 at, in, on and say:

䊻 (location) + action at (location) do an action

䊻㵝㭊⹾ zhàn 㻣⧖᱄(䊻㵝㭊⹾䍟㻣⧖᱄) Get off the (car/bus/train) at library station. 㛄㋪䄵䊻 dìtie ) ˇ zhàn 㕓 piào᱄(㛄㋪䄵䊻⭹㳛䍟㕓㠒᱄ You can buy tickets at the subway station. If you are talking about doing an action here or there, you must use the preposition 䊻 along with the word 䎃ⱚ or 㚨ⱚ:

㛄㋪䄵䊻䎃ⱚ㕓 piào᱄(㛄㋪䄵䊻䎃ⱚ㕓㠒᱄) You can buy tickets here. 㛄䊻㚨ⱚ㩰㒚⼦ xiàn᱄(㛄䊻㚨ⱚ㩰㒚⼦㼀᱄) Get on the number 6 line there. When talking about doing an action at a given place and time, the order of information is: time when + location + action

㸳㾨㠻㧞㻣㹈䊻㵝㭊⹾⫓⹅᱄ I work in the library on Wednesday afternoons.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 12.5; Focus on Communication 12.1–12.4. Website: Listening for Information 12.2, 12.4; Structure Drills 12.5; Focus on Structure 12.1, 12.2.

273

274

Modern Mandarin Chinese

12.6.

waˇng (㶚) direction 䔀go toward a direction

To say someone is going toward a direction or place, say: waˇng (direction/place) 䔀 (㶚 direction/place 䔀) Wa ) ˇngⰌ䔀᱄(㶚Ⰼ䔀᱄ Go east. Wa ) ˇng㵝㭊⹾䔀᱄(㶚㵝㭊⹾䔀᱄ Go toward the library.

Practice

12.7.

Website: Listening for Information 12.3, 12.4; Focus on Structure 12.1, 12.2.

Train and bus numbers, and traveling by subway and bus

Bus and train numbers are formed by number + ⼦. When the number two precedes ⼦, it is always ⱟ: ⱟ⼦. The names of bus lines usually end with ⧖ or go¯nggòng qì⧖: 㹆⼦⧖ the number 5 bus, 㧞⼦ go¯nggòng qì⧖ the number 3 bus. The names of subway lines usually end with the word xiàn (㼀) line: 䄜⼦ xiàn the number 1 line, ➬⼦ xiàn the number 8 line.

Practice

12.8.

Website: Listening for Information 12.4.

Riding a vehicle as a passenger: 䔙⧖

To say that you are riding a vehicle as a passenger, you use the verb 䔙.

㛄㋪䄵䔙 go¯nggòng qì⧖㦆᱄(㛄㋪䄵䔙⹌⹓㡜⧖㦆᱄) You can take the bus. Notice that this use of 䔙 is often expressed in English as take, though it literally means sit.

㛄㼌䔙dìtie ˇ ⿚㬨㼌䔙 go¯nggòng qì⧖㚹ᷠ 㛄㼌䔙⭹㳛⿚㬨㼌䔙⹌⹓㡜⧖㚹ᷠ Would you rather take the subway or the bus? To indicate the number of stops you ride on a bus or train, say:

 + number + zhàn 䔙 䔙㧞 zhàn᱄Ride for three stops.

Lesson 12 Cóng 㸳⭥ sùshè dào 㛄コ䋖㗕䔀ᷠ ⪴㸳⭥㯿㪂⭞㛄コ䋖㗕䔀ᷠ How do I get to your house from my dorm?

To ask how many stops to take a bus or train, ask:

䔙゙ zhànᷠHow many stops do I go? (literally: Ride for how many stops?) To say that you are taking a form of transportation to a place, state the means of transportation before the action of going, coming, or returning: means of transportation + 㦆 / lái (㎕) / huí (⿹) + location or means of transportation + (dào) ⭞ location 㦆/lái (㎕) 㛄㋪䄵䔙dìtie ) ˇ 㦆⮈yıˇngyuàn᱄(㛄㋪䄵䔙⭹㳛㦆⮈䇑䊛᱄ You can take the subway to the movie theater. 㰜㗨䔙fe¯ijı¯ dào 䐱guó lái᱄(㰜㗨䔙⳪〛⭞䐱⺛㎕᱄) They are coming to China by plane. 㸳㗨䔙go¯nggòng qì⧖ huí コ㑬᱄(㸳㗨䔙⹌⹓㡜⧖⿹コ㑬᱄) We took the bus home. To say that you are driving a car, bus, or train, use the verb ㋋ and say ㋋⧖/㋋ go¯nggòng qì⧖/㋋huo ˇ⧖. See also Use and Structure 12.6 and 12.7.

Practice

Website: Listening for Information 12.1, 12.4; Focus on Structure 12.1.

12.9. 㩰⧖ get on a vehicle, 㻣⧖ get off a vehicle, huàn ⧖ (⿜⧖) change vehicles In the dialogue, Guoqiang gives Dawei directions by subway, but the expressions involving getting on and off the train, and changing trains are the same when describing bus travel. To say that you are getting on a vehicle (a subway, a bus, a car, a bicycle, an airplane, etc.), use the verb 㩰 and say 㩰⧖get on a vehicle.

㛄䊻㚨ⱚ㩰㒚⼦⧖᱄ Get on the number six (car/bus, etc.) there. To say that you are getting off a vehicle, use the verb 㻣 and say 㻣⧖ get off the vehicle.

䊻㵝㭊⹾ lù㻣⧖᱄(䊻㵝㭊⹾㔘㻣⧖᱄) Get off the (car/bus, etc.) at Library Road. Say “㻣⧖” if you are riding a crowded bus or train and want to let others know that you are planning to get off.

275

Modern Mandarin Chinese

276

We have already learned the words 㩰 and 㻣 in some other expressions:

 ⷗䊣 㩰 㩰⷗㾨㠻 㩰 kè (㋯) 㶎㩰

last month last week go to class evening

㻣⷗䊣 㻣⷗㾨㠻 㻣 kè (㋯)

next month next week get out of class

To talk about changing train or bus lines, use the word huàn (⿜) change and say huàn ⧖ (⿜⧖) change cars/busses, huàn xiàn (⿜㼀) change lines, huàn ➬⼦ xiàn (⿜➬⼦㼀) change for the number 8 line.

䊻㵝㭊⹾zhàn 㻣⧖᷍huàn ㈦⼦ xiàn᱄(䊻㵝㭊⹾䍟㻣⧖᷍⿜㈦⼦㼀᱄) Get off at library station and change for line 9. Practice

12.10.

Website: Listening for Information 12.4; Focus on Structure 12.1.

Indicating the existence of something at a location: 䊻 location 䇱 N and 䇱 N 䊻 location

To indicate that something exists at a location, say:

 location 䇱 N 䊻 䊻㚨ⱚ䇱䄜⷗⮈yıˇng yuàn᱄ 䊻㚨ⱚ䇱䄜⷗⮈䇑䊛᱄

or

There is a movie theater there.

 N䊻 location 䇱 䇱䄜⷗⮈yıˇng yuàn䊻㚨ⱚ᱄ 䇱䄜⷗⮈䇑䊛䊻㚨ⱚ᱄ There is a movie theater there.

When indicating location, if 䊻 is the first word of the sentence, it may be omitted.

 㚨ⱚ䇱䄜⷗⮈yıˇng yuàn᱄ 䊻 䊻㚨ⱚ䇱䄜⷗⮈䇑䊛᱄

= =

㚨ⱚ䇱䄜⷗⮈yıˇng yuàn᱄ 㚨ⱚ䇱䄜⷗⮈䇑䊛᱄

There is a movie theater there.

 ⫔䁈⭥mén㋻䇱 dìtie 䊻 ˇ zhàn᱄ = 䊻⫔䁈⭥㗦㋻䇱⭹㳛䍟᱄ =

⫔䁈⭥mén㋻䇱 dìtie ˇ zhàn᱄ ⫔䁈⭥㗦㋻䇱⭹㳛䍟

At the entrance to the university there is a subway station. When using the structure䇱 N 䊻 location, 䇱 cannot be omitted. Say this:

 䄜⷗⮈yıˇng yuàn䊻㚨ⱚ᱄ 䇱 䇱䄜⷗⮈䇑䊛䊻㚨ⱚ᱄

Do not say this: 8 䄜⷗⮈yıˇng yuàn䊻㚨ⱚ᱄

8 䄜⷗⮈䇑䊛䊻㚨ⱚ᱄

There is a movie theater there.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 12.6. Website: Listening for Information 12.4; Structure Drills 12.9.

Lesson 12 Cóng 㸳⭥ sùshè dào 㛄コ䋖㗕䔀ᷠ ⪴㸳⭥㯿㪂⭞㛄コ䋖㗕䔀ᷠ How do I get to your house from my dorm?

12.11.

Indicating the duration of an action: action + duration

Stating the duration of an action without including the object of the verb To state the duration of an action, that is, to say how long an action occurs, follow the verb with the duration expression. verb + duration 㛄⭤䔙䄜⷗ zho¯ngtóu᱄(㛄⭤䔙䄜⷗䐴㵘᱄) You have to ride for an hour. When talking about the duration of completed actions, 㑬 follows the verb.

㸳䔓㳍㶎㩰 shuì 㑬➬⷗ zho¯ngtóu᱄(㸳䔓㳍㶎㩰㯐㑬➬⷗䐴㵘᱄) Last night I slept for eight hours. The adverb chà ⤜ⱁ (⥏⤜ⱁ) almost comes right before the duration expression.

㛄⭤䔙chà⤜ⱁ䄜⷗ zho¯ngtóu᱄(㛄⭤䔙⥏⤜ⱁ䄜⷗䐴㵘᱄) You have to ride for about an hour. To say that you have done an action for a very long time, say: V 㑬⼽ cháng 㬒jia¯n (V㑬⼽⧅㬒ヅ) 㸳 de ) ˇng 㑬⼽ cháng 㬒jia¯n᱄(㸳⭩㑬⼽⧅㬒ヅ᱄ I waited for a long time.

Stating the duration of an action and including the object of the verb When stating the duration of an action and including the object of the verb, you must state the verb twice, first followed by the object, and then followed by the duration phrase: [V + O] [V + duration] 㸳me ˇi㳍 [䔙 dìtie ˇ] [䔙 䄜⷗ zho¯ngtóu]᱄ 㛄㗠㳍 [䔙⭹㳛] [䔙䄜⷗䐴㵘]᱄ I ride the subway every day for an hour. Notice that if 㑬 is used, it follows the second occurrence of the verb.

㸳䔓㳍㶎㩰 [shuì jiào] [shuì㑬➬⷗ zho¯ngtóu]᱄ 㸳䔓㳍㶎㩰[㯐㉖] [㯐㑬➬⷗䐴㵘]᱄ Last night I slept for eight hours.

㸳[䔙dìtie ˇ] [䔙㑬chà⤜ⱁ䄜⷗ zho¯ngtóu]᱄  [䔙⭹㳛] [䔙㑬⥏⤜ⱁ䄜⷗䐴㵘]᱄ 㸳 I rode the subway for almost an hour.

Asking about the duration of an action To ask how long an action occurs, follow the action verb with the question phrase ⱁ cháng 㬒jia¯n (ⱁ⧅㬒ヅ) how long?

277

Modern Mandarin Chinese

278

[V + O] [V ⱁ cháng 㬒jia¯n ᷠ] ([V + O] [Vⱁ⧅㬒ヅᷠ]) 䔙 dìtie ˇ 䄋䔙ⱁcháng 㬒jia¯nᷠ

䔙⭹㳛䄋䔙ⱁ⧅㬒ヅᷠ

How long do you have to ride the subway?

 shuì jiào shuì 㑬ⱁ cháng 㬒jia¯nᷠ 㛄 㛄㯐㉖㯐㑬ⱁ⧅㬒ヅᷠ How long did you sleep?

Time expressions that indicate duration Here are some time expressions that are commonly used to indicate duration. Note that when talking about the number of minutes an action occurs for, the phrase to use is: number + ⳷ + zho¯ng

⳷ zho¯ngtóu

㳍 㾨㠻

yuè nián

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

minute hour day week month year

䔙㬏㹆⳷ zho¯ng shuì 㑬➬⷗ zho¯ngtóu 㼌㑬䄜㳍 fù㻑㑬䄜⷗㾨㠻 䁈㑬㒚⷗䊣 䁈䐱㸥䁈㑬䄜 nián

sit (ride) for 15 minutes slept for 8 hours thought (about something) for a day reviewed for a week studied for 6 months studied Chinese for a year

Workbook: Focus on Structure 12.7. Website: Listening for Information 12.6; Structure Drills 12.7, 12.8.

12.12. 䐜⼤VP the only (good) thing to do is VP To say that the only thing to do is [verb phrase], or that [verb phrase] is the only option, use the expression 䐜⼤ and say:

 ⼤ VP 䐜 㰞⤜。㯖䐱㸥᷍suo ˇ䄵㸳㗨䐜⼤㯖Yı¯ng㸥᱄ 㰞⤜。㯖䐱㸥᷍㰚䄵㸳㗨䐜⼤㯖䇃㸥᱄ She can’t speak Chinese so the only (good) thing to do is speak English.

12.13.

Sequence with 䄵hòu (䄵⽔): After an action happens, another action happens

Talking about events that happen in a sequence The words 䄵hòu after and ㈮, and the completion aspect marker 㑬, are all used when saying after an action happens, another action happens. The full structure is as follows: (S) V1 㑬(O) 䄵hòu, ㈮ V2 (O)

Lesson 12 Cóng 㸳⭥ sùshè dào 㛄コ䋖㗕䔀ᷠ ⪴㸳⭥㯿㪂⭞㛄コ䋖㗕䔀ᷠ How do I get to your house from my dorm?

This structure is used to indicate the sequence of events that will happen in the future:

 ⧵㑬Ⳛ䄵hòu, ㈮䔀᱄ 㸳 㸳⧵㑬Ⳛ䄵⽔㈮䔀᱄ After I eat, I will leave. It is also used to indicate the sequence of events that generally or habitually occurs.

㸳㻣㋯䄵⽔㈮㦆㵝㭊⹾䔗⹇㋯᱄ After I get out of class, I go to the library to do homework. Note that sequence sentences typically include the words䄵hòu, 㑬, and ㈮, though one or more may be omitted. When they are present in the sentence: Q 䄵hòu occurs at the end of the first verb phrase, after the object of the verb if there is an object, or right after the verb if there is no object. (In English, the word after occurs at the beginning of the first clause.) Q 㑬 occurs immediately after the first verb. Q ㈮ occurs right before the second verb or verb phrase. To help you to see that 䄵hòu is part of the first clause in sequences sentences, we have put square brackets around the first clause in the following examples. ) [㸳⧵㑬Ⳛ䄵hòu] ㈮䔀᱄([㸳⧵㑬䄵⽔]㈮䔀᱄ [After I eat,] I will leave. [㛄ma ) ˇi 㑬 piào 䄵hòu] ㈮㩰⧖᱄([㛄㕓㑬㠒䄵⽔]㈮㩰⧖᱄ [After you buy a ticket,] get on the vehicle. [㸳㻣㋯䄵hòu]㈮㦆㵝㭊⹾䔗⹇㋯᱄([㸳㻣㋯䄵⽔]㈮㦆㵝㭊⹾䔗⹇㋯᱄ ) [After I get out of class,] I go to the library to do homework.

Talking about a sequence of events that has already concluded in the past When talking about a sequence of events that has already taken place, that is, to say “after an action happened, another action happened,” use the same structure as for sequence in the future, but include a second 㑬 after the verb phrase that indicates the second action (that is, the one that happens after the first action is complete). (S) V1 㑬(O) 䄵hòu (㈮) V2 (O) 㑬 㰞㕓㑬㭊䄵hòu, ㈮ huí コ㑬᱄

㰞㕓㑬㭊䄵⽔㈮⿹コ㑬᱄

After she bought the book, she returned home.

Inclusion and omission of 㑬, 䄵hòu, and ㈮ Sequence sentences often do not include all three sequence markers 㑬, ㈮, and 䄵hòu. A sentence may contain all three of them, two of them, or only one of them.

279

Modern Mandarin Chinese

280

㑬 and 䄵hòu both indicate sequence, that is, that after the first action happens, the second one happens. While they can occur together in the same sentence, since they indicate the same thing, often only one or the other occurs. (S) V1 㑬O 䄵hòu, ㈮V2 㛄dào㑬⧖zhàn mén㋻䄵hòu, ⷙ㸳⫓⮈⿑᱄

㛄⭞㑬⧖䍟㗦㋻䄵⽔ⷙ㸳⫓⮈⿑᱄ or

㛄dào⧖zhàn mén㋻䄵hòu, ⷙ㸳⫓⮈⿑᱄ 㛄⭞⧖䍟㗦㋻䄵⽔ⷙ㸳⫓⮈⿑᱄ or

 dào㑬⧖zhàn mén㋻᷍ⷙ㸳⫓⮈⿑᱄ 㛄 㛄⭞㑬⧖䍟㗦㋻᷍ⷙ㸳⫓⮈⿑᱄ After you arrive at the station entrance, phone me.

㈮ signals that the sequence is immediate, that the second action happens right after the first one is completed. If the actions happen in sequence but not necessarily right after another, ㈮ is not used.

 ⭞㗡guó䄵hòu᷍㦆㋕㑬㰜゙⪯᱄ 㸳 㸳⭞㗡⺛䄵⽔᷍㦆㋕㑬㰜゙⪯᱄ After I arrived in the United States, I went to see him a few times. When the actions occur right after another, ㈮ typically occurs. In these sentences, 䄵hòu is optional, though it may occur.

 ⭞㑬㗡guó㈮㦆㋕㰜㑬᱄ 㸳 㸳⭞㑬㗡⺛㈮㦆㋕㰜㑬᱄ After I arrived in the United States, I went to see him (right away). There is no need to translate ㈮ into English in sequence sentences, but if you want a translation to help you understand its function in these sentences, think of it as adding the meaning then right away or right after that.

 㕓㑬 piào 䄵hòu ㈮㩰⧖᱄ 㛄 㛄㕓㑬㠒䄵⽔㈮㩰⧖᱄ After you buy a ticket, (right after that) get on the vehicle. K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

12.14.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 12.8, 12.9. Website: Structure Drills 12.10.

Omitting the main noun after ⭥

⭥ is used when describing a noun. It occurs at the end of each description, and it is followed by the main noun (the noun that is being described).

Lesson 12 Cóng 㸳⭥ sùshè dào 㛄コ䋖㗕䔀ᷠ ⪴㸳⭥㯿㪂⭞㛄コ䋖㗕䔀ᷠ How do I get to your house from my dorm?

 ➷➷㋋䄜liàng yínsè⭥⧖᱄ 㸳 㸳➷➷㋋䄜㑟䅙㩌⭥⧖᱄ My dad drives a silver-colored car. When the identity of the main noun can be predicted from previous information in the sentence, it can be omitted. This is the situation when Dawei asks what car Guoqiang will be driving:

 ⭥⧖㬨㬓㗕yánsè⭥ᷠ 㛄 㛄⭥⧖㬨㬓㗕䁶㩌⭥ᷠ What color is your car? The noun that is omitted after ⭥ is ⧖. Guoqiang could have asked the following, but it would not have been natural sounding, as the word ⧖ after ⭥ is predictable from the sentence.

 ⭥⧖㬨㬓㗕yánsè⭥⧖ᷠ 㛄 㛄⭥⧖㬨㬓㗕䁶㩌⭥⧖ᷠ (Literally:) Your car is a what-colored car?

Qa

Language FAQs

What is the difference between 㦆 go and 䔀 go? 㦆 refers to movement that ends at a certain destination. 㸳㼌㦆㭊diàn᱄(㸳㼌㦆㭊⮋᱄) I want to go to the bookstore. 䔀 is used when talking about going toward (but not to) some place, or movement in a certain compass direction: Wa ) Go towards the bookstore. ˇng 㭊diàn 䔀᱄(㶚㭊⮋䔀᱄ Wa ng Ⰼ䔀᱄ ( 㶚Ⰼ䔀᱄ ) Go east. ˇ

䔀 is also used when asking about the process of going from place to place: Cóng ⮈yıˇngyuàn dào 㛄コ䋖㗕䔀ᷠ(⪴⮈䇑䊛⭞㛄コ䋖㗕䔀ᷠ ) How do you go from the movie theater to your home?

How can 䊻 be a verb and a preposition? In Lesson 11 we learned how to use 䊻 as a verb. (Use and Structure 11.12) Go¯ngyuán 䊻 be ) The park is (located) in the north. ˇibia¯n᱄(⹌䊑䊻⡒⢀᱄

281

282

Modern Mandarin Chinese

In this lesson we learned how to use 䊻 as a preposition. (Use and Structure 12.5)

䊻⧖zhàn 㩰㒚⼦ xiàn᱄(䊻⧖䍟㩰㒚⼦㼀᱄) At the station, get on the number 6 line. Mandarin words do not include any features that mark their grammatical category, and many words may function as a member of more than one category. 䊻 is one of those words. In any given sentence, 䊻 only has only one grammatical function, and the overall structure of the sentence makes it clear how 䊻 is being used. If 䊻 is followed by a noun phrase and a verb phrase, it is being used as a preposition that indicates the location where some action takes place (䊻⧖zhàn 㩰㒚⼦ xiàn get on the number 6 line at the station), or the location where something exists (䊻㚨ⱚ䇱䄜⷗⮈ yıˇng yuàn there is a movie theater there). If 䊻 is followed only by a noun phrase and not a verb phrase, it is being used as a verb indicating the location of some noun (go¯ngyuán 䊻 be ˇibia¯n the park is in the north).

ⷙand dào (⭞): Two different Mandarin prepositions for to The Mandarin prepositions ⷙ and dào (⭞) can both be translated into English with the word to, but in Mandarin, the meanings of ⷙ and dào are distinct. Dào is used when talking about movement to some location. ⷙ is used when talking about doing something to or for someone. Dào 㛄コ䋖㗕䔀ᷠ(⭞㛄コ䋖㗕䔀ᷠ ) How do I go to your home? 㸳䔓㳍ⷙ㰜fa¯ dua ) Yesterday I sent a text ˇnxìn㑬᱄(㸳䔓㳍ⷙ㰜ⳃⰭ㾦㑬᱄ message to him. 㸳ⷙ㰜㕓㑬䄜be¯i ka¯fe¯i᱄(㸳ⷙ㰜㕓㑬䄜⡎㋈⳩᱄) I bought a cup of coffee for him.

Two pronunciations and two meanings for ⭤ Most characters have only one pronunciation, but some characters have more than one pronunciation. The character ⭤is one of them.

⭤ is pronounced de when it is used to indicate the way that actions are performed: action verb + ⭤ (de) + adjectival phrase 㸳 xie ) I write too slowly. ˇ⭤ (de) 㲌㕞᱄(㸳㾕⭤ [de] 㲌㕞᱄ 㰜⧵⭤ (de) ⼽ⱁ᱄He eats a lot.

⭤is pronounced de when it occurs in the word jué⭤ (juéde) think.

Lesson 12 Cóng 㸳⭥ sùshè dào 㛄コ䋖㗕䔀ᷠ ⪴㸳⭥㯿㪂⭞㛄コ䋖㗕䔀ᷠ How do I get to your house from my dorm?

⭤ is pronounced de ˇi when it indicates an obligation and means must, have to, or should. When ⭤ indicates an obligation, it occurs right before an action verb or verb phrase.

⭤ (de ˇi) + action 㛄⭤ (dei) 䔙chà⤜ⱁ䄜⷗zho¯ngtóu᱄ You have to sit (ride) for almost an hour.

What is the difference between ⭥ (de) and ⭤ (de)? ⭥ (de) is used when you are describing a noun. The description + ⭥ (de) occurs right before the noun:

 ⭥ péngyou (㸳⭥㞔䇲) my friend 㸳 㾂䍦⭥ tóngwu¯ (㾂䍦⭥㵍㸾) Xiao Zhang’s roommate xı¯n ⭥ ka¯fe¯i⹾ (㾣⭥㋈⳩⹾) a new coffee shop ⭤ (de) is used when you are describing the way an action is performed. The action verb + ⭤ (de) occurs before the adjectival verb or adjectival verb phrase.  xie 㸳 ) I write too slowly. ˇ⭤㲌màn᱄(㸳㾕⭤㲌㕞᱄ 㰜⧵⭤⼽ⱁ᱄ He eats a lot. 㛄㯖⿑㯖⭤㲌kuài᱄ (㛄㯖⿑㯖⭤㲌㌍᱄) You speak too quickly. 㰞 chàng ⭤⼽⼤᱄(㰞⧋⭤⼽⼤᱄) She sings very well.

Notes on Chinese culture Picking up a guest: 㸳㦆 jie¯ (ㅴ)㛄 Jie¯ (ㅴ) means to pick up a person from some location and bring them someplace. When guests come to visit, it is polite to jie¯ (ㅴ) them and bring them to your home or to the place where you will be gathering with your guests. Most cultures have certain rituals associated with receiving a guest, and we will learn other vocabulary and rituals associated with the behavior of guest and host in the following lessons.

283

284

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Lesson 12 Dialogue in English Part A Dawei: On Sunday afternoon, Xiaowen and Meili are going shopping. They will go from the city center to your home, so I have to go by myself. How do I go from the dormitory to your home? Guoqiang: Do you want to go by subway or by bus? Dawei: Subway is faster. I’ll go by subway. Guoqiang: Okay. Get on the train at the Peking University East Gate station. Take line 4 in the direction of the city center. Dawei: How many stops do I ride? Guoqiang: Go for five stops, and at the National Library station change for line 9. Take the train south one stop. Get off at Baishi Qiao Road (White Stone Road) and change trains again for line 6. Dawei: What direction do I go? Guoqiang: Head east and take the train for six stops. At Dong Si station change for the number 5 train. Go south and take the train for four stops. Dawei: Where do I get off the train? Guoqiang: Get off at the Tiantan East Gate station (the Temple of Heaven East Gate station). There is a movie theater there, a bookstore, and also a Japanese restaurant. My home is close to Tiantan Park (Temple of Heaven Park).

Part B Dawei: How long is the ride from the dorm to Tiantan East Gate station? Guoqiang: You have to ride for about an hour. Dawei: An hour! That long! Okay, I might as well listen to music on the train.

Part C Dawei: Guoqiang: Dawei: Guoqiang:

How much is a subway ticket? ¥3 a ticket, not expensive. You can buy one at the subway station. How do I go from Tiantan East Gate station to your home? After you get to the station entrance, phone me. Wait for me there. I’ll drive over to get you. Dawei: Okay. What color is your car? Guoqiang: I’ll drive my dad’s car. It’s a silver Ford. You have my phone number, right? Dawei: Yes (I have it).

13

Lesson 㸳コ⼽㦾䄸zha ˇo 㸳コ⼽㦾䄸䍳 My home is easy to find

Communication goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Politely initiate and receive telephone calls. Q Make and accept apologies. Q Describe the location of people, places, and things.

Literacy goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Distinguish between characters that differ only in stroke length and configuration.

Key structures

Q precise identification with ㈮: 㸳㈮㬨 Q néng (㚽) and three ways to say can Q 䄜xie¯ NP (䄜㾊 NP) several NPs Q 㦾䄸 + verb easy to do and nán + verb (㚲 + verb) hard to do Q ⧖䍟[⭥] lıˇbia¯n (⧖䍟[⭥]㏐⢀) inside the station Q xia¯n (㻩) action1 䊺 action2 first do action1 then do action2

286

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Dialogue The situation: Zhang Dawei has arrived at the subway station near Xie Guoqiang’s house and is phoning Guoqiang to let him know.

Part A ⺛㣠ᷛ ⫔㸋ᷛ ⺛㣠ᷛ ⫔㸋ᷛ

Wéiᷠ

㤌㸫᷍⺛㣠䊻㕑ᷠ 㸳㈮㬨᱄ 㛛㬨㚥 wèiᷠ ⺛㣠᷍㬨㸳᷍⫔㸋᱄㸳⫓㛄 ⭥㬷〛㛄䋖㗕㗜ㅴᷠ㸳㻷䊻 䊻㳍tánⰌ㗦䍟᱄㛄㬓㗕㬒⽓ néng㎕ㅴ㸳ᷠ ⺛㣠ᷛ 䎇ⰵ⤜㡑᷍㸳⭥㬷〛䊻䄜xie¯ 㭊⭥㻣bia¯ n᷍㗜㳞ボ᱄

⺛㣠ᷛ ⫔㸋ᷛ ⺛㣠ᷛ ⫔㸋ᷛ

㸚? 㤌㸫᷍⺛㣠䊻㕑ᷠ 㸳㈮㬨᱄ 㛛㬨㚥㸜ᷠ ⺛㣠᷍㬨㸳᷍⫔㸋᱄㸳⫓㛄 ⭥㬷〛㛄䋖㗕㗜ㅴᷠ㸳㻷䊻 䊻㳍㲔Ⰼ㗦䍟᱄㛄㬓㗕㬒⽓ 㚽㎕ㅴ㸳ᷠ ⺛㣠ᷛ 䎇ⰵ⤜㡑᷍㸳⭥㬷〛䊻䄜㾊 㭊⭥㻣⢀᷍㗜㳞ボ᱄

Lesson 13 㸳コ⼽㦾䄸zhaˇo 㸳コ⼽㦾䄸䍳 My home is easy to find

Part A Vocabulary Simplified Traditional jie¯

ㅴ

answer, receive verb (a phone call); fetch (a person)

ㅴ

ㅴ

jiù

㈮

precisely

adverb

㈮

㈮

néng

able to, can (physical ability)

modal verb

㚽

㚽

tı¯ngjiàn 㳞ボ

hear

verb

㳞ボ

㔁䃫

wéi, wèi

hello? (telephone greeting)

conversational expression

㸚

㸚

wèi

(polite classifier classifier for people)

㸜

㸜

directional particle

㻣

㻣

xiàbia¯n 㻣bia¯n below

noun

㻣⢀

㻣䪦

xie¯

classifier

㾊

㾊

number + classifier phrase

䄜㾊

䄜㾊

xià

yı¯ xie¯

㻣

below* several*

䄜xie¯ several

Use and Structure 13.1–13.7

Part B ⺛㣠ᷛ ⫔  㸋᷍bié⭥kè㦬䄲㈎⭞ 㑬᷍㸳⤜néng㦆ㅴ㛄㑬᱄ 䎇⤜⼤yìsi᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ 㗜gua¯nxi᱄

⺛㣠ᷛ ⫔  㸋᷍⢑⭥㋮㦬䄲㈎⭞ 㑬᷍㸳⤜㚽㦆ㅴ㛄㑬᱄ 䎇⤜⼤䅃㯝᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ 㗜⹹㻖᱄

287

288

Modern Mandarin Chinese

⺛㣠ᷛ 㛄  ㋪䄵䓵゛㎕㕑ᷠ㸳⷇㰀 㛄䋖㗕䔀᱄㸳コ⼽㦾䄸 䍳᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ ⼤᱄

⺛㣠ᷛ 㛄  ㋪䄵䓵゛㎕㕑ᷠ㸳gàosu 㛄䋖㗕䔀᱄㸳コ⼽㦾䄸 zhaˇo᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ ⼤᱄

Part B Vocabulary Simplified

Traditional

noun description

⢑⭥

‫⭥ن‬

conversational expression

⤜⼤䅃㯝 ⤜⼤䅃㯝

inform, tell

verb

⷇㰀

⷇䈷

guest

noun

㋮㦬

㋮㦬

inside

directional particle

㏐

䀆㿺

conversational expression

㗜⹹㻖

᝾励Ҵ

verb

䍳

䍳

biéde

bié⭥

bù ha ˇo yìsi

⤜⼤yìsi be embarrassed

gàosu kèrén

kè㦬

lı ˇ* méi gua¯nxi

other

㗜gua¯nxi not

zha ˇo

Use and Structure 13.8

important, (it) doesn’t matter look for (here: find)

Lesson 13 㸳コ⼽㦾䄸zhaˇo 㸳コ⼽㦾䄸䍳 My home is easy to find

Part C ⺛㣠ᷛ 㛄  䊻⧖䍟⭥ lıˇbia¯n ⿚㬨䊻⧖ 䍟⭥wàibia¯nᷠ ⫔㸋ᷛ 㸳䊻 wàibia¯n᱄ ⺛㣠ᷛ ⧖䍟 wài 䇱䄜⷗㦶⡟Ⳛ⹾᷍ 㗦㩰䇱“Ⰼ㈊”㑞⷗䓷᱄ 㛄㋕ ボ㑬㕑ᷠ ⫔㸋ᷛ ㋕ボ㑬᱄㸳㈮䊻㚨⷗Ⳛ⹾⼮ 䄜⷗㋈⳩⹾⭥䐱ヅ᱄ ㋈⳩⹾ 䊻㸳⭥ zuoˇbia¯n᷍Ⳛ⹾䊻 yòubia¯n᱄ ⺛㣠ᷛ ⼤᱄㛄㈮䊻⧖䍟⭥㹘beˇi㗦᱄ 㛄⪴⧖䍟㶚Ⰼ䔀᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ Guò 㕎㔘㕑ᷠ ⺛㣠ᷛ ⰵ᷍㛄⭤ xia¯n guò 㕎㔘᷍ 䊺 㶚Ⰼ䔀᱄䊻⹌䊑㔘㶚zuoˇ guaˇi᱄

⺛㣠ᷛ 㛄  䊻⧖䍟⭥ ㏐⢀ ⿚㬨䊻⧖ 䍟⭥㶃⢀ᷠ ⫔㸋ᷛ 㸳䊻㶃⢀᱄ ⺛㣠ᷛ ⧖䍟㶃䇱䄜⷗㦶⡟Ⳛ⹾᷍ 㗦㩰䇱“Ⰼ㈊”㑞⷗䓷᱄ 㛄㋕ ボ㑬㕑ᷠ ⫔㸋ᷛ ㋕ボ㑬᱄㸳㈮䊻㚨⷗Ⳛ⹾⼮ 䄜⷗㋈⳩⹾⭥䐱ヅ᱄ ㋈⳩⹾ 䊻㸳⭥ 䔔⢀᷍Ⳛ⹾䊻䇳⢀᱄ ⺛㣠ᷛ ⼤᱄㛄㈮䊻⧖䍟⭥㹘⡒㗦᱄ 㛄⪴⧖䍟㶚Ⰼ䔀᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ ⺞㕎㔘㕑ᷠ ⺛㣠ᷛ ⰵ᷍㛄⭤ 㻩⺞㕎㔘᷍䊺 㶚Ⰼ䔀᱄䊻⹌䊑㔘㶚䔔⹶᱄

Part C Vocabulary Simplified Traditional che¯zhàn

⧖䍟 station

noun

⧖䍟

䡨䍟

city name

Ⰼ㈊

Ꮭ㈊

(train, bus station) Do¯ngjı¯ng

Ⰼ㈊ Tokyo

289

290

Modern Mandarin Chinese

gua ˇi

turn

verb

⹶

⹶

guò

pass

verb

⺞ ㋕ボ ㏐⢀ 㕎㔘

䩿 ㋕䃫

kànjian lıˇbia¯n ma ˇ lù

㋕ボ see inside

㕎㔘 road, local

verb noun noun

䀆䪦/㿺䪦 埳㔘

road, street shàng*

㩰

on, above

directional particle

㩰

㩰

shàngbia¯n

㩰

on, above

noun

㩰⢀

㩰䪦

wài*

outside

directional particle

㶃

㶃

wàibia¯n

outside

noun

xia¯n

first

adverb

yòu*

right

directional particle

㶃⢀ 㻩 䇳

㶃䪦 㻩 䇳

yòubia¯n

right side

noun

then, afterwards

adverb

䇳⢀ 䊺

䇳䪦 䊺

noun

䐱ヅ

䐱刈

bia¯n

zài

䊺

zho¯ngjia¯n

䐱ヅ between, in between

zuo ˇ*

left

directional particle

䔔

䔔

zuo ˇbia¯n

left side

noun

䔔⢀

䔔䪦

Use and Structure 13.9–13.10

Lesson 13

㸳コ⼽㦾䄸zhaˇo 㸳コ⼽㦾䄸䍳 My home is easy to find

Characters Character Shape Pinyin Meaning/ Function

Radical Phrases

Traditional character

㦬

໥

to (preposition); 䖷 arrive (verb) ㋻ coffee*

⭞

⪴

cóng from

⭞

dào

⳩

fe¯i

㋈⳩ (ka¯fe¯i)

⳩

coffee

⹌

go¯ng public*

➬

⹌䊑

⹌

(go¯ngyuán) park, ⹌⹓㡜 ⧖ (go¯nggòng qìche¯ ) (public) bus

⺛

guó

country*

䯎

䐱⺛

ङ

゛

jıˇ

self*

゛

(Zho¯ ngguó) China 䓵゛ (zìjıˇ) self ゛

ヅ

jia¯n

*

㗦

䐱ヅ

ㅴ

jie¯

䨱 answer (a phone); pick up (a guest)

刈

(zho¯ ngjia¯n) between, 㬒ヅ (shíjia¯n) time ㅴ⮈⿑ (jie¯ ㅴ diànhuà) answer the phone, ㅴ㞔䇲 (jie¯ péngyou) pick up a friend

291

292

Modern Mandarin Chinese

㈊

jı¯ng

capital city *

䚐

Ⰼ㈊

㈊

(Do¯ngjı¯ng) Tokyo, ⡒㈊ (Be ˇijı¯ng) Beijing (Peking)

㈎

jı¯ng

*

做

䄲㈎ (yıˇjing) ㄼ already

㋈

ka¯

*

㋻

㋈⳩ (ka¯fe¯i)

㋈

coffee

㎕

lái

come

㚟

Ҏ

㔘

lù

road

⻊(䔄) 㕎㔘 (ma ˇ lù) 㔘 road

㗦

mén

door, gate

㗦

㗦㋻

凵

(ménko ˇu) doorway, gateway

㛛

nín

㣠

qiáng strong

you (polite)

㾥 ⹎

㛛 ⺛㣠

ຫ

(Guóqiáng) (given name)

㦾

róng *

体

㦾䄸 (róngyì) 㦾 easy

㶚

wa ˇng toward

䱽

㶚

㻷

xiàn

㶖

㻷䊻 (xiànzài) ␧

*

now

Lesson 13

䄲

yıˇ

*

㸳コ⼽㦾䄸zhaˇo 㸳コ⼽㦾䄸䍳 My home is easy to find

䄲

䄲㈎ (yıˇjing) 䄲 already

䄸

yì

*

㦶

㦾䄸 (róngyì) 䄸 easy

䊑

yuán garden*

䯎

⹌䊑

ड

(go¯ ngyuán) park

䍟

zhàn station, (bus or 㑃 train) stop

⧖䍟

䍟

(che¯ zhàn) station

䎇

zhe¯n really

㚠

䎇

䓵

zì

䓵

䓵゛ (zìjıˇ) self 䓵

self*

Chinese characters Pay attention to small differences between characters One of the challenges of learning characters is learning which variations in the form of a stroke change the character, and which are just differences in handwriting or printing style. In this lesson we learn two distinct characters that are written almost the same way: 䄲 (yıˇ) (“䄲㈎”⭥“䄲”) and ゛ (jıˇ) (“䓵゛”⭥“゛”). Each character is written with three strokes in the same order. Look at them closely and see how they differ. In䄲 (yıˇ), the third stroke begins halfway down the open space on the left of the character, above the start of the horizontal stroke. In゛ (jıˇ), the third stroke begins at the starting point of the horizontal stroke. We have already learned other characters that are minimally different. These include 㦬 (rén) and ➬ (ba¯ ), characters that are written with identical strokes in a slightly different configuration with respect to each other, and also 㸥 (wén) and 㒚 (liù). Always pay attention to the configuration of strokes, as well as their starting points, when you learn a new character.

293

Stroke Order Flow Chart

Lesson 13

㸳コ⼽㦾䄸zhaˇo 㸳コ⼽㦾䄸䍳 My home is easy to find

Use and structure Telephone etiquette: Answering the phone with wéi/wèi (㸚)

13.1.

Wéi (㸚) and its variation in fourth tone, wèi, are used at the beginning of a telephone conversation. You can translate wéi/wèi as hello, but it is much more restricted in use than hello is in English, and it is only used in telephone conversations. Wéi is the usual pronunciation of the word. Wèi (in fourth tone) is relatively abrupt and conveys a sense of impatience. Nowadays, people may answer the telephone by saying “Wéi, 㛄⼤,” especially in business contexts. In the dialogue, Dawei phones Guoqiang on a landline, so he is not sure who has answered the phone, and asks:

㤌㸫᷍⺛㣠䊻㕑ᷠMay I ask, is Guoqiang there? Guoqiang asks for the caller’s identity by saying:

㛛㬨㚥㸜ᷠWho are you? This is a very polite way to ask for someone’s identity. See Use and Structure 13.3 for more information about this expression. If Dawei had called Guoqiang on his cell phone, they wouldn’t have to ask about each other’s identities. But whether on a cell phone or landline, when you answer a phone call you say wéi.

13.2.

Indicating precise identification with ㈮

In Lesson 9 we learned to use the adverb ㈮ to indicate that an action occurs sooner than expected (Use and Structure 9.10), and in Lesson 11 we learned that ㈮ may also mean only (Use and Structure 11.1). In this lesson we see another use of ㈮: to indicate exact identification. In the dialogue, when Dawei asks for Guoqiang, Guoqiang replies that he is Guoqiang by saying:

㸳㈮㬨᱄That’s me. ㈮ occurs in the sentence to emphasize that Dawei found precisely who he was looking for. In Part C of the dialogue, Dawei uses ㈮ for the same purpose, to indicate a precise location. When used to identify locations, ㈮ can sometimes be translated as right, as in the expression right there:

㸳㈮䊻㚨⷗Ⳛ⹾⼮䄜⷗㋈⳩⹾⭥䐱ヅ᱄ I am right between that restaurant and a coffee shop.

Practice

Website: Structure Drills 13.2.

295

296

Modern Mandarin Chinese

13.3.

A polite way to refer to people: 㛛㬨㚥wèiᷠ㛛㬨㚥㸜ᷠ

To politely ask for someone’s identity, say:

㛛㬨㚥wèiᷠ(㛛㬨㚥㸜ᷠ) Who are you? 㛛 is the polite form of 㛄 and it indicates respect toward the addressee. Wèi (㸜) is a classifier for people, and it is used when referring to people politely and with deference: 㧞 wèi ㎰㬇 (㧞㸜㎰㬇) three teachers. In a restaurant, a waiter may ask you how many people are in your group with the question:

゙wèiᷠ (゙㸜ᷠ) How many people are there (in your group)? Wèi is typically not followed by the noun 㦬 person/people.

13.4.

Néng, 。, and ㋪䄵: Three ways to say can

Néng, 。, and ㋪䄵 are all modal verbs that can be translated into English as can. The words sometimes overlap in use, but the basic meanings differ as follows: Q

。 refers to innate or learned ability. (Use and Structure 3.5.) To say that you can speak Chinese or that you can sing, use。. 㸳。㯖䐱㸥᱄ I can speak Chinese. 㸳。chàng ge¯ ᱄(㸳。⧋ⷉ᱄) I can sing.

Q

㋪䄵 refers to permission. (Use and Structure 5.13.) To say that you have permission to go dancing, or to ask someone for permission to do something, use ㋪䄵. 㕉㕉㯖㸳㋪䄵㦆 tiào wu ) ˇ ᱄(㕉㕉㯖㸳㋪䄵㦆㳙㹉᱄ Mom says I can go dancing. 㸳㗨㋪䄵㯖 Yı¯ng㸥㕑ᷠ (㸳㗨㋪䄵㯖䇃㸥㕑ᷠ) Can we speak English? (Is it okay to speak English?)

Q

Néng (㚽) refers to physical or circumstantial ability. When saying that you are physically able to do something (for example, I can pick up that big box), or that circumstances make it possible for you to do something (I can go to your house on Thursday – I have no conflicts), use néng. To say that you are physically unable to do something or that circumstances make it impossible to do something, say ⤜ néng (⤜㚽). In the dialogue, Guoqiang is unable to pick up Dawei at the station because other guests have arrived. He tells Dawei:

㸳⤜ néng 㦆ㅴ㛄㑬᱄(㸳⤜㚽㦆ㅴ㛄㑬᱄) I can’t go and get you anymore.

Lesson 13 㸳コ⼽㦾䄸zhaˇo 㸳コ⼽㦾䄸䍳 My home is easy to find

Practice

13.5.

Website: Focus on Structure 13.4.

Making an apology and accepting an apology

To apologize about not being able to do something for someone, say:

䎇⤜⼤yìsi᱄(䎇⤜⼤䅃㯝᱄) I’m really embarrassed. To acknowledge an apology by saying that the situation is not important (that is, that it does not warrant an apology) say:

㗜 gua¯nxi᱄(㗜⹹㻖᱄) It’s not important. (Forget it.) The expression ⰵ⤜㡑 can also be used as an apology, but it is a little different from ⤜⼤ yìsi. ⤜⼤yìsi is used when you are unable to do something for someone who you would not ordinarily refuse – a good friend, a relative, a teacher, a boss, etc. ⰵ⤜㡑 can be used with a broader range of people. ⤜⼤yìsi is also more commonly used in Taiwan than in mainland China.

13.6. 䄜xie¯ NP (䄜㾊 NP) several NPs, some NPs The phrase䄜xie¯ NP (䄜㾊 NP) means several NPs or some NPs. It is used when you want to indicate that there is more than one noun, but you do not want to indicate a precise number.

㸳⭥㬷〛䊻䄜xie¯ 㭊⭥㻣bia¯n᱄ 㸳⭥㬷〛䊻䄜㾊㭊⭥㻣⢀᱄ My cell phone was under some books. In terms of grammar, xie¯ is a classifier. It never occurs alone, and can only be preceded by the number 䄜, or 㚨, 䎃, or 㚥.

㸳䄲㈎㋕㑬㚨xie¯ 㭊᱄(㸳䄲㈎㋕㑬㚨㾊㭊᱄) I’ve already read those books. 㛄⧵㑬㚥xie¯ Ⰼ㹘ᷠ (㛄⧵㑬㚥㾊Ⰼ㹘ᷠ) What things have you eaten? In Lesson 10 we learned the expression 䇱⭥, which is also translated into English as some. (Use and Structure 10.9.)

䇱⭥yu ˇ㸳⤜do ˇ᱄ ˇng᷍䇱⭥䓷㸳⤜。 xie ˇfa 䇱⭥䈐ⳉ㸳⤜Ⰿ᷍䇱⭥䓷㸳⤜。㾕᱄ I didn’t understand some of the grammar; I couldn’t write some of the characters.

297

298

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Although 䇱⭥ and 䄜xie¯ (䄜㾊) are both followed by a noun phrase and can both be translated with the English word some, they are not used in the same way. 䇱⭥ NP must occur before the verb, either as the subject or as the topic of the sentence. In addition, it implies some comparison with other nouns. In Lesson 10, when 㾂㸥says 䇱⭥䓷㸳⤜。xie ˇ (䇱 ⭥䓷㸳⤜。㾕), she is implying that there were characters that she was able to write, in addition to the ones she wasn’t able to write. 䄜xie¯ NP (䄜㾊 NP) can occur before or after the verb, and it does not imply any comparison with other nouns.

Practice

13.7.

Website: Structure Drills 13.7.

Describing location with respect to some reference point: ⧖䍟⭥lıˇbia¯n (⧖䍟⭥㏐⢀) inside the station

To indicate a location with respect to some reference point, for example, under some books, inside the station, to the right of coffee shop, or to the left of the movie theater, say: reference point (⭥) direction ⧖䍟 [⭥] lıˇbia¯n (⧖䍟 [⭥]㏐⢀) inside the station In the following phrases from the dialogue, the reference point is underlined. Notice that in Mandarin, the reference point is always stated first and the direction follows it. ⭥ may often be omitted. 䄜xie¯㭊⭥㻣 bia¯n ⧖䍟⭥ lıˇbia¯n ⧖䍟⭥ wàibia¯n 㸳⭥ zuo ˇbia¯n

(䄜㾊㭊⭥㻣⢀) (⧖䍟⭥㏐⢀) (⧖䍟⭥㶃⢀) (㸳⭥䔔⢀)

under some books inside the station outside the station to my left

The following diagram illustrates inside the station, outside the station, to the left of the station, and to the right of the station.

⧖䍟⭥ wàibia¯n ⧖䍟⭥㶃⢀

⧖䍟⭥ zuo ˇbia¯n ⧖䍟⭥䔔⢀

⧖䍟 the station ⧖䍟⭥ lıˇbia¯n

⧖䍟⭥㏐⢀

⧖䍟⭥ yòubia¯n ⧖䍟⭥䇳⢀

Lesson 13 㸳コ⼽㦾䄸zhaˇo 㸳コ⼽㦾䄸䍳 My home is easy to find

Sometimes, directions with respect to a location can be expressed with a shorter structure. See Use and Structure 13.9.

Practice

K

W

RKBO

O

O

13.8.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 13.2, 13.3. Website: Listening for Information 13.1, 13.2, 13.3; Structure Drills 13.1, 13.2, 13.3, 13.4.

㦾䄸 + verb easy to do, and nán + verb (㚲 + verb) hard to do

When talking about an action being easy to do or hard to do, use the adjectival verbs 㦾䄸 easy and nán (㚲) hard as follows: Q

If the object of the verb is a specific thing, you can state it before 㦾䄸 or nán and say: object + 㦾䄸+ verb or object + nán + verb (object + 㚲 + verb)

㸳コ⼽㦾䄸䍳᱄

My home is easy to find. 㚨⷗䓷⼽ nán xie ) ˇ᱄(㚨⷗䓷⼽㚲㾕᱄ That character is difficult to write. Q

If you are talking about some action in general and the object is not specific, state the entire verb + object phrase before 㦾䄸 or nán and say: VP ⼽㦾䄸 or VP ⼽nán (VP ⼽㚲) Chàng ka ) ˇla¯ OK ⼽㦾䄸᱄(⧋㋉㎎OK⼽㦾䄸᱄ Singing karaoke is easy. ㋋⧖⼽ nán᱄ (㋋⧖⼽㚲᱄) Driving is difficult.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

13.9.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 13.1. Website: Structure Drills 13.5.

The short form of direction expressions: 㗦㩰 on the door and ⧖䍟 wài (⧖䍟㶃) outside of the station

When talking about inside, outside, below, or on or above some reference point, you can use the structure described in Use and Structure 13.7, or you can say:

299

Modern Mandarin Chinese

300

reference point + direction particle:

㗦㩰 on the door ⧖䍟 wài (⧖䍟㶃) outside of the station The correspondence between the long form and the short form of direction expressions with respect to a reference point is illustrated here. Speakers in different regions of China differ in their acceptance of the short form for various nouns. The directions left and right, and the compass directions east, south, west, and north, do not occur in the short form.

K

W

RKBO

long form

reference point lıˇ inside the reference point

⹌䊑 lıˇ (⹌䊑㏐)

⹌䊑⭥lıˇbia¯n (⹌䊑⭥㏐⢀)

inside the park

inside the park

reference point wài outside the reference point

⧖䍟 wài (⧖䍟㶃) outside the station

⧖䍟⭥wàibia¯n (⧖䍟⭥㶃⢀) outside the station

reference point㩰 above/on the reference point

chuáng㩰 (⪓㩰) on the bed

chuáng⭥㩰bia¯n (⪓⭥㩰⢀) on the bed

reference point㻣 below/under the reference point

chuáng㻣 (⪓㻣) under the bed

chuáng⭥㻣bia¯n (⪓⭥㻣⢀) under the bed

Practice

O

O

short form

13.10.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 13.3.

Indicating sequence with xia¯n (㻩) action1 䊺 action2 first do action1 then do action2

To say that you do something first and then something else afterwards, use xia¯n (㻩) first and 䊺 again, then and say: (S) xia¯n (㻩) action1䊺 action2 㛄⭤ xia¯n guò 㕎㔘᷍䊺 wa ˇng be ˇi 䔀᱄

㛄⭤㻩⺞㕎㔘᷍䊺㶚⡒䔀᱄

You must first cross the street, then go north. Actions are always expressed as verb phrases. Xia¯n and 䊺 can only occur before verb phrases; they never occur before a noun. K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 13.4. Website: Structure Drills 13.6.

Lesson 13

Qa

㸳コ⼽㦾䄸zhaˇo 㸳コ⼽㦾䄸䍳 My home is easy to find

Language FAQs

What is the difference between ㋕ and ㋕ボ, 㳞 and 㳞ボ" 㳞 means listen; 㳞ボ means hear. Similarly, ㋕ means look, while ㋕ボ means see. ボ functions as a free verb and as a verb suffix. As a suffix it means to successfully locate something with your senses, and when it follows 㳞 or ㋕ it means to successfully locate a sound (㳞ボ hear) or an object (㋕ボ see). In later lessons, we will learn more about verb suffixes like ボ and how they function.

Notes on Chinese culture Evolving telephone culture Thirty years ago, few Chinese households had a telephone. In present day China, landlines are still relatively uncommon, but almost everyone has a cell phone. The traditional way to answer a phone in China is to say wéiᷠ(㸚ᷠ) Nowadays, many people answer the phone by saying wéiᷠ㛄⼤. Text messages and we¯ixìn (㸃㾦), a voice and text messaging system, are widely used in China, and everything from personal messages to news, traffic, and weather reports, and even advertisements, are sent by message from people’s cell phones.

301

302

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Lesson 13 Dialogue in English Part A Guoqiang: Dawei: Guoqiang: Dawei:

Hello? May I ask, is Guoqiang there? That’s me. Who are you (polite)? Guoqiang, it’s me, Dawei. I phoned your cell, how come you didn’t answer? I’m at the Tiantan East Gate station now. When are you able to come get me? Guoqiang: I’m really sorry. My cell phone is under some books (and) I didn’t hear it.

Part B Guoqiang: Dawei, the other guests have already arrived. I can’t go and get you anymore. I’m really sorry. Dawei: No problem. Guoqiang: Can you come by yourself? I’ll tell you how to go. My home is very easy to find. Dawei: Okay.

Part C Guoqiang: Are you inside the station or outside the station? Dawei: I’m outside. Guoqiang: Outside of the station there is a Japanese restaurant. On the door there are the two characters “Dong Jing” (Tokyo). Do you see it? Dawei: I see it. I am right in between that restaurant and a coffee shop. The coffee shop is on my left, the restaurant is on my right. Guoqiang: Good. You are at the northwest exit of the station. Head east from the station. Dawei: Do I cross the street? Guoqiang: Yes, first you have to cross the street, then go east. At Park Avenue turn left. to be continued . . .

14

Lesson 㸳コ㈮䊻yínháng⭥ pángbia¯n 㸳コ㈮䊻䅙㾱 ⭥㝵⢀ My house is next to a bank

Communication goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Q Q Q Q

Give and follow street directions. Recite and understand street addresses. Paraphrase information. Tell someone to do something. Narrate events that happen in a sequence.

Literacy goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Describe words in terms of their component characters: 䁈㪛⭥䁈

Key structures

Q V + O + V ⭤⼽ AdjV: describing how an action with an object is performed Q V + AdjV 䄜⮄ do the action a little (slower, faster, larger, etc.) Q 㬓㗕⭥ etcetera

304

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Q dì + number (⭻ number): dì䄜 (⭻䄜) first, dìⱟ (⭻ⱟ) second, dì㧞 (⭻㧞) third Q 䄓㈮㬨㯖 that is to say Q 䄜zhí + action (䄜䐒 + action) continue to do the action Q bié + action (⢑ + action) don’t do the action Q expressing sequence: 㦜⽔ vs. 䄵⽔ Q future situations with 。 Q rúguo ˇ (㧈⺜) if

Dialogue The situation: Xie Guoqiang and Zhang Dawei continue their telephone conversation. Guoqiang is telling Dawei how to walk from the subway station to his home. Dawei finds that following directions in Chinese is a little challenging.

Part A ⫔㸋ᷛ⺛㣠᷍㛄㯖⿑㯖⭤㲌㌍᱄㸳⤜Ⰿ᷍ 㤌㛄㯖㕞䄜⮄ⱚ᱄ ⺛㣠ᷛ ⼤᱄⧖䍟⭥ⰵ miàn 䇱䄜⷗㭊⮋ㅱ䁈 䇲㭊⮋᷍䁈㪛⭥䁈᷍㞔䇲⭥䇲᷍ 㚨⷗㭊⮋㕕jiù㭊᷍㗦㋻䄓㕕⧖㠒᱃ zázhì㬓㗕⭥᱄㛄㋕ボ㑬㕑ᷠ ⫔㸋ᷛ㋕ボ㑬᱄㛄䔓㳍㈮⷇㰀㸳㑬᱄ ⺛㣠ᷛ 㛄⺞㕎㔘⭞㭊⮋㦆᱄⺞㑬㕎㔘䄵⽔ 㶚Ⰼ䔀᱄䊻dì㧞⷗㔘㋻䇱䄜⷗ ˇ de¯ng᱄㚨 tiáo 㔘㬨⹌䊑㔘᱄ hónglü 䊻㚨ⱚ⺞㑬㕎㔘㶚䔔guaˇi᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ㶚䔔guaˇi䄓㈮㬨㯖㶚⡒guaˇi᷍ⰵ⤜ⰵᷠ ⺛㣠ᷛⰵ᱄

⫔㸋ᷛ⺛㣠᷍㛄㯖⿑㯖⭤㲌㌍᱄㸳⤜Ⰿ᷍ 㤌㛄㯖㕞䄜⮄ⱚ᱄ ⺛㣠ᷛ⼤᱄⧖䍟⭥ⰵ㘇䇱䄜⷗㭊⮋ㅱ䁈 䇲㭊⮋᷍䁈㪛⭥䁈᷍㞔䇲⭥䇲᷍ 㚨⷗㭊⮋㕕㈪㭊᷍㗦㋻䄓㕕⧖㠒᱃ 䊴䐟㬓㗕⭥᱄㛄㋕ボ㑬㕑ᷠ ⫔㸋ᷛ㋕ボ㑬᱄㛄䔓㳍㈮⷇㰀㸳㑬᱄ ⺛㣠ᷛ 㛄⺞㕎㔘⭞㭊⮋㦆᱄⺞㑬㕎㔘䄵⽔ 㶚Ⰼ䔀᱄䊻⭻㧞⷗㔘㋻䇱䄜⷗ ⽍㔭⭧᱄㚨㳖㔘㬨⹌䊑㔘᱄ 䊻㚨ⱚ⺞㑬㕎㔘㶚䔔⹶᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ㶚䔔⹶䄓㈮㬨㯖㶚⡒⹶᷍ⰵ⤜ⰵᷠ ⺛㣠ᷛⰵ᱄

Lesson 14 㸳コ㈮䊻 yínháng ⭥ pángbia¯n 㸳コ㈮䊻䅙㾱⭥㝵⢀ My house is next to a bank

305

Part A Vocabulary Simplified Traditional de¯ng

light

noun

⭧

ᬕ

dì

(ordinal prefix)

prefix

⭻

⭻

duìmiàn ⰵmiàn

across from

noun

ⰵ㘇

ಇ㘇

` hóng lü de¯ng

traffic light (red-green light)

noun phrase

⽍㔭⭧

さㆨᬕ

jiù

old (things)

adjectival verb

㈪

㜇

intersection

noun

㔘㋻

㔘㋻

shénme 㬓㗕⭥ de

and other things like that

noun phrase

㬓㗕⭥

㬓怯⭥

tiáo

(classifier for streets)

classifier

㳖

ᒍ

ye ˇ jiù 䄓㈮㬨㯖 in other words shì shuo¯

conversational

䄓㈮㬨㯖 䄓㈮㬨䌇

zázhì

noun

lùko ˇu

㔘㋻

magazine(s)

expression

䊴䐟

厔䋪

Use and Structure 14.1–14.6

Part B ⺛㣠ᷛ䄜zhí 㶚⡒䔀᱄㣑 bia¯n 䇱䄜⷗㬏䓷㔘㋻᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ⿚䄋⺞㕎㔘㕑ᷠ ⺛㣠ᷛ Bié ⺞㕎㔘᱄䊻㚨ⱚ㶚䇳 guaˇi᱄䄓㈮㬨 㯖᷍㶚Ⰼguaˇi᱄

⺛㣠ᷛ䄜䐒㶚⡒䔀᱄㣑⢀䇱䄜⷗㬏䓷㔘㋻᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ⿚䄋⺞㕎㔘㕑ᷠ ⺛㣠ᷛ⢑⺞㕎㔘᱄䊻㚨ⱚ㶚䇳⹶᱄䄓㈮㬨 㯖᷍㶚Ⰼ⹶᱄

306

Modern Mandarin Chinese

⫔㸋ᷛ⼤᱄㦜⽔㚹ᷠ ⺛㣠ᷛ㦜⽔㛄。㋕ボ 䄜⷗yínháng᱄㚨tiáo㔘ㅱ 䐱㩞㔘᷍㸳コ㈮䊻yínháng ⭥ pángbia¯n᷍ 㸳コ⭥⽔bia¯n䇱䄜⷗⼽⫔⭥⹌䊑᷍㚨㈮ 㬨 Lóngtán⹌䊑᱄⹌䊑㏐䇱䄜⷗⼽ piàoliang⭥⽟᷍ㅱLóngtán ⽟᱄㸳コ⭥ dìzhıˇ㬨䐱㩞㔘䄜baˇi líng➬⼦᱄

Part

⫔㸋ᷛ⼤᱄㦜⽔㚹ᷠ ⺛㣠ᷛ㦜⽔㛄。㋕ボ䄜⷗䅙㾱᱄㚨㳖㔘ㅱ 䐱㩞㔘᷍㸳コ㈮䊻䅙㾱⭥㝵⢀᷍ 㸳コ⭥⽔⢀䇱䄜⷗⼽⫔⭥⹌䊑᷍㚨㈮ 㬨㒛㲗⹌䊑᱄⹌䊑㏐䇱䄜⷗⼽ 㠐㑢⭥⽟᷍ㅱ㒛㲗⽟᱄㸳コ⭥ ⭹䐘㬨䐱㩞㔘䄜➺㒄➬⼦᱄

B Vocabulary Simplified Traditional

bié

don’t

negation

⢑

‫ن‬

dìzhıˇ

address

noun

⭹䐘

⭹䐘

behind*

directional

⽔

䲂

hòu

⽔

particle

hòubia¯n

⽔bia¯n

behind

noun

⽔⢀

䲂䪦

huì

。

will

modal verb

。

᎟

Lóngtán hú

Lóngtán ⽟ Longtan Lake, Dragon Pool Lake

place name

㒛㲗⽟

愩㲗⽟

next to, beside, alongside

noun

㝵⢀

㝵䪦

front*

directional

㣑

㣑

pángbia¯n qián

㣑

particle

qiánbia¯n

㣑bia¯n

in front of

noun

㣑⢀

㣑䪦

ránhòu

㦜⽔

afterward

adverb

㦜⽔

㦜䲂

shízì lùko ˇu 㬏䓷㔘㋻ four-way intersection

noun phrase

㬏䓷㔘㋻ 㬏䓷㔘㋻

yínháng

bank

noun

䅙㾱

䶚㾱

continuously

adverb

䄜䐒

䄜䐒

yı¯zhí

䄜zhí

Lesson 14 㸳コ㈮䊻 yínháng ⭥ pángbia¯n 㸳コ㈮䊻䅙㾱⭥㝵⢀ My house is next to a bank

307

Use and Structure 14.7–14.12

Part C ⫔㸋ᷛ⼤᱄䐋⭡㑬᱄⤜。⼽㚲䍳᱄⪴⧖䍟 ⭞㛄コ䔀㔘䄋䔀ⱁ㈤ᷠ ⺛㣠ᷛ⤜䊗᷍㈮䄜㏐⟌㔘᱄⥏⤜ⱁ㬏㹆⳷ zho¯ng ㈮㋪䄵⭞᱄Rúguoˇ㛄䔀㌍䄜⮄᷍ 㬏⳷ zho¯ng ㈮⭞㑬᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ㚨᷍㸳㻷䊻㈮㶚㛄コ䔀᱄ ⺛㣠ᷛ⼤᷍㸳㗨deˇng㛄᱄䄜。ⱚボ᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ䊺ボ᱄

⫔㸋ᷛ⼤᱄䐋⭡㑬᱄⤜。⼽㚲䍳 ᱄⪴⧖䍟 ⭞㛄コ䔀㔘䄋䔀ⱁ㈤ᷠ ⺛㣠ᷛ⤜䊗᷍㈮䄜㏐⟌㔘᱄⥏⤜ⱁ㬏㹆⳷ 䐴㈮㋪䄵⭞᱄㧈⺜㛄䔀㌍䄜⮄᷍ 㬏⳷䐴㈮⭞㑬᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ㚨᷍㸳㻷䊻㈮㶚㛄コ䔀᱄ ⺛㣠ᷛ⼤᷍㸳㗨⭩㛄᱄䄜。ⱚボ᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ䊺ボ᱄

Part C Vocabulary Simplified Traditional duo¯ jiu ˇ ⱁ㈤

how long?

question phrase

ⱁ㈤

ⱁ㈤

rúguo ˇ

if

conjunction

㧈⺜

㧈⺜

yı¯huìr 䄜。ⱚ

a short period of time

time phrase

䄜。ⱚ

䄜᎟‫כ‬

conversational

䄜。ⱚボ 䄜᎟‫כ‬䃫

yı¯huìr 䄜。ⱚボ see you soon jiàn

expression

308

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Use and Structure 14.13–14.14

Spatial directions 㣑bia¯n

in front

⽔bia¯n

behind

㏐bia¯n

inside

㶃bia¯n

outside

㩰bia¯n

on top of, above

㻣bia¯n

below

䔔bia¯n

to the left

䇳bia¯n

to the right

pángbia¯n(㝵⢀) beside, alongside

䐱ヅ

between, in between

ⰵmiàn(ⰵ㘇) across from

Lesson 14 㸳コ㈮䊻 yínháng ⭥ pángbia¯n 㸳コ㈮䊻䅙㾱⭥㝵⢀ My house is next to a bank

Expressing locations with respect to the station The following map illustrates locations with respect to the ⧖䍟 station. Each location is specified with a location noun (inside, outside, next to, behind, in front of, etc.).

Words used in street addresses Terms used in mainland China

Terms used in Taiwan

㤙

qu ¯

district

‫ۿ‬

qu ¯

district

Ⱟ

duàn

section

Ⱟ

duàn

section

(⫔)ㅷ

(dà) jie¯

(main) street ㅷ

jie¯

street

㔘

lù

road, street

㔘

lù

road, street

㼐

xiàng

lane

⽛㵍

hútong

alley

㝋

lòng

alley

㔆

lóu

floor

ᖨ

lóu

floor

⼦

hào

number

㱷

hào

number

309

310

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Characters Character Shape Pinyin Meaning/ Function

Radical Phrases

Traditional character

⡒

䖑

⡒

be ˇi

north*

⡒⢀ (be ˇi bia¯n) north side

⥏

chà

lack*

⹅

⥏⤜ⱁ

⥏

(chàbuduo¯) almost

⭡

dào

path*

佢

䐋⭡ (zhı¯dào) ⭡ know

⮋

diàn

store

⺄

㭊⮋

⮋

(shu ¯ diàn) bookstore

Ⰿ

do ˇng

understand 䵁

Ⰿ

⷇

gào

inform*

㋻

⷇㰀 (gàosu) ⷇ inform

⺞

guò

cross, pass

佢

䩿

⽔

hòu

after, behind*

㋻

䄵⽔ (yıˇhòu) 䲂 after;⽔⢀ (hòubia¯n) behind

⽟

hú

lake

一

⽟

㈤

jiu ˇ

long time

䖐

ⱁ㈤ (duo¯ jiu ˇ) ㈤ how long

㏐

lıˇ

inside*

㏐

㏐⢀(lıˇbian) 䀆᷐㿺 inside;䄜㏐㔘 (yı¯ lıˇ lù) one mile

Lesson 14 㸳コ㈮䊻 yínháng ⭥ pángbia¯n 㸳コ㈮䊻䅙㾱⭥㝵⢀ My house is next to a bank

㕕

mài

sell

㬏

䘖

㕞

màn

slow, slowly 䵁

㕞

㚰

nán

south

㬏

㚰⢀

㚰

(nánbia¯n) south side

㚲

nán

difficult

尠

厚

㠒

piào

ticket

㬟

㠒

㣑

qián

before, in front*

䖷

䄵㣑 (yıˇqián) 㣑 before; 㣑⢀ (qiánbia¯n) in front of

㩞

sha¯n

mountain

㩞

㩞

㰀

sù

inform*

䜆

⷇㰀(gàosu) 䈷 inform

㶃

wài

outside*

㻇

㶃⢀

㶃

(wàibia¯n) outside

䇳

yòu

right*

㋻

䇳⢀

䇳

(yòubia¯n) right side

䊗

yua ˇn

far

佢

䪉

䍳

zha ˇo

look for, find 䨱

䍳

䐋

zhı¯

know*

㬙

䐋⭡

䐋

(zhı¯dào) know

䔔

zuo ˇ

left*

⹅

䔔⢀ (zuo ˇbia¯n) left side

䔔

311

Stroke Order Flow Chart

Lesson 14 㸳コ㈮䊻 yínháng ⭥ pángbia¯n 㸳コ㈮䊻䅙㾱⭥㝵⢀ My house is next to a bank

Use and structure 14.1.

Describing how an action with an object is performed

In Lesson 10 we learned how to describe how actions are performed when the verb does not take an object. (Use and Structure 10.4.) Recall that, ordinarily, ⼽ or another intensifier occurs before the adjectival verb in this structure. action verb ⭤ [⼽] AdjV xie ˇ⭤[⼽]㕞 㾕⭤[⼽]㕞 write slowly In this lesson, we learn to describe how actions are performed when the verb takes an object. When the verb takes an object, the verb is repeated twice, once followed by the object and once followed by ⭤ + AdjV. As when there is no object, the adjectival verb is typically preceded by ⼽ or another intensifier. V + O + V ⭤ [⼽] AdjV xie ˇ䓷xie ˇ⭤⼽㕞

㰞㯖⿑㯖⭤㲌㌍᱄ She speaks too quickly. 㛄xie ˇ ⼛䓷 xie ˇ ⭤⼽㕞᱄(㛄㾕⼛䓷㾕⭤⼽㕞᱄) You write Chinese characters very slowly.

㰜⧵Ⳛ⧵⭤㲌ⱁ᱄ He eats too much.

Notice that the object of the verb is not always translated into English. See Use and Structure 8.13 and 9.12 for more about the objects of action verbs. K

W

RKBO

O

O

Workbook: Focus on Structure 14.1. Website: Structure Drills 14.1.

14.2.

V + AdjV 䄜⮄ do the action a little more AdjV

In Lesson 7 (Use and Structure 7.5) we learned that AdjV 䄜⮄ means a little more AdjV:

㋪䄵piányi䄜⮄㕑ᷠ(㋪䄵⢄䄬䄜⮄㕑ᷠ) Can it be a little cheaper? In this lesson we see that when an adjectival verb follows a verb, it means do the action a little more AdjV (faster, slower, bigger, smaller, etc.) V + AdjV 䄜⮄

㤌㛄㯖㕞䄜⮄᱄ Please speak a little slower. 㤌㛄xie ˇ㌍䄜⮄᱄ (㤌㛄㾕㌍䄜⮄᱄) Please write a little faster.

313

Modern Mandarin Chinese

314

This structure is different in meaning from 䇱䄜⮄ AdjV a little AdjV (Lesson 10). 䇱䄜⮄ a little is an intensifier like ⼽ very, 㲌 too, and fe¯icháng (⳨⧄) extremely. It always goes right before an adjectival verb.

㚨⡟㭊䇱䄜⮄⺔᱄ That book is a little expensive.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

14.3.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 14.2; Focus on Communication 14.1; Website: Structure Drills 14.8

Describing words in terms of their component characters

In Part A of the dialogue, Guoqiang explains the name of the bookstore, 䁈䇲㭊⮋, in terms of its component characters: 䁈㪛⭥䁈᷍㞔䇲⭥䇲 “the 䁈 of 䁈㪛 and the 䇲 of 㞔䇲.” A single syllable in Chinese can correspond to many different meanings. Think of how many meanings we have learned that are associated with the syllable shì. But there is typically only one character associated with a pronunciation and meaning, so providing information about the character or characters used in writing a word is a good way to identify the word. As for the syllable shì, if I were to tell you that the character I am talking about is “shìzho¯ngxı¯n de shì” (the 㬱 of 㬱䐱㾥), you’d know that I meant㬱. If I were to tell you it is “㸳㬨䁈㪛⭥㬨” (the 㬨 of 㸳㬨䁈㪛), you would know that I meant 㬨. Here are some more examples:

㸳ㅱ㾜コ㘘ᷛ㾜㾜⭥㾜᷍⺛コ⭥コ᷍㘘㳍⭥㘘᱄ I am called Xie Jiaming: the “xie`” of “xie`xie,” the “guó” of “guójiā,” the “míng” of “míngtiān.” Q: 㸥㩞㭊⮋⭥㸥㬨㚥⷗㸥ᷠ What is the character for the “wén” of “Wenshan Bookstore?” A: 䐱㸥⭥㸥᱄ The “wén” of “Zhōngwén.”

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Communication 14.4.

14.4. 㬓㗕⭥and other similar things When you want to conclude a list by indicating that other similar items can also be on the list, end the list with 㬓㗕⭥. This is how Guoqiang concludes his list of things that are sold at the entrance to the bookstore.

Lesson 14 㸳コ㈮䊻 yínháng ⭥ pángbia¯n 㸳コ㈮䊻䅙㾱⭥㝵⢀ My house is next to a bank

⧖䍟⭥ⰵmiàn䇱䄜⷗㭊⮋ㅱ䁈䇲㭊⮋᷍㕕jiù㭊᷍㗦㋻䄓㕕⧖㠒᱃zázhì㬓㗕⭥᱄ ⧖䍟⭥ⰵ㘇䇱䄜⷗㭊⮋ㅱ䁈䇲㭊⮋᷍㕕㈪㭊᷍㗦㋻䄓㕕⧖㠒᷍䊴䐟㬓㗕⭥᱄ Across from the station there is a bookstore called “Students’ Friend Bookstore” that sells old (used) books. At the entrance, they also sell train tickets, newspapers, and things like that. Here are some additional examples:

䁈㪛㭊⮋䄓㕕㯏᱃bıˇngga¯n᱃niúna ˇi 㬓㗕⭥᱄ 䁈㪛㭊⮋䄓㕕㯏᱃⢞ⶪ᱃㝄㚭㬓㗕⭥᱄ The student bookstore also sells water, cookies, milk, and things like that. 㸳㆒㳍䄋㦆㕓㋯⡟᱃liàn㻑⡟᱃qia¯nbıˇ 㬓㗕⭥᱄

㸳㆒㳍䄋㦆㕓㋯⡟᱃㑘㻑⡟᱃㣇⡫㬓㗕⭥᱄

Today I have to buy textbooks, practice books, pencils, and things like that. 㸳䎃⷗㾨㠻⼽㗇᷍㩰㋯᱃⫓⹅᱃⿚䄋䔗⹇㋯᱃zhu ˇnbèi ㋝㬵㬓㗕⭥᱄

㸳䎃⷗㾨㠻⼽㗇᷍㩰㋯᱃⫓⹅᱃⿚䄋䔗⹇㋯᱃䓝⡙㋝㬵㬓㗕⭥᱄

I’m very busy this week, going to class, working, and in addition doing homework, preparing for tests and things like that.

14.5.

Ordinal numbers: first, second, third

To turn a number into an ordinal number (first, second, third, etc.) add the prefix dì (⭻) before the number: dì䄜 (⭻䄜) first, dìⱟ (⭻ⱟ) second, dì㧞 (⭻㧞) third 䊻 dì ⱟ⷗㬏䓷㔘㋻ (䊻⭻ⱟ⷗㬏䓷㔘㋻) at the second four-way intersection ` de¯ng᱄(䊻⭻㧞⷗㔘㋻䇱䄜⷗⽍㔭⭧᱄) 䊻dì㧞⷗㔘㋻䇱䄜⷗hóng lü At the third intersection there is a traffic light. After dì, 䄜 is always pronounced yı¯ (in first tone): dì yı¯ (⭻䄜). After dì, the number two is always ⱟ: dì ⱟ⷗㦬 the second person dì ⱟbe ˇn 㭊 the second book

Practice

14.6.

Website: Listening for Information 14.2; Structure Drills 14.2; Focus on Structure 14.1.

Introducing a paraphrase: 䄓㈮㬨㯖 in other words

To introduce another way of saying the same thing, use the expression 䄓㈮㬨㯖 in other words.

 㹘 gua 㶚 ˇi䄓㈮㬨㯖㶚䔔gua ˇi᷍ⰵ⤜ⰵᷠ 㶚㹘⹶䄓㈮㬨㯖㶚䔔⹶᷍ⰵ⤜ⰵᷠ Turn west means turn left, is that correct?

315

Modern Mandarin Chinese

316

䊻 dì㧞⷗㬏䓷㔘㋻㶚㹘 gua ˇi᷍䄓㈮㬨㯖㶚䇳gua ˇi᱄ 䊻⭻㧞⷗㬏䓷㔘㋻㶚㹘⹶᷍䄓㈮㬨㯖㶚䇳⹶᱄ Turn west at the third intersection. In other words, turn right.

14.7.

䄜zhí (䄜䐒) + action continue to do an action

To say continue doing an action, use the adverb 䄜zhí (䄜䐒) before the verb phrase that presents the action. 䄜zhí is a very useful phrase when giving directions.

䄜zhí㶚㹘䔀᱄ (䄜䐒㶚㹘䔀᱄) Keep going west. (Keep walking west.)

䄜zhí is also used to say that a situation is continuous. ⰵ⤜㡑᷍㸳䔓㳍䄜zhí ⼽ máng᷍⤜néngⷙ㛄⫓⮈⿑᱄ ⰵ⤜㡑᷍㸳䔓㳍䄜䐒⼽㗇᷍⤜㚽ⷙ㛄⫓⮈⿑᱄ Sorry, I was busy all day yesterday, I wasn’t able to phone you.

Practice

14.8.

Website: Listening for Information 14.7.

bié + action (⢑ + action) don’t do the action

To tell someone not to do something, say: bié + action (⢑ + action) Bié⺞㕎㔘᱄(⢑⺞㕎㔘᱄) Don’t cross the street. Bié 㯖⿑᱄䁈㪛䊻㋝㬵㚹᱄(⢑㯖⿑᱄䁈㪛䊻㋝㬵㚹)᱄ Don’t talk. The students are taking a test. Bié䊻㵝㭊⹾㔘㻣⧖᱄(⢑䊻㵝㭊⹾㔘㻣⧖᱄) Don’t get off (the bus, train) at Library Road.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

14.9.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 14.3. Website: Listening for Information 14.9.

㦜⽔ vs. 䄵⽔ after, afterward

㦜⽔ afterward connects two actions that are closely related in time. It occurs at the beginning of the second action (expressed as a sentence or a verb phrase) and indicates that the action presented in that sentence or verb phrase happens afterward.

Lesson 14 㸳コ㈮䊻 yínháng ⭥ pángbia¯n 㸳コ㈮䊻䅙㾱⭥㝵⢀ My house is next to a bank

action1 㦜⽔ action2 㛄xia¯n㕓㠒᷍㦜⽔㩰⧖᱄

㛄㻩㕓㠒᷍㦜⽔㩰⧖᱄

First buy a ticket, then get on the train.

㛄xia¯n䔗⹇㋯᷍㦜⽔㸳㗨㋪䄵㦆㋕⮈yˇı ng᱄ 㛄㻩䔗⹇㋯᷍㦜⽔㸳㗨㋪䄵㦆㋕⮈䇑᱄ First do your homework, then we can go see a movie. As we have already learned in Lesson 12 (Use and Structure 12.13), 䄵⽔ also indicates sequence. It occurs in sentences with the following structure: action1 䄵⽔ action2 㸳㗨㻣㋯䄵⽔㦆 ca¯ntı¯ng ⧵㹈Ⳛ➪᱄

㸳㗨㻣㋯䄵⽔㦆⤮㳝⧵㹈Ⳛ➪᱄

After we get out of class, let’s go to the dining hall to eat lunch.

㦜⽔cannot be used in this structure. Say this:

㰜䊻䔗⹇㋯᷍䔗㑬⹇㋯䄵⽔㦆⧵Ⳛ᱄ He is doing homework. After he does his homework he will go and eat. Do not say this: 8㰜䊻䔗⹇㋯᷍䔗㑬⹇㋯㦜⽔㦆⧵Ⳛ᱄

䄵⽔ can also be used at the beginning of a sentence. When it occurs in this way, it means from now on.

䄵⽔㸳㗨㩰㋯⭥㬒⽓䐜㯖䐱㸥᱄ From now on we will speak only Chinese in class.

㦜⽔cannot be used here, as it must connect two actions.

Practice

14.10.

Website: Listening for Information 14.7, 14.9; Structure Drills 14.3, 14.4, 14.5, 14.6, 14.7.

Stating street addresses

Addresses are presented from the largest geographical unit to the smallest unit: Country¬State/Province¬City¬District¬Street¬Number

䐱⺛⡒㈊(Cháoyáng Qu¯)Gua¯nghuá 㔘䄜⼦ 䐱⺛⡒㈊(⧐䂕㤙) ⺃⿋㔘䄜⼦ China, Beijing (Chaoyang District) Guanghua Road #1 1 Guanghua Road, (Chaoyang District) Beijing

317

318

Modern Mandarin Chinese

 j¯ıng㬱 (Ⰼchéng qu¯ ) Ⰼhuá㗦⫔jie¯ 66⼦ ⡒ ⡒㈊㬱 (Ⰼ⧨㤙) Ⰼ⿋㗦⫔ㅷ66⼦ Beijing City, (Eastern City District) Donghua Gate Main Street, #66 66 Donghua Gate Street, (Eastern City District) Beijing Tái⡒㬱Xìnyì㔘 (㹆duàn) 㡀⼦ 㲉⡒㬱㾦䅆㔘 (㹆Ⱟ) 㡀⼦ Taipei City, Xinyi (Hsinyi) Road, (Section 5) #7 7 Hsinyi Road, Section 5, Taipei Tái⡒㬱 (Shìlín qu¯ ) 㳍㚙Ⰼ㔘 䄜⼦ 㲉⡒㬱 (㬠㑷㤙) 㳍㚙Ⰼ㔘䄜⼦ Taipei City (Shihlin District) Tianmu East Road #1 1 Tianmu East Road, (Shihlin) Taipei Tái⡒㬱 (䐱㩞Qu¯ ) Shua¯ngchéng jie¯䄜⼦ 㲉⡒㬱 (䐱㩞㤙) 㯌⧨ㅷ䄜⼦ Taipei City (Zhongshan District) Shuangcheng Street #1 1 Shuangcheng Street, (Zhongshan District) Taipei Recall that time expressions follow the same general rule: larger units are stated before smaller units:

㦆㛋➬䊣ⱟ㬏㹆⼦ last year – August – 25th August 25th of last year 䔓㳍㶎㩰➬⮄zho¯ng (䔓㳍㶎㩰➬⮄䐴) last night – evening – 8 p.m. 8 p.m. last night Practice

Website: Communication through Reading and Writing 14.5.

14.11. 。 will and future situations In Lesson 3 we learned to use 。 to indicate learned or innate ability. (Use and Structure 3.5). In this lesson we learn that 。 can also be used when talking about a future situation. In this use, it can be translated into English as will.

㛄。㋕ボ䄜⷗ y ínháng᱄(㛄。㋕ボ䄜⷗䅙㾱᱄) You will see a bank.

14.12. ⱁ㈤ and ⱁ cháng 㬒ヅ (ⱁ⧅㬒ヅ) how long The expression ⱁ㈤, like the expression ⱁcháng 㬒ヅ (ⱁ⧅㬒ヅ) introduced in Lesson 12, means how long, and is used to ask about the duration of a situation. As we learned in Use and Structure 12.11, duration expressions follow the verb.

Lesson 14 㸳コ㈮䊻 yínháng ⭥ pángbia¯n 㸳コ㈮䊻䅙㾱⭥㝵⢀ My house is next to a bank

⪴⧖䍟⭞㛄コ䄋䔀ⱁ㈤ᷠ How long do you have to walk from the station to your house? If the verb is followed by an object, you must first state the verb and the object, and then state the verb and the duration expression: V + O + V + ⱁjiu ˇ (V + O + V + ⱁ㈤) ⪴⧖䍟⭞㛄コ䔀㔘䄋䔀ⱁ㈤? How long do you have to walk from the station to your house? To say that you are doing an action for a long period of time, you can say ⼽㈤ a long time.

㸳 de ˇng㑬⼽㈤᱄(㸳⭩㑬⼽㈤᱄) I waited for a long time. When asking about duration, the question phrase ⱁcháng 㬒ヅ (ⱁ⧅㬒ヅ) is more commonly used in Beijing and northern China. The expressionⱁ㈤ is more commonly used in Taiwan.

14.13.

rúguoˇ . . . ㈮ (㧈⺜ . . . ㈮) if

Rúguo ˇ (㧈⺜) is a connecting word that is equivalent in meaning to the word if in English. Like the English if, it can occur at the beginning of the sentence. rúguo ˇ (㧈⺜) + sentence Rúguo ˇ㛄䔀㌍䄜⮄᷍㬏⳷zho¯ng㈮⭞㑬᱄

㧈⺜㛄䔀㌍䄜⮄᷍㬏⳷䐴㈮⭞㑬᱄

If you walk quickly, you can get there in ten minutes. Rúguo ˇ㛄⤜Ⰿ᷍㈮㤌㎰㬇䊺㯖䄜⪯᱄

㧈⺜㛄⤜Ⰿ᷍㈮㤌㎰㬇䊺㯖䄜⪯᱄

If you don’t understand, ask the teacher to say it again one more time. The second clause in a rúguo ˇ sentence usually includes an adverb. The most commonly used adverb is ㈮. Remember that ㈮ and all other adverbs occur at the beginning of the verb phrase, before the prepositional phrase if there is one, and never before a noun or noun phrase. Rúguo ˇ㛄㗠㳍Ⱍfù㻑⹇㋯᷍㛄㈮。㋝⭤⼽⼤᱄

㧈⺜㛄㗠㳍Ⱍⶕ㻑⹇㋯᷍㛄㈮。㋝⭤⼽⼤᱄

If you review your class work every day, you will do well on the test. Rúguo ˇ may also occur right after the subject of the sentence. S + rúguo ˇ + VP1᷍㈮ VP2 㛄rúguo ¯ na ˇ⤜㻓⿗zhe¯nzhu ˇichá᷍㈮bié he¯➪᱄

㛄㧈⺜⤜㻓⿗䎅䑊㚭⥉᷍㈮⢑⼩➪᱄ If you don’t like bubble tea, don’t drink it.

319

Modern Mandarin Chinese

320

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

14.14.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 14.4. Website: Listening for Information 14.7; Structure Drills 14.10, 14.11.

䄜。ⱚボ see you soon

The phrase 䄜。ⱚ means a short period of time. It can be used directly following a verb as a duration expression.

㤌 de ˇng 䄜。ⱚ᱄ (㤌⭩䄜。ⱚ᱄) Please wait for a few minutes. It can also be used in a variation of the expression 䊺ボ goodbye.

䄜。ⱚボ see you soon The expression 䊺ボ can be varied by replacing 䊺 with other phrases as well. Here are some examples:

 㳍ボ see you tomorrow 㘘 㻣㹈ボ see you in the afternoon 㧞⮄ zho¯ng ボ (㧞⮄䐴ボ) see you at 3:00

Lesson 14 㸳コ㈮䊻 yínháng ⭥ pángbia¯n 㸳コ㈮䊻䅙㾱⭥㝵⢀ My house is next to a bank

Lesson 14 Dialogue in English Part A Dawei: Guoqiang:

Dawei: Guoqiang:

Dawei: Guoqiang:

Guoqiang, you are speaking too fast. I don’t understand. Please speak a little slower. Okay. Across from the station there is a bookstore called the Xueyou (Students’ Friend) bookstore, the “xué” of “xuésheng” and the “you” of “péngyou.” That bookstore sells old books. At the doorway they also sell tickets, magazines, etc. Do you see it? I see it. You mentioned it yesterday. Cross the street and go towards the bookstore. After you cross the street, go east. At the third intersection there is a traffic light. That street is Park Road. Turn left there after you cross the street. Turn left means turn north, is that correct? Yes.

Part B Guoqiang: Dawei: Guoqiang: Dawei: Guoqiang:

Keep going north. Ahead of you there will be a four-way intersection. Do I have to cross the street again? Don’t cross the street. Turn right there. That is to say, turn east. Okay. And after that? After that you will see a bank. That street is called Zhongshan Road. My house is next to the bank. Behind my house is a large park. That’s Longtan Park. Inside the park there is a very pretty lake. That’s Longtan Lake. My home’s address is 108 Zhongshan Road.

Part C Dawei: Guoqiang: Dawei: Guoqiang: Dawei:

Okay. I understand. It won’t be hard to find. How far do I have to walk from the station to your house? It’s not far, just 1½ Chinese miles (0.75 km). You can get here in about 15 minutes. If you walk a little faster you can get here in 10 minutes. Well then, I’m heading to your house now. Okay. We are waiting for you. See you soon. Goodbye.

321

5

Topic Entertaining guests and talking about future plans

15

Lesson 㤌㋮ Entertaining guests

Communication goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Q Q Q

Behave as a guest and host at a semi-formal gathering. Introduce people to each other. Give and respond to compliments. Talk about obligations.

Literacy goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Identify a few dishes that appear on a Chinese menu.

Key structures

Q action + 䄜㻣: do the action for a short period of time Q 㚨㗕AdjV so AdjV, 䎃㗕 AdjV this AdjV Q 䋈㈮ long ago and zho¯ngyú (䐶䇻) finally

326

Modern Mandarin Chinese

A xiàng B (A 㼒 B) A is like B, A resembles B yı¯ngga¯i (䇇ⶤ) should, ought to 䄵㸋 assume, mistakenly assume expressing sequence: 䄵㣑 before suíbiàn (㰇⢄) + action: do the action as you please action + ⺞: have had the experience of doing the action before (䄲㈎) verb 㑬 duration 㑬: indicating the duration of an action that continues to the present time Q ⱁ verb 䄜⮄: do the action a little more, 㩺verb 䄜⮄: do the action a little less

Q Q Q Q Q Q Q

Dialogue The situation: Dawei has arrived at Guoqiang’s home from the subway station. When he enters Guoqiang’s home, Guoqiang introduces him to his parents, whom he has not met before. Wang Maike, Ma Xiaowen, and Gao Meili, the other dinner guests, have already arrived. Maike and Meili are Dawei’s classmates, Xiaowen is Meili’s roommate and also Dawei’s girlfriend.

Lesson 15 㤌㋮

Entertaining guests

327

Part A ⺛㣠ᷛ

⫔㸋᷍㤌㆙᷍㤌㆙᱄㸳ⷙ㛄㗨 jièshào䄜㻣᱄䎃㬨㸳fùmu ˇ᱄䎃㬨 㸳⭥shì䇲᷍䍦⫔㸋᱄ ⺛㣠➷ᷛ㛄㈮㬨䍦⫔㸋aᷠ㸳㗨⧄㳞⭞㛄 ⭥㘜䓷᱄⿗yíng ⭞㸳㗨コ㎕᱄⼽ ⷀxìng 㦰㬗㛄᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ 㾜㻩㪛᱃㾜㲌㲌᷍㾜㾜㛄㗨㤌㸳 ⭞㛄㗨コ㎕⧵Ⳛ᱄㸳㕓㑬䄜㾊㯏 guoˇ sòngⷙ㛄㗨᱄ ⺛㣠㕉ᷛ⢑㚨㗕㋮qi᱄ㅱ shu¯shu a¯yí ➪᱄ ⺛㣠㗜䇱xio¯ng⭽ㆄ㗤᷍㸳㗨⼽ ⷀxìng 㰜䇱㛄䎃⷗⼤㞔䇲᱄㛄㎕ 䐱⺛䄲㈎㌍䄜㛋㑬᱄䋈㈮ yı¯ngga¯i 㤌㛄㎕コ䔙䔙㑬᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ ⺛㣠㈮xiàng㸳⭥ⷈⷈ᷍ⰵ㸳⳨⧄ ⼤᱄A¯yí᷍㛄㗨コ䎇piàoliang᱄㸳tè ⢑㻓⿗㗦㣑㚨㾊hua¯᱄ ⺛㣠㕉ᷛ㚥㏐᷍㚥㏐᷍䎃⷗fáng䓴⼽㈪ 㑬᱄㗜㬓㗕᱄

⺛㣠ᷛ

⫔㸋᷍㤌㆙᷍㤌㆙᱄㸳ⷙ㛄㗨 ㆊ㩽䄜㻣᱄䎃㬨㸳⶙㚙᱄ 䎃㬨 㸳⭥㬳䇲᷍䍦⫔㸋᱄ ⺛㣠➷ᷛ㛄㈮㬨䍦⫔㸋➂ᷠ㸳㗨⧄㳞⭞㛄 ⭥㘜䓷᱄⿗䇎⭞㸳㗨コ㎕᱄⼽ ⷀ㾬 㦰㬗㛄᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ 㾜㻩㪛᱃㾜㲌㲌᷍㾜㾜㛄㗨㤌㸳 ⭞㛄㗨コ㎕⧵Ⳛ᱄㸳㕓㑬䄜㾊㯏 ⺜ 㯮ⷙ㛄㗨᱄ ⺛㣠㕉ᷛ⢑㚨㗕㋮㡙. ㅱ 㭆㭆➃䄭➪᱄ ⺛㣠㗜䇱㾷⭽ㆄ㗤᷍㸳㗨⼽ ⷀ㾬㰜 䇱㛄䎃⷗⼤㞔䇲᱄㛄㎕ 䐱⺛䄲㈎㌍䄜㛋㑬᱄䋈㈮䇇ⶤ 㤌㛄㎕コ䔙 䔙㑬᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ ⺛㣠㈮㼒㸳⭥ⷈⷈ᷍ⰵ㸳⳨⧄ ⼤᱄➃䄭, 㛄㗨コ䎇㠐㑢᱄ 㸳㲹 ⢑㻓⿗㗦㣑㚨㾊⿉᱄ ⺛㣠㕉ᷛ㚥㏐᷍㚥㏐᷍䎃⷗Ⳡ䓴⼽㈪ 㑬᱄㗜㬓㗕᱄

Part A Vocabulary Simplified Traditional a¯yí fángzi

aunt fáng䓴 house

noun

➃䄭

➃䄭

noun

Ⳡ䓴

Ⳡ䓴

fùmu ˇ

father and mother, parents

noun

⶙㚙

⶙㚙

hua¯

flower

noun

⿉

⿉

jièshào

introduce

verb

ㆊ㩽

ㆊャ

adjectival verb

㋮㡙

㋮ᝃ

kèqi

㋮qi polite

328

Modern Mandarin Chinese

méi shénme 㗜㬓 it’s nothing much, there isn’t 㗕 anything of importance na ˇlıˇ

㚥㏐ that’s not at all true

conversational expression

㗜㬓㗕

᝾㬓怯

conversational expression

㚥㏐

㚥䀆

nàme

㚨㗕 so (adjectival verb) intensifier

㚨㗕

㚨怯

shìyo ˇu

shì䇲 roommate

noun

㬳䇲

㬳䇲

shuıˇguo ˇ

㯏guo ˇ fruit

noun

㯏⺜

㯏⺜

shu¯shu

uncle

noun

㭆㭆

㭆㭆

sòng

give as a gift

verb

㯮

㯮

sònggeˇi

sòng give to (someone) verb ⷙ as a present

㯮ⷙ

㯮ㄐ

tàitai

㲌㲌 Mrs.

title, term of address

㲌㲌

㲌㲌

tèbié

tè⢑

especially; special

intensifier; adjectival verb

㲹⢑

㲹‫ن‬

resemble, be like

verb

㼒

㼒 㻩㪛

xiàng xia¯nsheng

㻩㪛 Mr.

title, term of address

㻩㪛

xio¯ngdì jie ˇmèi

xio¯ng brothers and ⭽ㆄ sisters

noun phrase

㾷⭽ㆄ 㾷⭽倃㗤 㗤

modal verb

䇇ⶤ

yı¯ngga¯i

㗤

should

Use and Structure 15.1–15.8

။䉴

Lesson 15 㤌㋮

Entertaining guests

329

Part B Màikèᷛ ⫔㸋㛄zho¯ngyú⭞㑬᷂㸳㗨䄵㸋 㛄mí㔘㑬㚹᱄

㕔㋬ᷛ⫔㸋㛄䐶䇻⭞㑬᷂㸳㗨䄵㸋 㛄 㗵㔘㑬㚹᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ㛄㗨䋈㈮⭞㑬㕑ᷠ 㾂㸥ᷛ⤜᱄㸳㗨䄓ⶶ⭞᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛⰵ⤜㡑᷍㸳⭤㻩㦆䄜㻣㻕㬷ヅ᷍ 㛄㗨䐋⭡㻕㬷ヅ䊻㚥ⱚ㕑ᷠ 㕔㋬ᷛⰵ㘇䔔㬷⢀㈮㬨᱄ ⺛㣠 Ⳛ㌍⼤㑬᱄⧵Ⳛ䄵㣑㸳㗨㻩 㕉ᷛ 䍶 䄜䍦䍶㠍➪᱄ ⺛㣠 ⼤᷍㸳㎕䍶᱄⫔コ㯖“㣲 ➷ᷛ 䓴᱄”

⫔㸋ᷛ 㛄㗨䋈㈮⭞㑬㕑ᷠ 㾂㸥ᷛ ⤜᱄㸳㗨䄓ⶶ⭞᱄ ⫔㸋ᷛ ⰵ⤜㡑᷍㸳⭤㻩㦆䄜㻣㻕㬷ヅ᷍ 㛄㗨䐋⭡㻕㬷ヅ䊻㚥ⱚ㕑ᷠ Màikèᷛ ⰵ㘇䔔㬷bia¯n㈮㬨᱄ ⺛㣠㕉: Ⳛ㌍⼤㑬᱄⧵Ⳛ䄵㣑㸳㗨㻩 zhào 䄜䍦 zhàopiàn ➪᱄ ⺛㣠➷ᷛ⼤᷍㸳㎕ zhào᱄⫔コ㯖“qié 䓴᱄” (see Language FAQs)

Part B Vocabulary Simplified

Traditional

mí lù

mí㔘

get lost, lose one’s way

verb + object

㗵㔘

㗵㔘

qiézi

qié䓴

eggplant

noun

㣲䓴

㣲䓴

sho ˇu

㬷

hand

noun

㬷

㬷

noun

㻕㬷ヅ

㻕㬷刈

verb suffi x

䄜㻣

䄜㻣

xıˇsho ˇujia¯n 㻕㬷ヅ washroom, bathroom yı¯ xià

䄜㻣

(do an action for a short duration)

330

Modern Mandarin Chinese

yı ˇqián

䄵㣑

before

noun

䄵㣑

䄵㣑

yıˇwéi

䄵㸋

suppose (incorrectly)

verb

䄵㸋

䄵ᩊ

za ˇo jiù

䋈㈮

long before now, long ago

adverb

䋈㈮

䋈㈮

zhào

take (a photograph)

verb

䍶

䍶

zho¯ngyú

finally, at last

adverb

䐶䇻

レ咗

Use and Structure 15.9–15.12

Part C ⺛㣠➷ᷛ㎕᱄⧵Ⳛ➪᱄Suíbiàn 䔙᱄⢑㋮qi᱄ ⺛㣠㕉ᷛ⤜⼤yìsi᷍㆒㳍㗜㬓㗕cài᱄㸳㈮䔗㑬 㧞⷗ᷛ⽍sha¯o yú᱃⿹ guo¯ ròu᱃ ⼮ chaˇo báicài᷍Ⱍ㬨コ⧄cài᷍㗜㬓 㗕tè⢑⭥᷍⿚䇱jiaˇo䓴⼮jı¯ ta¯ng᱄ 㛄㗨⧵⺞ jiaˇo䓴㕑ᷠ ⺛㣠ᷛ 㕉᷍㰜㗨㦆㛋➬䊣㈮㎕䐱⺛㑬᷍䊻䐱 ⺛䄲㈎zhù㑬⥏⤜ⱁ䄜㛋㑬᷍⭒㦜⧵ ⺞ jiaˇo䓴㑬᱄ 㗡㏗ᷛ 㸳⼽㻓⿗⧵㯏 jiaˇo᱄㎕䐱⺛䄵㣑㸳 㗜⧵⺞᷍ ㋪㬨㦰㬗㾂㸥䄵⽔᷍㰞⧄ ⧄dài㸳⼮⫔㸋㦆⧵᱄䁈㾄 fù㆝䇱 䄜コ⳨⧄⼤⧵⭥jiaˇo䓴⹾᱄

⺛㣠➷ᷛ㎕᱄⧵Ⳛ➪᱄㰇⢄䔙᱄⢑㋮㡙᱄ ⺛㣠㕉ᷛ⤜⼤䅃㯝᷍㆒㳍㗜㬓㗕⤬᱄㸳㈮䔗㑬 㧞⷗ᷛ⽍㩶ょ᱃⿹⺙㧃᱃ ⼮⧕➸⤬᷍Ⱍ㬨コ⧄⤬᷍㗜 㬓 㗕㲹⢑⭥᷍⿚䇱ㅩ䓴⼮ょ 㲡᱄ 㛄㗨⧵⺞ㅩ䓴㕑ᷠ ⺛㣠ᷛ 㕉᷍㰜㗨㦆㛋➬䊣㈮㎕䐱⺛㑬᷍䊻䐱 ⺛䄲㈎䓂㑬⥏⤜ⱁ䄜㛋㑬᷍⭒ 㦜⧵ ⺞ㅩ䓴㑬᱄ 㗡㏗ᷛ 㸳⼽㻓⿗⧵㯏ㅩ᱄㎕䐱⺛䄵㣑㸳 㗜⧵⺞᷍ ㋪㬨㦰㬗㾂㸥䄵⽔᷍㰞 ⧄ ⧄⫙㸳⼮⫔㸋㦆⧵᱄䁈㾄⶞㆝ 䇱 䄜コ⳨⧄⼤⧵⭥ㅩ䓴⹾᱄

Lesson 15 㤌㋮

Màikèᷛ A¯yí᷍㛛⭥jiaˇo䓴㲌⼤⧵㑬᱄㸳㗜⧵ ⺞䎃㗕⼤⧵⭥jiaˇo䓴᱄

⺛㣠㕉ᷛ㚨㲌⼤㑬᷍㎕᷍ⱁ⧵䄜⮄᱄Màikè᷍ 㛄yòng kuài䓴yòng⭤䎇⼤᱄ Màikèᷛ 㸳。yòng᷍ ㋪㬨yòng⭤⤜⼤᱄

Entertaining guests

331

㕔㋬ᷛ ➃䄭᷍㛛⭥ㅩ䓴㲌⼤⧵㑬᱄㸳㗜 ⧵ ⺞䎃㗕⼤⧵⭥ㅩ䓴᱄ ⺛㣠㕉ᷛ㚨㲌⼤㑬᷍㎕᷍ⱁ⧵䄜⮄᱄㕔㋬᷍ 㛄䇤㌋䓴䇤⭤䎇⼤᱄ 㕔㋬ᷛ 㸳。䇤᷍ ㋪㬨䇤⭤⤜⼤᱄ to be continued . . .

Part C Vocabulary Simplified Traditional báicài

cabbage

noun

➸⤬

➸⤬

cài

dishes (food)

noun

⤬

⤬

cháng

often

adverb

⧄

⧄

cha ˇo

stir-fry

verb

⧕

⧕

cha ˇo báicài

stir-fried cabbage

noun phrase

⧕➸⤬

⧕➸⤬

dài

take/bring (a person or thing somewhere)

verb

⫙

จ

guo¯

cooking pot, wok

noun

⺙

伢

guò

⺞

(experienced doing an action)

verb suffi x

⺞

䩿

ha ˇo chı¯

⼤⧵

delicious

adjectival verb phrase

⼤⧵

⼤⧵

332

Modern Mandarin Chinese

hóngsha¯o ⽍sha¯o

redsimmered, red-cooked

noun description

⽍㩶

さᬞ

hóngsha¯o ⽍sha¯o yú yú

red-simmered fish

noun phrase

⽍㩶䈄

さᬞ婟

huí guo¯ ⿹guo¯ ròu ròu

twice-cooked pork (returnedto-the-pot meat)

noun phrase

⿹⺙㧃

⿹伢㧃

jı¯

chicken

noun

ょ

厖

jı¯ ta¯ng

chicken soup

noun phrase

ょ㲡

厖ᢌ

noun phrase

コ⧄⤬

コ⧄⤬

jia¯ cháng コcháng cài home-style cài food jia ˇozi

jia ˇo䓴

Chinese dumplings, “jiaozi”

noun

ㅩ䓴

嚽䓴

jia ˇozi gua ˇn

jia ˇo䓴⹾

dumpling restaurant

noun phrase

ㅩ䓴⹾

嚽䓴圿

kuàizi

kuài䓴

chopsticks

noun

㌋䓴

㌋䓴

ma¯

㕉

mom

noun

㕉

஭

qùnián

㦆㛋

last year

noun

㦆㛋

㦆㛋

ròu

meat

noun

㧃

㧃

sha¯o

simmer

verb

㩶

ᬞ

shuı ˇjia ˇo 㯏jia ˇo

boiled dumplings

noun phrase

㯏ㅩ

㯏嚽

suíbiàn

as you please

adverb

㰇⢄

却⢄

Lesson 15 㤌㋮

Entertaining guests

ta¯ng

soup

noun

㲡

ᢌ

yòng

use

verb

䇤

䇤

yú

fish

noun

䈄

婟

so, such (adjectival verb)

intensifier

䎃㗕

䩡怯

live, reside in a place

verb

䓂

䓂

cook (same as 䔗 do)

verb

䔗

䔗

zhème

䎃㗕

zhù

䔗

zuò

Use and Structure 15.13–15.16

Time words: past, present, future days weeks months years

Past

Present

Future

䔓㳍

㆒㳍

㘘㳍

yesterday

today

tomorrow

㩰⷗㾨㠻

䎃⷗㾨㠻

㻣⷗㾨㠻

last week

this week

next week

㩰⷗䊣

䎃⷗䊣

㻣⷗䊣

last month

this month

next month

㦆㛋

㆒㛋

㘘㛋

last year

this year

next year

333

334

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Characters Character Shape Pinyin Meaning/ Radical Phrases Function

Traditional Character

⢑

‫ن‬

bié

don’t; other 䖷

⢑⭥ (bié de) other

⧄

cháng often

ㆎ

⧄⧄

⧄

(chángcháng) often, ⳨⧄ (fe¯icháng) extremely

⭽ ⳨

dì fe¯i

younger brother*

⹎

⭽⭽ (dìdi)

⭽

younger brother

not, ⳨ extremely*

⳨⧄ (fe¯icháng) ⳨ extremely

ⶶ

ga¯ng just now

䖷

٣

ⷈ

ge¯

㋻

ⷈⷈ (ge¯ge) older ⷈ

⽍

older brother*

hóng red

brother

做

` さ ⽍㔭⭧ (hóng lu ¨ de¯ng) traffic light

⿗

hua¯n happy*, joyous*

㣘

㻓⿗ (xıˇhua¯n) like, ⿗䇎

ᛈ

(hua¯nyíng) welcome

⿹

huí

return

䯎

⿹コ (huí jia¯)

⿹

return home

ㅱ

jiào

call

㋻

ㆄ

jie ˇ

older sister*

㝏

enter

佢

㆙

jìn

ㅱ ㆄㆄ (jieˇjie)

ㆄ

older sister

㤌㆙ (qıˇng jìn)

䩮

please come in

㈪

jiù

old

㦶

㜇

Lesson 15 㤌㋮

㋮

kè

㗤

mèi

㘇

guest

younger sister*

miàn side*

体

㋮㦬 (kèrén)

㋮

㝏

㗤㗤 (mèimei)

㗤

guest, ㋮㡙 (kèqi) polite

younger sister

㘇

ⰵ㘇 (duìmiàn) 㘇 across, facing

㘜 㛋

míng name*, fame*

㋻

nián

ⶪ

year

㘜䓷 (míngzi)

㘜

name

㆒㛋 (jı¯nnián) this year, 㦆㛋

㛋

(qùnián) last year, 䄜㛋゗ (yı¯niánjí) firstyear level

㦰

rèn

recognize* 䜆

㦰㬗 (rènshi)

䋫

know, recognize

㬗

shi

know*

䜆

㦰㬗 (rènshi)

䑳

know, recognize

㯏

shuı ˇ water

㯏

㯏⺜ (shuıˇguo ˇ) 㯏 fruit

㻓 㻕

xıˇ xıˇ

happy*, like*

㋻

wash

一

㻓⿗ (xıˇhua¯n)

㻓

like

㻕䋉 (xıˇza ˇo) bathe, 㻕㬷ヅ

㻕

(xıˇsho ˇujia¯n) washroom, bathroom

㻩

xia¯n

first

ⱚ

㻩㪛 (xia¯nsheng) 㻩 Mr., husband

㾊

xie¯

several*

ⱟ

䄜㾊᷍㚨㾊

㾊

Entertaining guests

335

Stroke Order Flow Chart

Lesson 15 㤌㋮

Entertaining guests

Use and structure 15.1. ⷙ (people) jièshào (ㆊ㩽) introduce (people) To introduce people, use the word jièshào (ㆊ㩽) introduce, and say:

㸳ⷙ㛄㗨 jièshào jièshào᱄ 㸳ⷙ㛄㗨ㆊ㩽ㆊ㩽᱄ Let me introduce you.

 ⷙ䍦⫔㸋⼮ⷀ㾂㸥 jièshào jièshào᱄ 㤌 㤌ⷙ䍦⫔㸋⼮ⷀ㾂㸥ㆊ㩽ㆊ㩽᱄ Please introduce Zhang Dawei and Gao Xiaowen (to each other). You can also introduce people as follows:

㸳ⷙ㛄㗨 jièshào 䄜㻣᱄(㸳ⷙ㛄㗨ㆊ㩽䄜㻣᱄) Let me introduce you. See Use and Structure 15.2 for more about the use of the verb suffix䄜㻣.

15.2.

Action verb + 䄜㻣: do the action for a short period of time

Action verb + 䄜㻣indicates that someone does an action for a short period of time, and in an informal way. It often occurs after jièshào (ㆊ㩽) introduce.

㸳ⷙ㛄㗨 jièshào 䄜㻣᱄(㸳ⷙ㛄㗨ㆊ㩽䄜㻣᱄) Let me introduce you. Another verb that we have learned that is often followed by 䄜㻣 is deˇng (⭩) wait.

㤌 deˇng 䄜㻣᱄(㤌⭩䄜㻣᱄) Please wait a moment. As indicated in Use and Structure 15.1 above, when making introductions, you can say jièshào 䄜㻣 (ㆊ㩽䄜㻣) or you can repeat the verb and say jièshào jièshào (ㆊ㩽ㆊ㩽). That is because verb repetition, like verb + 䄜㻣, indicates that the action happens for a short period of time. (Use and Structure 11.2.)

15.3.

sòng (㯮) and sòng ⷙ (㯮ⷙ) give as a gift

Sòng (㯮) means give as a gift. In this meaning, it is followed by the thing that is being given:

㸳sòng㑬䄜㾊㯏guo ˇ᱄ (㸳㯮㑬䄜㾊㯏⺜᱄) I gave some fruit as a gift. Sòng can also be followed by the recipient of the gift as well as the gift in this order: subject sòng (㯮) + recipient + gift 㸳sòng㑬㰞䄜㾊㯏guo ˇ᱄(㸳㯮㑬㰞䄜㾊㯏⺜᱄) I gave her some fruit as a gift.

337

Modern Mandarin Chinese

338

Sòngⷙ (㯮ⷙ) means give as a gift (to a person) and is always followed by the recipient of the gift.

㸳sòngⷙ㰞䄜㾊㯏guo ˇ᱄(㸳㯮ⷙ㰞䄜㾊㯏⺜᱄) I gave her some fruit as a gift. 㸳㕓㑬䄜㾊㯏guo ˇ sòngⷙ㛄㗨᱄ (㸳㕓㑬䄜㾊㯏⺜㯮ⷙ㛄㗨᱄) I bought some fruit to give you as a gift. When a sentence includes the recipient of the gift, sòngⷙis more widely used than sòng by itself.

K

W

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 15.1.

RKBO

O

O

15.4. 㚨㗕 AdjV so AdjV and 䎃㗕 AdjV this AdjV 㚨㗕 and 䎃㗕 are intensifiers that can occur before adjectival verbs. 㚨㗕 + AdjV so AdjV

⢑㚨㗕㋮qi᱄(⢑㚨㗕㋮㡙᱄)

Don’t be so polite.

䎃㗕 + AdjV means this AdjV or so AdjV. 䎃㗕 is used when describing things that are very close to the speaker. For example, if you were shopping, and you picked up an item and looked at the price tag, you could say:

䎃㗕⺔! 㸳⤜㼌㕓᱄ So expensive! I do not want to buy it. 㚨㗕 is used when describing things that are some distance from the speaker. For example, if the library was far from your home, you could say:

㵝㭊⹾ lí 㸳コ㚨㗕 yua ˇn᷍㸳⤜㼌㦆᱄ 㵝㭊⹾㏌㸳コ㚨㗕䊗᷍㸳⤜㼌㦆᱄ The library is so far from my home, I don’t want to go. Sometimes, either 㚨㗕 or 䎃㗕 can be used. For example, in the dialogue, after Dawei complimented Guoqiang’s mom, she could have said:

⢑䎃㗕㋮qi᱄(⢑䎃㗕㋮㡙᱄) Don’t be this polite.

15.5. 䋈㈮ long ago 䋈㈮ long ago is an adverb and always occurs at the beginning of a verb phrase, before the verb and any prepositional phrases. It is used to indicate that some action or situation happened a long time before the moment of speaking and continues up until now or is still relevant now.

Lesson 15 㤌㋮

Entertaining guests

䋈㈮ occurs twice in the dialogue. First, in Part A, Guoqiang’s parents tell Dawei: (㸳㗨) 䋈㈮ yı¯ngga¯i㤌㛄㎕コ䔙䔙㑬᱄ (㸳㗨) 䋈㈮䇇ⶤ㤌㛄㎕コ䔙䔙㑬᱄ We should have invited you to visit long before now. In this sentence, Guoqiang’s parents mean that they had this obligation for a long time, right up to the time of speaking when they are finally entertaining Dawei at their home as a guest. In Part B, Dawei asks his friends if they arrived long before him:

㛄㗨䋈㈮⭞㑬㕑ᷠ Did you get here a long time ago?

Practice

15.6.

Website: Structure Drills 15.4.

Expressing obligations with yı¯ngga¯i (䇇ⶤ) should, ought to

Like the word ⭤ (deˇi), which we learned in Lesson 9 (Use and Structure 9.7), yı¯ngga¯i (䇇ⶤ) expresses obligation. While ⭤ is used to talk about things that someone must do, yı¯ngga¯i is used to indicate things you should do, especially social and moral obligations. Guoqiang’s parents feel socially obliged to meet and entertain their son’s roommate. Guoqiang’s mom says: (㸳㗨) 䋈㈮ yı¯ngga¯i 㤌㛄㎕コ䔙䔙㑬᱄ (㸳㗨) 䋈㈮ 䇇ⶤ㤌㛄㎕コ䔙䔙㑬᱄ We should have invited you over long before now.

Practice

K

W

RKBO

Workbook: Focus on Communication 15.3.

O

O

15.7

A xiàng (㼒) B A is like B; A resembles B

To say that one person, place, or thing is like another say: A xiàng (㼒) B ⺛㣠㈮xiàng 㸳⭥ⷈⷈ᱄ ⺛㣠㈮㼒㸳⭥ⷈⷈ᱄ Guoqiang is like my brother.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 15.2.

339

Modern Mandarin Chinese

340

15.8.

Deflecting a compliment: 㚥㏐᷐㬨㕑᷐ᷠ䎇⭥㕑ᷠ

In traditional Chinese culture, you do not respond to a compliment by saying 㾜㾜 thank you or any other expression that implies that you accept the compliment. Instead, you deflect the compliment by using some expression that either indicates the compliment is not accurate or asks if it could really be accurate. The expression 㚥㏐, or 㚥㏐᷍㚥㏐, is often used to deflect a compliment. 㚥㏐ literally means where?, and in response to a compliment it means something like how could that be true? Other expressions that we have learned to deflect a compliment are 䎇⭥㕑ᷠreally? and 㬨㕑ᷠ is that so? If someone thanks you for doing something nice for them, you can say᷼䎃㬨᷾y¯ı ngga¯i⭥ (᷼䎃㬨᷾䇇ⶤ⭥). It means something like this is the right thing to do. It is very similar in meaning to the English expression it’s the least I could do.

15.9. 㗜㬓㗕 it’s nothing special and 㗜㬓㗕cài (⤬) there aren’t any special dishes 㗜㬓㗕 it’s nothing special and 㗜㬓㗕 cài (㗜㬓㗕⤬) there aren’t any special dishes are polite expressions or ㋮qi⿑ (㋮㡙⿑) polite talk. Like the expression 㚥㏐ (na ˇlıˇ) discussed in Use and Structure 15.7 above, 㗜㬓㗕 is used to deflect a compliment. 㗜㬓㗕 cài (㗜㬓 㗕⤬) is used as part of the ritual of guest and host. It expresses modesty on the part of the host, suggesting that the host is not completely fulfilling his or her obligation to treat the guests in a special manner. Whether or not the host has prepared special dishes for the guests, it is appropriate for the host to apologize to the guests for a lack of special food by saying:

㆒㳍㗜㬓㗕cài᱄(㆒㳍㗜㬓㗕⤬᱄) There aren’t any special dishes today.

15.10. 䄵㸋 assume, mistakenly assume 䄵㸋is a verb that indicates that someone assumes, or mistakenly assumes, something. It usually means mistakenly assumes. When Dawei is late to arrive at Guoqiang’s house, his friends mistakenly assume that he has gotten lost. Maike says:

㸳㗨䄵㸋㛄mí㔘㑬᱄(㸳㗨䄵㸋㛄㗵㔘㑬᱄) We (mistakenly) assumed you got lost.

K

W

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 15.3.

RKBO

O

O

15.11.

Sequence with 䄵㣑 before

To indicate that some situation occurs before another situation, say:

Lesson 15 㤌㋮

Entertaining guests

situation1 䄵㣑᷍(㻩) situation2 Before situation1, situation2 ⧵Ⳛ䄵㣑᷍㸳㗨㻩 zhào 䄜䍦 zhàopiàn ➪᱄

⧵Ⳛ䄵㣑᷍㸳㗨㻩䍶䄜䍦䍶㠍➪᱄ Before we eat, let’s first take a picture.

The word 䄵㣑 before occurs at the end of situation1 and it is grouped with situation1. In writing, a comma may be placed after 䄵㣑. In speaking, there is often a pause after 䄵㣑. Note that in English, the word before occurs at the beginning of situation1. [㛄㋝㬵䄵㣑]⭤fù㻑⹇㋯᱄ [㛄㋝㬵䄵㣑]⭤ⶕ㻑⹇㋯᱄ [Before you take a test] you should review the lesson. In Mandarin, the clause that ends with 䄵㣑 is stated first in the sentence. Notice that in English, the before clause can occur either as the first or the second clause in the sentence. [㸳shuì jiào䄵㣑] 㻓⿗㋕㋕㭊᱄ [㸳㯐㉖䄵㣑]㻓⿗㋕㋕㭊᱄ [Before I go to sleep] I like to read for a little while. or I like to read for a little while [before I go to sleep]. K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

15.12.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 15.4, 15.5; Focus on Communication 15.3. Website: Listening for Information 15.3; Structure Drills 15.1.

(㸳) ㎕ VP I’ll take charge (of the action)

(Someone) ㎕ VP is a conversational expression that means someone takes the responsibility of doing some action. In the dialogue, Guoqiang’s dad takes on the responsibility of taking the photograph by saying:

㸳㎕ zhào᱄(㸳㎕䍶᱄) I’ll take the picture. To say that you will take charge of some action, say:

㸳㎕䔗᱄ or

㸳㎕᱄ I’ll do it. To ask who will take charge of some action, ask:

㯎㎕䔗ᷠ Who will do it? (Who will take on this responsibility?)

341

342

Modern Mandarin Chinese

15.13.

suíbiàn (㰇⢄) + action: do the action as you please

Suíbiàn (㰇⢄) + action means to do the action as you please. Suíbiàn䔙 (㰇⢄䔙) means sit wherever you want. At formal dinners, there is a ritual way of assigning seats according to the rank and importance of the guests. But at informal dinner parties such as the one that the Xie family is hosting, it is common to tell the guests suíbiàn 䔙. Suíbiàn ⧵ (㰇⢄⧵) means eat whatever you want. Suíbiàn can be used without a following action. It means casual or informal. If you ask someone how something should be done and she replies “suíbiàn,” that means you can do it however you wish. The word suíbiàn can sometimes carry negative connotations. If you describe someone as being 㲌suíbiàn (㲌㰇⢄), you are saying that he or she is careless, sloppy, or too familiar.

15.14.

action + ⺞: have had the experience of doing the action before

Stating that someone has had the experience of doing an action before To state that someone has had the experience of doing some action in the past, follow the action verb with the verb suffix ⺞ and say: (S) V ⺞ (O)

㰜㗨⭒㦜⧵⺞ jia ˇo䓴㑬᱄ 㰜㗨⭒㦜⧵⺞ㅩ䓴㑬᱄ Of course they have eaten Chinese dumplings before. Notice that the object occurs after verb + ⺞. Nothing comes between the verb and the suffix ⺞.

㰞㦆⺞䐱⺛᱄ She has been to China before. Verb + ⺞ is used when talking about an action that someone has experienced sometime in the past. The action itself has to be repeatable, but it cannot be something that the subject does on a regular basis. For example, it is appropriate for Guoqiang, a Chinese person, to use verb + ⺞ to say that he has eaten French food before, since eating French food is not an everyday experience for a Chinese person in China:

㸳⧵⺞Fˇ a⺛Ⳛ᱄ (㸳⧵⺞ⳉ⺛Ⳛ᱄) I have eaten French food before. But the same sentence would be strange if spoken by a French person, someone who eats French food on a regular basis.

Stating that someone has not had the experience of doing an action in the past To state that someone has not had the experience of doing some action in the past, negate verb + ⺞ with 㗜 and say:

Lesson 15 㤌㋮

Entertaining guests

(S) 㗜 V ⺞ (O) 㸳㗜⧵⺞jia ˇo䓴᱄ 㸳㗜⧵⺞ㅩ䓴᱄ I have not eaten Chinese dumplings before. ㎕䐱⺛䄵㣑㸳㗜⧵⺞ jia ˇo䓴᱄(㎕䐱⺛䄵㣑㸳㗜⧵⺞ㅩ䓴᱄) Before I came to China I had not eaten Chinese dumplings. 㸳㗜䔗⺞䐱⺛cài᱄ (㸳㗜䔗⺞䐱⺛⤬᱄) I haven’t ever cooked Chinese food before. To say that someone has not yet had the experience of doing something, say: (S) ⿚㗜V ⺞ (O) 㸳⿚㗜 chàng⺞ ka ˇla¯ OK᱄(㸳⿚㗜⧋⺞㋉㎎OK᱄) I haven’t yet sung karaoke. 㸳⿚㗜㋕⺞㚨⷗⮈yıˇng᱄(㸳⿚㗜㋕⺞㚨⷗⮈䇑᱄) I haven’t seen that movie yet.

Asking if someone has had the experience of doing an action in the past To ask if someone has done some action before, ask: (S) V ⺞ (O) 㕑ᷠ or (S) V ⺞ (O) 㗜䇱ᷠ 㛄㗨⧵⺞ jia ˇo䓴㕑ᷠ (㛄㗨⧵⺞ㅩ䓴㕑ᷠ) Have you eaten Chinese dumplings before? 㛄㗨⧵⺞ jia ˇo䓴㗜䇱ᷠ (㛄㗨⧵⺞ㅩ䓴㗜䇱ᷠ) Have you eaten Chinese dumplings before? 㛄 yòng⺞ kuài䓴㕑ᷠ (㛄䇤⺞㌋䓴㕑ᷠ) Have you used chopsticks before? 㛄䔙⺞ fe¯ijı¯ 㗜䇱ᷠ (㛄䔙⺞⳪〛㗜䇱ᷠ) Have you ridden on an airplane before? K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

15.15.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 15.6. Website: Listening for Information 15.2; Structure Drills 15.2, 15.3, 15.4.

Indicating the duration of actions that continue to the present time: (䄲㈎) verb 㑬duration 㑬

In Lesson 12 (Use and Structure 12.11) we learned to indicate the duration of an action by following the verb with the duration expression: verb + duration 㸳 shuì㑬➬⷗ zho¯ngtóu᱄(㸳㯐㑬➬⷗䐴㵘᱄) I slept for eight hours.

343

344

Modern Mandarin Chinese

To indicate the duration of an action that began in the past and is still going on, add 㑬 to the end of the sentence and say: verb 㑬 + duration 㑬 When expressing this meaning, the adverb 䄲㈎ already often occurs in the sentence, before the verb phrase.

㰞䊻䐱⺛䄲㈎䓂㑬䄜㛋㑬᱄ She has already been living in China for a year.

㸳䁈䐱㸥䄲㈎䁈㑬䄜㛋⟌㑬᱄

I have already been studying Chinese for a year and a half.

Practice

Website: Listening for Information 15.4.

15.16. ⱁverb 䄜⮄: do the action a little more; 㩺 verb 䄜⮄: do an action a little less In Lesson 14 (Use and Structure 14.2) we learned to use the pattern verb + AdjV 䄜⮄to say do the action a little more AdjV:

㤌㛄㯖㕞䄜⮄᱄ Please speak a little slower. In this lesson we see that when the adjectival verb is ⱁ more or 㩺 less the order of information is: (S) ⱁ V 䄜⮄ do the action a little more

㤌㛄ⱁ㯖䄜⮄᱄

Please say a little more. 㛄⭤ⱁ fù㻑䄜⮄᱄(㛄⭤ⱁⶕ㻑䄜⮄᱄) You should review a little more.

ⱁ⼩䄜⮄㯏᱄

Drink a little more water. (S) 㩺V 䄜⮄ do the action a little less 㛄yı¯ngga¯i㩺⼩䄜⮄㋈⳩᱄ (㛄䇇ⶤ㩺⼩䄜⮄㋈⳩᱄) You should drink a little less coffee. 㤌㛄㩺㳞 䄜⮄ yı¯nyuè᱄(㤌㛄㩺㳞䄜⮄䅕㎷᱄) Please listen to music a little less.

Lesson 15 㤌㋮

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Entertaining guests

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 15.7. Website: Structure Drills 15.5, 15.6, 15.7.

Qa

Language FAQs

Everyone say “cheese” (or “eggplant”) In the United States, you say “cheese” when you are taking a photo, but in China, people often say “qiézi” eggplant. The reason for these expressions is to get everyone to smile, and in Mandarin, the word qiézi accomplishes that goal. You know that you are pronouncing the word qiézi correctly if you are smiling while you say qié.

What kind of meat is ròu (㧃)? Ròu (㧃) means meat, and you can specify the kind of meat by saying, for example, jı¯ ròu (ょ㧃) chicken, niú ròu (㝄㧃) beef. But when no description is added before the word ròu (㧃), it is understood to mean pork. So, if the type of meat is not specified, as in the dish ⿹ guo¯ ròu (⿹⺙㧃), you can assume that the meat is zhu¯ròu (䑎㧃) pork. What do you say if you don’t eat pork?

What is the difference between fáng䓴 (Ⳡ䓴) and コ? Fáng䓴 (Ⳡ䓴) house refers to the building. Mrs. Xie uses the word in this sense when she says:

䎃⷗ fángzi ⼽ jiù 㑬᱄(䎃⷗Ⳡ䓴⼽㈪㑬᱄) This house is old.

コ refers to family and also the place where a family lives: a home. In China, when people talk about where they live, they use the word コ and not fáng䓴. When you ask someone where they live, ask:

㛄コ䊻㚥ⱚᷠor 㛄コ䊻㚥㏐ᷠWhere is your home? Your ancestral home, the place where your ancestors come from, is your ㎰コ. To ask where someone’s ancestors come from, ask:

㛄㎰コ䊻㚥ⱚᷠ or 㛄㎰コ䊻㚥㏐ᷠ

345

346

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Notes on Chinese culture The rituals of guest and host in Chinese culture In this lesson, we see a few more rituals associated with guest and host. In Chinese culture, the host always offers the guest something to eat and/or drink, even when the event does not focus on food. At the end of a visit, the host is expected to see the guests off. We will learn more about the ritual of seeing guests off in Lesson 16.

㻩㪛Mr. and 㲌㲌Mrs. The titles 㻩㪛 Mr. and 㲌㲌 Mrs. are used differently in different parts of the Chinese-speaking world. In Taiwan, they are equivalent in use to Mr. and Mrs. in English, except that they follow the family name: 㾜㻩㪛 Mr. Xie, 㾜㲌㲌 Mrs. Xie. That is, they are used as terms of address when speaking to a man or a married woman, and they are used when referring to one’s spouse (㸳㻩㪛 my husband, 㸳㲌㲌 my wife). In mainland China, however, in the early decades of the People’s Republic of China, the words 㻩㪛 and 㲌㲌 were replaced by other words that carried a more revolutionary flavor. Today, the revolutionary words that replaced 㻩㪛 and 㲌㲌 are no longer used, but no neutral words have emerged to take their place. In informal settings, people use kinship terms like aunt and uncle to address others (see the following note), and there are a number of very informal expressions that people use when referring to their husband or wife. The titles 㻩㪛 and 㲌㲌 are considered polite but formal, and they are too formal for Dawei to use when addressing the parents of his good friend Guoqiang.

ㅱ shu¯shu a¯yí ➪᷂(ㅱ㭆㭆➃䄭➪᷂) Call us uncle and aunt! In Chinese culture, it is common to use the terms shu¯shu (㭆㭆) uncle and a¯yí (➃ 䄭) aunt as friendly, informal ways to address men and women who are unrelated to you and are about the same age as your parents. The terms are usually used among close acquaintances, and they are also used as a friendly way to address strangers whose status is equal to or lower than your own. Since Mr. and Mrs. Xie’s son is the roommate and friend of Dawei, it is appropriate for Dawei to address them as shu¯shu and a¯yí.

コ⧄cài (コ⧄⤬) Home-style food コ⧄ cài (コ⧄⤬) home-style food is the kind of food that people cook at home and eat in restaurants on an everyday basis. Home-style dishes differ from banquet dishes, which are prepared with expensive, sometimes exotic ingredients.

Lesson 15 㤌㋮

Entertaining guests

Home-style food is different in different regions of the country. In Beijing, homestyle food includes dishes from northern China and also Sichuan.

Staple food and side dishes: jiaˇo䓴 (ㅩ䓴) vs. cài (⤬) Chinese food is categorized in terms of zhu ˇshí (䑘㬔) staple food and cài (⤬) side dishes. Cài are made with vegetables and/or meat. Zhu ˇshí are grains or starches: rice, noodles, or dumplings. Ta¯ng (㲡) soup is its own category of food. Mrs. Xie describes her dinner as including three cài as well as jia ˇo䓴 (ㅩ䓴) dumplings and ta¯ng. A Chinese meal always includes a zhu shí , but it need not include any cài or ˇ ta¯ng. Traditionally, Chinese people consumed much more zhu ˇshí than cài, since grains and starch are less expensive than vegetables or meat. Nowadays, healthand weight-conscious city people may avoid eating zhu ˇshí with their meals. Restaurant menus in China list zhu shí , cài , and ta ¯ ng separately. Within these categoˇ ries there are usually separate lists for rice and noodle dishes, and cài may include separate lists based on the main protein in the dish (beef, lamb, pork, chicken, fish, tofu, etc.).

Lesson 15 Dialogue in English Part A Guoqiang: Guoqiang’s dad: Dawei: Guoqiang’s mom:

Dawei:

Guoqiang’s mom:

Dawei, come in, come in. Let me introduce you. These are my parents. This is my roommate Zhang Dawei. You are Zhang Dawei? We hear your name often. Welcome to our home. I’m happy to meet you. Mr. Xie, Mrs. Xie, thanks for inviting me to your home for dinner. I’ve bought some fruit to give you. Don’t be so polite. Call (us) uncle and aunt! Guoqiang doesn’t have any brothers or sisters. We are very glad that he has a good friend like you. You have already been in China for almost a year. We should have invited you here long before now. Guoqiang is like my older brother, he is so great to me. Aunt, your home is really beautiful. I especially like the flowers in front of your door. How could that be? This house is old. It isn’t anything special.

Part B Maike: Dawei:

Dawei, you finally got here! We thought you got lost. Have you all been here a long time? (literally: Did you get here a long time ago?)

347

348

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Xiaowen: Dawei: Maike: Guoqiang’s mom: Guoqiang’s dad:

No. We also just got here. Excuse me. I have to use the bathroom. Do you know where the bathroom is? It’s right across (from here) on the left side. The food is almost ready. Before we eat, let’s take a picture. Okay, I’ll take it. Everyone say “Eggplant.”

Part C Guoqiang’s dad: Guoqiang’s mom:

Guoqiang: Meili:

Maike: Guoqiang’s mom: Maike: to be continued . . .

Come. Let’s eat. Sit anywhere. Don’t be polite. I’m so embarrassed. Today there aren’t any special dishes. I only made three: red-simmered fish, twice-cooked pork, and stir-fried cabbage. They are all home-style food, nothing special. There’s also jiaozi (dumplings) and chicken soup. Have you eaten jiaozi before? Mom, they came to China last August. They’ve been living in China for almost a year. Of course they have eaten jiaozi before. I really like to eat boiled dumplings. Before I came to China I hadn’t ever eaten them, but after I got to know Xiaowen she often takes Dawei and me to eat them. There is an extremely good jiaozi restaurant in the vicinity of the school. Aunt, your jiaozi are extremely delicious. I have never eaten such delicious jiaozi before. That’s great. Come on, eat some more. Maike, you use chopsticks really well. I can use them, but I don’t use them well.

16

Lesson Xià㳍⭥jìhuà 㻥㳍⭥ェ⿏ Summer plans

Communication goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Evaluate past experiences and current situations. Q Talk about future plans.

Literacy goals By the end of this lesson, you will be able to: Q Locate several cities on a Chinese map.

Key structures Q Q Q Q

㕞㕞⭹ + situation: the situation gradually comes about noun/verb phrase ⼽䇱䅃㯝 [noun/verb phrase] is very interesting situation1⭥㬒⽓situation2 when [situation1] happens, [situation2] happens suı¯㦜 situation1 dàn㬨/㋪㬨 situation2 (㰅㦜 situation1 ⭌㬨᷐㋪㬨

situation2) although [situation1], [situation2] Q 䄜action1㈮ action2 as soon as/whenever [action1] occurs, [action2] occurs Q 䊺 + action 䄜。ⱚ: do the action for a while longer

350

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Dialogue The situation: Xie Guoqiang’s parents have invited Zhang Dawei, Wang Maike, Gao Meili, and Ma Xiaowen to dinner and are chatting after the meal. His parents are interested in learning about their guests’ impressions of China, and they also want to know what plans they have for the summer.

Part A ⺛㣠➷ᷛ㎕᷍⼩⮄⥉᷍⧵⮄㯏⺜᱄㛄㗨䊻䐱⺛䁈 䐱㸥䄲㈎䁈㑬㌍䄜㛋㑬᷍㉖⭤䋖㗕䂚ᷠ 㗡㏗ᷛ 㸳㉖⭤䎃䄜㛋⺞⭤䎇㌍᱄ⶶ㋋㬝⭥㬒 ⽓᷍㸳⤜㻑guàn䓂䊻䐱⺛᷍㕞㕞⭹㻑 guàn 㑬᷍㻷䊻㸳㉖⭤䊻䐱⺛㪛huó⼽ 䇱䅃㯝᱄

⺛㣠➷ᷛ㎕᷍⼩⮄⥉᷍⧵⮄㯏⺜᱄㛄㗨䊻䐱⺛䁈 䐱㸥䄲㈎䁈㑬㌍䄜㛋㑬᷍㉖⭤䋖㗕䂚ᷠ 㗡㏗ᷛ 㸳㉖⭤䎃䄜㛋⺞⭤䎇㌍᱄ⶶ㋋㬝⭥㬒 ⽓᷍㸳⤜㻑⺀䓂䊻䐱⺛᷍㕞㕞⭹㻑 ⺀㑬᷍㻷䊻㸳㉖⭤䊻䐱⺛㪛』⼽ 䇱䅃㯝᱄

Lesson 16

⫔㸋ᷛ 㸳  ⶶ㎕⭥㬒⽓᷍㉖⭤䐱㸥⳨⧄㚲᷍ ㋪㬨㻷䊻㉖⭤⤜㲌㚲㑬᱄Suı¯㦜㸳㯖 䐱⺛⿑㯖⭤⼽㕞᷍⼛䓷䄓㾕⭤⤜㲌⼤ ㋕᷍㋪㬨㸳⳨⧄㻓⿗䁈䐱㸥᱄ Màikèᷛ㸳㗨䁈㑬⼽ⱁ᱄㻷䊻㋪䄵ⷛ䐱⺛㦬㯖 ⿑᷍⿚。㾕䄜㾊⼛䓷᱄㸳㻓⿗⧋䐱㸥 ⷉ᷍䄓㻓⿗㳞䎃ⱚ⭥liú㾱yı¯nyuè᱄ 㾂㸥ᷛ 㛄㗨⭥䐱㸥㆙bù ⭤⼽㌍᱄ ⺛㣠ᷛ ⰵ㾂㸥 ⫔㸋㗠㳍Ⱍⷛ㛄㯖䐱㸥᷍⭒ 㦜㆙bù ⭤⼽㌍㑬᱄ ᷉ⰵ㗡㏗᷊㧈⺜㛄 䇱㬒ヅ᷍㸳䄓㋪䄵㗠㳍péi㛄liàn㻑䐱 㸥᷍䋖㗕䂚ᷠ

Xià㳍⭥jìhuà 㻥㳍⭥ェ⿏ Summer plans

⫔㸋ᷛ㸳ⶶ㎕⭥㬒⽓᷍㉖⭤䐱㸥⳨⧄㚲᷍ ㋪㬨㻷䊻㉖⭤⤜㲌㚲㑬᱄㰅㦜㸳㯖 䐱⺛⿑㯖⭤⼽㕞᷍⼛䓷䄓㾕⭤⤜㲌⼤ ㋕᷍ ㋪㬨㸳⳨⧄㻓⿗䁈䐱㸥᱄ 㕔㋬ᷛ㸳㗨䁈㑬⼽ⱁ᱄㻷䊻㋪䄵ⷛ䐱⺛㦬㯖 ⿑᷍⿚。㾕䄜㾊⼛䓷᱄㸳㻓⿗⧋䐱㸥 ⷉ᷍䄓㻓⿗㳞䎃ⱚ⭥㒘㾱䅕㎷᱄ 㾂㸥ᷛ 㛄㗨⭥䐱㸥㆙⤞⭤⼽㌍᱄ ⺛㣠ᷛ ⰵ㾂㸥 ⫔㸋㗠㳍Ⱍⷛ㛄㯖䐱㸥᷍⭒ 㦜㆙⤞⭤⼽㌍㑬᱄ ᷉ⰵ㗡㏗᷊㧈⺜㛄 䇱㬒ヅ᷍㸳䄓㋪䄵㗠㳍㞄㛄㑘㻑䐱 㸥᷍䋖㗕䂚ᷠ

Part A Vocabulary Simplified Traditional ha ˇo kàn

⼤㋕

pretty, nice looking

adjectival

⼤㋕

⼤㋕

verb

jìnbù

㆙bù

advance, progress, improve; improvement, progress

verb; noun

㆙⤞

䩮⤞

liúxíng

liú㾱

popular, trendy, fashionable

adjectival

㒘㾱

㒘㾱

adverb

㕞㕞⭹

㕞㕞⭹

accompany

verb

㞄

㞄

mànma¯n de

㕞㕞⭹ gradually, little

verb

by little

péi

351

she¯ nghuó

㪛huó

live; life

verb; noun

㪛』

㪛』

suı¯rán

suı¯㦜

although

conjunction

㰅㦜

厎㦜

xíguàn

㻑guàn accustomed to

verb

㻑⺀

㐶࿵

yo ˇu yìsi

䇱䅃㯝 be interesting

adjectival

䇱䅃㯝

䇱䅃㯝

verb phrase

352

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Use and Structure 16.1–16.4

Part B ⺛㣠➷ᷛ ⫔㸋ᷛ

Màikèᷛ

㗡㏗ᷛ

㾂㸥ᷛ ⺛㣠㕉ᷛ

㌍䄋fàng shuˇjià 㑬᷍㯖㯖㛄㗨xià 㳍䇱㬓㗕 jìhuà᱄ 㸳⫓suàn 㻩䔙】⧖䊻䐱⺛lüˇyóu 䄜⷗䊣᷍䊺⿹⺛㋕⶙㚙᱄㾂㸥⭥㎰ コ䊻㩰haˇi᷍㰞㤌㸳㦆㰞コ䓂 ゙㳍᱄ ˇ jià䄜㋋㬝㸳㈮ⷛ゙⷗㞔䇲 Shu 䄜㡑㦆Táiwa¯n㶇᷍䊺⪴Táiwa¯n ⿹㗡⺛᱄㳞㯖Táiwa¯n xià㳍⼽ rè᷍㰚䄵㸳⤜⫓suàn da¯i㲌㈤᱄ 㗡㏗᷍㛄㚹ᷠ Suı¯㦜⳪〛㠒⤜piányi᷍dàn㬨䄜 ˇ jià᷍㸳㈮⿹ⳉ⺛᱄㸳bia ˇo fàng shu ˇ ⷈⷙ㸳jièshào㑬䄜⷗shu㠻⭥⹅ zuò᷍㸳⭤zhèng䄜⮄㻣⷗䁈㠻⭥ 䁈fèi ⼮㪛huó fèi᱄ 㛄㗨䇱kòng㋪䄵yòng䐱㸥ⷙ㸳 ⷛ⺛㣠㾕⮈䓴yóujiàn᷍fù㻑fù 㻑䐱㸥᱄ 㛄㗨㈦䊣⿚Ⱍ⿹⡒㈊䁈䐱㸥㕑ᷠ

⫔㸋᷍Màikè᷍ 㗡㏗ᷛ ⭒㦜㑬᱄

⺛㣠➷ᷛ ⫔㸋ᷛ

㕔㋬ᷛ

㗡㏗ᷛ

㾂㸥ᷛ ⺛㣠㕉ᷛ

㌍䄋⳦㭏ズ㑬᷍㯖㯖㛄㗨㻥 㳍䇱㬓㗕ェ⿏᱄ 㸳⫓㰄㻩䔙】⧖䊻䐱⺛㔤䇯 䄜⷗䊣᷍䊺⿹⺛㋕⶙㚙᱄㾂㸥⭥㎰ コ䊻㩰⼄᷍㰞㤌㸳㦆㰞コ䓂 ゙㳍᱄ 㭏ズ䄜㋋㬝㸳㈮ⷛ゙⷗㞔䇲 䄜㡑㦆㲉㶆㶇᷍䊺⪴㲉㶆 ⿹㗡⺛᱄㳞㯖㲉㶆㻥㳍⼽ 㦩᷍㰚䄵㸳⤜⫓㰄⫞㲌㈤᱄ 㗡㏗᷍㛄㚹ᷠ 㰅㦜⳪〛㠒⤜⢄䄬᷍⭌㬨䄜 ⳦㭏ズ᷍㸳㈮⿹ⳉ⺛᱄㸳⢎ ⷈⷙ㸳ㆊ㩽㑬䄜⷗㭏㠻⭥⹅ 䔘㸳⭤䎖䄜⮄㻣⷗䁈㠻⭥ 䁈Ⳳ⼮㪛』Ⳳ᱄ 㛄㗨䇱㋶㋪䄵䇤䐱㸥ⷙ㸳 ⷛ⺛㣠㾕⮈䓴䇫ミ᷍ⶕ㻑ⶕ 㻑䐱㸥᱄ 㛄㗨㈦䊣⿚Ⱍ⿹⡒㈊䁈䐱㸥㕑ᷠ

⫔㸋᷍㕔㋬᷍ 㗡㏗ᷛ ⭒㦜㑬᱄

Part B Vocabulary Simplified Traditional bia ˇoge¯

bia ˇoⷈ

da¯i

cousin

noun

⢎ⷈ

⢎ⷈ

reside for a short time

verb

⫞

⫞

dànshi

dàn㬨

but

conjunction

⭌㬨

⭌㬨

da ˇsuàn

⫓suàn

plan

noun, verb

⫓㰄

⫓㰄

Lesson 16

email

noun

⮈䓴䇫ミ 厫䓴䬾ミ

fàng

release, begin (vacation)

verb

⳦

⳦

fàng jià

have a vacation verb + object or holiday

⳦ズ

⳦ズ

diànzˇı yóujiàn

⮈䓴

Xià㳍⭥jìhuà 㻥㳍⭥ェ⿏ Summer plans

yóujiàn

go¯ ngzuò

⹅zuò

job; work

noun; verb

⹅䔘

⹅䔘

huí guó

⿹⺛

return to one’s home country

verb +

⿹⺛

⿹ङ

plan

noun

ェ⿏

䆬‫پ‬

home town, place where one’s family is from

noun

㎰コ

㎰コ

travel

verb

㔤䇯

㔤䩼

jìhuà la ˇo jia¯

㎰コ

lu ˇ ¨yóu

object

phrase

Shàngha ˇi

㩰ha ˇi

Shanghai

place name

㩰⼄

㩰⼄

she¯nghuó fèi

㪛huó

living expenses

noun

㪛』Ⳳ

㪛』䗮

㭏ズ

㭏ズ

fèi

shu ˇjià shu ˇqı¯

phrase

shu ˇ㠻

Táiwa¯n

summer vacation

noun

summer vacation period

noun

㭏㠻

㭏㠻

Taiwan

place name

㲉㶆

㲉ᨔ

phrase

tı¯ngshuo¯

㳞㯖

heard it said

verb

㳞㯖

㔁䌇

xiàtia¯n

xià㳍

summer

noun

㻥㳍

㻥㳍

xuéfèi

䁈fèi

tuition

noun

䁈Ⳳ

స䗮

yı¯ + VP

䄜 + VP as soon as

adverbial

䄜

䄜

䎖

ᅋ

zhèng

VP, when VP

clause

earn

verb

353

354

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Use and Structure 16.5–16.6

Part C 㾂㸥ᷛ 㻷䊻䄲㈎⼽㶎㑬᱄㸳㗨⭤⿹sùshè 㑬᱄㛄㗨䋈䄜⮄xiu¯ xi➪᱄ ⺛㣠➷ᷛ䊺䔙䄜。ⱚ᱄䄜。ⱚ㸳㗨㋋⧖sòng 㛄㗨⿹sùshè᱄ ⺛㣠㕉ᷛ㆒㶎⭥cài⼮jiaˇo䓴Ⱍ⿚䇱᷍deˇng䄜㻣 dài䄜㾊⿹㦆᱄ 㗡㏗ᷛ 㚨䋖㗕⼤䅃㯝ᷠ ⺛㣠㕉ᷛ⤜yòng㋮qi᷍dài⿹㦆➪㛄㗨㘘㳍㈮ ⤜yòng䔗Ⳛ㑬᱄ 㗡㏗ᷛ 㛛䎃㗕㯖᷍㸳㗨㈮⤜㋮qi㑬᱄ 㾂㸥ᷛ 㲌máfan 㛄㗨㑬᱄䎇⤜⼤䅃㯝᱄ ⺛㣠➷ᷛ⢑㋮qi᱄

㾂㸥ᷛ 㻷䊻䄲㈎⼽㶎㑬᱄㸳㗨⭤⿹㯿㪂 㑬᱄㛄㗨䋈䄜⮄㾾㻃➪᱄ ⺛㣠➷ᷛ䊺䔙䄜。ⱚ᱄䄜。ⱚ㸳㗨㋋⧖㯮 㛄㗨⿹㯿㪂᱄ ⺛㣠㕉ᷛ㆒㶎⭥⤬⼮ㅩ䓴Ⱍ⿚䇱᷍⭩䄜㻣 ⫙䄜㾊⿹㦆᱄ 㗡㏗ᷛ 㚨䋖㗕⼤䅃㯝ᷠ ⺛㣠㕉ᷛ⤜䇤㋮㡙⫙⿹㦆➪㛄㗨㘘㳍㈮ ⤜䇤䔗Ⳛ㑬᱄ 㗡㏗ᷛ 㛛䎃㗕㯖᷍㸳㗨㈮⤜㋮㡙㑬᱄ 㾂㸥ᷛ 㲌㕊Ⳕ㛄㗨㑬᱄䎇⤜⼤䅃㯝᱄ ⺛㣠➷ᷛ⢑㋮㡙᱄

Part C Vocabulary Simplified Traditional bù yòng

⤜yòng

no need to

modal verb

⤜䇤

⤜䇤

㯮

㯮

䋖㗕⼤ 䅃㯝ᷠ

䋖怯⼤ 䅃㯝ᷠ

phrase verb

sòng

see a guest off

ze ˇnme 䋖㗕⼤ ha ˇoyìsi 䅃㯝ᷠ

how can (we) not conversational be embarrassed expression

Lesson 16

Xià㳍⭥jìhuà 㻥㳍⭥ェ⿏ Summer plans

Use and Structure 16.7–16.8

Characters Character Shape Pinyin Meaning/ Function

⥉

chá

⧋

chàng sing

tea

Radical Phrases

Traditional Character

䢔

⥉

㋻

⧋ⷉ (chàng

⧋

ge¯) sing (songs)

⭹

ⳉ

dì, de ground, earth 㵢 (grammar particle)

⭹㵝(dìtú) map,㕞㕞⭹

一

ⳉ⺛(Fa ˇguó)

fˇ a

method*

⭹

(mànma¯n de) gradually

ⳉ

France

⳪

fe¯i

fly

⳪

⳪〛(fe¯ijı¯)

嚘

airplane

⶙

fù

father*

⶙

⶙㚙(fùmu ˇ)

⶙

father and mother, parents

ⷉ

ge¯

song

㣘

⧋ⷉ(chàng

ⷉ

ge¯) sing (songs)

⺜

guo ˇ

fruit; 㚟 consequences

㧈⺜(rúguo ˇ) if, 㯏⺜ (shuıˇguo ˇ) fruit

⺜

355

356

Modern Mandarin Chinese

㾱

háng business*; xíng acceptable

㾱

䅙㾱(yínháng) 㾱 bank, 㾱⤜ 㾱ᷠ(xíng bù xíngᷠ) okay?

】

huo ˇ

】

】⧖(huo ˇche¯) 】

fire

train

㉖

jué jiào

become aware*

ボ

㉖⭤ (juéde) think, 㯐㉖

䅹

(shuì jiào) sleep

㗠

me ˇi

every

ᜐ

㗠㳍(me ˇitia¯n) 㗠 every day

㚙

mu ˇ

mother*

ᜐ

⶙㚙 (fùmu ˇ)

㚙

father and mother, parents

㧈

rú

if*

㝏

㧈⺜(rúguo ˇ) if 㧈

㬝

shı ˇ

begin*

㝏

㋋㬝(ka¯ishıˇ) 㬝 begin

㯝

sı¯

think*

㾥

䅃㯝(yìsi)

㯝

meaning, significance

㶇

wán

play

㶖

㾕

xie ˇ

write

䜃

㶇 㾕䓷(xieˇ zì)

౲

write (characters, letters)

䅃

yì

meaning*

㾥

䅃㯝(yìsi)

䅃

meaning, significance

䓂

zhù

reside/live (in 䗊 a location)

䓂

Stroke Order Flow Chart

Modern Mandarin Chinese

358

Use and structure 16.1. 䓂䊻 + location live in a location We have already learned that in Mandarin, prepositional phrases usually occur before the verb. However, when talking about living in a place, especially when you are not focusing on the length of time that you have lived there, the prepositional phrase (䊻 + location at the location) typically follows the verb:

 ㋋㬝⭥㬒⽓᷍㸳⤜㻑guàn 䓂䊻䐱⺛᱄ ⶶ ⶶ㋋㬝⭥㬒⽓᷍㸳⤜㻑⺀䓂䊻䐱⺛᱄ At first, I was not used to living in China. Notice that when duration is included, the preposition phrase 䊻 + location occurs before the verb.

㰜㗨䊻䐱⺛䄲㈎䓂㑬⥏⤜ⱁ䄜㛋᱄ They have already lived in China for almost a year.

16.2. 㕞㕞⭹ + situation: the situation gradually comes about To say that a situation comes about gradually, say:

㕞㕞⭹ + situation ⶶ㋋㬝⭥㬒⽓᷍㸳⤜㻑guàn 䓂䊻䐱⺛᷍㕞㕞⭹㻑guàn 㑬᱄ ⶶ㋋㬝⭥㬒⽓᷍㸳⤜㻑⺀䓂䊻䐱⺛᷍㕞㕞⭹㻑⺀㑬᱄ At first, I wasn’t used to living in China, (but) gradually I got used to it. Notice that in the phrase 㕞㕞⭹, the second syllable is pronounced in first tone: mànma¯n de, and the character ⭹ is pronounced de. When the character ⭹ occurs in the word ⭹㵝 (dìtú) map, it is pronounced dì.

ⶶ㋋㬝⭥㬒⽓᷍㸳⤜。㯖䐱㸥᷍㕞㕞⭹。㯖㑬᱄ At first I couldn’t speak Chinese, but then gradually I was able to speak it.

㛄㕞㕞⭹⧵᷍㸳㗨⿚䇱㬒ヅ᱄

Take your time eating. We have plenty of time. 㸳㗨⧵㑬㶎Ⳛ䄵⽔᷍㈮㕞㕞⭹䔀㔘⿹ sùshè 㑬᱄

㸳㗨⧵㑬㶎Ⳛ䄵⽔᷍㈮㕞㕞⭹䔀㔘⿹㯿㪂㑬᱄ After we ate dinner, we slowly walked back to the dorm.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

Workbook: Focus on Structure 16.2.

Lesson 16

16.3.

Xià㳍⭥jìhuà 㻥㳍⭥ェ⿏ Summer plans

situation1 ⭥㬒⽓, situation2 when [situation1] happens, [situation2] happens

To indicate that two situations overlap in time, say: situation1 ⭥㬒⽓ situation2 When situation1 occurs, situation2 occurs

㸳ⶶ㎕⭥㬒⽓᷍㉖⭤䐱㸥⳨⧄㚲᱄ When I first arrived, I thought that Chinese was extremely difficult. Notice that ⭥㬒⽓ occurs at the end of the first situation, while its English translation when occurs at the beginning of the first situation. [㋝㬵⭥㬒⽓] ⢑㯖⿑᱄ [When you take a test] don’t talk. [⧵䐱⺛Ⳛ⭥㬒⽓] yı¯ngga¯i yòng kuài䓴᱄ [⧵䐱⺛Ⳛ⭥㬒⽓]䇇ⶤ䇤㌋䓴᱄ [When you eat Chinese food] you should use chopsticks.

⭥㬒⽓ when, while and 㬓㗕㬒⽓ᷠ when? what time? We have now learned two expressions that include the Chinese word 㬒⽓ time and can be translated with the English word when: ⭥㬒⽓ when, while, and 㬓㗕㬒⽓ᷠwhen? what time? These expressions have very different functions and are never interchangeable.

㬓㗕㬒⽓ᷠ is used to ask when some situation occurs, or to say that you don’t know when some action occurs. 㛄㬓㗕㬒⽓ fàng shu ˇjiàᷠ 㛄㬓㗕㬒⽓⳦㭏ズᷠ When do you begin summer vacation? 㸳⤜䐋⭡㛄㬓㗕㬒⽓ fàng shu ˇjià᱄

㸳⤜䐋⭡㛄㬓㗕㬒⽓⳦㭏ズ᱄

I don’t know when you begin summer vacation.

㸳㗨㬓㗕㬒⽓㋝㬵ᷠ

When do we take the test?

㸳⤜䐋⭡㸳㗨㬓㗕㬒⽓㋝㬵᱄ I don’t know when we take the test. When answering questions with 㬓㗕㬒⽓ᷠ , always replace the question phrase with the answer. The question phrase and the answer occur in the same place in the sentence.

㛄㬓㗕㬒⽓ fàng shu ˇjiàᷠ 㛄㬓㗕㬒⽓⳦㭏ズᷠ When do you begin summer vacation?

359

Modern Mandarin Chinese

360

 㹆䊣㈮ fàng shu 㸳 ˇjià᱄ 㸳㹆䊣㈮⳦㭏ズ᱄ I begin summer vacation in May. (and that is early from the perspective of the speaker)

⭥㬒⽓ indicates that two situations overlap in time. Its use always involves two situations. 㸳⿹ sùshè ⭥㬒⽓㸳⭥ tóngwu¯ 䄲㈎ shuì ㉖㑬᱄ 㸳⿹㯿㪂⭥㬒⽓㸳⭥㵍㸾䄲㈎㯐㉖㑬᱄ When I returned to the dorm my roommate was already asleep. 㸳㼌⧵コ⧄cài⭥㬒⽓㈮㦆㚨コⳚ⹾᱄

㸳㼌⧵コ⧄⤬⭥㬒⽓㈮㦆㚨コⳚ⹾᱄

When I want to eat home-style food I go to that restaurant.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

16.4.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 16.1. Website: Structure Drills 16.1, 16.2.

suı¯ 㦜 (㰅㦜) situation1 dàn㬨 (⭌㬨)᷐㋪㬨situation2 although situation1, (but) situation2

To indicate a contrast between two situations, say: suı¯㦜 (㰅㦜) situation1㋪㬨 situation2 or suı¯㦜 (㰅㦜) situation1 dàn㬨 (⭌㬨) situation2 Suı¯㦜㸳㯖䐱⺛⿑㯖⭤⼽㕞᷍⼛䓷䄓㾕⭤⼽⤜⼤㋕᷍㋪㬨㸳⳨⧄㻓⿗䁈䐱㸥᱄

㰅㦜㸳㯖䐱⺛⿑㯖⭤⼽㕞᷍⼛䓷䄓㾕⭤⤜㲌⼤㋕᷍㋪㬨㸳⳨⧄㻓⿗䁈䐱㸥᱄

Although I speak Chinese very slowly and my characters don’t look so pretty, (but) I really like to study Chinese. Notice that in Mandarin, when indicating contrast, a sentence may include both of the words suı¯㦜 (㰅㦜) although and ㋪㬨/dàn㬨 (⭌㬨) but, or it may include only one of the words by itself. Suı¯㦜㆒㳍䐜㋝㬏⷗⼛䓷᷍㋪㬨㗠⷗䓷Ⱍ⼽㚲㾕᱄

㰅㦜㆒㳍䐜㋝㬏⷗⼛䓷᷍㋪㬨㗠⷗䓷Ⱍ⼽㚲㾕᱄

Although we are only having a test on ten characters today, every character is hard to write. Suı¯㦜may occur before or after the subject.

㰜suı¯㦜 fù㻑⹇㋯㑬᷍㋪㬨⿚㬨wàng㑬゙⷗䓷᱄ 㰜㰅㦜ⶕ㻑⹇㋯㑬᷍㋪㬨⿚㬨㶝㑬゙⷗䓷᱄ Although he studied the lesson, he still forgot some of the characters.

㋪㬨 and dàn㬨are equivalent in meaning, though dàn㬨 is more commonly used in this structure.

Lesson 16

K

W

Practice

RKBO

O

O

Xià㳍⭥jìhuà 㻥㳍⭥ェ⿏ Summer plans

Workbook: Focus on Structure 16.4.

16.5. 䄜 action1 ㈮ action2 as soon as/whenever [action1] occurs, [action2] occurs When you want to say that as soon as or whenever one action happens, another action happens, use the structure:

䄜 action1 ㈮ action2 䄜f àng shu ˇjià᷍㸳㈮⿹ⳉ⺛᱄ 䄜⳦㭏ズ᷍㸳㈮⿹ⳉ⺛᱄ As soon as summer vacation begins I am returning to France. 㰜䄜⿹コ㈮㋕⮈shì᱄

㰜䄜⿹コ㈮㋕⮈㬴᱄

As soon as he gets home he watches television. 㾂㸥䄜⧵jia ˇo䓴㈮⼽ga¯oxìng᱄

㾂㸥䄜⧵ㅩ䓴㈮⼽ⷀ㾬᱄

Whenever Xiaowen eats dumplings she is happy. If the two actions have different subjects, the subject of action1 occurs before 䄜 and the subject of action2 occurs before ㈮.

䊺de ˇng䄜。ⱚ➪᱄㰜䄜㎕㸳㗨㈮㋪䄵䔀㑬᱄ 䊺⭩䄜。ⱚ➪᱄㰜䄜㎕㸳㗨㈮㋪䄵䔀㑬᱄ Wait a little longer. As soon as he comes we can leave.

㎰㬇䄜䔀䁈㪛㈮㋋㬝㶇㬷〛᱄

As soon as the teacher leaves, the students begin to use (play with) their cell phones. Remember that ㈮ always occurs before a verb phrase and never before a noun or noun phrase.

K

W

RKBO

O

O

Practice

16.6.

Workbook: Focus on Structure 16.5. Website: Structure Drills 16.5, 16.6.

fàng jià (⳦ズ) begin vacation and fàng shuˇjià (⳦㭏ズ) begin summer vacation

Fàng jià (⳦ズ) is a verb + object phrase that means begin a period of vacation.

㛄㗨䁈xiào fàng jià 㑬㕑ᷠ 㛄㗨䁈㾄⳦ズ㑬㕑ᷠ Has your school started vacation yet?

361

362

Modern Mandarin Chinese

To indicate a specific vacation, for example, summer vacation, replace the object jià (ズ) with the more specific object:

㸳㹆䊣㈮ fàng shu ˇjià᱄ 㸳㹆䊣㈮⳦㭏ズ᱄ I begin summer vacation in May.

16.7. 䊺 + action: continue doing an action We have already learned that 䊺 + action can mean to do the action again in the future:

㰜䔓㳍㎕㑬᷍㘘㳍䊺㎕᱄ He came yesterday and he’s coming again tomorrow. 㛄⭥tóngwu¯ⷙ㛄⫓⮈⿑㑬᱄㛄⤜䊻᱄㰜㯖䄜。ⱚ䊺ⷙ㛄⫓᱄

㛄⭥㵍㸾ⷙ㛄⫓⮈⿑㑬᱄㛄⤜䊻᱄㰜㯖䄜。ⱚ䊺ⷙ㛄⫓᱄

Your roommate just phoned you. You were not here. He said he’d call again in a little while. We have also learned that 䊺 can be used when indicating sequence:

㻩action1 䊺action2 Fàng shu ˇjià䄵⽔᷍㸳㻩ⷛ㰜㗨㦆Táiwa¯n㶇㑞⷗㾨㠻᷍䊺⿹㗡⺛᱄ ⳦㭏ズ䄵⽔᷍㸳㻩ⷛ㰜㗨㦆㲉㶆㶇㑞⷗㾨㠻᷍䊺⿹㗡⺛᱄ After vacation begins, I’m first going to Taiwan to have fun for two weeks and then I’ll return to the USA. In this lesson we learn that 䊺 + action can be used to tell someone to continue doing some action:

䊺䔙䄜。ⱚ᱄ Sit for a little while longer. 䊺ⷙ㸳㹆⳷zho¯ng⼤㕑ᷠ (䊺ⷙ㸳㹆⳷䐴⼤㕑ᷠ) Give me five more minutes, okay? 䊺⼩䄜be¯i➪᷂ (䊺⼩䄜⡎➪᷂) Drink another glass!

Practice

Website: Focus on Structure 16.1.

16.8. 䄜。ⱚ used in two different ways The expression䄜。ⱚ means a little while and can be used in two ways. Both uses occur in Part C of the dialogue. When䄜。ⱚ follows the verb, it indicates the duration of the verb:

䊺䔙䄜。ⱚ᱄ Sit for a little while longer.

Lesson 16

Xià㳍⭥jìhuà 㻥㳍⭥ェ⿏ Summer plans

When 䄜。ⱚ occurs at the beginning of a sentence or clause it functions as a sentence adverb and means in a little while.

䄜。ⱚ㸳㗨㋋⧖sòng 㛄㗨⿹ sùshè᱄ 䄜。ⱚ㸳㗨㋋⧖㯮㛄㗨⿹㯿㪂᱄ In a little while we will drive you back to the dormitory. Practice

Website: Focus on Structure 16.1.

Qa

Language FAQs

䓂 live and 㪛 huó (㪛』) live 䓂 and 㪛huó (㪛』) can both be translated as live, but they do not mean the same thing.

䓂 can only be used as a verb. It means reside or live (in a location). It is used when talking about where you live,

㛄䓂䊻㚥ⱚᷠWhere do you live? or how long you have lived somewhere:

㛄䊻ⳉ⺛䓂㑬ⱁcháng㬒ヅᷠ 㛄䊻ⳉ⺛䓂㑬ⱁ⧅㬒ヅᷠ How long did you live in France? It can be used when talking about “staying” or “residing” in a location for a short period of time. For example, it can be used when saying that you are “staying” in a hotel or at someone’s house for a few days, or “living” some place for a short period of time.

㸳㦆⡒㈊⭥㬒⽓Ⱍ䓂䊻⺛㣠コ᱄ When I go to Beijing I always stay at Guoqiang’s house.

㪛huó can be used as verb or a noun. As a verb it means to live or to pass one’s days in some location:

㸳⼽㻓⿗䊻䐱⺛㪛huó᱄ 㸳⼽㻓⿗䊻䐱⺛㪛』᱄ I really like experiencing life in China; I like spending time in China. As a noun 㪛huó means life:

㸳⼽㻓⿗䐱⺛⭥㪛huó᱄ 㸳⼽㻓⿗䐱⺛⭥㪛』᱄ I really like Chinese life.

363

364

Modern Mandarin Chinese

jìhuà (ェ⿏) plan and ⫓suàn (⫓㰄) plan Jìhuà (ェ⿏) and ⫓suàn (⫓㰄), like the English word plan, can function as a noun or as a verb. Jìhuà usually refers to a more formal, detailed plan.

㛄㗨 xià㳍䇱㬓㗕 jìhuàᷠ (㛄㗨㻥㳍䇱㬓㗕ェ⿏ᷠ) What plans do you have for the summer?

⫓suàn often suggests an intention, similar to thinking about (doing something). 㸳⫓suàn 㻩䊻䐱⺛ lu ˇ ¨ yóu 䄜⷗䊣᱄ (㸳⫓㰄㻩䊻䐱⺛㔤䇯䄜⷗䊣᱄) I plan to travel in China for a month.

⹅zuò (⹅䔘) job; work ⹅zuò (⹅䔘) can be used as either a noun or a verb. As a noun, it is usually translated as job, though it can also sometimes be translated as work.

㸳⭤䍳䄜⷗ shu ˇ㠻⭥⹅zuò᷍zhèng 䄜⮄㣏᱄ 㸳⭤䍳䄜⷗㭏㠻⭥⹅䔘᷍䎖䄜⮄㣏᱄ I have to look for a summer job and earn a little money. 㰞䔗㬓㗕⹅zuòᷠ (㰞䔗㬓㗕⹅䔘ᷠ) What kind of work does she do? As a verb, it is translated as work.

㰞 xià㳍䊻ⳉ⺛⹅zuò᱄ 㰞㻥㳍䊻ⳉ⺛⹅䔘᱄ In the summer, she works in France.

jìnbù (㆙⤞) improve; improvement Jìnbù (㆙⤞) can be used as a noun or as a verb. As a noun, jìnbù means progress, improvement, or advancement.

㛄⭥䐱㸥䇱⼽⫔⭥ jìnbù᱄(㛄⭥䐱㸥䇱⼽⫔⭥㆙⤞᱄) Your Chinese has made a lot of progress. As a verb, jìnbù means progress, improve, or advance.

㛄⭥䐱㸥 jìnbù ⭤⼽㌍᱄ (㛄⭥䐱㸥㆙⤞⭤⼽㌍᱄) Your Chinese has progressed quickly.

Lesson 16

Xià㳍⭥jìhuà 㻥㳍⭥ェ⿏ Summer plans

Two pronunciations and meanings for the character ㉖ Most characters have only a single pronunciation, but a small number have more than one. In this lesson we learned the character ㉖ and its two very different pronunciations. In the word ㉖⭤, ㉖ is pronounced jué. In the word shuì㉖ (㯐㉖), ㉖ is pronounced jiào. Recall that the character ⭤ also has two pronunciations; de is one of them. What is the other one, and what is the meaning of ⭤ in the other pronunciation?

Two related meanings for the word sòng (㯮) In Lesson 15 we learned the word sòng (㯮) with the meaning give a gift, and in this lesson we learn that the same word also means see a guest off. What the meanings have in common is that they refer to polite behavior that is associated with a traditional ritual. The Chinese ritual involved in seeing a guest off is described in Notes on Chinese culture below. The ritual of politely giving a gift involves presenting it to the recipient with two hands. Both rituals are still followed in contemporary China.

Notes on Chinese culture Seeing guests off sòng kè (㯮㋮) Seeing guests off is part of the ritual of guest and host. At the end of a gathering, the host is required to sòng (㯮) the guests, or see them off. To sòng (㯮) the guests does not necessarily require taking them home, but it does require seeing them out of the house (or meeting place), and watching (and usually waving) as they depart. In the United States, at the end of a visit, a polite host will see the guests to the door, often closing it as soon as the guests are outside. In China, the host often exits with the guests and walks them to their car, or at least part way to their bus, subway, or home. A polite host does not turn her back on the guests or go inside until the guests are out of sight. The opposite of sòng (㯮) is jie¯ (ㅴ) receive or pick up a guest. We learned that word in Lesson 12.

365

366

Modern Mandarin Chinese

Lesson 16 Dialogue in English Part A Guoqiang’s dad: Come, drink a little more tea, eat some more fruit. You’ve been studying Chinese in China for almost a year already. What do you think about it? Meili: I think this year passed really quickly. At the beginning, I wasn’t used to living in China, (but I) gradually got used to it. Now I think that living in China is very interesting. Dawei: When I first got here, I thought that Chinese was extremely difficult, but now I don’t think it’s that difficult. Although I speak Chinese very slowly and I don’t write characters that look so good, (but) I really like studying Chinese. Maike: We’ve learned a lot. We can speak with Chinese people now and we can write some characters. I like to sing Chinese songs and I like to listen to the popular music here. Xiaowen: Your Chinese has progressed very quickly. Guoqiang: (to Xiaowen) Dawei speaks Chinese with you every day. Of course his Chinese improved quickly. (to Meili) If you have the time, I can practice Chinese with you every day. What do you think?

Part B Guoqiang’s dad: Summer vacation is about to begin. Talk about what plans you have for the summer. Dawei: I first plan to travel by train in China for a month, and then return home to see my parents. Xiaowen’s family home is in Shanghai, and she’s invited me to go to her house to stay for a few days. Maike: When summer vacation first begins I am going to go to Taiwan with a few friends to have fun and then return to the United States from Taiwan. I’ve heard that the summer in Taiwan is very hot, so I don’t plan to stay very long. Meili, what about you? Meili: Although airplane tickets aren’t cheap (but) as soon as summer vacation begins I’ll go back to France. My cousin has found a summer job for me, and I have to earn a little money for next semester’s tuition and living expenses. Xiaowen: When you have time you can use Chinese to write text messages to Guoqiang and me and practice Chinese. Guoqiang’s mom: Will you all come back to Beijing in September to study Chinese? Dawei, Maike, Meili: Of course!

Lesson 16

Xià㳍⭥jìhuà 㻥㳍⭥ェ⿏ Summer plans

Part C Xiaowen: It’s already very late. We should go back to the dorm. You can rest a bit earlier. Guoqiang’s dad: Sit for a little bit longer. In a while we’ll drive you back to the dorm. Guoqiang’s mom: We still have tonight’s dishes and jiaozi. Wait a minute and take some back with you. Meili: How can we not be embarrassed by that? (That imposes on you too much.) Guoqiang’s mom: Don’t be polite. Take some back with you. Tomorrow you won’t have to cook. Meili: If you say so (if you insist), then we won’t be polite. Xiaowen: That’s too much trouble for you. So embarrassing! Guoqiang’s dad: Don’t be polite.

367

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

The lesson number indicates the lesson in which the vocabulary item is introduced. The last two columns of each row show the vocabulary item in Simplified and Traditional characters.

Simplified Traditional A

L3

䄜⮄ 䇱䄜⮄ 。

䄜恄 䇱䄜恄 ᎟

L13

㚽

㚽

a little

yı¯dia ˇn

quantifier phrase

L7

a little

yo ˇu yı¯dia ˇn huì

intensifier

L10

modal verb

néng

modal verb

able to, can (inherent or learned ability) able to, can (physical ability)

370

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

accompany

verb

L16

accustomed to xíguàn

verb

L16

across from

duìmiàn

noun

L14

action in progress

zài

adverb

L9

address

dìzhıˇ jìnbù

noun

L14

verb; noun

L16

xiàwu ˇ after, afterward yıˇhòu

noun

L9

noun

L12

afterward

ránhòu

adverb

L14

again (do again) in the future

zài

adverb

L10

airplane

fe¯ijı¯

noun

L11

airport

fe¯ijı¯cha ˇng

noun phrase

L11

all, both

do¯u

adverb

L2

almost

chàbuduo¯

adjectival verb

L12

already

adverb

L10

also

yıˇjing ye ˇ

adverb

L1

although

suı¯rán

conjunction

L16

altogether

yı¯gòng

adverb

L7

American

Me ˇiguó rén hé

noun phrase

L2

conjunction

L3

noun phrase

L14

advance, progress, improve; improvement, progress

péi

afternoon

and

and other shénme de things like that

㞄 㻑⺀ ⰵ㘇 䊻

㞄 㐶࿵ ಇ㘇 䊻

⭹䐘 ㆙⤞

⭹䐘 䩮⤞

㻣㹈 䄵⽔ 㦜⽔ 䊺

㻣㹈 䄵䲂 㦜䲂 䊺

⳪〛 ⳪〛⧂ Ⱍ ⥏⤜ⱁ 䄲㈎ 䄓 㰅㦜 䄜⹓ 㗡⺛㦬 ⼮ 㬓㗕⭥

嚘ᗤ 嚘ᗤৗ Ⱍ ⥏⤜ⱁ 䄲ㄼ 䄓 厎㦜 䄜⹓ 㗡ङ㦬 ⼮ 㬓怯⭥

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

answer, receive jie¯ (a phone call), pick up (a person)

verb

L13

ㅴ

ㅴ

as soon as VP, yı¯ + VP when VP

adverbial clause

L16

䄜

䄜

as you please

suíbiàn

adverb

L15

ask (a question)

wèn

verb

L2

㰇⢄ 㸫

却⢄ ߷

assume the role of, be

da¯ng

verb

L11

⭒

◵

at, in, on

zài

preposition

L12

attend

shàng

verb

L9

attend school or class

shàng kè

verb + object

L9

䊻 㩰 㩰㋯

䊻 㩰 㩰䌏

aunt

a¯yí

noun

L15

➃䄭

➃䄭

bag (of)

ba¯o

classifier/noun

L7

ballpoint pen

yuánzhu¯bıˇ

noun

L6

bank

yínháng

noun

L14

basketball

lánqiú

noun

L9

basketball team

lánqiú duì

noun phrase

L9

⟝ 䊓䑊⡫ 䅙㾱 ㎛㤓 ㎛㤓ⰴ

⟝ ढ䑊ⷱ 䶚㾱 ⽡㤓 ⽡㤓匁

bathe

verb

L9

bathe

xıˇ xıˇ za ˇo

verb + object

L9

be

shì

stative verb

L1

be called, call jiào

verb

L3

be embarrassed bù ha ˇo yìsi

conversational

L13

B

expression

㻕 㻕 㻕䋉 㻕䋉 㬨 㬨 ㅱ ㅱ ⤜⼤䅃㯝 ⤜⼤䅃㯝

371

372

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

be familynamed, be surnamed; family name, surname

xìng

be interesting

yo ˇu yìsi

verb

L3

㾶

㾶

L16

䇱䅃㯝

䇱䅃㯝

䅓㸋 ⪓ 㝄㧃 㝄㧃㘇 㠂㈧ 䄵㣑 ㋋㬝 ⽔

䅓ᩊ ⪓ 㝄㧃 㝄㧃怪 㠂㈧ 䄵㣑 刀㬝 䲂 䲂䪦 ⡒㈊

noun

adjectival verb phrase

because

yı¯nwèi

conjunction

L10

bed

chuáng

noun

L9

beef

niúròu

noun

L10

beef noodles

niúròu miàn

noun phrase

L10

beer

noun

L8

before

píjiu ˇ yıˇqián

noun

L15

begin

ka¯ishıˇ

verb

L10

behind

hòu*

directional

L14

particle

behind

hòubia¯n

noun

L14

Beijing (Peking)

Be ˇijı¯ng

place name

L4

⽔⢀ ⡒㈊

below

xià*

directional

L13

㻣

㻣

㻣⢀ 䐱ヅ

㻣䪦 䐱刈

⫔ 㪛㦶 ⼻ ⼻㩌 ㎗ 㯏ㅩ

⫔ 㪛㦶 ⼻ ⼻㩌 㮜 㯏嚽

particle

below

xiàbia¯n

noun

L13

between, inbetween

zho¯ngjia¯n

noun

L13

big

dà

adjectival verb

L6

birthday

she¯ngrì

noun

L8

black

he¯i

adjective

L7

black colored

he¯isè

noun

L7

blue

lán

adjective

L6

boiled dumplings

shuıˇjia ˇo

noun phrase

L15

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

㭊 㭊⮋ Ⱍ 㕊Ⳕ

᎙ ᎙⮋ Ⱍ 㕊᫊

㠠 㚱⼃䓴

㠠 㚱⼃䓴

L2

䋈Ⳛ 㣦 䇃⺛ 䇃⺛㦬

䋈嚩 ᗓ 䇃ङ 䇃ङ㦬

noun phrase

L15

㾷⭽ㆄ㗤 㾷⭽倃㗤

noun phrase

L8

䎅䑊㚭⥉ 䎅䑊㚭⥉

adjectival verb

L9

dànshi

conjunction

L16

conjunction

L10

buy

ke ˇshì ma ˇi

verb

L6

by the way

duì le

conversational

L11

㗇 ⭌㬨 ㋪㬨 㕓 ⰵ㑬

㗇 ⭌㬨 ㋪㬨 䗪 ಇ㑬

➸⤬ ㅱ

book

shu¯

noun

L7

bookstore

shu¯diàn

noun

L11

both, all

do¯u

adverb

L2

bother, máfan inconvenience

verb

L11

bottle (of)

píng

classifier

L6

boy (male child)

nán háizi

noun phrase

L5

breakfast

noun

L9

bridge

za ˇofàn qiáo

noun

L12

Britain

Yı¯ngguó

place name

L2

British person

Yı¯ngguó rén

noun phrase

xio¯ngdì jie ˇmèi bubble tea, zhe¯nzhu¯ pearl milk tea na ˇichá busy máng but but

brothers and sisters

expression

C cabbage

báicài

noun

L15

call, be called

jiào

verb

L3

➸⤬ ㅱ

can (permission)

ke ˇyıˇ

modal verb

L5

㋪䄵

㋪䄵

can (of)

tı¯ng

classifier

L6

㳞

㔁

373

374

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

㡜⧖ ⧖ 㬷〛

㡜䡨 䡨 㬷ᗤ

䐱㾥 䓷

䐱㾥 䓷

⢄䄬 ⧣

⢄䄬 勱

L7

ょ ょ㲡 ⼃䓴 䐱⺛ ⼛䓷

厖 厖ᢌ ⼃䓴 䐱ङ ᤉ䓷

noun phrase

L3

䐱⺛⿑

䐱ङ䉳

noun

L3

䐱㸥

䐱㸥

Chinese mile lıˇ (0.5 kilometers)

classifier

L11

㏐

㏐

Chinese person Zho¯ngguó rén

noun phrase

L2

䐱⺛㦬

䐱ङ㦬

chocolate

noun

L7

chopsticks

qia ˇokèlì kuàizi

noun

L15

city

chéng*

noun

L11

city

chéngshì

noun

L11

city

shì*

bound noun

L11

㣪㋬㑇 ㌋䓴 ⧨ ⧨㬱 㬱

㣪㋬㑇 ㌋䓴 ⧨ ⧨㬱 㬱

car

qìche¯

noun

L11

car, vehicle

che¯

noun

L11

cell phone, sho ˇujı¯ mobile phone

noun

L5

center

zho¯ngxı¯n

noun

L11

character (Chinese character)

zì

noun

L7

cheap

piányi

adjectival verb

L6

Chen (family Chén name)

family name

L2

chicken

jı¯

noun

L15

chicken soup

jı¯ ta¯ng

noun phrase

L15

child

háizi

noun

L5

China

Zho¯ngguó

place name

L2

Chinese character

Hàn zì

noun phrase

Chinese language

Zho¯ngguó huà

Chinese language

Zho¯ngwén

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

city center, center of the city

shì zho¯ngxı¯n

noun phrase

L11

㬱䐱㾥

㬱䐱㾥

class

kè

noun

L9

㋯

䌏

classifier for books

be ˇn

classifier

L7

⡟

⡟

classifier for cars

liàng

classifier

L12

㑟

䤗

classifier for zha¯ng flat rectangular and square objects; family name

classifier

L6

䍦

ຩ

classifier for people and some other nouns

gè

classifier

L5

⷗

ӡ

classifier for streets

tiáo

classifier

L14

㳖

ᒍ

classifier for zhı¯ writing implements (pencils, pens)

classifier

L6

䐈

䐇

classmate

tóngxué

noun

L4

㵍䁈

㵍స

classroom

jiàoshì

noun

L9

ㅭ㬳

ㅭ㬳

classwork, homework

go¯ngkè

noun

L9

⹇㋯

⹇䌏

clerk, service person

fúwùyuán

noun

L6

ⴟ㹒䊒

ⴟ‫޵ڶ‬

close

jìn

adjectival verb

L11

㆝

㆝

coffee

ka¯fe¯i

noun

L6

㋈⳩

㋈⳩

375

376

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

coffee shop

ka¯fe¯igua ˇn

noun phrase

L10

cola

ke ˇlè le ˇng

noun

L6

adjectival verb

L10

college, university

dàxué

noun

L11

color

yánsè

noun

L7

come

lái

verb

L11

completed action

le

verb suffi x

L10

computer

diànna ˇo yı¯zhí

noun

L9

adverb

L14

cook (same as zuò 䔗 do)

verb

L15

cookie

bıˇngga¯n guo¯

noun

L7

noun

L15

correct

duì

adjectival verb

L2

country

guó

noun

L2

cousin

bia ˇoge¯

noun

L16

cow

niú

noun

L10

cup of

be¯i

classifier

L10

dad

bàba

noun

L4

dance

tiào wu ˇ

verb + object

L8

dance, jump

tiào

verb

L8

date of the month

hào

classifier

L8

daughter

ˇ nu ¨’ér

noun

L5

given name

L1

cold

continuously

cooking pot, wok

㋈⳩⹾ ㋪㎷ ㏅ ⫔䁈

㋈⳩圿 ㋪ᖘ ㏅ ⫔స

䁶㩌 ㎕ 㑬

嗢㩌 Ҏ 㑬

⮈㚵 䄜䐒 䔗

厫㘹 䄜䐒 䔗

⢞ⶪ ⺙

嚿㣍 伢

ⰵ ⺛ ⢎ⷈ

ಇ ङ ⢎ⷈ

㝄 ⡎

㝄 ⡎

➷➷ 㳙㹉 㳙 ⼦

➷➷ 㳙㹉 㳙 㱷

㝏ⱚ ⫔㸋

㝏‫כ‬ ⫔ᩊ

D

Dawei (David) Dàwéi

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

L9

㳍 ⽔㳍

㳍 䲂㳍

noun

L10

㣑㳍

㣑㳍

adjectival verb

L15

⼤⧵

⼤⧵ 厚 㗌 㶎嚩 Ⳟ㼓 ⤬ 䔗 䄜㻣

day

tia¯n

noun

L8

day after tomorrow

hòutia¯n

noun

day before yesterday

qiántia¯n

delicious

ha ˇo chı¯

phrase

difficult, hard nán

adjectival verb

L10

dime

máo

classifier

L6

dinner

noun

L8

direction

wa ˇnfàn fa¯ngxiàng

noun

L12

dishes (food)

cài

noun

L15

do

zuò

verb

L9

do an action for a short duration

yı¯ xià

verb suffi x

L15

㚲 㗌 㶎Ⳛ Ⳟ㼓 ⤬ 䔗 䄜㻣

Do you have yo ˇushì ma? something to do? What’s up?

question phrase

L9

䇱㬣㕑ᷠ 䇱㬣ࡂᷠ

dollar

kuài

classifier

L6

don’t

bié

negation

L14

Dong Si (location in Beijing)

Do¯ng Sì

place name

L12

㌊ ⢑ Ⰼ㯥

৬ ‫ن‬ Ꮭ㯥

door, gate

mén

noun

L12

doorway

ménko ˇu sùshè

noun

L12

noun

L9

dia dot, o’clock ˇn (䄜diaˇn zho¯ng)

classifier

L9

㗦 㗦㋻ 㯿㪂 ⮄

凵 凵㋻ 㯿㪂 恄

dragon

noun

L11

㒛

愩

dormitory

lóng

377

378

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

L15

⿎ ⼩ ⼩㈧ ㋋⧖ ㋋ ㅩ䓴

◬ ⼩ ⼩㈧ 刀䡨 刀 嚽䓴

noun phrase

L15

ㅩ䓴⹾

嚽䓴圿

adjectival verb

L9

earn

za ˇo zhèng

verb

L16

east

do¯ng*

bound noun

L11

east side

do¯ngbia¯n

noun

L11

easy

róngyì

adjectival verb

L10

eat

chı¯

verb

L8

eat food

chı¯ fàn

verb + object

L8

eggplant

qiézi

noun

L15

eight

ba¯

number

L5

email

diànzıˇ yóujiàn

noun

L16

䋈 䋈 䎖 ᅋ Ⰼ Ꮭ Ⰼ⢀ Ꮭ䪦 㦾䄸 㦾䄸 ⧵ ⧵ ⧵Ⳛ ⧵嚩 㣲䓴 㣲䓴 ➬ ➬ ⮈䓴䇫ミ 厫䓴䬾ミ

English language

Yı¯ngguó huà

noun phrase

L3

䇃⺛⿑

䇃ङ䉳

English language

Yı¯ngwén

noun

L3

䇃㸥

䇃㸥

especially; special

tèbié

intensifier;

L15

㲹⢑

㲹‫ن‬

evening

wa ˇnshang me ˇi

noun

L8

quantifier

L11

㶎㩰 㗠

㶎㩰 㗠

draw, paint

huà

verb

L11

drink

he¯

verb

L8

drink alcohol

he¯ jiu ˇ

verb + object

L8

drive a car

ka¯i che¯

verb + object

L12

drive, open

ka¯i

verb

L12

dumplings, “jiaozi”

jia ˇozi

noun

dumpling restaurant

jia ˇozi gua ˇn

E early

every

adjectival verb

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

everyone

dàjia¯

noun

L10

excuse me

duìbuqıˇ

conversational

L3

⫔コ ⰵ⤜㡑

⫔コ ಇ⤜㡑 䗧 䩿

expression

expensive

guì

adjectival verb

L6

experienced doing the action

guò

verb suffi x

L15

⺔ ⺞

expresses emphasis; softens a statement or question

a

final particle

L8

➂

➂

extremely

fe¯icháng

intensifier

L10

⳨⧄

⳨⧄

family (family jia¯rén members)

noun

L4

コ㦬

コ㦬

family, home

jia¯

noun

L5

famous

adjectival verb

L11

far

yo ˇumíng yua ˇn

adjectival verb

L11

fast

kuài

verb

L10

noun

L15

コ 䇱㘜 䊗 ㌍ ⶙㚙

コ 䇱㘜 䪉 ㌍ ⶙㚙

adjective

L5

fetch a person jie¯

verb

L12

few, little in number

adjectival verb

L10

㝏 ㅴ 㩺

㝏 ㅴ 㩺

finally, at last zho¯ngyú

adverb

L15

first

xia¯n

adverb

L9

first

xia¯n

adverb

L13

noun phrase

L7

䐶䇻 㻩 㻩 䄜㛋゗

レ咗 㻩 㻩 䄜㛋な

F

father and fùmu ˇ mother, parents female

ˇ nu ¨ sha ˇo

first-year level yı¯ niánjí

379

380

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

䈄 㹆 ⿉ 㚹

fish

yú

noun

L15

five

wu ˇ hua¯

number

L5

noun

L15

follow-up questions

ne

final particle

L2

food

fàn

noun

L8

for, to

ge ˇi Fútè

preposition proper noun

Ⳛ L5, L11 ⷙ ⶄ㲹 L12

forget

wàng

verb

L10

four

sì

number

L5

four-way intersection

shízì lùko ˇu

noun phrase

L14

fragrant

xia¯ng

adjectival verb

L11

France

Fa ˇguó kòng

place name

L2

noun

L5

French language

Fa ˇguó huà

noun phrase

French language

Fa ˇwén

flower

Ford (car brand)

婟 㹆 ⿉ 㚹 嚩 ㄐ ⶄ㲹

㶝 㶝 㯥 㯥 㬏䓷㔘㋻ 㬏䓷㔘㋻

L3

㼄 ⳉ⺛ ㋶ ⳉ⺛⿑

㼄 ⳉङ ㋶ ⳉङ䉳

noun

L3

ⳉ㸥

ⳉ㸥

French person Fa ˇguó rén Friday xı¯ngqı¯wu ˇ

noun phrase

L2

noun

L8

friend

péngyou

noun

L5

from

cóng

preposition

L12

front

qián*

directional

L14

ⳉ⺛㦬 㾨㠻㹆 㞔䇲 ⪴ 㣑

ⳉङ㦬 㾨㠻㹆 㞔䇲 ໥ 㣑

free time

particle

fruit

shuıˇguo ˇ

noun

L15

㯏⺜

㯏⺜

Ga¯o

family name

L1

ⷀ

ⷀ

G Gao (family name)

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

German language

Déguó huà

noun phrase

L3

⭣⺛⿑

⭣ङ䉳

German person

Déguó rén

noun phrase

L2

⭣⺛㦬

⭣ङ㦬

Germany

Déguó

place name

L2

get lost, lose one’s way

mí lù

verb + object

L15

⭣⺛ 㗵㔘

⭣ङ 㗵㔘

get out of bed, qıˇ chuáng get up in the morning

verb + object

L9

㡑⪓

㡑⪓

get out of class xià kè

verb + object

L9

get up, rise up qıˇ ˇ girl (female nu ¨ háizi child)

verb

L9

noun phrase

L5

㻣㋯ 㡑 㝏⼃䓴

㻣䌏 㡑 㝏⼃䓴

give

ge ˇi sòng

verb

L7

verb

L15

ⷙ 㯮

ㄐ 㯮

give to (someone) as a present

sòngge ˇi

verb

L15

㯮ⷙ

㯮ㄐ

given name; bright

Míng

given name,

L2

㘘

㘘

go

qù

verb

L8

go

zo ˇu xià

verb

L9

verb

L12

㦆 䔀 㻣

㦆 䔀 㻣

go online; surf shàng wa ˇng the web

verb + object

L8

㩰㶙

㩰ㆸ

go up, get on (a vehicle)

shàng

verb

L12

㩰

㩰

good

ha ˇo

adjectival verb

L1

⼤

⼤

give as a present

go down, get off (a vehicle)

adjectival verb

381

382

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

good morning; za ˇo early

greeting;

goodbye

conversational

zài jiàn

L4

䋈

䋈

L1

䊺ボ

䊺䃫

adjectival verb

expression

gradually, little by little

mànma¯n de

adverb

L16

㕞㕞⭹

㕞㕞⭹

grammar

yu ˇfa ˇ tài ha ˇo le

noun

L10

conversational

L5

䈐ⳉ 㲌⼤㑬

䋻ⳉ 㲌⼤㑬

㔭 㔭㩌 ㋮㦬 ⺛㣠

ㆨ ㆨ㩌 ㋮㦬 ङຫ

⟌ 㬷 ⷀ㾬 ㌍㎷ 㪛㦶㌍㎷

⟌ 㬷 ⷀ㜅 ㌍ᖘ 㪛㦶㌍ᖘ

䇱 ⳦ズ

䇱 ⳦ズ 䇱㋶ 䇱㬣

great

expression adjective

L7

green colored

` lu ¨ `sè lu ¨

noun

L7

guest

kèrén

noun

L13

Guoqiang

Guóqiáng

given name

L4

half

bàn

number

L9

hand

noun

L15

happy

sho ˇu ga¯oxìng

adjectival verb

L4

happy

kuàilè

adjectival verb

L8

happy birthday

she¯ngrì kuàilè

conversational

L8

green

H

have

expression

yo ˇu have a vacation fàng jià or holiday

stative verb

L4

verb + object

L16

have free time yo ˇu kòng have something yo ˇu shì to do

verb phrase

L5

verb + object

L8

䇱㋶ 䇱㬣

he/him, she/ her, it

ta¯

pronoun

L1

㰜㰞㰝 㰜㰞㰝

hear

tı¯ngjiàn

verb

L13

㳞ボ

㔁䃫

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

L1

㳞㯖 㛄⼤

㔁䌇 㛄⼤

L13

㸚

㸚

verb

L11

noun

L11

da ˇ hobby, interest àihào

verb

L5

noun

L8

home town, place where one’s family is from

noun phrase

L16

⟐ 䎃ⱚ ⫓ ➏⼤ ㎰コ

ฮ 䩡‫כ‬ ⫓ ྼ⼤ ㎰コ

home-style food jia¯ cháng cài

noun phrase

L15

horse

family name;

L8

コ⧄⤬ 㕎

コ⧄⤬ 埳

㦩 㾂㬒 䐴

ᬂ 㾂ጓ 傫

heard it said

tı¯ngshuo¯

verb

L16

hello (formal greeting)

nıˇ ha ˇo

greeting

hello? (telephone greeting)

wéi, wèi

conversational

help

ba¯ng

here

zhèr

expression

hit

la ˇo jia¯

ma ˇ

noun

hot

rè

adjectival verb

L10

hour

xia ˇoshí zho¯ng*

noun

L12

noun

L9

hour

zho¯ngtóu

noun

L12

house

fángzi

noun

L15

ze ˇnme how about it? ze ˇnmeyàng okay?

question word

L5

question phrase

L8

how can (we) ze ˇnme not be ha ˇoyìsi embarrassed

conversational

L16

hour (main noun in clock time expression)

how

expression

䐴㵘 傫喿 Ⳡ䓴 Ⳡ䓴 䋖㗕 䋖怯 䋖㗕䂚ᷠ 䋖怯ᖴᷠ 䋖㗕⼤䅃 䋖怯⼤䅃 㯝ᷠ 㯝ᷠ

383

384

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

how far

duo¯ yua ˇn

content question

L11

ⱁ䊗

ⱁ䪉

phrase

how long?

duo¯ jiu ˇ

question phrase

L14

how many

jıˇ duo¯ cháng shíjia¯n

question word

L5

question phrase

L12

ⱁ㈤ ⱁ㈤ ゙ ุ ⱁ⧅㬒ヅ ⱁ凭ጓ刈

how much? how many?

duo¯shao

question word

L5

ⱁ㩺

ⱁ㩺

how old (are you)?

duo¯ dà?

question phrase

L8

ⱁ⫔ᷠ

ⱁ⫔ᷠ

hungry

è

adjectival verb

L10

ⱗ

圪

wo ˇ wo ˇ xia¯n zo ˇu

pronoun

L1

conversational

L9

㸳 㸳㻩䔀

㸳 㸳㻩䔀

㧈⺜ ⿚ ⿚䇱

㧈⺜ 䪡 䪡䇱

how much time? how long?

I I, me I’m leaving first. I’m heading out. if

expression

rúguo ˇ hái

conjunction

L14

adverb

L6

in addition, furthermore

hái yo ˇu

sentence adverb

L10

in front of

qiánbia¯n

noun

L14

in other words ye ˇ jiù shì shuo¯

conversational

L14

inform, tell

gàosu

verb

L13

inside

lıˇ*

directional

in addition

㣑⢀ 㣑䪦 䄓㈮㬨㯖 䄓㈮㬨䌇

expression

L13

⷇㰀 ㏐

⷇䈷 䀆㿺 䀆䪦㿺 䪦 ㆸ 㔘㋻

particle

inside

lıˇbia¯n

noun

L13

㏐⢀

internet, net

wa ˇng lùko ˇu

noun

L8

noun

L14

㶙 㔘㋻

intersection

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

introduce

jièshào

verb

L15

ㆊ㩽

ㆊャ

invite

qıˇng méi shénme

verb

L8

㤌

䌩

conversational

L15

㗜㬓㗕

᝾㬓怯

it’s nothing much, there isn’t anything of importance

expression

J Rìbe ˇn Rìbe ˇn huà

place name

L3

㦶⡟

㦶⡟

noun phrase

L3

㦶⡟⿑

㦶⡟䉳

job; work

go¯ngzuò

noun; verb

L16

⹅䔘

⹅䔘

just now

ga¯ng

adverb

L10

ⶶ

٣

noun

L8

know

ka ˇla¯ OK zhı¯dào

verb

L5

㋉㎎OK ㋉㎎OK 䐋⭡ 䐋⭡

Korean language

Hánguó huà

noun phrase

L3

⼌⺛⿑

唏ङ䉳

lake

hú

noun

L11

⽟

⽟

last

shàng

specifier

L10

㩰

㩰

last month

shàng ge yuè

noun phrase

L10

㩰⷗䊣

㩰ӡ䊣

last year

qùnián

noun

L15

㦆㛋

㦆㛋

late

wa ˇn zuo ˇ*

adjectival verb

L9

㶎

㶎

directional

L13

䔔

䔔

noun

L13

䔔⢀

䔔䪦

family name

L1

㏏

㏏

Japan Japanese language

K karaoke

L

left

particle

left side Li (family name)

zuo ˇbia¯n Lıˇ

385

386

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

librarian

túshu¯gua ˇn yuán

noun

L9

㵝㭊⹾䊒 थ᎙圿޵

library

túshu¯gua ˇn

noun

L9

light

de¯ng

noun

L14

xıˇhua¯n line (train line, xiàn subway line)

stative verb

L5

noun

L12

㵝㭊⹾ ⭧ 㻓⿗ 㼀

थ᎙圿 ᬕ 㻓ᛈ ㇡

listen (to)

verb

L8

listen to music tı¯ng yı¯nyuè

verb + object

L8

live; life

verb; noun

L16

live, reside in a zhù place

verb

L15

㳞 㳞䅕㎷ 㪛』 䓂

㔁 㔁䅕ᖘ 㪛』 䓂

living expenses

she¯nghuó fèi

noun phrase

L16

㪛』Ⳳ

㪛』䗮

located at

zài

verb

L11

long before za ˇo jiù now, long ago

adverb

L15

䊻 䋈㈮

䊻 䋈㈮

long time

jiu ˇ Longtan Lake, Lóngtán Hú Dragon Pool Lake

adjectival verb

L12

place name

L14

㈤ 㒛㲗⽟

㈤ 愩㲗⽟

Longtan Park, Lóngtán Dragon Pool Go¯ngyuán Park

place name

L11

㒛㲗⹌䊑 愩㲗⹌ड

look for

zha ˇo wu ˇfàn

verb

L13

noun

L10

䍳 㹈Ⳛ

䍳 㹈嚩

Ma (family name)

Ma ˇ

family name;

L8

㕎

埳

magazine

zázhì

L14

䊴䐟

厔䋪

like

lunch

tı¯ng she¯nghuó

M noun noun

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

make change

䍳᷉㣏᷊ 㚱 ⱁ ⭹㵝 㤌㸫

䍳᷉仹᷊ 㚱 ⱁ ⭹थ 䌩߷

㧃 㦰㬗 㗡㏗ 㕔㋬ 㝄㚭 ⳷ 㕉 㕉㕉 㣏 䊣 㩰㹈 䋈㩰 㩞 ㋻

㧃 䋫䑳 㗡徱 徽㋬ 㝄㚭 ⳷ ஭ ஭஭ 仹 䊣 㩰㹈 䋈㩰 㩞 ㋻

L12

⮈䇑 ⮈䇑䊛

厫䇑 厫䇑䊛

L15

㻩㪛

㻩㪛

L15

㲌㲌

㲌㲌

verb

L7

male

zha ˇo (qián) nán

adjective

L5

many, a lot

duo¯

adjectival verb

L10

map

dìtú

noun

L6

may I ask, excuse me

qıˇng wèn

conversational

L2

meat

ròu

noun

L15

meet, know

rènshi

verb

L4

Meili (Mary) Me ˇilì Michael Màikè

given name

L1

given name

L2

milk

noun

L6

minute

niúna ˇi fe¯n

classifier

L9

mom

ma¯

noun

L15

mom

ma¯ma

noun

L4

money

qián

noun

L6

month

yuè

noun

L8

morning

noun

L9

morning

shàngwu ˇ za ˇoshang

noun

L9

mountain

sha¯n

noun

L11

mouth (classifier for people in a household)

ko ˇu

classifier

L5

diànyıˇng movie theater diànyıˇng yuàn

noun

L12

noun

Mr.

title, term of

expression

movie

xia¯nsheng

address

Mrs.

tàitai

title, term of address

387

388

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

music

noun

L8

music concert yı¯nyuè huì

noun phrase

L11

must, have to de ˇi N

modal verb

L9

name

noun

L3

national, guójia¯ nation, country

noun

L12

net, internet

wa ˇng xı¯n

noun

L8

adjectival verb

L10

new information, change

le

final particle

L9

next

xià

specifier

L8

next month

xià gè yuè

noun phrase

L10

next to, beside, pángbia¯n alongside

noun

L14

next year

míngnián

noun

L8

nine

jiu ˇ bù

number

L5

negation

L1

no, not (negation for yo ˇu have) noodles

méi

negation adverb

L4

miàn

noun

L10

noon

zho¯ngwu ˇ

noun

L9

north*

be ˇi be ˇibia¯n

bound noun

L11

noun

L11

noun phrase

L11

conversational

L13

new

no, not

north side

yı¯nyuè

míngzi

northwest side xı¯be ˇi bia¯n not important, méi gua¯nxi (it) doesn’t matter

expression

䅕㎷ 䅕㎷。 ⭤

䅕ᖘ 䅕ᖘ᎟ ⭤

㘜䓷 ⺛コ

㘜䓷 ङコ

㶙 㾣 㑬

ㆸ 㾣 㑬

㻣 㻣⷗䊣 㝵⢀

㻣 㻣ӡ䊣 㝵䪦

㘘㛋 ㈦ ⤜ 㗜

㘘㛋 ㈦ ⤜ ᝾

㘇 䐱㹈 ⡒ ⡒⢀ 㹘⡒⢀ 㗜⹹㻖

怪 䐱㹈 ⡒ ⡒䪦 㹘⡒䪦 ᝾励Ҵ

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

no need to

bù yòng

modal verb

L16

⤜䇤

⤜䇤

phrase

not until, (later cái than expected)

adverb

L8

⤦

⤦

notebook

be ˇnzi liànxí be ˇn

noun

L7

noun

L7

noun description particle

de

particle

L4

⡟䓴 㑘㻑⡟ ⭥

⡟䓴 ㇻ㐶⡟ ⭥

November

shí yı¯ yuè

noun

L8

㬏䄜䊣

㬏䄜䊣

now

xiànzài

time word

L6

number

hàoma ˇ hào

noun

L5

classifier

L12

㻷䊻 ⼦㕌 ⼦

␧䊻 㱷⩂ 㱷

of course

da¯ngrán

adverb

L2

often

cháng

adverb

L15

oh no! a¯yà (expression of surprise and displeasure)

exclamation

L8

⭒㦜 ⧄ ➆䁞

◵㦜 ⧄ ➆䁞

oh no! (what a za¯oga¯o mess!)

adjectival verb,

L8

䋄ⷃ

䋄ⷃ

notebook

number (for buses and trains) O

conversational expression

okay, acceptable

xíng

adjectival verb

L8

㾱

㾱

old (things)

jiù

adjectival verb

L14

older brother

ge¯ge

noun

L4

older sister

jie ˇjie shàng

noun

L4

㈪ ⷈⷈ ㆄㆄ 㩰

㜇 ⷈⷈ ㆄㆄ 㩰

on, above

directional particle L13

389

390

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

on, above

shàngbia¯n

noun

L13

one

yı¯

number

L5

one (when ya¯o reciting phone numbers and addresses)

number

L5

one hundred

ba ˇi jiù

number

L7

adverb

L11

zhıˇ zhıˇ ha ˇo

adverb

L3

adjectival verb

L12

only only only thing to do is, best thing to do is

㩰⢀ 䄜 僼

㩰䪦 䄜 僼

➺ ㈮ 䐜 䐜⼤

➺ ㈮ 䐜 䐜⼤

䪡㬨 ㋻䉨 ⭻ ‫⭥ن‬ 㶃 㶃䪦

phrase

or

háishi

conjunction

L12

oral exam

noun phrase

L9

ordinal prefix

ko ˇushì dì

prefi x

L14

other

biéde

noun description

L13

outside

wài*

directional

L13

⿚㬨 ㋻㬵 ⭻ ⢑⭥ 㶃

particle

wàibia¯n

noun

L13

㶃⢀

noun

L6

park

zhıˇ go¯ngyuán

noun

L11

pass

guò

verb

L13

pearl milk tea, zhe¯nzhu¯ bubble tea na ˇichá pen, any writing bıˇ implement

noun phrase

L8

䐞 ど ⹌䊑 ⹌ड ⺞ 䩿 䎅䑊㚭⥉ 䎅䑊㚭⥉

noun

L6

⡫

ⷱ

pencil

qia¯nbıˇ

noun

L6

penny, cent

fe¯n

classifier

L6

person

rén

noun

L2

㣇⡫ ⳷ 㦬

䵶ⷱ ⳷ 㦬

outside P paper

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

person who has yuán a role associated with the preceding noun

noun suffi x

L9

䊒

޵

photograph

zhàopiàn

noun

L4

place

dìfang

noun

L11

plan

noun, verb

L16

plan

da ˇsuàn jìhuà

noun

L16

play

wán

verb

L8

verb + object

L8

conversational

L4

䍶㠍 ⭹Ⳟ ⫓㰄 ェ⿏ 㶇 ⫓㤓 㤌㆙

䍶㠍 ⭹Ⳟ ⫓㰄 ェ⿏ 㶇 ⫓㤓 䌩䩮 ㋮ᝃ 㸜

play ball

da ˇ qiú please come in qıˇng jìn

expression adjectival verb

L15

polite classifier wèi for people

classifier

L13

㋮㡙 㸜

popular, trendy, liúxíng fashionable

adjectival verb

L16

㒘㾱

㒘㾱

practice

liànxí

verb

L7

precisely

jiù

adverb

L13

prepare

zhu ˇnbèi piàoliang

verb

L9

adjectival verb

L4

pretty, nice looking

ha ˇo kàn

adjectival verb

L16

㑘㻑 ㈮ 䓝⡙ 㠐㑢 ⼤㋕

ㇻ㐶 ㈮ ᢫ 㠐㑢 ⼤㋕

public

go¯nggòng

adjective

L11

public bus

go¯nggòng qìche¯

noun phrase

L11

⹌⹓ ⹌⹓ ⹌⹓㡜⧖ ⹌⹓㡜䡨

quarter of an hour

kè

classifier

L9

㋭

㋭

question

wèntí

noun

L10

㸫㳃

߷嗞

polite

pretty

kèqi

Q

391

392

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

R read, see

kàn

verb

L9

read, read books

kàn shu¯

verb + object

L9

really

zhe¯n

intensifier

L8

really?

zhe¯nde ma?

conversational

L3

㋕ ㋕㭊

㋕ ㋕᎙

䎇 䎇⭥㕑

䎇 䎇⭥ࡂ さ さᬞ婟

expression adjective

L6

red-simmered hóngsha¯o fish yú

noun phrase

L15

⽍ ⽍㩶䈄

red-simmered, hóngsha¯o red-cooked

noun description

L15

⽍㩶

さᬞ

release, begin (vacation)

fàng

verb

L16

⳦

⳦

resembles, be like

xiàng

verb

L15

㼒

㼒

reside for a short time

da¯i

verb

L16

⫞

⫞

rest

xiu¯xi

verb

L11

restaurant

fàngua ˇn huí

noun

L12

verb

L9

㾾㻃 Ⳛ⹾ ⿹

㾾㻃 嚩圿 ⿹

return to one’s home country

huí guó

verb + object

L16

⿹⺛

⿹ङ

review

fùxí

verb

L9

right

yòu*

directional

L13

ⶕ㻑 䇳

໮㐶 䇳

䇳⢀ 㔘

䇳䪦 㔘

red

return to a location

hóng

particle

right side

yòubia¯n

noun

L13

road

lù

noun

L11

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

road, local road, street

ma ˇ lù

noun

L13

㕎㔘

埳㔘

roommate

shìyo ˇu tóngwu¯

noun

L15

noun

L4

㬳䇲 㵍㸾

㬳䇲 㵍㸾

salty

xián

adjectival verb

L10

sandwich

sa¯nmíngzhì

noun

L7

say it again

zài shuo¯ yı¯ cì

conversational

L6

school

xuéxiào

noun

L11

see

kànjian

verb

L13

see a guest off

sòng

verb

L16

see you soon

yı¯huìr jiàn

conversational

L14

roommate S

㻭 徚 㧞㘘䐯 㧞㘘䐯 䊺㯖䄜⪯ 䊺䌇䄜⪯

expression

䁈㾄 స㾄 ㋕ボ ㋕䃫 㯮 㯮 䄜。ⱚボ 䄜᎟‫כ‬䃫

expression

self

zìjıˇ mài

pronoun

L12

verb

L6

send a text message

fa¯ dua ˇnxìn

verb + object

L8

send, emit

fa¯

verb

L8

separated from lí

preposition

L11

seven

qı¯

number

L5

several

quantifier

L10

several

jıˇ xie¯*

classifier

L13

several

yı¯ xie¯

number +

L13

sell

䓵゛ 㕕 ⳃⰭ㾦

䓵゛ 䘖 ❍Ⱝ㾦

ⳃ ㏌ 㡀 ゙ 㾊 䄜㾊

❍ 厙 㡀 ุ 㾊 䄜㾊

㩰⼄ ➌ 䄜。ⱚ

㩰⼄ ➌ 䄜᎟‫ כ‬

classifier phrase

Shanghai short short period of time

Shàngha ˇi ai ˇ

place name

L16

adjectival verb

L4

yı¯huìr

time phrase

L14

393

394

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

L15

䇇ⶤ 䅙㩌 㩶 ビ⭆ ⧋ ⧋ⷉ 䔙 㒚 㯐 㯐㉖ 㕞 㾂 㚨㗕

။䉴 䶚㩌 ᬞ ⻧࠯ ⧋ ⧋ⷉ 䔙 㒚 㯐 㯐䅹 㕞 㾂 㚨怯

intensifier

L15

䎃㗕

䩡怯

suo ˇyıˇ ya¯

conjunction

L10

final particle

L4

㰚䄵 䁞

㰚䄵 䁞

yo ˇu de

noun description

L10

䇱⭥

䇱⭥ ‫כ‬䓴 ⷉ ㈮ ᢌ

should

yı¯ngga¯i

modal verb

L15

silver colored

yínsè

adjectival verb

L12

simmer

sha¯o

verb

L15

simple

adjectival verb

L11

sing

jia ˇnda¯n chàng

verb

L8

sing a song

chàng ge¯

verb + object

L8

sit

zuò

verb

L11

six

liù

number

L5

sleep

shuì

verb

L9

sleep

shuì jiào

verb + object

L9

slow

màn

adjectival verb

L10

small, little

xia ˇo nàme

adjectival verb

L6

intensifier

so, such (adjectival verb)

zhème

so, therefore

so (adjectival verb)

softens a statement or content question some

phrase

son

érzi

noun

L5

song

ge¯

noun

L8

sooner than expected

jiù

adverb

L9

ⱚ䓴 ⷉ ㈮

soup

ta¯ng

noun

L15

㲡

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

㚰 㚰⢀ ⼌⺛ Ⰼ㚰⢀

㚰 㚰䪦 唏ङ Ꮭ㚰䪦

L3

㯖⿑ 㯖

䌇䉳 䌇

noun

L3

⿑

䉳

station zhàn (subway, bus, train)

noun

L11

䍟

䍟

station (train, che¯zhàn bus station)

noun

L13

⧖䍟

䡨䍟

stir-fried cabbage

cha ˇo báicài

noun phrase

L15

⧕➸⤬

⧕➸⤬

stir-fry

verb

L15

stone

cha ˇo shí

noun

L12

student

xuésheng

noun

L1

study

xué

verb

L4

study

xuéxí

verb

L9

subway

dìtie ˇ xiàtia¯n

noun

L12

noun

L16

summer vacation

shu ˇjià

noun phrase

L16

⧕ 㬐 䁈㪛 䁈 䁈㻑 ⭹㳛 㻥㳍 㭏ズ

⧕ 㬐 స㪛 స స㐶 ⭹儧 㻥㳍 㭏ズ

summer vacation period

shu ˇqı¯

noun

L16

㭏㠻

㭏㠻

south

nán*

bound noun

L11

south (side)

nánbia¯n

noun

L11

South Korea

Hánguó

place name

L3

southeast side do¯ngnán bia¯n

noun phrase

L11

speak

shuo¯ huà

verb + object

L3

speak, talk, say

shuo¯

verb

speech, language

huà

summer

395

396

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

L15

䐱㩞 㾨㠻㳍 䄵㸋

䐱㩞 㾨㠻㳍 䄵ᩊ

final particle

L4

➪

➪

Táiwa¯n

place name

L16

dài

verb

L15

㲉㶆 ⫙

㲉ᨔ จ

take zhào (a photograph)

verb

L15

䍶

䍶

take a test

verb + object

L9

take (a test)

ka ˇo shì ka ˇo

verb

L9

tall

ga¯o

adjectival verb

L4

tea

chá

noun

L10

teach

jia¯o

verb

L5

teacher, professor

la ˇoshı¯

noun

L1

㋝㬵 ㋝ ⷀ ⥉ ㅭ ㎰㬇

㋝䉨 ㋝ ⷀ ⥉ ㅭ ㎰฀

team

duì

noun

L9

telephone

diànhuà

noun

L5

television

diànshì

noun

L8

Temple of Heaven Park

Tia¯ntán Go¯ngyuán

place name

L12

ten

shí

number

L5

ten o’clock (10:00)

shí dia ˇn zho¯ng

noun phrase

test, exam

ka ˇoshì

noun

Sun Yatsen

Zho¯ngsha¯n

name

L11

Sunday

xı¯ngqı¯tia¯n

noun

L8

suppose (incorrectly)

yıˇwéi

verb

supposition

ba

Taiwan take/bring (a person or thing somewhere)

T

ⰴ 匁 ⮈⿑ 厫䉳 ⮈㬴 厫䃶 㳍㲔⹌䊑 㳍੐⹌ड

L9

㬏 㬏⮄䐴

㬏 㬏恄傫

L8

㋝㬵

㋝䉨

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

text message

noun

L8

thank

dua ˇnxìn xiè

verb

L1

thank you

xièxie

conversational

L1

Ⱝ㾦 㾜 㾜㾜

Ⱝ㾦 㾜 䏙䏙 㚨 㚨 㚥䀆

expression

that

nà

demonstrative

L4

that

nà, nèi

specifier

L6

that’s not at all na ˇlıˇ true

conversational

L15

㚨 㚨 㚥㏐

then, afterwards

zài

adverb

L13

䊺

䊺

there

nàr

noun

L11

therefore, so

suo ˇyıˇ ta¯men

conjunction

L10

pronoun

L2

thing (concrete do¯ngxi object)

noun

L6

㚨ⱚ 㰚䄵 㰜㗨 Ⰼ㹘

㚨‫כ‬ 㰚䄵 㰜Ӥ Ꮭ㹘

think (about), xia ˇng plan (to), want (to)

verb

L7

㼌

㼌

think, hold an juéde opinion

verb

L10

㉖⭤

䅹⭤

thirsty

adjectival verb

L10

this

ke ˇ zhè

demonstrative

L4

this

zhè, zhèi

specifier

L6

this year

jı¯nnián

noun

L8

three

sa¯n

number

L5

Thursday

xı¯ngqı¯sì

noun

L8

ticket

piào

noun

L12

time

shíhou

noun

L8

time

shíjia¯n

noun

L12

㋫ 䎃 䎃 ㆒㛋 㧞 㾨㠻㯥 㠒 㬒⽓ 㬒ヅ

㋫ 䩡 䩡 ㆒㛋 㧞 㾨㠻㯥 㠒 ጓ⽓ ጓ刈

they, them

expression

397

398

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

L9

㎼㯡㑬

㎼㯡㑬

preposition

L12

jı¯ntia¯n

noun

L8

⭞ ㆒㳍

⭞ ㆒㳍

together with NP

ge¯n NP yı¯qıˇ

prepositional

L9

Tokyo

Do¯ngjı¯ng

place name

L13

tomorrow

míngtia¯n

noun

L8

too

tài

intensifier

L5

toward

wa ˇng ` hóng lu ¨ de¯ng

preposition

L12

noun phrase

L14

ⷛNP䄜 㡑 Ⰼ㈊ 㘘㳍 㲌 㶚 ⽍㔭⭧

ⷛNP䄜 㡑 Ꮭ㈊ 㘘㳍 㲌 㶚 さㆨᬕ

noun

L11

train station

huo ˇche¯ huo ˇche¯ zhàn

noun phrase

L11

travel

ˇ lu ¨yóu

verb

L16

travel by car zuò che¯ as a passenger

verb + object

L11

】⧖ 】⧖䍟 㔤䇯 䔙⧖

】䡨 】䡨䍟 㔤䩼 䔙䡨

Tsinghua University

Qı¯nghuá Dàxué

place name

L11

㤆⿋⫔䁈 㤆㤢⫔స

tuition

xuéfèi

noun

L16

turn

gua ˇi jia¯jiào

verb

L13

noun

L11

twice-cooked huí guo¯ ròu pork (returned-tothe-pot meat)

noun phrase

L15

䁈Ⳳ ⹶ コㅭ ⿹⺙㧃

స䗮 ⹶ コㅭ ⿹伢㧃

two

èr

number

L5

two

lia ˇng

number

L5

ⱟ 㑞

ⱟ ‫ת‬

tired to death, lèisıˇ le exhausted

adjectival verb

to (a place)

dào

today

traffic light (red-green light) train

tutor

phrase

phrase

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

U

㭆㭆 Ⰿ 㗡⺛

㭆㭆 Ⰿ 㗡ङ

L8

䇤 㶇㬷〛

䇤 㶇㬷ᗤ

final particle

L7

➪

➪

verb description de particle

particle

L10

⭤

⭤

very

he ˇn fùjìn

intensifier

L1

noun

L11

⼽ ⶞㆝

⼽ ⶞㆝

de ˇng zo ˇu lù

verb

L12

verb + object

L11

Wang (family Wáng name)

family name

L2

⭩ 䔀㔘 㶖

⭩ 䔀㔘 㶖

want

yào

verb

L6

washroom, bathroom

xıˇsho ˇu jia¯n

noun

L15

䄋 㻕㬷ヅ

䄋 㻕㬷刈

watch

kàn

verb

L8

watch television kàn diànshì

verb + object

L8

water

noun

L6

㋕ ㋕⮈㬴 㯏

㋕ ㋕厫䃶 㯏

noun

L15

do ˇng United States Me ˇiguó (USA)

verb

L10

place name

L2

use

verb

L15

use (one’s) cell wán sho ˇujı¯ phone for entertainment

verb + object

used for making suggestions

uncle

shu¯shu

understand

yòng

ba

V

vicinity, close by W wait walk

shuıˇ

399

400

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

we, us

L3

㸳㗨 㾨㠻 䐽㚊 ⿗䇎 㚨 㹘 㹘⢀ 㬓㗕

㸳Ӥ 㾨㠻 䩭㚊 ᛈ䇎 㚨 㹘 㹘䪦 㬓崂 ุ恄傫

pronoun

L2

week

wo ˇmen xı¯ngqı¯

noun

L8

weekend

zho¯umò

noun

L11

welcome

hua¯nyíng

verb

L4

well then

nà

pause particle

L5

west

xı¯*

bound noun

L11

west side

xı¯bia¯n

noun

L11

what

shénme

content question word

what time is it?

jıˇdia ˇn zho¯ng

question phrase

L9

゙⮄䐴

what time? when?

shénme shíhou

question phrase

L8

㬓㗕㬒⽓ 㬓怯ጓ⽓

where?

na ˇr

content question

L11

㚥ⱚ

㚥‫כ‬

L2

㚥⺛

㚥ङ

word

which country?

na ˇguó, ne ˇiguó

question word

which day of the week?

xı¯ngqı¯jıˇ

question phrase

L8

㾨㠻゙

㾨㠻ุ

white

bái

adjective

L6

White Stone Bridge

Báishí qiáo

place name

L12

➸ ➸㬐㣦

➸ ➸㬐ᗓ

who?

shéi

content question

L4

㯎

䌍

㸋㬓㗕 。 ㈧ ⷛ

ᩊ㬓怯 ᎟ ㈧ ⷛ

phrase

word

why

wèishénme

content question

L9

will; can

huì

modal verb

L14

wine, alcohol

jiu ˇ ge¯n

noun

L8

preposition,

L9

with, and

conjunction

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

work shì (something to do, 䇱㬣)

noun

L8

㬣

㬣

work (work at da ˇ go¯ng a job)

verb + object

L8

⫓⹅

⫓⹅

write

verb

L10

noun

L10

㾕 ⡫㬵

౲ ⷱ䉨

Xiang Xia¯ng Sha¯n Shan Park, Go¯ngyuán Fragrant Hills Park

place name

L11

㼄㩞⹌䊑 㼄㩞⹌ड

Xiaowen

Xia ˇowén Xiè

given name

L8

family name

L4

㾂㸥 㾜

㾂㸥 䏙

nián

classifier

L8

year in school, niánjí grade

noun

L7

㛋 㛋゗

㛋 㛋な

years of age

suì

classifier

L8

yellow

huáng

adjective

L7

yellow colored huángsè

noun

L7

yes-no question particle

ma

final particle

L1

㰋 ⿧ ⿧㩌 㕑

ᛒ 怴 怴㩌 ࡂ

yesterday

zuótia¯n

noun

L10

you

pronoun

L1

you (plural)

nıˇ nıˇmen

pronoun

L2

you (polite)

nín

pronoun

L6

䔓㳍 㛄 㛄㗨 㛛

䔓㳍 㛄 㛄Ӥ 㛛

xie ˇ written exam bıˇ shì X

Xie (family name) Y year

401

402

Vocabulary: English to Mandarin (Pinyin)

younger brother

dìdi

younger sister mèimei

noun

L4

⭽⭽

⭽⭽

noun

L4

㗤㗤

㗤㗤

number

L5

family name

L1

㒄 䍦

㒄 ຩ

Z zero

líng

Zhang (family Zha¯ng name)

Vocabulary: Mandarin (Pinyin) to English

The lesson number indicates the lesson in which the vocabulary item is introduced. The last two columns of each row show the vocabulary item in Simplified and Traditional characters.

Simplified Traditional A a

(expresses emphasis; like yā [䁞] softens a statement or question)

final particle

L8

➂

➂

ai ˇ àihào

short

adjectival verb

L4

hobby, interest

noun

L8

➌ ➏⼤

➌ ྼ⼤

404

Vocabulary: Mandarin (Pinyin) to English

¯ayà

oh no! (expression of surprise and displeasure)

exclamation

L8

➆䁞

➆䁞

¯ayí

aunt

noun

L15 ➃䄭

➃䄭

ba¯

eight

number

L5

ba

(indicates speaker’s assumption; used for making suggestions)

final particle

➬ L4, ➪

➬ ➪

bàba

dad

noun

bái

white

adjective

ba ˇi báicài

100

number

cabbage

noun

Báishí qiáo

White Stone Bridge

bàn

B

L7

L4

place name

➷➷ L6 ➸ L7 ➺ L15 ➸⤬ L12 ➸㬐㣦

➷➷ ➸ ➺ ➸⤬ ➸㬐ᗓ

half

number

L9

ba¯ng

help

verb

ba¯o

bag (of)

classifier/

⟌ L11 ⟐ L7 ⟝

⟌ ฮ ⟝

⡒㈊ ⡟

⡎ ⡒ ⡒䪦 ⡒㈊ ⡟

⡟䓴 L6 ⡫

⡟䓴 ⷱ

noun

be¯i

cup of

classifier

L10 ⡎

be ˇi* be ˇibia¯n

north

bound noun

L11 ⡒

north side

noun

L11 ⡒⢀

Be ˇijı¯ng be ˇn

Beijing (Peking)

place name

L4

(classifier for books)

classifier

L7

be ˇnzi bıˇ

notebook

noun

L7

pen, any writing implement

noun

Vocabulary: Mandarin (Pinyin) to English

bıˇ shì bia ˇoge¯

written exam

noun

L10 ⡫㬵

ⷱ䉨

cousin

noun

L16 ⢎ⷈ

⢎ⷈ

bié

don’t

negation

L14 ⢑

‫ن‬

biéde

other

noun

L13 ⢑⭥

‫⭥ن‬

description

bıˇngga¯n bù

cookie

noun

L7

⢞ⶪ

嚿㣍

no, not

negation

L1

⤜

⤜

bù ha ˇo yìsi

be embarrassed

conversational

L13 ⤜⼤䅃㯝 ⤜⼤䅃㯝

expression

bù yòng

no need to

modal verb

L16 ⤜䇤

⤜䇤

phrase

C cái

not until (later than expected)

adverb

L8

⤦

⤦

cài

dishes (food)

noun

L15 ⤬

⤬

chá

tea

noun

L10 ⥉

⥉

chàbuduo¯

almost

adjectival verb

L12 ⥏⤜ⱁ

⥏⤜ⱁ

cháng

often

adverb

L15 ⧄

⧄

chàng

sing

verb

L8

⧋

⧋

chàng ge¯

sing a song

verb + object

L8

⧋ⷉ

⧋ⷉ

cha ˇo cha ˇo báicài

stir-fry

verb

L15 ⧕

⧕

stir-fried cabbage

noun phrase

L15 ⧕➸⤬

⧕➸⤬

che¯

car, vehicle

noun

L11 ⧖

䡨

Chén

(family name)

family name

L2

⧣

勱

chéng*

city

noun

L11 ⧨

⧨

chéngshì

city

noun

L11 ⧨㬱

⧨㬱

che¯zhàn

station (train, bus station)

noun

L13 ⧖䍟

䡨䍟

chı¯

eat

verb

L8

⧵

⧵

chı¯ fàn

eat food

verb + object

L8

⧵Ⳛ

⧵嚩

405

406

Vocabulary: Mandarin (Pinyin) to English

L9

preposition

⪓ L12 ⪴

⪓ ໥

hit

verb

L5

big

adjectival verb

da ˇ go¯ng

work (work at a job)

verb + object

⫓ L6 ⫔ L8 ⫓⹅

⫓ ⫔ ⫓⹅

da ˇ qiú da¯i

play ball

verb + object

L8

reside for a short time

verb

⫓㤓 L16 ⫞

⫓㤓 ⫞

dài

carry, take/bring (a person or thing somewhere)

verb

L15 ⫙

จ

dàjia¯

everyone

noun

L10 ⫔コ

da¯ng

assume the role of, be

verb

L11 ⭒

⫔コ ◵

da¯ngrán

of course

adverb

L2

dànshi

but

conjunction

L16

dào

to

preposition

L12

da ˇsuàn Dàwéi

plan

noun, verb

L16

Dawei (David)

given name

L1

dàxué

college, university

noun

de

(indicates noun description)

de

chuáng

bed

noun

cóng

from

da ˇ dà

D

L11

⭒㦜 ⭌㬨 ⭞ ⫓㰄 ⫔㸋 ⫔䁈

◵㦜 ⭌㬨 ⭞ ⫓㰄 ⫔ᩊ ⫔స

particle

L4

⭥

⭥

(indicates verb description)

particle

L10 ⭤

⭤

Déguó

Germany

place name

L2

Déguó huà

German language

noun phrase

L3

⭣⺛ ⭣⺛⿑

⭣ङ ⭣ङ䉳

Vocabulary: Mandarin (Pinyin) to English

Déguó rén

German person

noun phrase

L2

⭣⺛㦬

⭣ङ㦬

de ˇi de¯ng

must, have to

modal verb

L9

⭤

⭤

light

noun

L14 ⭧

ᬕ

de ˇng dì

wait

verb

L12 ⭩

⭩

(ordinal prefix)

prefix

L14 ⭻

⭻

dia ˇn

dot, o’clock (䄜diaˇn zho¯ng)

classifier

L9

⮄

恄

diànhuà

telephone

noun

L5

⮈⿑

厫䉳

diànna ˇo diànshì

computer

noun

L9

⮈㚵

厫㘹

television

noun

L8

⮈㬴

厫䃶

diànyıˇng diànyıˇng yuàn

movie

noun

L12 ⮈䇑

厫䇑

movie theater

noun

L12 ⮈䇑䊛

厫䇑䊛

diànzıˇ yóujiàn

email

noun

L16 ⮈䓴䇫ミ 厫䓴䬾ミ

dìdi

younger brother

noun

L4

⭽⭽

⭽⭽

dìfang

place

noun

L11 ⭹Ⳟ

⭹Ⳟ

dìtie ˇ dìtú

subway

noun

L12 ⭹㳛

⭹儧

map

noun

L6

⭹㵝

⭹थ

dìzhıˇ do¯ng*

address

noun

L14 ⭹䐘

⭹䐘

east

bound noun

L11 Ⰼ

Ꮭ

do ˇng Do¯ng Sì

understand

verb

L10 Ⰿ

Ⰿ

Dong Si (location in Beijing)

place name

L12 Ⰼ㯥

Ꮭ㯥

do¯ngbia¯n

east side

noun

L11 Ⰼ⢀

Ꮭ䪦

Do¯ngjı¯ng

Tokyo

place name

L13 Ⰼ㈊

Ꮭ㈊

do¯ngnán bia¯n southeast side

noun phrase

L11 Ⰼ㚰⢀

Ꮭ㚰䪦

do¯ngxi

noun

L6

thing (concrete object)

Ⰼ㹘

Ꮭ㹘

407

408

Vocabulary: Mandarin (Pinyin) to English

do¯u

all, both

adverb

dua ˇnxìn duì

text message

noun

correct

adjectival verb

duì

team

noun

duì le

by the way

conversational

Ⱍ L8 Ⱝ㾦 L2 ⰵ L9 ⰴ L11 ⰵ㑬 L2

Ⱍ Ⱝ㾦 ಇ 匁 ಇ㑬

expression

duìbuqıˇ

excuse me

conversational

L3

ⰵ⤜㡑

ಇ⤜㡑

expression

duìmiàn

across from

noun

duo¯

many, a lot

adjectival verb

duo¯ cháng shíjia¯n

how much time? how long?

question

duo¯ dà?

how old (are you)?

question

how long?

question

duo¯ jiu ˇ

L14 ⰵ㘇

ಇ㘇 ⱁ L10 ⱁ L12 ⱁ⧅㬒ヅ ⱁ凭ጓ刈

phrase

L8

ⱁ⫔ᷠ

ⱁ⫔ᷠ

phrase

L14 ⱁ㈤

ⱁ㈤

L11 ⱁ䊗

ⱁ䪉

ⱁ㩺

ⱁ㩺

phrase

duo¯ yua ˇn

how far?

content question phrase

duo¯shao

how much, how many

question word

L5

è

hungry

adjectival verb

L10 ⱗ

èr

two

number

L5

érzi

son

noun

L5

fa¯

send, emit

verb

L8

fa¯ dua ˇnxìn

send a text message

verb + object

L8

Fa ˇguó Fa ˇguó huà

France

place name

L2

French language

noun phrase

L3

E

ⱟ ⱚ䓴

圪 ⱟ ‫כ‬䓴

ⳃ ⳃⰭ㾦

❍ ❍Ⱝ㾦

ⳉ⺛ ⳉ⺛⿑

ⳉङ ⳉङ䉳

F

Vocabulary: Mandarin (Pinyin) to English

L2

verb

ⳉ⺛㦬 L8 Ⳛ L16 ⳦

ⳉङ㦬 嚩 ⳦

have a vacation or holiday

verb + object

L16 ⳦ズ

⳦ズ

fàngua ˇn fa¯ngxiàng

restaurant

noun

L12 Ⳛ⹾

direction

noun

L12 Ⳟ㼓

fángzi

house

noun

L15 Ⳡ䓴

Fa ˇwén fe¯icháng

French language

noun

L3

extremely

intensifier

L10

fe¯ijı¯

airplane

noun

L11

fe¯ijı¯cha ˇng

airport

noun phrase

L11

fe¯n

penny, cent; minute

classifier

L6; L9

嚩圿 Ⳟ㼓 Ⳡ䓴 ⳉ㸥 ⳨⧄ 嚘ᗤ 嚘ᗤৗ ⳷

fùjìn

vicinity, close by

noun

L11 ⶞㆝

fùmu ˇ

father and mother, parents

noun

L15 ⶙㚙

⶞㆝ ⶙㚙

Fútè

Ford (automobile)

proper noun

L12 ⶄ㲹

ⶄ㲹

fúwùyuán

clerk, service person

noun

L6

ⴟ㹒䊒

ⴟ‫޵ڶ‬

fùxí

review

verb

L9

ⶕ㻑

໮㐶

ga¯ng

just now

adverb

L10 ⶶ

Ga¯o

(family name)

family name

L1

ga¯o

tall

adjectival verb

gàosu

inform, tell

verb

ga¯oxìng

happy

adjectival verb

ge¯

song

noun

Fa ˇguó rén fàn

French person

noun phrase

food

noun

fàng

release, begin (vacation)

fàng jià

ⳉ㸥 ⳨⧄ ⳪〛 ⳪〛⧂ ⳷

G

ⷀ L4 ⷀ L13 ⷇㰀 L4 ⷀ㾬 L8 ⷉ

٣ ⷀ ⷀ ⷇䈷 ⷀ㜅 ⷉ

409

410

Vocabulary: Mandarin (Pinyin) to English

gè

classifier for people and some other nouns

classifier

L5

ge¯ge

older brother

noun

L4

ge ˇi ge ˇi

give

verb

for, to

preposition

⷗

ⷈⷈ L7 ⷙ L5, ⷙ

ӡ

ⷈⷈ ㄐ ㄐ

L11 ge¯n

with, and

preposition,

L9

ⷛ

ⷛ

conjunction

go¯nggòng

public

adjective

go¯nggòng qìche¯

public bus

noun phrase

ⷛNP䄜 㡑 L11 ⹌⹓ L11 ⹌⹓㡜⧖

go¯ngkè

classwork, homework

noun

L9

⹇㋯

⹇䌏

go¯ngyuán

park

noun

L11 ⹌䊑

go¯ngzuò

job; work

noun; verb

L16 ⹅䔘

gua ˇi guì

turn

verb

L13 ⹶

expensive

adjectival verb

L6

guo¯

cooking pot, wok

noun

guó

country

noun

guò

pass

verb

guò

(experienced doing the action)

verb suffix

⺔ L15 ⺙ L2 ⺛ L13 ⺞ L15 ⺞

⹌ड ⹅䔘 ⹶ 䗧 伢 ङ 䩿 䩿

guójia¯

national, nation, country

noun

L12 ⺛コ

ङコ

Guóqiáng

Guoqiang

given name

L4

⺛㣠

ङຫ

in addition

adverb

L6

⿚

䪡

ge¯n NP yı¯qıˇ

together with NP

prepositional phrase

L9

ⷛNP䄜 㡑 ⹌⹓ ⹌⹓㡜䡨

H hái

Vocabulary: Mandarin (Pinyin) to English

L10 ⿚䇱

䪡䇱

conjunction

L12 ⿚㬨

䪡㬨

child

noun

L5

⼃䓴

⼃䓴

Hàn zì

Chinese character

noun phrase

L7

⼛䓷

ᤉ䓷

Hánguó

South Korea

place name

L3

⼌⺛

唏ङ

Hánguó huà

Korean language

noun phrase

L3

⼌⺛⿑

唏ङ䉳

ha ˇo hào

good

adjectival verb

L1

⼤

⼤

date of the month

classifier

L8

⼦

㱷

hào

number (for buses and trains); ⼦ ma ˇ (telephone) number

classifier

L12 ⼦

㱷

ha ˇo chı¯

delicious

adjectival verb

L15 ⼤⧵

⼤⧵

hái yo ˇu

in addition, furthermore

sentence

háishi

or

háizi

adverb

phrase

ha ˇo kàn

pretty, nice looking

adjectival verb

L16 ⼤㋕

⼤㋕

hàoma ˇ he¯

number

noun

L5

⼦㕌

㱷⩂

drink

verb

L8

⼩

⼩

hé

and

conjunction

L3

⼮

⼮

he¯ jiu ˇ

drink alcohol

verb + object

L8

⼩㈧

⼩㈧

he¯i

black

adjective

L7

⼻

⼻

he¯isè

black colored

noun

L7

⼻㩌

⼻㩌

he ˇn hóng

very

intensifier

L1

⼽

⼽

red

adjective

L6

⽍

さ

hóng lü ˇ de¯ng

traffic light (red-green light)

noun phrase

L14 ⽍㔭⭧

さㆨᬕ

411

412

Vocabulary: Mandarin (Pinyin) to English

hóngsha¯o

red-simmered, red-cooked

noun

L15 ⽍㩶

さᬞ

description

hóngsha¯o yú red-simmered fish

noun phrase

L15 ⽍㩶䈄

さᬞ婟

hòu*

directional

L14 ⽔

䲂 䲂䪦 䲂㳍

behind

particle

hòubia¯n

behind

noun

L14 ⽔⢀

hòutia¯n

day after tomorrow

noun

L9

hú

lake

noun

L11 ⽟

hua¯

flower

noun

L15 ⿉

huà

speech, language

noun

L3

huà

draw, paint

verb

huáng

yellow

adjective

huángsè

yellow colored

noun

hua¯nyíng

welcome

verb

huí

return to a location

verb

huì

able to, can; will

modal verb

L3, 。 L14

᎟

huí guó

return to one’s home country

verb + object

L16 ⿹⺛

⿹ङ

huí guo¯ ròu

twice-cooked pork (returnedto-the-pot meat)

noun phrase

L15 ⿹⺙㧃

⿹伢㧃

noun

L11 】⧖

noun phrase

L11 】⧖䍟

】䡨 】䡨䍟

huo train ˇche¯ huo ˇche¯ zhàn train station

⽔㳍

⿑ L11 ⿎ L7 ⿧ L7 ⿧㩌 L4 ⿗䇎 L9 ⿹

⽟ ⿉ 䉳 ◬ 怴 怴㩌 ᛈ䇎 ⿹

J jı¯

chicken

noun

L15 ょ

jıˇ

how many, several

question word,

L5, ゙ L10

quantifier

厖 ุ

Vocabulary: Mandarin (Pinyin) to English

jı¯ ta¯ng

chicken soup

noun phrase

L15 ょ㲡

jia¯

family, home

noun

L5

jia¯ cháng cài

home-style food

noun phrase

L15 コ⧄⤬

コ⧄⤬

jia¯jiào

tutor

noun

L11 コㅭ

コㅭ

jia ˇnda¯n jiào

simple

adjectival verb

L11 ビ⭆

⻧࠯

be called, call

verb

L3

ㅱ

ㅱ

jia¯o

teach

verb

L5

ㅭ

ㅭ

jiàoshì

classroom

noun

L9

ㅭ㬳

ㅭ㬳

jia ˇozi

Chinese dumplings, “jiaozi”

noun

L15 ㅩ䓴

嚽䓴

jia ˇozi gua ˇn

dumpling restaurant

noun phrase

L15 ㅩ䓴⹾

嚽䓴圿

jia¯rén

family (family members)

noun

L4

コ㦬

コ㦬

question

L9

゙⮄䐴

ุ恄傫

jıˇdia ˇn zho¯ng what time is it?

コ

厖ᢌ コ

phrase

jie¯

fetch a person; answer, receive (a phone call)

verb

L12, ㅴ L13

ㅴ

jie ˇjie jièshào

older sister

noun

L4

ㆄㆄ

ㆄㆄ

introduce

verb

L15 ㆊ㩽

ㆊャ

jìhuà

plan

noun

L16 ェ⿏

ェ⿏

jìn

close

adjectival verb

L11 ㆝

㆝

jìnbù

advance, progress, improve; improvement, progress

verb; noun

L16 ㆙⤞

䩮⤞

jı¯nnián

this year

noun

L8

㆒㛋

㆒㛋

jı¯ntia¯n

today

noun

L8

㆒㳍

㆒㳍

413

414

Vocabulary: Mandarin (Pinyin) to English

jiu ˇ jiu ˇ

㈦ L8 ㈧ L12 ㈤ L9, ㈮

nine

number

wine, alcohol

noun

long time

adjectival verb

(sooner than expected); only; precisely

adverb

jiù

old (things)

adjectival verb

L14 ㈪

juéde

think, hold an opinion

verb

L10 ㉖⭤

ka¯fe¯i

coffee

noun

L6

ka¯fe¯igua ˇn

coffee shop

noun phrase

L10

ka¯i

drive, open

verb

L12

ka¯i che¯

drive a car

verb + object

L12

ka¯ishıˇ

begin

verb

ka ˇla¯ OK kàn

karaoke

jiu ˇ jiù

L5

㈦ ㈧ ㈤ ㈮

L11, L13

㜇 䅹⭤

K

L10

㋈⳩ ㋈⳩⹾ ㋋ ㋋⧖ ㋋㬝

㋈⳩ ㋈⳩圿 刀 刀䡨 刀㬝

noun

L8

㋉㎎OK

㋉㎎OK

watch, read, see

verb

L8, ㋕ L9

kàn diànshì

watch television

verb + object

L8

kàn shu¯

read, read books

verb + object

L9

kànjian

see

verb

L13

ka ˇo ka ˇo shì

take an exam

verb

L9

take a test

verb + object

L9

ka ˇoshì ke ˇ

test, exam

noun

L8

thirsty

adjectival verb

L10

kè

class

noun

L9

kè

quarter of an hour

classifier

L9

ke ˇlè kèqi

cola

noun

L6

polite

adjectival verb

㋕⮈㬴 ㋕㭊 ㋕ボ ㋝ ㋝㬵 ㋝㬵 ㋫ ㋯ ㋭

㋪㎷ L15 ㋮㡙

㋕ ㋕厫䃶 ㋕᎙ ㋕䃫 ㋝ ㋝䉨 ㋝䉨 ㋫ 䌏 ㋭ ㋪ᖘ ㋮ᝃ

Vocabulary: Mandarin (Pinyin) to English

kèrén

guest

noun

L13 ㋮㦬

㋪䄵 ㋶ ㋻

㋮㦬 ㋪㬨 ㋪䄵 ㋶ ㋻

ke ˇshì ke ˇyıˇ

but

conjunction

L10 ㋪㬨

can (permission)

modal verb

L5

kòng

free time

noun

L5

ko ˇu

mouth (classifier for people in a household)

classifier

L5

ko ˇushì kuài

oral exam

noun phrase

L9

noun

㋻㬵 L6 ㌊ L10 ㌍ L8 ㌍㎷ L15 ㌋䓴

㋻䉨 ৬ ㌍ ㌍ᖘ ㌋䓴

dollar

classifier

kuài

fast

verb

kuàilè

happy

adjectival verb

kuàizi

chopsticks

lái

come

verb

L11 ㎕

lán

blue

adjective

L6

lánqiú

basketball

noun

lánqiú duì

basketball team

noun phrase

la ˇo jia¯

home town, place where one’s family is from

noun phrase

㎗ L9 ㎛㤓 L9 ㎛㤓ⰴ L16 ㎰コ

Ҏ 㮜 ⽡㤓 ⽡㤓匁 ㎰コ

la ˇoshı¯ le

teacher, professor

noun

L1

(indicates new information, change, completed action)

final particle,

㎰㬇 L9, 㑬

㎰฀ 㑬

verb suffix

L10

tired to death, exhausted

adjectival verb

L9

le ˇng lí

cold

adjectival verb

L10 ㏅

separated from

preposition

L11 ㏌

Lıˇ

Li (family name)

family name

L1

L

lèisıˇ le

㎼㯡㑬

㎼㯡㑬

phrase

㏏

㏅ 厙 ㏏

415

416

Vocabulary: Mandarin (Pinyin) to English

lıˇ

Chinese mile (0.5 kilometers)

classifier

L11 ㏐

㏐

lıˇ*

inside

directional

L13 ㏐

䀆㿺

L5

‫ת‬ 䤗 ㇻ㐶 ㇻ㐶⡟ 䀆䪦㿺 䪦 㒄 㒚 㒘㾱

particle

lia ˇng liàng

two

number

(classifier for cars)

classifier

㑞 L12 㑟

liànxí

practice

verb

L7

liànxí be ˇn

notebook

noun

lıˇbia¯n

inside

noun

㑘㻑 L7 㑘㻑⡟ L13 ㏐⢀

líng

zero

number

L5

liù

six

number

liúxíng

popular, trendy, fashionable

adjectival verb

㒄 L5 㒚 L16 㒘㾱

lóng

dragon

noun

L11 㒛

Lóngtán Go¯ngyuán

Longtan Park, Dragon Pool Park

place name

愩 L11 㒛㲗⹌䊑 愩㲗⹌ड

Lóngtán Hú

Longtan Lake, Dragon Pool Lake

place name

L14 㒛㲗⽟

愩㲗⽟

lù

road

noun

L11 㔘

lùko ˇu lü ˇ

intersection

noun

L14 㔘㋻

green

adjective

L7

lü ˇsè

green colored

noun

lü ˇyóu

travel

verb

㔭 L7 㔭㩌 L16 㔤䇯

㔘 㔘㋻ ㆨ ㆨ㩌 㔤䩼

ma¯

mom

noun

L15 㕉

Ma ˇ

family name; horse

family name;

L8

M

noun

㕎

஭ 埳

Vocabulary: Mandarin (Pinyin) to English

㕑

ࡂ

ma

(yes-no question particle)

final particle

L1

ma ˇ lù

road, local road, street

noun

L13 㕎㔘

埳㔘

máfan

bother, inconvenience

verb

L11 㕊Ⳕ

㕊᫊

ma ˇi mài

buy

verb

L6

sell

verb

L6

Màikè

Michael

given name

L2

ma¯ma

mom

noun

L4

màn

slow

adjectival verb

L10

máng

busy

adjectival verb

L9

mànma¯n de

gradually, little by little

adverb

L16

máo

dime

classifier

L6

méi

no, not (negation for yo ˇu have)

negation

L4

every

quantifier

L11 㗠

not important, (it) doesn’t matter

conversational

L13 㗜⹹㻖

㗠 ᝾励Ҵ

it’s nothing much, there isn’t anything of importance

conversational

L15 㗜㬓㗕

᝾㬓怯

Me ˇiguó

United States (USA)

place name

L2

Me ˇiguó rén Me ˇilì

American

noun phrase

L2

Mary

given name

mèimei

younger sister

noun

mén

door, gate

noun

me ˇi méi gua¯nxi

méi shénme

㕓 㕕 㕔㋬ 㕉㕉 㕞 㗇 㕞㕞⭹

䗪 䘖 徽㋬ ஭஭ 㕞 㗇 㕞㕞⭹

㗌 㗜

㗌 ᝾

adverb

expression

expression

㗡⺛

㗡⺛㦬 L1 㗡㏗ L4 㗤㗤 L12 㗦

㗡ङ 㗡ङ㦬 㗡徱 㗤㗤 凵

417

418

Vocabulary: Mandarin (Pinyin) to English

ménko ˇu mí lù

doorway

noun

L12 㗦㋻

凵㋻ 㗵㔘

get lost, lose one’s way

verb + object

L15 㗵㔘

miàn

noodles

noun

L10 㘇

Míng

(given name); bright

given name;

L2

㘘

怪 㘘

míngnián

next year

noun

L8

míngtia¯n

tomorrow

noun

L8

míngzi

name

noun

L3

㘘㛋 㘘㳍 㘜䓷

㘘㛋 㘘㳍 㘜䓷

that; well then

demonstrative; pause particle

L4, 㚨 L5

adjectival verb

N nà

㚨

㚨 㚥⺛

㚨 㚥ङ

L15 㚥㏐

㚥䀆

intensifier

L15 㚨㗕

㚨怯

male

adjective

L5

nán

difficult, hard

adjectival verb

L10

nán háizi

boy (male child)

noun phrase

L5

nán*

south

bound noun

L11

nánbia¯n

south (side)

noun

L11

na ˇr

where?

content

L11

nà, nèi

that

specifier

L6

na ˇguó, ne ˇiguó

which country

question word

L2

na ˇlıˇ

that’s not at all true

conversational

nàme

so (adjectival verb)

nán

phrase

expression

㚱 㚲 㚱⼃䓴 㚰 㚰⢀ 㚥ⱚ

㚱 厚 㚱⼃䓴 㚰 㚰䪦 㚥‫כ‬

question word

nàr

there

noun

L11 㚨ⱚ

ne

(forms follow-up questions)

final particle

L2

néng

able to, can (physical ability)

modal verb

L13 㚽

㚹

㚨‫כ‬ 㚹 㚽

Vocabulary: Mandarin (Pinyin) to English

㛄 㛄⼤

㛄 㛄⼤

㛋 㛋゗

㛋 㛋な

㛄㗨 㛛 㝄 㝄㚭 㝄㧃 㝄㧃㘇 㝏 㝏ⱚ 㝏⼃䓴

㛄Ӥ 㛛 㝄 㝄㚭 㝄㧃 㝄㧃怪 㝏 㝏‫כ‬ 㝏⼃䓴

nıˇ nıˇ ha ˇo

you

pronoun

L1

hello (formal greeting)

greeting

L1

nián

year

classifier

L8

niánjí

year in school, grade

noun

L7

nıˇmen nín

you (plural)

pronoun

L2

you (polite)

pronoun

L6

niú

cow

noun

L10

niúna ˇi niúròu

milk

noun

L6

beef

noun

L10

niúròu miàn beef noodles

noun phrase

L10

nü ˇ

female

adjective

L5

nü ˇ’ér

daughter

noun

L5

nü ˇ háizi

girl (female child)

noun phrase

L5

pángbia¯n

next to, beside, alongside

noun

L14 㝵⢀

㝵䪦

péi

accompany

verb

L16 㞄

péngyou

friend

noun

L5

piányi

cheap

adjectival verb

piào

ticket

noun

piàoliang

pretty

adjectival verb

píjiu ˇ píng

beer

noun

bottle (of)

classifier

㞔䇲 L6 ⢄䄬 L12 㠒 L4 㠐㑢 L8 㠂㈧ L6 㠠

㞄 㞔䇲 ⢄䄬 㠒 㠐㑢 㠂㈧ 㠠

qı¯

seven

number

L5

qıˇ qıˇ chuáng

get up, rise up

verb

get out of bed, get up in the morning

verb + object

㡀 L9 㡑 L9 㡑⪓

㡀 㡑 㡑⪓

P

Q

419

420

Vocabulary: Mandarin (Pinyin) to English

qián

money

noun

L6

㣏

仹

qián*

front

directional

L14 㣑

㣑

particle

qia¯nbıˇ

pencil

noun

L6

㣇⡫

䵶ⷱ

qiánbia¯n

in front of

noun

L14 㣑⢀

㣑䪦

qiántia¯n

day before yesterday

noun

L10 㣑㳍

㣑㳍

qiáo

bridge

noun

L12 㣦

ᗓ

qia ˇokèlì qìche¯

chocolate

noun

L7

car

noun

L11 㡜⧖

㡜䡨

qiézi

eggplant

noun

L15 㣲䓴

㣲䓴

qıˇng qıˇng jìn

invite

verb

L8

㤌

䌩

please come in

conversational

L4

㤌㆙

䌩䩮

L2

㤌㸫

䌩߷

㣪㋬㑇

㣪㋬㑇

expression

qıˇng wèn

may I ask, excuse me

conversational

Qı¯nghuá Dàxué

Tsinghua University

place name

L11 㤆⿋⫔䁈 㤆㤢⫔స

qù

go

verb

L8

qùnián

last year

noun

L15 㦆㛋

㦆㛋

ránhòu

afterward

adverb

L14 㦜⽔

㦜䲂

rè

hot

adjectival verb

L10 㦩

ᬂ

rén

person

noun

L2

㦬

㦬

rènshi

meet, know

verb

L4

㦰㬗

䋫䑳

Rìbe ˇn Rìbe ˇn huà

Japan

place name

L3

㦶⡟

㦶⡟

Japanese language

noun phrase

L3

㦶⡟⿑

㦶⡟䉳

róngyì

easy

adjectival verb

L10 㦾䄸

㦾䄸

ròu

meat

noun

L15 㧃

㧃

expression

㦆

㦆

R

Vocabulary: Mandarin (Pinyin) to English

rúguo ˇ S

if

conjunction

L14 㧈⺜

㧈⺜

sa¯n

three

number

L5

sa¯nmíngzhì

sandwich

noun

sha¯n

mountain

noun

shàng

attend; go up, get on (a vehicle); last; on, above

verb; specifier;

㧞 L7 㧞㘘䐯 L11 㩞 L9, 㩰

㧞 㧞㘘䐯 㩞 㩰

particle

L10, L12, L13

shàng gè yuè last month

noun phrase

L10 㩰⷗䊣

shàng kè

attend school or class

verb + object

L9

㩰㋯

㩰ӡ䊣 㩰䌏

shàng wa ˇng

go online; surf the web

verb + object

L8

㩰㶙

㩰ㆸ

shàngbia¯n

on, above

noun

L13 㩰⢀

Shàngha ˇi shàngwu ˇ

Shanghai

place name

L16 㩰⼄

morning

noun

L9

sha¯o

simmer

verb

sha ˇo

few, little in number

adjectival verb

㩰㹈 L15 㩶 L10 㩺

㩰䪦 㩰⼄ 㩰㹈 ᬞ 㩺

shéi

who

content

L4

directional

㯎

䌍

question word

she¯nghuó

live; life

verb; noun

she¯nghuó fèi living expenses

noun phrase

she¯ngrì

birthday

noun

she¯ngrì kuàilè

happy birthday

conversational

shénme

what

L16 㪛』

㪛』 㪛』䗮 L16 㪛』Ⳳ 㪛㦶 L8 㪛㦶 L8 㪛㦶㌍㎷ 㪛㦶㌍ᖘ

expression content

L3

㬓㗕

㬓崂

question word

shénme de

and other things like that

noun phrase

L14 㬓㗕⭥

㬓怯⭥

421

422

Vocabulary: Mandarin (Pinyin) to English

L8

㬓㗕㬒⽓ 㬓怯ጓ⽓

number

L5

㬏

㬏

stone

noun

L12 㬐

㬐

shì

be

stative verb

L1

㬨

㬨

shì

work, something to do

noun

L8

㬣

㬣

shì*

city

bound noun

L11 㬱

㬱

shí dia ˇn zho¯ng

10:00

noun phrase

L9

㬏⮄䐴

㬏恄傫

shí yı¯ yuè

November

noun

L8

㬏䄜䊣

㬏䄜䊣

shì zho¯ngxı¯n city center, center of the city

noun phrase

L11 㬱䐱㾥

㬱䐱㾥

shíhou

time

noun

L8

㬒⽓

ጓ⽓

shíjia¯n

time

noun

L12 㬒ヅ

ጓ刈

shìyo ˇu shízì lùko ˇu

roommate

noun

L15 㬳䇲

㬳䇲

four-way intersection

noun phrase

L14 㬏䓷㔘㋻ 㬏䓷㔘㋻

sho ˇu sho ˇujı¯

hand

noun

L15 㬷

cell phone, mobile phone

noun

L5

㬷〛

㬷ᗤ

shu¯

book

noun

L7

㭊

᎙

shu¯diàn

bookstore

noun

L11 㭊⮋

shuıˇ shuì

water

noun

L6

㯏

㯏

sleep

verb

L9

㯐

㯐

shuì jiào

sleep

verb + object

L9

㯐㉖

㯐䅹

shuıˇguo ˇ shuıˇjia ˇo

fruit

noun

L15 㯏⺜

㯏⺜

boiled dumplings

noun phrase

L15 㯏ㅩ

㯏嚽

shu ˇjià

summer vacation

noun phrase

L16 㭏ズ

㭏ズ

shénme shíhou

what time? when?

question

shí

ten

shí

phrase

㬷

᎙⮋

Vocabulary: Mandarin (Pinyin) to English

L3

noun

㯖 L3 㯖⿑ L16 㭏㠻

䌇 䌇䉳 㭏㠻

uncle

noun

L15 㭆㭆

sì

four

number

L5

sòng

give as a present; see a guest off

verb

㭆㭆 㯥 㯮

sòngge ˇi

give to (someone) as a present

verb

L15 㯮ⷙ

㯮ㄐ

suì

years of age

classifier

L8

suíbiàn

as you please

adverb

L15

suı¯rán

although

conjunction

L16

suo ˇyıˇ sùshè

so, therefore

conjunction

L10

dormitory

noun

L9

㰋 㰇⢄ 㰅㦜 㰚䄵 㯿㪂

ᛒ 却⢄ 厎㦜 㰚䄵 㯿㪂

ta¯

he/him, she/her, it

pronoun

L1

tài

too

intensifier

L5

tài ha ˇo le

great

conversational

L5

shuo¯

speak, talk, say

verb

shuo¯ huà

speak

verb + object

shu ˇqı¯

summer vacation period

shu¯shu

㯥 L15; 㯮 L16

T

㰜㰞㰝 㰜㰞㰝 㲌 㲌 㲌⼤㑬 㲌⼤㑬

expression

tàitai

Mrs.

title, term of

L15 㲌㲌

㲌㲌 㲉ᨔ 㰜Ӥ ᢌ 㲹‫ن‬

address

Táiwa¯n

Taiwan

place name

L16 㲉㶆

ta¯men

they, them

pronoun

L2

ta¯ng

soup

noun

tèbié

especially; special

intensifier;

㰜㗨 L15 㲡 L15 㲹⢑

adjectival verb

tia¯n

day

noun

Tia¯ntán Go¯ngyuán

Temple of Heaven Park

place name

㳍 㳍 L12 㳍㲔⹌䊑 㳍੐⹌ड L8

423

424

Vocabulary: Mandarin (Pinyin) to English

tiáo

(classifier for streets)

classifier

L14 㳖

ᒍ

tiào

dance, jump

verb

L8

㳙

㳙

tiào wu ˇ

dance

verb + object

L8

㳙㹉

㳙㹉

tı¯ng

can (of)

classifier

L6

㳞

㔁

tı¯ng

listen (to)

verb

L8

㳞

㔁

tı¯ng yı¯nyuè

listen to music

verb + object

L8

㳞䅕㎷

㔁䅕ᖘ

tı¯ngjiàn

hear

verb

L13 㳞ボ

㔁䃫

tı¯ngshuo¯

heard it said

verb

L16 㳞㯖

㔁䌇

tóngwu¯

roommate

noun

L4

㵍㸾

㵍㸾

tóngxué

classmate

noun

L4

㵍䁈

㵍స

túshu¯gua ˇn

library

noun

L9

㵝㭊⹾

थ᎙圿

túshu¯gua ˇn yuán

librarian

noun

L9

㵝㭊⹾䊒 थ᎙圿޵

outside

directional

L13 㶃

㶃 㶃䪦

W wài*

particle

wàibia¯n

outside

noun

L13 㶃⢀

wán

play

verb

L8

㶇

㶇

wa ˇn wán sho ˇujı¯

late

adjectival verb

L9

㶎

㶎

use (one’s) cell phone for entertainment

verb + object

L8

㶇㬷〛

㶇㬷ᗤ

wa ˇnfàn Wáng

dinner

noun

L8

㶎Ⳛ

㶎嚩

(family name)

family name

L2

㶖

㶖

wa ˇng wa ˇng

net, internet

noun

L8

㶙

ㆸ

toward

preposition

L12 㶚

㶚

wàng

forget

verb

L10 㶝

㶝

wa ˇnshang

evening

noun

L8

㶎㩰

㶎㩰

Vocabulary: Mandarin (Pinyin) to English

wéi, wèi

L13 㸚

㸚

classifier

L13 㸜

㸜

content

L9

㸋㬓㗕

ᩊ㬓怯

㸫

߷

hello? (telephone greeting)

conversational

wèi

(polite classifier for people)

wèishénme

why

expression

question

wèn

ask (a question)

verb

L2

wèntí

question

noun

L10 㸫㳃

wo ˇ wo ˇ xia¯n zo ˇu

I, me

pronoun

L1

㸳

㸳

I’m leaving first. I’m heading out.

conversational

L9

㸳㻩䔀

㸳㻩䔀

wo ˇmen wu ˇ

we, us

pronoun

L2

㸳㗨

㸳Ӥ

five

number

L5

㹆

㹆

wu ˇfàn X

lunch

noun

L10 㹈Ⳛ

㹈嚩

xı¯*

west

bound noun

L11 㹘

㹘

xıˇ xıˇ za ˇo

bathe

verb

L9

㻕

㻕

bathe

verb + object

L9

㻕䋉

㻕䋉

xià

next; go down, get off (a vehicle); below

specifier; verb;

㻣

particle

L8, 㻣 L12, L13

xià gè yuè

next month

noun phrase

L10 㻣⷗䊣

㻣ӡ䊣

xià kè

get out of class

verb + object

L9

㻣㋯

㻣䌏

xiàbia¯n

below

noun

L13 㻣⢀

㻣䪦

xia¯n

first

adverb

L9, 㻩 L13

㻩

xián

salty

adjectival verb

L10 㻭

徚

xiàn

line (train line, subway line)

noun

L12 㼀

㇡

xia¯ng

fragrant

adjectival verb

L11 㼄

㼄

߷嗞

expression

directional

425

426

Vocabulary: Mandarin (Pinyin) to English

xia ˇng

think (about), plan (to), want (to)

verb

L7

㼌

㼌

xiàng

resemble, be like

verb

L15 㼒

㼒

Xia¯ng Sha¯n Go¯ngyuán

Fragrant Hills Park

place name

L11 㼄㩞⹌䊑 㼄㩞⹌ड

xia¯nsheng

Mr.

title, term of

L15 㻩㪛

㻩㪛

address

xiànzài

now

time word

L6

㻷䊻

␧䊻

xia ˇo xia ˇoshí

small, little

adjectival verb

L6

㾂

㾂

hour

noun

L12 㾂㬒

㾂ጓ

Xia ˇowén xiàtia¯n

(given name)

given name

L8

㾂㸥

㾂㸥

summer

noun

L16 㻥㳍

㻥㳍

xiàwu ˇ xı¯be ˇi bia¯n

afternoon

noun

L9

㻣㹈

㻣㹈

northwest side

noun phrase

L11 㹘⡒⢀

㹘⡒䪦

xı¯bia¯n

west side

noun

L11 㹘⢀

㹘䪦

xie¯*

several

classifier

L13 㾊

㾊

xie ˇ

write

verb

L10 㾕

౲

Xiè

family name; thank

family name;

䏙

verb

L1, 㾜 L4

thank you

conversational

L1

xièxie

㾜㾜

䏙䏙

expression

xíguàn

accustomed to

verb

L16 㻑⺀

㐶࿵

xıˇhua¯n

like

stative verb

L5

㻓⿗

㻓ᛈ

xı¯n

new

adjectival verb

L10 㾣

㾣

xíng

okay, acceptable

adjectival verb

L8

㾱

㾱

xìng

be family-named, be surnamed; family name, surname

verb

L3

㾶

㾶

noun

Vocabulary: Mandarin (Pinyin) to English

xı¯ngqı¯

week

noun

L8

xı¯ngqı¯jıˇ

which day of the week?

question

L8

xı¯ngqı¯sì

Thursday

noun

xı¯ngqı¯tia¯n

Sunday

noun

xı¯ngqı¯wu ˇ

Friday

noun

xio¯ngdì jie ˇmèi xıˇsho ˇujia¯n

brothers and sisters

㾨㠻 㾨㠻゙

㾨㠻 㾨㠻ุ

phrase

L8

noun phrase

㾨㠻㯥 L8 㾨㠻㳍 L8 㾨㠻㹆 L15 㾷⭽ㆄ㗤

㾨㠻㯥 㾨㠻㳍 㾨㠻㹆 㾷⭽倃㗤

washroom, bathroom

noun

L15 㻕㬷ヅ

㻕㬷刈

xiu¯xi

rest

verb

L11 㾾㻃

xué

study

verb

L4

xuéfèi

tuition

noun

xuésheng

student

noun

xuéxí

study

verb

xuéxiào

school

noun

䁈 L16 䁈Ⳳ L1 䁈㪛 L9 䁈㻑 L11 䁈㾄

㾾㻃 స స䗮 స㪛 స㐶 స㾄

ya¯

(softens a statement or content question)

final particle

L4

䁞

䁞

yánsè

color

noun

L7

ya¯o

one (alternate pronunciation when reciting phone numbers and addresses)

number

L5

䁶㩌 僼

嗢㩌 僼

yào

want

verb

L6

ye ˇ ye ˇ jiù shì shuo¯

also

adverb

in other words

conversational

Y

expression

䄋 䄋 䄓 L1 䄓 L14 䄓㈮㬨㯖 䄓㈮㬨䌇

427

428

Vocabulary: Mandarin (Pinyin) to English

yı¯

one

number

L5

䄜

䄜

yı¯ + VP

as soon as VP, when VP

adverbial

L16 䄜

䄜

yı¯ niánjí

first year level

noun phrase

L7

yı¯ xià

(do an action for a short duration)

verb suffix

L15 䄜㻣

䄜㻣

yı¯ xie¯

several

number +

L13 䄜㾊

䄜㾊

L7

䄜⮄

䄜恄

clause

䄜㛋゗

䄜㛋な

classifier phrase

yı¯dia ˇn

a little

quantifier phrase

yı¯gòng

altogether

adverb

L7

䄜⹓

䄜⹓

yıˇhòu yı¯huìr

after, afterward

noun

L12 䄵⽔

䄵䲂

a short period of time

time phrase

L14 䄜。ⱚ

䄜᎟‫ כ‬

yı¯huìr jiàn

see you soon

conversational

L14 䄜。ⱚボ 䄜᎟‫ כ‬

yıˇjing yı¯ngga¯i

already

adverb

L10 䄲㈎

䃫 䄲ㄼ

should

modal verb

L15 䇇ⶤ

။䉴

Yı¯ngguó

Britain

place name

L2

䇃⺛

䇃ङ

Yı¯ngguó huà English language

noun phrase

L3

䇃⺛⿑

䇃ङ䉳

Yı¯ngguó rén

British person

noun phrase

L2

䇃⺛㦬

䇃ङ㦬

Yı¯ngwén

English language

noun

L3

䇃㸥

䇃㸥

yínháng

bank

noun

L14 䅙㾱

䶚㾱

yínsè

silver colored

adjectival verb

L12 䅙㩌

䶚㩌

yı¯nwèi

because

conjunction

L10 䅓㸋

䅓ᩊ

yı¯nyuè

music

noun

L8

䅕㎷

䅕ᖘ

yı¯nyuè huì

music concert

noun phrase

L11 䅕㎷。

䅕ᖘ᎟

yıˇqián

before

noun

L15 䄵㣑

䄵㣑

expression

Vocabulary: Mandarin (Pinyin) to English

yıˇwéi

suppose (incorrectly)

verb

L15 䄵㸋

䄵ᩊ

yı¯zhí

continuously

adverb

L14 䄜䐒

yòng

use

verb

L15 䇤

yo ˇu yo ˇu de

have

stative verb

L4

some

noun

䇱 L10 䇱⭥

䄜䐒 䇤 䇱 䇱⭥

䇱㋶ 䇱㬣

䇱㋶ 䇱㬣

description phrase

yo ˇu kòng yo ˇu shì

have free time

verb phrase

L5

have something to do

verb + object

L8

yo ˇu yı¯dia ˇn yo ˇu yìsi

a little

intensifier

L10 䇱䄜⮄

be interesting

adjectival verb

L16 䇱䅃㯝

䇱䄜恄 䇱䅃㯝

L13 䇳

䇳

phrase

yòu*

right

directional particle

L13 䇳⢀

䇳䪦 䇱㘜 L11 䇱㘜 L9 䇱㬣㕑ᷠ 䇱㬣ࡂᷠ

yòubia¯n

right side

noun

yo ˇumíng yo ˇushì ma?

famous

adjectival verb

Do you have something to do? What’s up?

question

yú

fish

noun

L15 䈄

yuán

(a person who has a role associated with the preceding noun)

noun suffix

L9

yua ˇn yuánzhu¯bıˇ

far

adjectival verb

L11 䊗

ballpoint pen

noun

L6

yuè

month

noun

yu ˇfa ˇ

grammar

noun

phrase

䊒

䊓䑊⡫ L8 䊣 L10 䈐ⳉ

婟 ޵

䪉 ढ䑊ⷱ 䊣 䋻ⳉ

429

430

Vocabulary: Mandarin (Pinyin) to English

Z (indicates an action in progress); located at; at, in, on

adverb; verb;

L9, 䊻 L11, L12

䊻

preposition

zài

do again in the future

adverb

L10 䊺

䊺

zài

then, afterwards

adverb

L13 䊺

zài jiàn

goodbye

conversational

L1

䊺ボ

䊺 䊺䃫

L6

䊺㯖䄜⪯ 䊺䌇䄜⪯

zài

expression

zài shuo¯ yı¯ cì say it again

conversational expression

za ˇo

䋈

adjectival verb

L4, 䋈 L9

long before now, long ago

adverb

L15 䋈㈮

䋈㈮

breakfast

noun

L9

oh no! (what a mess!)

adjectival

L8

䋈Ⳛ 䋄ⷃ

䋈嚩 䋄ⷃ

good morning; early

greeting;

za ˇo jiù za ˇofàn za¯oga¯o

verb, conversational expression

L9

expression

䋈㩰 L14 䊴䐟 L5 䋖㗕 L16 䋖㗕⼤䅃 㯝ᷠ

䋈㩰 厔䋪 䋖怯 䋖怯⼤䅃 㯝ᷠ

how about it? okay?

question

L8

䋖㗕䂚ᷠ 䋖怯ᖴᷠ

station (subway, bus, train)

noun

za ˇoshang zázhì

morning

noun

magazine(s)

noun

ze ˇnme ze ˇnme ha ˇoyìsi

how

question word

how can (we) not be embarrassed

conversational

ze ˇnmeyàng zhàn

phrase

L11 䍟

䍟

Vocabulary: Mandarin (Pinyin) to English

L1

classifier

䍦 L6 䍦

ຩ ຩ

look for

verb

L13 䍳

take (a photograph)

verb

L15 䍶

䍳 䍶

zha ˇo (qián) zhàopiàn

make (change)

verb

L7

photograph

noun

zhè

this

demonstrative

zhè, zhèi

this

specifier

zhème

so, such (adjectival verb)

intensifier

䍳᷉㣏᷊ L4 䍶㠍 L4 䎃 L6 䎃 L15 䎃㗕

䍳᷉仹᷊ 䍶㠍 䩡 䩡 䩡怯

zhe¯n

really

intensifier

L8

䎇

䎇

zhe¯nde ma?

really?

conversational

L3

䎇⭥㕑

䎇⭥ࡂ

Zha¯ng

(family name)

family name

zha¯ng

(classifier for flat rectangular and square objects)

zha ˇo zhào

expression

zhèng

earn

verb

L16 䎖

zhe¯nzhu¯ na ˇichá zhèr

pearl milk tea, bubble tea

noun phrase

L8

here

noun

L11 䎃ⱚ

zhè yàng

in this way, how about this

noun phrase

L8

䎃䂚

䩡‫כ‬ 䩡ᖴ

zhı¯

(classifier for writing implements, pencils, pens)

classifier

L6

䐈

䐇

zhıˇ zhıˇ

only

adverb

L3

paper

noun

zhıˇ ha ˇo

only thing to do is, best thing to do is

adjectival verb phrase

ᅋ 䎅䑊㚭⥉ 䎅䑊㚭⥉

䐜 L6 䐞 L12 䐜⼤

䐜 ど 䐜⼤

431

432

Vocabulary: Mandarin (Pinyin) to English

zhı¯dào

know

verb

zho¯ng*

hour, (main noun in clock time expression)

noun

䐋⭡ L9 䐴

Zho¯ngguó

China

place name

L2

Zho¯ngguó huà

Chinese language

noun phrase

Zho¯ngguó rén

Chinese person

zho¯ngjia¯n

L5

䐋⭡ 傫

L3

䐱⺛ 䐱⺛⿑

䐱ङ 䐱ङ䉳

noun phrase

L2

䐱⺛㦬

䐱ङ㦬

between, in-between

noun

L13 䐱ヅ

䐱刈

Zho¯ngsha¯n

Sun Yatsen

name

L11 䐱㩞

zho¯ngtóu

hour

noun

L12 䐴㵘

Zho¯ngwén

Chinese language

noun

L3

䐱㸥

䐱㩞 傫喿 䐱㸥

zho¯ngwu ˇ

noon

noun

L9

zho¯ngxı¯n

center

noun

L11

zho¯ngyú

finally, at last

adverb

L15

zho¯umò

weekend

noun

L11

zhù

live, reside in a place

verb

L15

䐱㹈 䐱㾥 䐶䇻 䐽㚊 䓂

䐱㹈 䐱㾥 レ咗 䩭㚊 䓂

zhu ˇnbèi zì

prepare

verb

L9

character (Chinese character)

noun

L7

䓝⡙ 䓷

᢫ 䓷

zìjıˇ zo ˇu

self

pronoun

L12 䓵゛

go

verb

L9

walk

verb + object

left

directional

zo ˇu lù zuo ˇ*

particle

䔀 L11 䔀㔘 L13 䔔

䓵゛ 䔀 䔀㔘 䔔

Vocabulary: Mandarin (Pinyin) to English

L9

verb

䔗 L11 䔙 L15 䔗

䔗 䔙 䔗

travel by car as a passenger

verb + object

L11 䔙⧖

䔙䡨

left side

noun

L13 䔔⢀

yesterday

noun

L10 䔓㳍

䔔䪦 䔓㳍

zuò

do

verb

zuò

sit

verb

zuò

cook (same as 䔗 do)

zuò che¯ zuo ˇbia¯n zuótia¯n

433

Chinese characters alphabetically arranged by Pinyin

Simplified English characters

Lesson Illustrative words

Traditional characters

eight

L6

dad

L11

ba

➬ ➷ ➪

(indicates speaker’s assumption; used for making suggestions)

L8

➬ ➷➷ (bàba) dad ➷ ➪

bàn

⟌

half

L11

䄜⮄⟌ (yı¯ diaˇn ⟌

B ba¯ bà

bàn) 1:30

Chinese characters alphabetically arranged by Pinyin

beˇi

⡒

north

L14

⡒⢀ (beˇibia¯n)

⡒

north side beˇn

⡟

(classifier: volume)

L12

bié

⢑ ⤜

don’t, other

L15

no, not

L6

bù

⡟ 䄜⡟㭊 (yı¯ beˇn shu ¯ ) one book, 㦶 ⡟ (Rìbeˇn) Japan ⢑⭥ (bié de) other ‫ن‬ ⤜ ⤜䄋 (bù yào) don’t want (to)

C cái chá chà

⤦ ⥉ ⥏

only then

L9

tea

L16

lack*

L14

⤦ ⥉ ⥏⤜ⱁ (chàbuduo¯) ⥏ almost

cháng ⧄

often

L15

⧄⧄

⧄

(chángcháng) often, ⳨⧄ (fe¯icháng) extremely chàng ⧋

sing

L16

⧋ⷉ (chàng ge¯)

⧋

sing (songs) che¯

⧖

car

L12

】⧖ (huoˇ che¯) train, ⹌⹓㡜⧖

䡨

(go¯nggòng qìche¯) bus, 㻣⧖ (xià che¯) exit a car chı¯ cì

⧵ ⪯

eat

L10

time

L11

⧵Ⳛ (chı¯ fàn) eat ⧵ 䄜⪯ (yı¯ cì) one ⪯ time, 䊺㯖䄜⪯ (zài shuo¯ yı¯ cì) say it again one more time

cóng ⪴

from

L13

໥

435

436

Chinese characters alphabetically arranged by Pinyin

D daˇ

⫓

hit

L8

⫓⮈⿑ (daˇ

⫓

diànhuà) make a phone call

⫔ da¯ng ⭒ dà

big

L6

*

L10

⼽⫔ (heˇn dà) big ⫔ ⭒㦜 (da¯ngrán) of ◵ course

dào

⭞

to (preposition); L13 arrive (verb)

dào

⭡

path*

L14

⭞ 䐋⭡ (zhı¯dào)

⭡

know de

⭥

de, dì ⭹

(marks noun description)

⭥

L7

ground, earth; L16 (grammar particle)

⭹㵝 (dìtú) map, ⭹ ⭹㳛 (dìtieˇ) subway; 㕞㕞⭹ (mànma¯n de) gradually

deˇi, de ⭤

dì diaˇn

⭽ ⮄

must; (manner L12 adverbial particle) younger brother*

L15

dot

L11

㯖⭤㌍ (shuo¯ de ⭤ kuài) speak quickly

⭽⭽ (dìdi)

⭽

younger brother

䄜⮄ (yı¯diaˇn) a little; 䄜⮄䐴

恄

(yı¯diaˇn zho¯ng) 1:00 diàn

⮈

electricity

L12

⮈⿑ (diànhuà) telephone, ⮈䇑 (diànyıˇng) movie, ⮈䇑䊛 (diànyıˇng yuàn) movie theater

厫

Chinese characters alphabetically arranged by Pinyin

diàn

⮋

store

L14

㭊⮋ (shu¯diàn)

⮋

bookstore do¯ng Ⰼ

east

L12

Ⰼ⢀ (do¯ngbian) east side, Ⰼ㹘

Ꮭ

(do¯ngxi) thing doˇng Ⰿ do¯u duì

Ⱍ ⰵ

understand

L14

both, all

L10

correct

L9

Ⰿ Ⱍ ⰵ⤜㡑 (duìbuqıˇ) ಇ excuse me

duo¯

ⱁ

many, more

L7

ⱁ㩺 (duo¯shao)

ⱁ

how much, how many E ér / r ⱚ èr

*

L11

ⱟ

two

L6

ⳉ

method*

L16

㚨ⱚ (nàr) there

‫כ‬ ⱟ

ⳉ⺛ (Faˇguó)

ⳉ

F faˇ

France fàn fe¯i fe¯i

Ⳛ ⳩ ⳨

rice

L10

coffee*

L13

not, extremely* L15

⧵Ⳛ (chı¯ fàn) eat 嚩 ㋈⳩ (ka¯fe¯i) coffee ⳩ ⳨⧄ (fe¯icháng) ⳨ extremely

fe¯i

⳪

fly

L16

⳪〛 (fe¯ijı¯)

嚘

airplane fe¯n fù

⳷ ⶙

minute, cent

L9

father*

L16

⳷ ⶙㚙 (fùmuˇ) father ⶙ and mother, parents

G ga¯ng ⶶ ga¯o

ⷀ

just now

L15

tall; Gao L10 (family name)

٣ ⷀ

437

438

Chinese characters alphabetically arranged by Pinyin

gào

⷇

inform*

L14

⷇㰀 (gàosu)

⷇

inform ge¯

ⷈ

older brother* L15

ⷈⷈ (ge¯ge) older ⷈ brother

ge¯

ⷉ

song

L16

⧋ⷉ (chàng ge¯)

ⷉ

sing (songs) gè

⷗

ⷙ ge¯n ⷛ go¯ng ⹅ geˇi

(classifier for people and other nouns)

L7

ӡ

give, for, to

L8

with

L12

⹅ work*

L11

ㄐ ⷛ ⹅

⫓⹅ (daˇ go¯ng) work

go¯ng ⹇

⹇ work*

L11

⹇㋯ (go¯ngkè)

⹇

classwork, homework go¯ng ⹌

public*

L13

⹌䊑 (go¯ngyuán) ⹌ park, ⹌⹓㡜⧖ go¯nggòng qìche¯ (public) bus

guaˇn ⹾

*

L12

㵝㭊⹾

圿

(túshu ¯ guaˇn) library, ㋈⳩⹾ (ka¯fe¯iguaˇn) coffee shop guì guó

⺔ ⺛

expensive

L12

country*

L13

䗧 䐱⺛ (Zho¯ngguó) ङ China

guoˇ

⺜

fruit; consequences

L16

㧈⺜ (rúguoˇ) if, 㯏⺜ (shuıˇguoˇ)

⺜

fruit guò

⺞

cross, pass

L14

䩿

Chinese characters alphabetically arranged by Pinyin

H

⿚ Hàn ⼛ hái

in addition

L8

Chinese

L9

⼛䓷 (Hànzì)

䪡 ᤉ

Chinese character háng 㾱

business*

L16

䅙㾱 (yínháng)

㾱

bank haˇo, hào

⼤

good, well

L7

aì⼤ (aìhào) hobby, ⼤ interest

hào

⼦

number

L12

⮈⿑⼦㕌

㱷

(diànhuà hàomaˇ) telephone number, ゙䊣゙⼦ (jıˇ yuè jıˇ hào) what month and date?

⼩ ⼮ hé heˇn ⼽ hóng ⽍ he¯

drink

L10

and, with

L8

very

L8

red

L15

⼩ ⼮ ⼽ ` ⽍㔭⭧ (hóng lu ¨ さ de¯ng) traffic light

hòu

⽓

*

L11

㬒⽓ (shíhou)

⽓

time hòu

⽔

after, behind* L14

䄵⽔ (yıˇhòu) after, 䲂 ⽔⢀ (hòubia¯n) behind

hú huà

⽟ ⿑

lake

L14

speech, language

L9

㯖⿑ (shuo¯ huà) speak, talk, 䐱⺛⿑

⽟ 䉳

(Zho¯ngguó huà) Chinese language hua¯n ⿗

happy*, joyous*

L15

㻓⿗ (xıˇhuan) like, ᛈ ⿗䇎 (hua¯nyíng) welcome

439

440

Chinese characters alphabetically arranged by Pinyin

huí

⿹

return

L15

⿹ ⿹コ (huí jia¯) return home; ⿹⺛ (huí guó) return to one’s home country; ⿹⺙㧃 (huí guo¯ ròu) twice-cooked pork

huì huo ˇ

。 】

can, able to

L8

fire

L16

】⧖ (huoˇche¯)

᎟ 】

train J jı¯

〛

machine

L8

㬷〛 (shoˇujı¯) cell ᗤ phone

jıˇ

゙

how many, how much

L7

jıˇ

゛ コ

self*

L13

family, home

L11

jia¯

ุ 䓵゛ (zìjıˇ) self 䊻コ (zài jia¯) at

゛ コ

home jia¯n

ヅ

*

L13

䐱ヅ (zho¯ngjia¯n) 刈 between, 㬒ヅ (shíjia¯n) time

jiàn

ボ

see

L9

䊺ボ (zài jiàn)

䃫

goodbye jiào jiào jie¯

ㅱ ㅱ ㅴ

call, be called L10 call

L15 L13

ㅴ⮈⿑ (jie¯

ㅱ ㅱ ㅴ

diànhuà) answer the phone, ㅴ㞔䇲 (jie¯ péngyou) pick up a friend jieˇ

ㆄ

older sister*

L15

ㆄㆄ (jieˇjie) older ㆄ sister

Chinese characters alphabetically arranged by Pinyin

jı¯n

㆒

*

L9

㆒㳍 (jı¯ntia¯n)

㆒

today jìn jìn

㆝ ㆙

close

L12

enter

L15

㤌㆙ (qıˇng jìn)

㆝ 䩮

please come in jı¯ng

㈊

capital city*

L13

Ⰼ㈊(Do¯ngjı¯ng) Tokyo, ⡒㈊

㈊

(Beˇijı¯ng) Beijing (Peking) jı¯ng

㈎

*

L13

䄲㈎ (yıˇjing)

ㄼ

already jiu ˇ jiu ˇ

㈦ ㈤

nine

L6

long time

L14

ⱁ㈤ (duo¯ jiuˇ)

㈦ ㈤

how long? jiù

㈮

only, precisely, L12 sooner than expected

㈮

jiù

㈪ ㉖

old

㜇 䅹

jué, jiào

L15

become aware* L16

㉖⭤ (juéde) think; 㯐㉖ (shuì jiào) sleep

K ka¯

㋈

*

L13

㋈⳩ (ka¯fe¯i)

㋈

coffee ka¯i

㋋

drive, open*

L12

刀 ㋋⧖(ka¯i che¯) drive a car; ㋋㬝 (ka¯ishıˇ) begin

kàn

㋕

look, see, read L11

㋕㞔䇲 (kàn

㋕

péngyou) see friends kaˇo

㋝

test, take a test L10

㋝㬵 (kaˇoshì) test, ㋝ take a test

441

442

Chinese characters alphabetically arranged by Pinyin

keˇ

㋪

*

L7

㋪䄵 (keˇyıˇ) can

㋪

(permission) kè

㋯

class

L11

⹇㋯ (go¯ngkè)

䌏

classwork, homework kè

㋮

guest

L15

koˇu

㋻

mouth

L9

㋮㦬 (kèren) guest, ㋮ ㋮㡙 (kèqi) polite ㋻ 㗦㋻ (ménkoˇu) doorway, 㔘㋻ (lùko ˇu) intersection, 㬏䓷 㔘㋻ (shízì lùkoˇu) four way intersection

kuài kuài

㌍ ㌊

fast, quickly

L12

dollar

L12

䄜㌊㣏 (yı¯ kuài

৬ ㌍

qián) one dollar L lái laˇo

㎕ ㎰

come

L13

old

L10

㎰㬇 (laˇoshı¯)

Ҏ ㎰

teacher le

㑬

(final particle L8 indicating completion or change)

lí

㏌

separated from*

L12

Li (family name)

L10

lıˇ

㏏

㑬

㸳コ㏌䎃ⱚ⼽㆝ 厙 (woˇ jia¯ lí zhèr heˇn jìn) my home is near here, ㏌㋋ (líka¯i) leave

㏏

Chinese characters alphabetically arranged by Pinyin

lıˇ

㏐

inside*

L14

䀆᷐㿺 ㏐⢀ (lıˇbian) inside, 䄜㏐㔘 (yı¯ lıˇ lù) one mile

lì

㏗

beautiful*

L10

㗡㏗ (meˇilì)

徱

beautiful liaˇng 㑞 liù lù

㒚 㔘

two (of something)

L7

‫ת‬

six

L6

road

L13

㒚 㕎㔘 (maˇ lù) road, 㔘 㔘㋻(lùkoˇu) intersection,㬏䓷㔘 ㋻(shízì lùkoˇu) four way intersection, 䔀㔘 (zoˇu lù) walk

M mom

L11

maˇ

㕉 㕎

Ma (family name); horse

L9

ma

㕑

yes-no question L7 particle

ࡂ

buy

L12

sell

L14

slow, slowly

L14

busy

L11

䗪 䘖 㕞 㗇

ma¯

㕓 mài 㕕 màn 㕞 máng 㗇 maˇi

㕉㕉 (ma¯ma) mom ஭ 㕎㔘 (maˇlù) road 埳

㗇⤜㗇ᷠ(máng bù máng?) busy?

máo

㗌

dime

L12

䄜㗌㣏 (yı¯ máo

㗌

qián) 10 cents me

㗕

*

L7

㬓㗕 (shénme)

怯

what méi

㗜

(negation)

L8

㗜

443

444

Chinese characters alphabetically arranged by Pinyin

meˇi

㗡

beautiful

L10

㗡 㗡⺛ (Meˇiguó) USA, 㗡㏗ (meˇilì) beautiful

meˇi

㗠

every

L16

㗠㳍 (meˇitia¯n)

㗠

every day mèi

㗤

younger sister* L15

㗤㗤 (mèimei)

㗤

younger sister mén

㗦

door, gate

L13

㗦㋻(ménkoˇu)

凵

doorway, gateway men

㗨

miàn 㘇

plural suffix for pronouns

L6

side*

L15

㛄㗨 (nıˇmen) you Ӥ (plural)

ⰵ㘇 (duìmiàn)

㘇

across, facing míng 㘘

bright*

L9

㘘㳍 (míngtia¯n) tomorrow,㘘㛋

㘘

(míngnián) next year míng 㘜

name*, fame* L15

㘜䓷 (míngzi)

㘜

name mu ˇ

㚙

mother*

L16

⶙㚙 (fùmuˇ)

㚙

father and mother, parents N

㚥 nà, nèi 㚨 nán 㚱 naˇ

which

L7

that

L7

male

L11

㚥 㚨 㚱⼃䓴 (nán háizi) 㚱 boy, 㚱㞔䇲 (nán péngyo ˇu) boyfriend

nán

㚰

south

L14

㚰⢀ (nánbia¯n)

㚰

south side nán

㚲

difficult

L14

厚

Chinese characters alphabetically arranged by Pinyin

ne

㚹

㛄 nián 㛋 nıˇ

(final particle L8 for follow-up questions)

㚹

you

L6

year

L15

㛄 㛋

㆒㛋 (jı¯nnián) this year, 㘘㛋 (míngnián) next year, 㦆㛋 (qùnián) last year, 䄜㛋゗ (yı¯niánjí) first-year level

nín niú ˇ nu ¨

㛛 㝄 㝏

you (polite)

L13

cow

L10

female

L8

㛛 㝄㧃 (niúròu) beef 㝄 ˇ háizi) 㝏 㝏⼃䓴 (nu ¨ ˇ ¨ girl,㝏㞔䇲 (nu péngyou) girlfriend

P péng 㞔

friend*

L11

㞔䇲 (péngyou)

㞔

friend piào

㠒

ticket

L14

㠒

㡀 㠻

seven

L6

*

L11

㡀 㠻

Q qı¯ qı¯

㾨㠻(xı¯ngqı¯) ˇqı¯) week, 㭏㠻(shu summer duration

qıˇ

㡑

*

L9

ⰵ⤜㡑 (duìbuqıˇ) 㡑 excuse me, 㡑⪓ (qıˇ chuáng) get out of bed

qián

㣏

money

L12

䄜㌊㣏 (yı¯ kuài qián) one dollar

仹

445

446

Chinese characters alphabetically arranged by Pinyin

qián

㣑

before*, in front*

L14

䄵㣑 (yıˇqián) before, 㣑⢀

㣑

(qiánbia¯n) in front of qiáng 㣠

strong

L13

⺛㣠

ຫ

(Guóqiáng) (given name) qıˇng

㤌

invite

L11

㤌㸫 (qıˇng wèn)

䌩

may I ask qù

㦆

go

L10

㦆

㦜

*

L10

⭒㦜 (da¯ngrán) of 㦜 course;㰅㦜

R rán

(suı¯rán) although rén rèn

㦬 㦰

person

L7

recognize*

L15

㦰㬗 (rènshi)

㦬 䋫

know, recognize

㦶 róng 㦾 㧈 rú rì

sun

L8

*

L13

if*

L16

three

L6

mountain

L14

㦶 㦶⡟ (Rìbeˇn) 㦾䄸 (róngyì) easy 㦾 㧈 㧈⺜ (rúguoˇ) if

S

㧞 sha¯n 㩞 shàng 㩰 sa¯n

last (week, L9 month), above

䋈㩰 (zaˇoshang) morning, 㶎㩰 (waˇnshang) evening, 㩰㹈 (shàngwu ˇ) morning, 㩰㋯ (shàng kè) go to class

㧞 㩞 㩰

Chinese characters alphabetically arranged by Pinyin

shaˇo

㩺

few, less

L7

ⱁ㩺 (duo¯shao)

㩺

how much, how many shéi

㯎

who?

L11

㰞㬨㯎ᷠ(ta¯ shì

䌍

shéi?) who is she? shén 㬓

*

L7

㬓㗕 (shénme)

㬓

what she¯ng 㪛

be born

L8

䁈㪛 (xuésheng) 㪛 student, 㪛㦶 (she¯ngrì) birthday, 㻩㪛 (xia¯nsheng) Mr.

shı¯

㬇

teacher*

L10

㎰㬇 (laˇoshı¯)

฀

teacher shí

㬗

know*

L15

㦰㬗 (rènshi)

䑳

know, recognize shí shí

㬏 㬒

ten

L6

time*

L11

㬒⽓ (shíhou) time, 㬒ヅ

㬏 ጓ

(shíjia¯n) time shıˇ

㬝

begin*

L16

㋋㬝 (ka¯ishıˇ)

㬝

begin shì shì

㬨 㬵

be

L7

test*

L10

㬨 ㋝㬵 (kaˇoshì) test, 䉨 take a test

shì

shì

㬣

㬱

matter, situation

L11

city*

L12

䇱㬣 (yoˇu shì)

㬣

have something to do

㬱䐱㾥 (shì zho¯ngxı¯n) downtown, city center

㬱

447

448

Chinese characters alphabetically arranged by Pinyin

sho ˇu 㬷

hand

L8

㬷〛 (shoˇujı¯) cell 㬷 phone

shu¯

㭊

book

L12

㵝㭊⹾

᎙

(túshu ¯guaˇn) library, ㋕㭊 (kàn shu ¯) read (books) shuıˇ

㯏

water

L15

㯏⺜ (shuıˇguoˇ)

㯏

fruit shuo¯ 㯖

speak, talk

L9

㯖⿑ (shuo¯ huà)

䌇

speak, talk sı¯

㯝

think*

L16

䅃㯝 (yìsi)

㯝

meaning, significance sì sù

㯥 㰀

four

L6

inform*

L14

⷇㰀 (gàosu)

㯥 䈷

inform T ta¯ ta¯ tài

㰜 㰞 㲌

he, him

L8

she, her

L8

too

L6

㰜 㰞 㲌⼤㑬 (tài haˇo le) 㲌 great

tia¯n

㳍

day, heaven

L9

㆒㳍 (jı¯ntia¯n) today, 㾨㠻㳍

㳍

(Xı¯ngqı¯tia¯n) Sunday tı¯ng tú

㳞 㵝

listen (to)

L12

chart*

L12

㵝㭊⹾

㔁 थ

(túshu ¯ guaˇn) library, ⭹㵝 (dìtú) map W wài

㶃

outside*

L14

㶃⢀ (wàibia¯n) outside

㶃

Chinese characters alphabetically arranged by Pinyin

wán waˇn

㶇 㶎

play

L16

late

L9

㶇 㶎㩰 (waˇnshang) 㶎 evening, 㶎Ⳛ (waˇnfàn) dinner

wáng 㶖

king; Wang L10 (family name)

waˇng 㶙

net

L11

㶖 㩰㶙 (shàng

ㆸ

waˇng) use the internet waˇng 㶚 wéi, wèi

㸋

toward

L13

*

L6

㶚 ⫔㸋 (Dàwéi), 㸋 ᩊ 㬓㗕 (wèi shénme) why

wén

㸥

*

L9

䐱㸥 (Zho¯ngwén) 㸥 Chinese language

wèn

㸫

ask

L10

㤌㸫 (qıˇng wèn)

߷

please may I ask woˇ wuˇ wuˇ

㸳 㹆 㹈

I, me

L6

five

L6

*noon

L10

㩰㹈 (shàngwuˇ)

㸳 㹆 㹈

morning X xı¯

㹘

west

L12

㹘⢀ (xı¯bian) west side, Ⰼ㹘

㹘

(do¯ngxi) thing xí xıˇ xıˇ

㻑 㻓 㻕

*

L10

happy*, like*

L15

wash

L15

䁈㻑 (xuéxí) study 㐶 㻓⿗ (xıˇhuan) like 㻓 㻕 㻕䋉(xıˇzaˇo) bathe, 㻕㬷ヅ (xıˇshoˇujia¯n) washroom, bathroom

449

450

Chinese characters alphabetically arranged by Pinyin

xià

㻣

below, down

L9

㻣㹈 (xiàwuˇ) afternoon,㻣⢀

㻣

(xiàbia¯n) below, 㻣 ㋯ (xià kè) get out of class, 㻣⧖(xià che¯) get off a vehicle, 㻣⷗㾨㠻 (xià gè xı¯ngqı¯) next week xia¯n

㻩

first

L15

㻩㪛 (xia¯nsheng) 㻩 Mr., husband

xiàn

㻷

*

L13

㻷䊻 (xiànzài)

␧

now xiaˇng 㼌 xiaˇo xie¯ xieˇ

㾂 㾊 㾕

think, want, plan to

L12

㼌

little, small

L8

several*

L15

write

L16

㾂 㾊 ౲

㾕䓷 (xieˇ zì) write (characters, letters)

xiè

xı¯n

㾜

㾥

㾜㾜 (xièxie)

䏙

thank, thank L11 you; Xie (family name)

thank you

heart

䐱㾥 (zho¯ngxı¯n) 㾥

L12

center xı¯ng

㾨

star

L11

㾨㠻 (xı¯ngqı¯)

㾨

week xíng

㾱

acceptable

L16

㾱⤜㾱ᷠ(xíng bù 㾱 xíng?) okay?

xué

䁈

study

L10

䁈㪛 (xuésheng) స student, 䁈㻑 (xuéxí) study

Chinese characters alphabetically arranged by Pinyin

Y yàng 䂚

*

L11

䋖㗕䂚

ᖴ

(zeˇnmeyàng) what about it? how about it?, 䎃䂚 (zhèyàng) this way yào yeˇ yı¯ yıˇ

䄋 䄓 䄜 䄵

will, want

L8

also

L6

one

L6

*

L7

㋪䄵 (keˇyıˇ) can

䄋 䄓 䄜 䄵

(permission) yıˇ

䄲

*

L13

䄲㈎ (yıˇjing)

䄲

already yì

䄸

*

L13

㦾䄸 (róngyì)

䄸

easy yì

䅃

meaning*

L16

䅃㯝 (yìsi)

䅃

meaning, significance yo ˇu

䇱

have, there is/ L8 there are

yo ˇu

䇲

friend*

L11

䇱 㞔䇲 (péngyou)

䇲

friend yòu

䇳

right*

L14

䇳⢀ (yòubia¯n)

䇳

right side yuán 䊑

garden*

L13

⹌䊑 (go¯ngyuán) ड park

yuaˇn 䊗 yuè

far

L14

䊣

month

L10

䊺

again

L9

䪉 䊣

Z zài

䊺ボ (zài jiàn) goodbye

䊺

451

452

Chinese characters alphabetically arranged by Pinyin

zài zaˇo

䊻 䋈

䊻コ (zài jia¯) at

located at, in, L11 on

home

early

䋈Ⳛ (zaˇofàn)

L9

䊻 䋈

breakfast

䋖 zhàn 䍟 zeˇn

*

L9

station, (bus or L13 train) stop

䋖㗕 (zeˇnme) how 䋖 ⧖䍟 (che¯zhàn) 䍟 station

zha¯ng 䍦

sheet (cl.); L9 Zhang (family name)

ຩ

zhaˇo 䍳

look for, find

L14

this

L7

䍳 䩡

really

L13

*

L10

zhè, zhèi

䎃

zhe¯n 䎇 zhì

䐯

㧞㘘䐯

䎇 䐯

(sa¯nmíngzhì) sandwich zhı¯

䐋

know*

L14

䐋⭡ (zhı¯dào)

䐋

know

䐜 zho¯ng 䐱 zhıˇ

only

L8

middle, part L9 of the word for China, Chinese language, etc.

zhù

䓂

reside/live L16 (in a location)

zi

䓴

*

L7

䐜 䐱㸥 (Zho¯ngwén) 䐱 Chinese language

䓂 䓴 ⡟䓴 (beˇnzi) notebook, ⼃䓴 (háizi) child, ㅩ䓴 (jiaˇozi) dumplings, Ⳡ䓴 (fángzi) house

Chinese characters alphabetically arranged by Pinyin

zì

䓷

character

L9

⼛䓷 (Hànzì)

䓷

Chinese character zì zo ˇu zuó

䓵 䔀 䔓

self*

L13

go

L12

yesterday*

L10

䓵 䓵゛ (zìjıˇ) self 䔀㔘 (zoˇu lù) walk 䔀 䔓 䔓㳍 (zuótian) yesterday

zuoˇ

䔔

left*

L14

䔔⢀ (zuoˇbia¯n)

䔔

left side zuò

䔗

do

L11

䔗㬣 (zuò shì)

䔗

do work zuò

䔙

sit

L12

䔙⧖ (zuò che¯) go 䔙 by car

453

Chinese characters by lesson

Simplified Pinyin English characters

Illustrative words

Traditional characters

Lesson 6

䄜 ⱟ 㧞 㯥 㹆 㒚 㡀 ➬ ㈦

yı¯

one

èr

two

sa¯n

three

sì

four

wu ˇ

five

liù

six

qı¯

seven

ba¯

eight

jiu ˇ

nine

䄜 ⱟ 㧞 㯥 㹆 㒚 㡀 ➬ ㈦

Chinese characters by lesson

㬏 ⤜

shí

ten

bù

no, not

⤜䄋 (bù yào) don’t

㬏 ⤜

want (to)

⫔ 㗨 㛄 㲌

dà

big

men

plural suffix for pronouns

nıˇ

you

tài

too

⼽⫔ (heˇn dà) big 㛄㗨 (nıˇmen) you

⫔ Ӥ

(plural)

㲌⼤㑬 (tài haˇo le)

㛄 㲌

great

㸋

wéi, wèi

*

woˇ

I, me

yeˇ

also

⭥

de

marks noun description

ⱁ

duo¯

many, more

㸳 䄓

⫔㸋 (Dàwéi), 㸋㬓㗕 ᩊ (wèi shénme) why

㸳 䄓  ⭥

Lesson 7

ⱁ㩺 (duo¯shao) how

ⱁ

much, how many

⷗

gè

(classifier for people and other nouns)

⼤

haˇo, hào

good, well

゙

jıˇ

how many, how much

㋪

keˇ

*

ӡ

aì⼤ (aìhào) hobby, interest

⼤ ุ

㋪䄵 (keˇyıˇ) can

㋪

(permission)

㑞

liaˇng

two (of something)

‫ת‬

㕑

ma

yes-no question particle

ࡂ

455

456

Chinese characters by lesson

㗕 㚨

me

*

nà, nèi

that

㚥 㦬 㩺

naˇ

which

rén

person

shaˇo

few, less

㬓㗕 (shénme) what

ⱁ㩺 (duo¯shao) how

怯 㚨 㚥 㦬 㩺

much, how many

㬓 㬨 䄵

shén

*

shì

be

yıˇ

*

㬓㗕 (shénme) what ㋪䄵 (keˇyıˇ) can

㬓 㬨 䄵

(permission)

䎃

zhè, zhèi

this

䓴

zi

*

➪

ba

(indicates speaker’s assumption; used for making suggestions)

⫓

daˇ

hit

Lesson 8

䩡 ⡟䓴 (beˇnzi) notebook, 䓴 ⼃䓴 (háizi) child, ㅩ 䓴 (jiaˇozi) dumplings, Ⳡ䓴 (fángzi) house  ➪

⫓⮈⿑ (daˇ diànhuà)

⫓

make a phonecall

ⷙ ⿚ ⼮ ⼽ 。

geˇi

give, for, to

hái

in addition

hé

and, with

heˇn

very

huì

can, able to

ㄐ 䪡 ⼮ ⼽ ᎟

Chinese characters by lesson

〛 㑬

jı¯

machine

le

(final particle indicating completion or change)

㗜 㚹

méi

(negation)

ne

(final particle for follow-up questions)

㝏

ˇ nü

female

㬷〛 (shoˇujı¯) cellphone ᗤ 㑬

㗜 㚹

㝏⼃䓴 (nüˇháizi) girl, 㝏 㝏㞔䇲 (nüˇ péngyou) girlfriend

㦶 㪛

rì

sun

she¯ ng be born

㦶⡟ (Rìbeˇn) 䁈㪛 (xuésheng) student, 㪛㦶

㦶 㪛

㬷〛 (shoˇujı¯)

㬷

(she¯ ngrì) birthday, 㻩 㪛 (xia¯nsheng) Mr.

㬷

shoˇu

hand

cellphone

㰜 㰞 㾂 䄋 䇱

ta¯

he, him

ta¯

she, her

xiaˇo

little, small

yào

will, want

yoˇu

have, there is/ there are

䐜

zhıˇ

only

cái

only then

duì

correct

㰜 㰞 㾂 䄋 䇱

Lesson 9

⤦ ⰵ

ⰵ⤜㡑 (duìbuqıˇ) excuse me

䐜  ⤦ ಇ

457

458

Chinese characters by lesson

⳷ ⼛

fe¯ n

minute, cent

Hàn

Chinese

⳷ ⼛䓷 (Hànzì)

ᤉ

Chinese character

⿑

huà

speech, language

㯖⿑ (shuo¯ huà) speak, talk, 䐱⺛⿑

䉳

(Zho¯ngguó huà) Chinese language

ボ

jiàn

see

䊺ボ (zài jiàn)

䃫

goodbye

㆒

jı¯n

*

㆒㳍 (jı¯ntia¯n) today

㆒

㋻

koˇu

mouth

㗦㋻ (ménkoˇu) doorway, 㔘㋻

㋻

(lùkoˇu) intersection, 㬏䓷㔘㋻ (shízì lùkoˇu) four way intersection

㕎

maˇ

Ma (family name); horse

㕎㔘 (maˇlù) road

埳

㘘

míng

*

㘘㳍 (míngtia¯n) tomorrow, 㘘㛋

㘘

(míngnián) next year

㡑

qıˇ

*

ⰵ⤜㡑 (duìbuqıˇ) excuse me, 㡑⪓

㡑

(qıˇ chuáng) get out of bed

㩰

shàng last (week, month), above

䋈㩰 (zaˇoshang) morning, 㶎㩰 (waˇnshang) evening, 㩰㹈 (shàngwuˇ) morning, 㩰㋯ (shàng kè) go to class

㩰

Chinese characters by lesson

㯖

shuo¯

speak, talk

㯖⿑ (shuo¯ huà)

䌇

speak, talk

㳍

tia¯n

day, heaven

㆒㳍 (jı¯ntia¯n) today, 㾨㠻㳍 (Xı¯ngqı¯tia¯n)

㳍

Sunday

㶎

waˇn

late

㶎㩰 (waˇnshang) evening, 㶎Ⳛ

㶎

(waˇnfàn) dinner

㸥

wén

*

䐱㸥 (Zho¯ngwén)

㸥

Chinese language

㻣

xià

below, down

㻣㹈 (xiàwuˇ) afternoon,㻣⢀

㻣

䊺ボ (zài jiàn)

䊺

(xiàbia¯n) below, 㻣㋯ (xià kè) get out of class, 㻣⧖(xià che¯ ) get off a vehicle, 㻣⷗ 㾨㠻 (xià gè xı¯ngqı¯) next week

䊺

zài

again

goodbye

䋈

zaˇo

early

䋈Ⳛ (zaˇofàn)

䋈

breakfast

䋖 䍦

zeˇn

䋖㗕 (zeˇnme) how

䋖 ຩ

䐱

zho¯ng middle, part 䐱㸥 (Zho¯ngwén) of the word for Chinese language China, Chinese language, etc.

䐱

䓷

zì

*

zha¯ng sheet (cl.); Zhang (family name)

character

⼛䓷 (Hànzì) Chinese 䓷 character

459

460

Chinese characters by lesson

Lesson 10

⧵ ⭒

chı¯

eat

da¯ng

*

⧵Ⳛ (chı¯ fàn) eat ⭒㦜 (da¯ngrán) of

 ⧵ ◵

course

Ⱍ Ⳛ ⷀ

do¯u

both, all

fàn

rice

ga¯o

tall; Gao (family name)

⼩ ㅱ ㋝

he¯

drink

jiào

call, be called

kaˇo

test, take a test

⧵Ⳛ (chı¯ fàn) eat

㋝㬵 (kaˇoshì) test,

Ⱍ 嚩 ⷀ ⼩ ㅱ ㋝

take a test

㎰ ㏏

laˇo

old

Lıˇ

Li (family name)

㏗ 㗡

lì

beautiful*

meˇi

beautiful

㝄 㦆 㦜

niú

cow

qù

go

rán

*

㎰㬇 (laˇoshı¯) teacher

㎰ ㏏

㗡㏗ (meˇilì) beautiful 徱 㗡⺛ (Meˇiguó) USA, 㗡 㗡㏗ (meˇilì) beautiful 㝄 㝄㧃 (niúròu) beef 㦆 㦜 ⭒㦜 (da¯ngrán) of course; 㰅㦜 (suı¯rán) although

㬇 㬵

shı¯

teacher*

shì

test*

㎰㬇 (laˇoshı¯) teacher ㋝㬵 (kaˇoshì) test,

฀ 䉨

take a test

㶖

wáng

king; Wang (family name)

㸫

wèn

ask

㶖 㤌㸫 (qıˇng wèn) please may I ask

߷

Chinese characters by lesson

㹈

wu ˇ

*noon

㩰㹈 (shàngwuˇ)

㹈

morning

㻑 䁈

xí

*

xué

study

䁈㻑 (xuéxí) study 䁈㪛 (xuésheng) student, 䁈㻑 (xuéxí)

㐶 స

study

䊣 䐯

yuè

month

zhì

*

䊣 㧞㘘䐯 (sa¯nmíngzhì) 䐯 sandwich

䔓

zuó

yesterday*

䔓㳍 (zuótian)

䔓

yesterday Lesson 11

➷ ⟌

bà

dad

bàn

half

➷➷ (bàba) dad 䄜⮄⟌ (yı¯ diaˇn bàn)

 ➷ ⟌

1:30

⪯

cì

time

䄜⪯ (yı¯ cì) one time, 䊺㯖䄜⪯ (zài shuo¯

⪯

yı¯ cì) say it again one more time

⮄

diaˇn

dot

䄜⮄ (yı¯diaˇn) a little; 䄜⮄䐴 (yı¯diaˇn

恄

zho¯ng) 1:00

ⱚ ⹅ ⹇

ér/r

*

go¯ng go¯ng

㚨ⱚ (nàr) there ⫓⹅ (daˇ go¯ng) work ⹇㋯ (go¯ngkè)

‫כ‬ ⹅ ⹇

classwork, homework

⽓ コ ㋕

hòu

*

jia¯

family, home

kàn

look at, see, read

㬒⽓ (shíhou) time 䊻コ (zài jia¯) at home ㋕㞔䇲 (kàn péngyou) see friends

⽓ コ ㋕

461

462

Chinese characters by lesson

㋯

kè

class

⹇㋯ (go¯ngkè)

䌏

classwork, homework

㕉

ma¯

mom

㕉㕉 (ma¯ma) mom

஭

㗇

máng

busy

㗇⤜㗇ᷠ(máng bù

㗇

máng?) busy?

㚱

nán

male

㚱⼃䓴 (nán háizi) boy, 㚱㞔䇲 (nán

㚱

péngyoˇu) boyfriend

㞔

péng

friend*

㠻

qı¯

*

㞔䇲 (péngyou) friend 㞔 㠻 㾨㠻 (xı¯ngqı¯) week, 㭏㠻 (shuˇqı¯) summer duration

㤌

qıˇng

invite

㤌㸫 (qıˇng wèn) may 䌩 I ask

㯎

shéi

who?

㰞㬨㯎ᷠ(ta¯ shì shéi?) 䌍 who is she?

㬒

shí

time*

㬒⽓ (shíhou) time, 㬒ヅ (shíjia¯n) time

ጓ

㬣

shì

matter, situation

䇱㬣 (yoˇu shì) have

㬣

net

㩰㶙 (shàng waˇng)

㶙

waˇng

something to do

ㆸ

use the internet

㾜

xiè

thank, thank you; Xie (family name)

㾜㾜 (xièxie) thank you,㾜 (Xiè) family

䏙

name

㾨

xı¯ng

star

㾨㠻 (xı¯ngqı¯) week

䂚

yàng

*

䋖㗕䂚 (zeˇnmeyàng) ᖴ

㾨

what about it? how about it?, 䎃䂚 (zhèyàng) this way

䇲

yoˇu

friend*

㞔䇲 (péngyou) friend 䇲

Chinese characters by lesson

䊻 䔗

zài

located at, in, on 䊻コ (zài jia¯) at home

zuò

do

beˇn

(classifier: volume)

Lesson 12

⡟

䄜⡟㭊 (yı¯ beˇn shu¯) one book, 㦶⡟

䊻 䔗  ⡟

(Rìbeˇn) Japan

⧖

che¯

car

】⧖ (huoˇ che¯ ) train, 䡨 ⹌⹓㡜⧖ (go¯nggòng qìche¯ ) bus, 㻣⧖ (xià che¯ ) exit a car

⭤

⮈

deˇi, de

must; (manner adverbial particle)

diàn

electricity

㯖⭤㌍ (shuo¯ de

⭤

kuài) speak quickly

⮈⿑ (diànhuà) telephone, ⮈䇑

厫

Ⰼ⢀ (do¯ngbian) east side, Ⰼ㹘 (do¯ngxi)

Ꮭ

(diànyıˇng) movie, ⮈ 䇑䊛 (diànyıˇngyuàn) movie theater

Ⰼ

do¯ng

east

thing

ⷛ ⹾

ge¯ n

with

guaˇn

*

㵝㭊⹾ (túshu¯guaˇn) library, ㋈⳩⹾

ⷛ 圿

(ka¯fe¯ igua ˇn) coffee shop

⺔ ⼦

guì

expensive

hào

number

⮈⿑⼦㕌 (diànhuà

䗧 㱷

hàomaˇ) telephone number, ゙䊣゙⼦ (jıˇ yuè jıˇ hào) what month and date?

㆝

jìn

close

㆝

463

464

Chinese characters by lesson

㈮

jiù

only, precisely, sooner than expected

㋋

ka¯i

drive, open*

㈮

㋋⧖(ka¯i che¯ ) drive a car; ㋋㬝 (ka¯ishıˇ)

刀

begin

㌍ ㌊

kuài

fast, quickly

kuài

dollar

৬ 䄜㌊㣏 (yı¯ kuài qián) ㌍ one dollar

㏌

lí

separated from* 㸳コ㏌䎃ⱚ⼽㆝ (woˇ 厙 jia¯ lí zhèr heˇn jìn) my home is near here, ㏌ ㋋ (líka¯i) leave

㕓 㗌

maˇi

buy

máo

dime

䗪 䄜㗌㣏 (yı¯ máo qián) 㗌 10 cents

㣏

qián

money

䄜㌊㣏 (yı¯ kuài qián) 仹 one dollar

㬱

shì

city*

㬱䐱㾥 (shì

㬱

zho¯ngxı¯n) downtown, city center

㭊

shu¯

book

㵝㭊⹾ (túshu¯guaˇn) library, ㋕㭊 (kàn

᎙

shu¯) read (books)

㳞 㵝

tı¯ng

listen (to)

tú

chart*

㵝㭊⹾ (túshu¯guaˇn) library, ⭹㵝 (dìtú)

㔁 थ

map

㹘

xı¯

west

㹘⢀ (xı¯bian) west side, Ⰼ㹘 (do¯ngxi) thing

㹘

Chinese characters by lesson

㼌

xiaˇng

think, want, plan to

㾥

xı¯n

heart

㼌 䐱㾥 (zho¯ngxı¯n)

㾥

center

䔀 䔙

zoˇu

go

zuò

sit

䔀㔘 (zoˇu lù) walk 䔙⧖ (zuò che¯ ) go by

䔀 䔙

car

 ໥ ⭞

Lesson 13

⪴ ⭞

cóng

from

dào

to (preposition); arrive (verb)

⳩ ⹌

fe¯ i

coffee*

go¯ng

public*

㋈⳩ (ka¯fe¯ i) coffee ⹌䊑 (go¯ngyuán) park, ⹌⹓㡜⧖

⳩ ⹌

go¯nggòng qìche¯ (public) bus

⺛

guó

country*

䐱⺛ (Zho¯ngguó)

ङ

China

゛ ヅ

jıˇ

self*

jia¯n

*

䓵゛ (zìjıˇ) self 䐱ヅ (zho¯ngjia¯n) between, 㬒ヅ

゛ 刈

(shíjia¯n) time

ㅴ

ㅴ⮈⿑ (jie¯ diànhuà) answer the phone, ㅴ 㞔䇲 (jie¯ péngyou)

jie¯

ㅴ

pick up a friend

㈊

jı¯ng

capital city*

㈊ Ⰼ㈊(Do¯ngjı¯ng) Tokyo, ⡒㈊(Beˇijı¯ng) Beijing (Peking)

㈎ ㋈ ㎕

jı¯ng

*

ka¯

*

lái

come

䄲㈎ (yıˇjing) already ㋈⳩ (ka¯fe¯ i) coffee

ㄼ ㋈ Ҏ

465

466

Chinese characters by lesson

㔘

lù

road

㕎㔘 (maˇ lù) road, 㔘 㔘 ㋻(lùkoˇu) intersection, 㬏䓷㔘㋻(shízì lùkoˇu) four way intersection, 䔀㔘 (zoˇu lù) walk

㗦

mén

door, gate

㗦㋻(ménkoˇu)

凵

doorway, gateway

㛛 㣠

nín

you (polite)

qiáng

strong

⺛㣠 (Guóqiáng)

㛛 ຫ

(given name)

㦾 㶚 㻷 䄲 䄸 䊑

róng

*

waˇng

toward

xiàn

*

yıˇ

*

yì

*

yuán

garden*

㦾䄸 (róngyì) easy 㻷䊻 (xiànzài) now 䄲㈎ (yıˇjing) already 㦾䄸 (róngyì) easy ⹌䊑 (go¯ngyuán)

㦾 㶚 ␧ 䄲 䄸 ड

park

䍟 䎇 䓵

zhàn

station, (bus or train) stop

⧖䍟 (che¯ zhàn) station

zhe¯ n

really

zì

self*

䓵゛ (zìjıˇ) self

beˇi

north

⡒⢀ (beˇibia¯n) north

Lesson 14

⡒

䍟 䎇 䓵  ⡒

side

⥏

chà

lack*

⥏⤜ⱁ (chàbuduo¯)

⥏

almost

⭡ ⮋

dào

*

diàn

store

䐋⭡ (zhı¯dào) know 㭊⮋ (shu¯diàn)

⭡ ⮋

bookstore

Ⰿ

doˇng

understand

Ⰿ

Chinese characters by lesson

⷇

gào

inform*

⺞

guò

cross, pass

⽔

hòu

after, behind*

⽟

hú

lake

䄵⽔ (yıˇhòu) after, ⽔ 䲂 ⢀ (hòubia¯n) behind ⽟

㈤

jiu ˇ

long time

ⱁ㈤ (duo¯ jiuˇ) how

⷇㰀 (gàosu) inform

⷇ 䩿

㈤

long?

㏐

lıˇ

inside*

㏐⢀ (lıˇbian) inside, 䄜㏐㔘 (yı¯ lıˇ lù) one

䀆᷐㿺

mile

㕕

mài

sell

䘖

㕞

màn

slow, slowly

㕞

㚰

nán

south

㚰⢀ (nánbia¯n) south 㚰 side

㚲

nán

difficult

厚

㠒

piào

ticket

㠒

㣑

qián

before*, in front*

䄵㣑 (yıˇqián) before, 㣑⢀ (qiánbia¯n) in

㣑

front of

㩞

㩞

sha¯n

mountain

㰀

sù

inform*

⷇㰀 (gàosu) inform

䈷

㶃

wài

outside*

㶃⢀ (wàibia¯n)

㶃

outside

䇳

yòu

right*

䇳⢀ (yòubia¯n) right

䇳

side

䊗

yuaˇn

far

䪉

䍳

zhaˇo

look for, find

䍳

䐋

zhı¯

know*

䐋⭡ (zhı¯dào) know

䐋

䔔

zuoˇ

left*

䔔⢀ (zuoˇbia¯n) left

䔔

side

467

468

Chinese characters by lesson

Lesson 15

⢑ ⧄

bié

don’t, other

cháng often

⢑⭥ (bié de) other ⧄⧄ (chángcháng) often, ⳨⧄ (fe¯ icháng)

 ‫ن‬ ⧄

extremely

⭽

⭽⭽ (dìdi) younger

dì

⭽

brother

⳨

fe¯ i

not, extremely*

⳨⧄ (fe¯ icháng)

⳨

extremely

ⶶ ⷈ

ga¯ng

just now

ge¯

older brother*

ⷈⷈ (ge¯ ge) older

٣ ⷈ

brother

⽍

hóng

red

⽍㔭⭧ (hóng

さ

`de¯ ng) traffic light lü

⿗

hua¯n

happy*, joyous*

㻓⿗ (xıˇhuan) like, ⿗䇎 (hua¯nyíng)

ᛈ

welcome

⿹

huí

return

⿹コ (huí jia¯) return ⿹ home; ⿹⺛ (huí guó) return to one’s home country; ⿹⺙㧃 (huíguo¯ ròu) twicecooked pork

ㅱ ㆄ

jiào

call

jieˇ

older sister*

ㆄㆄ (jieˇjie) older

ㅱ ㆄ

sister

㆙

jìn

enter

㤌㆙ (qıˇng jìn) please 䩮 come in

㈪ ㋮

jiù

old

kè

guest

㋮㦬 (kèren) guest, ㋮㡙 (kèqi) polite

㜇 ㋮

Chinese characters by lesson

㗤

mèi

younger sister*

㗤㗤 (mèimei)

㗤

younger sister

㘇

miàn

side*

ⰵ㘇 (duìmiàn)

㘇

across, facing

㘜 㛋

míng

name*, fame*

nián

year

㘜䓷 (míngzi) name 㘜 㛋 ㆒㛋 (jı¯nnián) this year, 㘘㛋(míngnián) next year, 㦆㛋 (qùnián) last year, 䄜㛋゗(yı¯niánjí) first-year level

㦰

rèn

recognize*

㦰㬗 (rènshi) know,

䋫

recognize

㬗

shi

know*

㦰㬗 (rènshi) know,

䑳

recognize

㯏 㻓 㻕

shuıˇ

water

xıˇ

happy*, like*

xıˇ

wash

㯏⺜ (shuıˇguoˇ) fruit 㯏 㻓 㻓⿗ (xıˇhuan) like 㻕䋉 (xıˇzaˇo) bathe, 㻕 㻕 㬷ヅ (xıˇshoˇujia¯n) washroom, bathroom

㻩

xia¯n

first

㻩㪛 (xia¯nsheng)

㻩

Mr., husband

㾊

xie¯

several*

chá

tea

Lesson 16

⥉ ⧋

chàng sing

⧋ⷉ (chàng ge¯ ) sing

㾊  ⥉ ⧋

(songs)

⭹

de, dì

ground, earth; (grammar particle)

⭹㵝 (dìtú) map, ⭹ 㳛 (dìtieˇ) subway; 㕞 㕞⭹ (mànma¯n de) gradually

⭹

469

470

Chinese characters by lesson

ⳉ ⳪ ⶙

faˇ

method*

fe¯ i

fly

fù

father*

ⳉ⺛ (Faˇguó) France ⳪〛 (fe¯ ijı¯) airplane ⶙㚙 (fùmuˇ) father

ⳉ 嚘 ⶙

and mother, parents

ⷉ

ge¯

song

⧋ⷉ (chàng ge¯ ) sing

ⷉ

(songs)

⺜

guoˇ

fruit; consequences

㾱 】 ㉖

háng

business*

huoˇ

fire

jué, jiào

become aware*

㗠

meˇi

every

㧈⺜ (rúguoˇ) if, 㯏⺜ ⺜ (shuıˇguoˇ) fruit

䅙㾱 (yínháng) bank 】⧖ (huoˇche¯ ) train ㉖⭤ (juéde) think; 㯐 ㉖ (shuì jiào) sleep 㗠㳍 (meˇitia¯n) every

㾱 】 䅹 㗠

day

㚙

mu ˇ

mother*

⶙㚙 (fùmuˇ) father

㚙

and mother, parents

㧈 㬝 㯝

rú

if*

shıˇ

begin*

sı¯

think*

㧈⺜ (rúguoˇ) if ㋋㬝 (ka¯ishıˇ) begin 䅃㯝 (yìsi) meaning,

㧈 㬝 㯝

significance

㶇 㾕

wán

play

xieˇ

write

㾕䓷 (xieˇ zì) write

㶇 ౲

(characters, letters)

㾱

xíng

acceptable

㾱⤜㾱ᷠ(xíng bù

㾱

xíng?) okay?

䅃

yì

meaning*

䅃㯝 (yìsi) meaning,

䅃

significance

䓂

zhù

reside/live (in a location)

䓂